Form 6-K
Table of Contents

 

 

FORM 6-K

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Report of Foreign Private Issuer

Pursuant to Rule 13a — 16 or 15d — 16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the month of August 2011

HSBC Holdings plc

42nd Floor, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, England

(Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F).

Form 20-F  þ  Form 40-F  ¨

(Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

Yes  ¨  No  þ

(If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-                  ).

This Report on Form 6-K with respect to our Interim Financial Statements and Notes thereon for the six-month period ended June 30, 2011 is hereby incorporated by reference in the following HSBC Holdings plc registration statements: file numbers 333-10474, 333-92024, 333-102027, 333-103887, 333-104203, 333-109288, 333-113427, 333-127327, 333-126531, 333-135007, 333-143639, 333-145859, 333-155338, 333-158054, 333-158065, 333-162565 and 333-17025.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Report 2011

 

  

 

 

Certain defined terms

Unless the context requires otherwise, ‘HSBC Holdings’ means HSBC Holdings plc and ‘HSBC’, the ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ refers to HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiaries. Within this document, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China is referred to as ‘Hong Kong’. When used in the terms ‘shareholders’ equity’ and ‘total shareholders’ equity’, ‘shareholders’ means holders of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and those preference shares classified as equity. The abbreviations ‘US$m’ and ‘US$bn’ represents millions and billions (thousands of millions) of US dollars, respectively.

Interim financial statements and notes

HSBC’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereon, as set out on pages 171 to 218, have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of the Financial Services Authority and International Accounting Standard (‘IAS’) 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’ as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the European Union (‘EU’). The consolidated financial statements of HSBC at 31 December 2010 were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the IASB, and as endorsed by the EU. EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ from IFRSs as issued by the IASB if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2010, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2010 affecting the consolidated financial statements at that date, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC. Accordingly, HSBC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2010 were prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB. At 30 June 2011, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the period ended 30 June 2011 affecting these interim consolidated financial statements, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC.

HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts and funds its business. Unless otherwise stated, the information presented in this document has been measured in accordance with IFRSs.

When reference is made to ‘underlying’ or ‘underlying basis’ in tables or commentaries, comparative information has been expressed at constant currency (see page 10) eliminating the impact of fair value movements in respect of credit spread changes on HSBC’s own debt and adjusted for the effects of acquisitions and disposals.

Contents

 

 

Overview   

Financial highlights

     2   

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements

     3a   

Group Chairman’s Statement

     4   

Group Chief Executive’s Review

     6   

Principal activities

     8   

HSBC’s values

     8   

Strategic direction

     8   

Top and emerging risks

     9   

Basis of preparation

     9   
Interim Management Report   

Financial summary1

     10   

Customer groups and global businesses1

     29   

Geographical regions1

     41   

Other information

     80   

Risk1

     83   

Capital

     158   
Board of Directors and Senior Management      165   
Financial Statements   

Financial statements

     171   

Notes on the financial statements1

     179   
Additional Information   

Shareholder information1

     221   

Glossary

     233   

Index

     242   

 

1 Detailed contents are provided on the referenced pages.
 

 

 


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Report 2011

 

  

 

LOGO

Headquartered in London, HSBC is one of the world’s largest banking and financial services organisations and one of the industry’s most valuable brands. We provide a comprehensive range of financial services to around 89 million customers through two customer groups, Retail Banking and Wealth Management (formerly Personal Financial Services) and Commercial Banking, and two global businesses, Global Banking and Markets and Global Private Banking.

Our international network covers 87 countries and territories in six geographical regions: Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Middle East and North Africa, North America and Latin America.

With listings on the London, Hong Kong, New York, Paris and Bermuda stock exchanges, shares in HSBC Holdings plc are held by over 220,000 shareholders in 129 countries and territories.

Highlights

 

 

 

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of US$8.9bn, up 35% on 1H10 and 46% on 2H10.

 

 

Earnings per share of US$0.51, up 34% on 1H10 and 46% on 2H10.

 

 

Net assets per share of US$8.59, up 17% on 1H10 and 8% on 2H10.

 

 

Reported pre-tax profit of US$11.5bn, up 3% on 1H10, and 45% on 2H10.

 

 

Profitable in all regions, with profits up in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and North Africa and North America.

 

 

Cost efficiency ratio of 57.5% compared with 50.9% in 1H10 and 59.9% in 2H10.

 

 

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity of 12.3%, up from 10.4% in 1H10, and 8.9% in 2H10.

 

 

Dividends declared in respect of 2011 totalling US$0.18 per ordinary share, up 12.5%.

 

 

Core tier 1 ratio increased from 10.5% to 10.8% during the period, driven by profit generation.

Cover theme

An evening view of the Central Elevated Walkway in Hong Kong’s business district. Used by tens of thousands of commuters every day, this walkway forms a vital artery through the heart of Asia’s pre-eminent financial centre, which hosts over 190 banks and deposit-taking companies from all over the world.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Overview

 

  

Financial highlights

 

 

Earnings per share

 

US$0.51 – up 34%

 

30 June 2010: US$0.38

31 December 2010: US$0.35

 

Dividends per share1

 

US$0.21

 

30 June 2010: US$0.18

31 December 2010: US$0.16

 

Net assets per share

 

US$8.59

 

30 June 2010: US$7.35

31 December 2010: US$7.94

 

 

For the period

 

Profit before taxation

 

US$11,474m – up 3%

 

30 June 2010: US$11,104m

31 December 2010: US$7,933m

 

Underlying profit before taxation

 

US$11,437m – up 13%

 

30 June 2010: US$10,109m

31 December 2010: US$8,918m

 

Total operating income

 

US$42,311m – up 4%

 

30 June 2010: US$40,672m

31 December 2010: US$39,342m

Net operating income before loan

impairment charges and other credit risk

provisions

 

US$35,694m

 

30 June 2010: US$35,551m

31 December 2010: US$32,696m

 

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the

parent company

 

US$8,929m – up 35%

 

30 June 2010: US$6,629m

31 December 2010: US$6,117m

 

 

 

At the period-end

 

Loans and advances to

customers

  Customer accounts   Ratio of customer advances to customer accounts

US$1,038bn – up 8%

 

US$1,319bn – up 7%

 

78.7%

30 June 2010: US$893bn

31 December 2010: US$958bn

 

30 June 2010: US$1,147bn

31 December 2010: US$1,228bn

 

30 June 2010: 77.9%

31 December 2010: 78.1%

Total equity

 

Average total shareholders’ equity

to average total assets

  Risk-weighted assets

US$168bn up 8%

 

5.7%

 

US$1,169bn up 6%

 

30 June 2010: US$143bn

31 December 2010: US$155bn

 

30 June 2010: 5.5%

31 December 2010: 5.5%

 

30 June 2010: US$1,075bn

31 December 2010: US$1,103bn

 

 

Capital ratios

 

Core tier 1 ratio

  Tier 1 ratio   Total capital ratio

 

10.8%

 

12.2%

 

14.9%

 

30 June 2010: 9.9%

31 December 2010: 10.5%

 

30 June 2010: 11.5%

31 December 2010: 12.1%

 

30 June 2010: 14.4%

31 December 2010: 15.2%

Percentage growth rates compare with figures at 30 June 2010 for income statement items and 31 December 2010 for balance sheet items.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Overview (continued)

 

  

 

Performance ratios (annualised)

Credit coverage ratios

 

Loan impairment charges to

total operating income

 

11.8%

 

30 June 2010: 17.8%

31 December 2010: 16.1%

 

Loan impairment charges to

average gross customer advances

 

1.0%

 

30 June 2010: 1.7%

31 December 2010: 1.4%

 

Total impairment allowances to impaired loans at period-end

 

72.2%

 

30 June 2010: 79.0%

31 December 2010: 71.6%

Return ratios

 

Return on average

invested capital2

 

11.4%

 

30 June 2010: 9.4%

31 December 2010: 8.2%

 

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity3

 

12.3%

 

30 June 2010: 10.4%

31 December 2010: 8.9%

 

Post-tax return on

average total assets

 

0.7%

 

30 June 2010: 0.6%

31 December 2010: 0.5%

 

Pre-tax return on average risk-weighted assets

 

2.0%

 

30 June 2010: 2.0%

31 December 2010: 1.4%

Efficiency and revenue mix ratios

 

Cost efficiency ratio4  

Net interest income to

total operating income

 

Net fee income to

total operating income

 

Net trading income to

total operating income

 

57.5%

  47.8%   20.8%   11.4%

 

30 June 2010: 50.9%

31 December 2010: 59.9%

 

30 June 2010: 48.6%

31 December 2010: 50.0%

 

30 June 2010: 20.9%

31 December 2010: 22.5%

 

30 June 2010: 8.7%

31 December 2010: 9.3%

 

 

Share information at the period-end

 

        Closing market price

US$0.50 ordinary shares in issue

 

Market

capitalisation

  London   Hong Kong  

American

Depositary Share5

 

17,818m

 

 

US$177bn

 

 

£6.18

 

 

HK$77.05

 

 

US$49.62

 

30 Jun 2010: 17,510m

  30 Jun 2010: US$161bn   30 Jun 2010: £6.15   30 Jun 2010: HK$72.65   30 Jun 2010: US$45.59
31 Dec 2010: 17,686m   31 Dec 2010: US$180bn   31 Dec 2010: £6.51   31 Dec 2010: HK$79.70   31 Dec 2010: US$51.04
        Total shareholder return6
    Over 1 year   Over 3 years   Over 5 years

To 30 June 2011

   

 

104.6

  104.9   95.6

Benchmarks:

       

– FTSE 1007

    124.9   118.4   122.6

– MSCI World8

    122.3   127.9   132.6

– MSCI Banks8

    111.0   103.2   77.5

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Overview (continued)

 

  

 

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements

 

This Interim Report 2011 contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of HSBC. These forward-looking statements represent HSBC’s expectations or beliefs concerning future events and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ, in some instances materially, from those expressed or implied in such statements. For example, certain of the market risk disclosures, some of which are only estimates and, therefore, could be materially different from actual results, are dependent on key model characteristics and assumptions and are subject to various limitations. Certain statements that are not historical facts, such as those that include the words ‘potential’, ‘value at risk’, ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘objective’, ‘intends’, ‘seeks’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘estimates’, and similar expressions or variations on such expressions may be considered ‘forward-looking statements’.

Written and/or oral forward-looking statements may also be made in the periodic reports to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, summary financial statements to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by HSBC’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts.

Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and it should not be assumed that they have been revised or updated in the light of new information or future events. Past performance cannot be relied on as a guide to future performance. Trends and factors that are expected to affect HSBC’s results of operations are described in the ‘Interim Management Report’. A more detailed cautionary statement is given on page 379 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

 

 

3a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Overview (continued)

 

  

 

Group Chairman’s Statement

 

LOGO

Good progress has been made during the first half of 2011 in setting the necessary course to build further sustainable value from HSBC’s many advantaged positions in attractive markets and customer-facing businesses. The priorities, set out in the Strategy Day which Stuart Gulliver, Group Chief Executive, presented with his team in early May this year, are now being actioned, as Stuart sets out clearly in his review. Against the backdrop of the significant regulatory change which is under way, our clear focus is to concentrate HSBC’s capital allocation and resources on the market segments which we are best able to serve competitively and efficiently.

Our ability to make progress on these strategic issues has been enhanced by a period of relative stability in operating performance as revenue strength in the faster growing economies continued to offset the constraining impact of the wind-down of our exit portfolios. With credit experience also continuing to improve, earnings per share for the first half of 2011 of US$0.51 were 34% higher than those delivered in the first half of last year. The Group Chief Executive’s review describes in more detail the drivers of this encouraging performance.

As foreshadowed when we reported our 2010 results, the Board has declared two interim dividends of US$0.09 per ordinary share in respect of 2011, with the second interim dividend payable on 6 October 2011 to holders of record on 18 August 2011 on the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register and 19 August 2011 on the Principal Register in the United Kingdom or on the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register. These dividends are 12.5% higher than those declared at the comparable stages last year.

Given the intense current focus amongst the regulatory and political communities on bank capital strength, it is very positive to note both that our capital position strengthened during the period and that we comfortably passed the European Banking Authority’s industry wide stress test, the results of which were made public on 15 July 2011. The Group’s core tier 1 ratio, which is the ratio most critically monitored by regulators, increased to 10.8% at 30 June 2011 from 10.5% at 31 December 2010 and 9.9% at 30 June 2010.

There has been significant further activity on the regulatory reform front in the period. The Independent Commission on Banking in the UK published its Interim Report on 11 April 2011 and we submitted our comments on its preliminary conclusions on 4 July 2011 in line with the timetable laid down. HSBC has been very actively involved in the debate around one of the principal reform ideas raised in this report, namely the concept of structurally ‘ring-fencing’ certain of the core activities contained within UK-incorporated universal banks; in our case this would affect our UK subsidiary, HSBC Bank plc. The objective of ‘ring-fencing’ certain activities from other activities is to facilitate the resolution and continuation of the core activities contained within the ‘ring-fence’, at little or no cost to the taxpayer in the event of a future crisis.

Much of the ongoing debate is around assessing the likely impact of various alternative ‘ring-fencing’ definitions on credit supply to the real economy in the UK and on the competitiveness of UK-incorporated banks. We believe the critical judgements ultimately to be made must consider two principal factors. The first of these is how any restructuring will likely affect the quantum and cost of credit supply to the real economy. The second is whether the benefit of this incremental restructuring – on top of the aggregate of all the reform measures already in hand under Basel III and EU directives – outweighs the considerable cost and time commitment involved.

In another major new development, the Basel Committee and the Financial Stability Board have now issued consultation documents concerning additional capital requirements for banks identified as global systemically important financial institutions. Incremental common equity of between 1% and 2.5% of risk-weighted assets on top of Basel III requirements is being proposed. We expect HSBC will fall at the higher end of incremental capital requirements. This level of capital is consistent with the expectation of Basel III common

 

 

 

4


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Overview (continued)

 

  

 

equity tier 1 ratio levels of between 9.5% and 10.5% referred to in our Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

The pace and quantum of regulatory reform continues to increase at the same time as the global economy appears to be losing momentum in its recovery. We are concerned about the possible pro-cyclical impacts of further deleveraging of the global economy arising from the regulatory reform agenda, at the same time as sovereign credit concerns and fiscal consolidation challenges become more critical.

Financial markets globally will likely be volatile over the rest of this year and into 2012 as participants assess and react to the possibility of political constraints preventing timely or optimal economic decisions. The global economy is currently facing many such situations, ranging from reaching a sustainable solution to eurozone sovereign indebtedness through dealing with the impact of inflationary pressures and commodity price increases on developing economies, supporting social reform and cohesion in the Middle East, balancing the growth imperative in the faster-growing economies with the consequences of asset price bubbles and, most importantly, negotiating a long-term framework for budget discipline and related financing in the United States.

Finally, I am delighted to report how effectively the new management team under the leadership of Stuart Gulliver is working together and making progress, under the governance and supervision of the Board, in delivering the strategic agenda which has been agreed. There is much to do and, as noted above, the current economic backdrop contains many challenges. However, the mood in the organisation is upbeat and there is real commitment and enthusiasm to tackle the tasks ahead of us.

LOGO

D J Flint, Group Chairman

1 August 2011

 

 

 

5


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Overview (continued)

 

  

 

 

Group Chief Executive’s Review

 

LOGO

HSBC’s financial performance improved.

 

 

Reported profit before tax was US$11.5bn, up 3% from 1H10 and 45% from 2H10.

 

 

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders was US$8.9bn, up 35% from 1H10 and 46% from 2H10.

 

 

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity was 12.3%, up from 10.4% in 1H10 and 8.9% in 2H10.

 

 

The cost efficiency ratio was 57.5%, up from 50.9% in 1H10 but down from 59.9% in 2H10.

 

 

The advances-to-deposits ratio was 78.7%, up from 77.9% in 1H10 and 78.1% in 2H10.

 

 

We declared two interim dividends in respect of 2011 totalling US$0.18 per ordinary share, up 12.5% year on year.

 

 

The core tier 1 capital ratio was 10.8% at 30 June 2011, compared with 10.5% at 31 December 2010.

Progress on strategy

HSBC’s global network covers the majority of world trade and capital flows, and provides access to faster-growing economies as well as the mature economies where wealth is stored. In May, we articulated our strategy to become the world’s leading international bank by building on this distinctive position to leverage global economic and demographic trends. We also outlined our plans to deploy capital more efficiently, to improve cost efficiency and to target growth in selected markets. We are making progress in all three areas:

 

First, as a result of our portfolio review and application of a five-filter framework, we announced a number of closures and disposals. These included the closure of our retail businesses in Russia and Poland and the disposal of three insurance businesses. More materially, in the US we are progressing the strategic review of our credit card business, and announced the disposal of 195 non-strategic branches, principally in upstate New York.

 

 

Second, we are targeting US$2.5-3.5bn of sustainable cost savings by 2013. Since the start of 2011, we have begun operational restructurings in Latin America, the US, the UK, France and the Middle East which will reduce headcount by around 5,000. We launched a programme to reduce the costs of our head office and global support functions. We also initiated more efficient business operating models for Commercial Banking and Retail Banking and Wealth Management. We expect there will be some 25,000 job losses by the end of 2013, although we plan to recruit in support of our strategic initiatives.

 

 

Third, we continued to position the business for growth. We increased revenues in target markets and we made progress in wealth management, where we saw higher investment income, especially in Asia, and funds under management in Global Asset Management reached a record high at the end of the period.

Revenues

 

 

At US$35.7bn, total Group revenues were stable compared with 1H10 and up 9% compared with 2H10.

 

 

We recorded double-digit revenue growth in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America compared with 1H10.

 

 

As we had forecast, revenue declined in the US as we continued to manage down balances in the run-off portfolios, and in Balance Sheet Management as positions matured. Along with many peers, we saw weaker Credit and Rates revenues in Europe in Global Banking and Markets.

Loan impairment charges

 

 

Loan impairment charges were US$5.3bn compared with US$7.5bn in 1H10 and US$6.5bn in 2H10.

 

 

Most of the improvement was in the US. The Consumer Finance run-off and Cards portfolios

 

 

 

6


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Overview (continued)

 

  

 

 

recorded lower balances as well as improved delinquency rates, although we saw a slowing of delinquency trend improvements in the second quarter.

 

 

In Global Banking and Markets, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were lower.

Cost efficiency

 

 

The cost efficiency ratio rose from 50.9% to 57.5% compared with 1H10. Reflecting strategic investment in the business, key drivers behind the increase were higher staff numbers, wage inflation, and other costs related to business growth. We also reported a number of notable cost items during the period.

 

 

The cost efficiency ratio fell compared with 59.9% in 2H10 as we controlled discretionary spend and took action to make sustainable savings.

 

 

Significantly, on a quarterly basis, the cost efficiency ratio was 54.4% in 2Q11, lower than in each of the previous three quarters.

Balance sheet

 

 

Compared with year-end 2010, customer account balances increased by 7% or US$91.3bn to US$1.3 trillion, with most of the increase in Europe and Asia.

 

 

Compared with year-end 2010, total customer loan balances increased by 8% or US$79.5bn to US$1.0 trillion, rising in all regions except North America, where we managed down balances in the Consumer Finance portfolios.

 

 

The core tier 1 ratio increased during the period from 10.5% at the end of 2010 to 10.8%, driven primarily by profit generation.

Economic outlook

We remain positive on the outlook for emerging markets. We expect a soft landing in China and we believe Hong Kong is well-equipped to mitigate overheating pressures. We expect continued growth in the rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America and take comfort from the focus of the authorities on managing inflationary pressures. In the Middle East, the outlook for the Gulf Cooperation Council economies is also positive.

In the developed world, growth in the US and Europe is likely to remain sluggish as long as the impact of high debt levels and government budget cuts weigh on economic activity. In the UK, we remain concerned that regulatory actions being contemplated and the ongoing regulatory uncertainty will constrain the supply of credit to the real economy and contribute to sub-par economic growth.

In closing, I would add that I am pleased with these results, which mark a first step in the right direction on what will be a long journey.

LOGO

S T Gulliver, Group Chief Executive

1 August 2011

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Overview (continued)

 

  

 

 

Principal activities

 

HSBC is one of the largest banking and financial services organisations in the world, with a market capitalisation of US$177bn at 30 June 2011.

Through our subsidiaries and associates, we provide a comprehensive range of banking and related financial services. Headquartered in London, we operate through long-established businesses and have an international network of around 7,500 offices in 87 countries and territories in six geographical regions: Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Middle East and North Africa (‘MENA’), North America and Latin America. Within these regions, a comprehensive range of financial services is offered to personal, commercial, corporate, institutional, investment and private banking clients. Services are delivered primarily by domestic banks, typically with large retail deposit bases.

HSBC’s values

 

The role of HSBC’s values in daily operating practice has taken on increased significance in the context of the global financial crisis, with changes to regulatory policy, investor confidence and society’s view of the role of banks. We expect our executives and staff to act with courageous integrity in the execution of their duties.

HSBC’s values are being:

 

 

dependable and doing the right thing;

 

 

open to different ideas and cultures; and

 

 

connected with our customers, communities, regulators and each other.

We have strengthened our values-led culture by embedding HSBC’s values into our operating standards, training, development and employee induction, and through the personal sponsorship of senior executives. These initiatives will continue in 2011 and beyond.

Strategic direction

 

HSBC’s objective is to deliver sustainable long-term value to shareholders through consistent earnings and superior risk-adjusted returns. We have a clear strategy to become the leading international bank, based on two main elements which are aligned with the key trends shaping the global economy:

 

 

international connectivity – we are strengthening our presence in those markets and businesses that are most relevant to global trade and capital flows; and

 

 

economic development and wealth creation – we are investing to capture wealth creation in the selected markets and focusing on retail banking only in those markets where we can achieve profitable scale.

 

To deliver on our strategy, we are taking action in three areas:
   

  Capital deployment – we are improving the way we deploy capital as part of our efforts to achieve our targeted return on equity of 12% to 15% over the business cycle. We have introduced a strategic framework assessing each of our businesses on a set of five strategic evaluation criteria, namely international connectivity, economic development, profitability, cost efficiency and liquidity. The results of this review determine whether we invest in, turn around, continue with or exit businesses;
   

  Cost efficiency – we have launched a transformation programme to achieve sustainable cost savings of between US$2.5bn and US$3.5bn over the next three years. Sustainable cost savings are intended to facilitate self-funded growth in key markets and investment in new products, processes and technology, and provide a buffer against regulatory and inflationary headwinds; and
   

  Growth – we continue to position ourselves for growth. We are increasing our relevance in fast-growing markets and in wealth management, and are improving the collaboration between our international network of businesses, particularly between Commercial Banking and Global Banking and Markets.

The objectives and incentives of management are aligned to delivering the strategy. Progress is measured through our quarterly financial performance and will be reviewed at the annual Strategy Investor Day.

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Overview (continued)

 

  

 

 

Top and emerging risks

 

All of our activities involve, to varying degrees, the measurement, evaluation, acceptance and management of risk or combinations of risks which we assess on a Group-wide basis. We classify certain risks as ‘top’ or ‘emerging’. A ‘top risk’ is a current, visible risk with the potential to have a material effect on our financial results or our reputation. An ‘emerging risk’ is one with large unknown components which could have a material impact on our long-term strategy. Top and emerging risks are viewed as falling under the following four broad categories:

 

 

challenges to our business operations;

 

 

challenges to our governance and internal control systems;

 

 

macro-economic and geopolitical risk; and

 

 

macro-prudential and regulatory risks to our business model.

The top and emerging risks are summarised below:

 

Challenges to our business operations

 

 

 

Challenges to our operating model in an economic downturn (in developed countries) and rapid growth (in emerging markets)

 

 

 

Internet crime and fraud

 

Challenges to our governance and internal control systems

 

 

 

Level of change creating operational complexity

 

 

 

Information security risk

 

Macro-economic and geopolitical risk

 

 

 

Eurozone crisis, US deficit and elevated risk from potentially overheating economies in emerging markets

 

 

 

Increased geopolitical risk in the Middle East and North Africa

 

Macro-prudential and regulatory risks to our business model

 

 

 

Regulatory change impacting our business model and Group profitability

 

 

 

Regulatory and legislative requirements affecting conduct of business

A detailed account of HSBC’s challenges and uncertainties is provided on pages 84 to 88. Further comments on expected risks and uncertainties are made throughout the Interim Management Report, particularly in the section on Risk.

Basis of preparation

 

The results of customer groups and global businesses are presented in accordance with the accounting policies used in the preparation of HSBC’s consolidated financial statements. Our operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of customer group and global business data includes internal allocations of certain items of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and Group Management Office (‘GMO’) functions, to the extent that these can be meaningfully attributed to operational business lines. While such allocations have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity.

Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of inter-segment funding as well as inter-company and inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms.

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report

 

  

Financial summary

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

     10   

Consolidated income statement

     13   

Group performance by income and expense item

     15   

Net interest income

     15   

Net fee income

     16   

Net trading income

     17   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     18   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     19   

Net earned insurance premiums

     19   

Other operating income

     20   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     21   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     21   

Operating expenses

     23   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     24   

Tax expense

     24   

Consolidated balance sheet

     25   

Movement in the first half of 2011

     26   

Economic profit

     28   

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges

     28a   

Customer accounts by country

     28b   
 

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

 

In addition to results reported on an IFRSs basis, we measure our performance internally on a like-for-like basis by eliminating the effects of foreign currency translation differences, acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries and businesses, and fair value movements on own debt attributable to credit spread where the net result of such movements will be zero upon maturity of the debt; all of which distort period-on-period comparisons. We refer to this as our underlying performance.

Reported results include the effects of the above items. They are excluded when monitoring progress against operating plans and past results because management believes that the underlying basis more accurately reflects operating performance.

 

Constant currency

 

Constant currency comparatives for the half-years to 30 June 2010 and 31 December 2010, used in the 2011 commentaries, are computed by retranslating into US dollars for non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates:

 

 

 

the income statements for the half-years to 30 June 2010 and 31 December 2010 at the average rates of exchange for the half-year to 30 June 2011; and

 

 

 

the balance sheets at 30 June 2010 and 31 December 2010 at the rates of exchange ruling at 30 June 2011.

 

No adjustment has been made to the exchange rates used to translate foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities into the functional currencies of any HSBC branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates.

 

When reference is made to ‘constant currency’ in tables or commentaries, comparative data reported in the functional currencies of HSBC’s operations have been translated at the appropriate exchange rates applied in the current period on the basis described above.

Underlying performance

The tables below compare our underlying performance for the half-year to 30 June 2011 with the half-years to 30 June 2010 and 31 December 2010. Equivalent tables are provided for each of HSBC’s customer groups, global businesses and geographical segments on www.hsbc.com and on pages 37a and 79a.

The foreign currency translation differences reflect the relative weakening of the US dollar against most major currencies.

The following acquisitions and disposals were adjusted for in arriving at the underlying comparison:

 

 

the gain of US$62m on reclassification of Bao Viet Holdings (‘Bao Viet’) from an available-for-sale asset to an associate in January 2010;

 

 

the gain of US$66m on sale of our stake in Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank in March 2010;

 

 

the gain of US$107m on disposal of HSBC Insurance Brokers Limited in April 2010;

 

 

the dilution gains which arose on our holding in Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited (‘Ping An’) following the issue of share capital to third parties in both May 2010 and June 2011 of US$188m and US$181m, respectively;

 

 

the loss on the sale of our investment in British Arab Commercial Bank plc in 2010;

 

 

the gain of US$74m on the deconsolidation of private equity funds following the management buy-out of Headland Capital Partners Ltd (formerly known as HSBC Private Equity (Asia) Ltd) in November 2010;

 

 

the operating results of Eversholt Rail Group for the half year to 30 June 2010 and the gain on the sale of US$255m in December 2010.

 

 

 

10


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)  
   

1H10

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H10

       adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

1H10

at 1H11
    exchange

rates11

US$m

       

1H11

as

    reported

US$m

       

1H11

      adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

        under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

    change12

%

       

Under-

lying

    change12

%

 

HSBC

                                 

Net interest income

    19,757          17          698          20,472          20,235                   20,235          2          (1

Net fee income

    8,518          (50       288          8,756          8,807                   8,807          3          1   

Changes in fair value13

    1,074          (1,074                         (143       143                    

Other income14

    6,202          (404       254          6,052          6,795          (180       6,615          10          9   
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    35,551          (1,511       1,240          35,280          35,694          (37       35,657                   1   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (7,523                (176       (7,699       (5,266                (5,266       30          32   
                                                                           

Net operating income

    28,028          (1,511       1,064          27,581          30,428          (37       30,391          9          10   

Operating expenses

    (18,111       148          (737       (18,700       (20,510                (20,510       (13       (10
                                                                           

Operating profit

    9,917          (1,363       327          8,881          9,918          (37       9,881                   11   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    1,187                   41          1,228          1,556                   1,556          31          27   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    11,104          (1,363       368          10,109          11,474          (37       11,437          3          13   
                                                                           

By geographical region

                                 

Europe

    3,521          (594       140          3,067          2,147          71          2,218          (39       (28

Hong Kong

    2,877          (56       (3       2,818          3,081                   3,081          7          9   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    2,985          (188       151          2,948          3,742          (178       3,564          25          21   

Middle East and North Africa

    346          47          (5       388          747          4          751          116          94   

North America

    492          (572       29          (51       606          66          672          23       

Latin America

    883                   56          939          1,151                   1,151          30          23   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    11,104          (1,363       368          10,109          11,474          (37       11,437          3          13   
                                                                           

By customer group and global business

                                 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management16

    1,352          (3       85          1,434          3,126                   3,126          131          118   

Commercial Banking

    3,204          (116       99          3,187          4,189                   4,189          31          31   

Global Banking and Markets16

    5,452          80          183          5,715          4,811                   4,811          (12       (16

Global Private Banking

    556                   5          561          552                   552          (1       (2

Other

    540          (1,324       (4       (788       (1,204       (37       (1,241           (57
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    11,104          (1,363       368          10,109          11,474          (37       11,437          3          13   
                                                                           

 

 

11


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax (continued)

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)  
   

2H10

as

      reported

US$m

       

2H10

adjust-

       ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

2H10

at 1H11

    exchange

rates17

US$m

       

1H11

as

    reported

US$m

       

1H11

      adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

        under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

    change12

%

       

Under-

lying

    change12

%

 

HSBC

                                 

Net interest income

    19,684          1          424          20,109          20,235                   20,235          3          1   

Net fee income

    8,837                   195          9,032          8,807                   8,807                   (2

Changes in fair value13

    (1,137       1,137                            (143       143                   87            

Other income14

    5,312          (334       123          5,101          6,795          (180       6,615          28          30   
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    32,696          804          742          34,242          35,694          (37       35,657          9          4   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (6,516                (116       (6,632       (5,266                (5,266       19          21   
                                                                           

Net operating income

    26,180          804          626          27,610          30,428          (37       30,391          16          10   

Operating expenses

    (19,577                (471       (20,048       (20,510                (20,510       (5       (2
                                                                           

Operating profit

    6,603          804          155          7,562          9,918          (37       9,881          50          31   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    1,330          (1       27          1,356          1,556                   1,556          17          15   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    7,933          803          182          8,918          11,474          (37       11,437          45          28   
                                                                           

By geographical region

                                 

Europe

    781          518          52          1,351          2,147          71          2,218          175          64   

Hong Kong

    2,815          (74       (5       2,736          3,081                   3,081          9          13   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    2,917          1          83          3,001          3,742          (178       3,564          28          19   

Middle East and North Africa

    546          (5       (4       537          747          4          751          37          40   

North America

    (38       363          19          344          606          66          672              95   

Latin America

    912                   37          949          1,151                   1,151          26          21   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    7,933          803          182          8,918          11,474          (37       11,437          45          28   
                                                                           

By customer group and global business

                                 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management16

    2,487                   51          2,538          3,126                   3,126          26          23   

Commercial Banking

    2,886          (3       54          2,937          4,189                   4,189          45          43   

Global Banking and Markets16

    3,763          (331       65          3,497          4,811                   4,811          28          38   

Global Private Banking

    498                   3          501          552                   552          11          10   

Other

    (1,701       1,137          9          (555       (1,204       (37       (1,241       29          (124
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    7,933          803          182          8,918          11,474          (37       11,437          45          28   
                                                                           

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Consolidated income statement

 

Summary income statement

 

    Half-year to  
   

        30 June

2011

US$m

       

        30 June

2010

US$m

       

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Net interest income

    20,235          19,757          19,684   

Net fee income

    8,807          8,518          8,837   

Net trading income

    4,812          3,552          3,658   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    (100       1,085          135   

Gains less losses from financial investments

    485          557          411   

Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates

    181          188            

Dividend income

    87          59          53   

Net earned insurance premiums

    6,700          5,666          5,480   

Other operating income

    1,104          1,290          1,084   
                           

Total operating income

    42,311          40,672          39,342   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

    (6,617       (5,121       (6,646
                           

Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    35,694          35,551          32,696   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (5,266       (7,523       (6,516
                           

Net operating income

    30,428          28,028          26,180   

Total operating expenses

    (20,510       (18,111       (19,577
                           

Operating profit

    9,918          9,917          6,603   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    1,556          1,187          1,330   
                           

Profit before tax

    11,474          11,104          7,933   

Tax expense

    (1,712       (3,856       (990
                           

Profit for the period

    9,762          7,248          6,943   
                           

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

    9,215          6,763          6,396   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

    547          485          547   

Average foreign exchange translation rates to US$:

         

US$1: £

    0.619          0.656          0.639   

US$1: €

    0.714          0.755          0.755   

 

 

13


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Reported profit before tax of US$11.5bn in the first half of 2011 was 3% higher than in the first half of 2010, 13% on an underlying basis, with a continued reduction in loan impairment charges more than offsetting higher operating costs. The difference between reported and underlying results is explained on page 10. Except where otherwise stated, the commentaries in the Financial Summary are on an underlying basis.

Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘revenue’) was marginally higher than in the first half of 2010. Revenue rose across Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America supported by strong lending growth, notably in Commercial Banking (‘CMB’) and Global Banking and Markets (‘GB&M’), and increasing trade and transaction volumes. This was coupled with growth in investment and insurance income in Retail Banking and Wealth Management (‘RBWM’) as markets improved. We also recorded sustained growth in our mortgage portfolios, notably in the UK and Hong Kong. Offsetting these factors were the ongoing decrease in balances in North America in the Cards and run-off portfolios. Performance in GB&M was affected by lower revenues in legacy Credit, and in Balance Sheet Management.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were US$2.4bn or 32% lower than in the first half of 2010 and the lowest reported since the first half of 2006, reflecting the benefits of our exit strategies for higher risk portfolios, ongoing risk management, a sustained trend towards higher quality, more secure lending and a general improvement in credit quality. This was most notable in North America in HSBC Finance as we continued the managed run-off of our sub-prime mortgage portfolio and the loss experience on credit card portfolios improved.

Operating expenses of US$20.5bn were 10% higher than in the first half of 2010, reflecting increased headcount, wage inflation in key markets and ongoing investment in strategic projects in GB&M and in the branch network, as well as a number of notable items. These included an increase of US$477m in restructuring costs which were incurred as a result of actions taken following the review of our businesses announced on the Strategy Day and the ongoing review of our cost base. In addition, operating expenses included provisions relating to customer redress programmes of US$611m, including a provision in respect of the adverse judgement in the Judicial Review relating to sales of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’) in the UK. This was offset by a credit of US$587m resulting from a change in the inflation measure used to calculate the defined benefit obligation of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme defined benefit plan for deferred pensions (for further details see Note 5 on page 183). As a result of the increasing costs, our cost efficiency ratio for the first half of 2011 was 57.5%, higher than in the first half of 2010 and outside our target range. Significantly, however, it improved compared with both the second half of 2010 and the first quarter of 2011.

Reported profit after tax was US$2.5bn or 35% higher than in the first half of 2010, reflecting the increase in profit before tax and a lower tax charge in the first half of 2011. The latter included the benefit of deferred tax now eligible to be recognised in respect of foreign tax credits, partly offset by a current period tax charge in respect of prior periods. The tax charge in the first half of 2010 was exceptionally high as it included US$1.6bn attributable to a taxable gain arising from an internal reorganisation within our North American operations.

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Group performance by income and expense item

 

Net interest income

 

    Half-year to  
   

        30 June

2011

       

        30 June

2010

       

31 December

2010

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m  

Interest income

    31,046          28,686          29,659   

Interest expense

    (10,811       (8,929       (9,975
                           

Net interest income18 (US$m)

    20,235          19,757          19,684   
                           

Average interest-earning assets (US$m)

    1,607,626          1,431,458          1,512,462   

Gross interest yield19 (%)

    3.89          4.04          3.89   

Net interest spread20 (%)

    2.37          2.68          2.43   

Net interest margin21 (%)

    2.54          2.78          2.58   

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

Net interest income increased by 2% compared with the first half of 2010. On an underlying basis, net interest income was broadly in line with the first half of 2010, as significant balance growth was offset by continuing pressure on spreads.

Average loans and advances to customers grew strongly in the first half of 2011, particularly in commercial lending in CMB and GB&M Group-wide and mortgages in the UK and Hong Kong. The benefit to interest income from higher balances was partly offset by the effect of declining yields on lending, as we continued to reposition the customer loan portfolio towards higher quality assets and reduce our exposure to higher yielding unsecured personal lending, coupled with intensive competition in certain markets.

The average balance of loans and advances to banks and financial investments also rose due to higher placements with central and commercial banks and this, together with rising yields in Asia, led to an increase in interest income. This was partly offset by Balance Sheet Management, where revenues continued to fall as higher-yielding positions matured and the opportunity to maintain yields on reinvestment was limited by the prevailing low interest rate environment, notably in Europe.

The increase in interest income was offset by higher interest expense on customer accounts and debt issued by the Group. Average customer account balances grew significantly, notably in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, reflecting the growth in

customer numbers and the success of deposit campaigns. The cost of funds across the Group also rose, driven by base rate increases and higher rates paid to customers in competitive markets.

The interest expense on debt issued by the Group also rose, reflecting a general rise in credit spreads in the financial sector which led to an increase in the cost of funds for new issuances in most regions during the second half of 2010 and the first half of 2011.

Net interest income includes the expense of internally funding trading assets, while related revenue is reported in ‘Net trading income’. The cost of funding these assets rose as a result of growth in average trading assets. In reporting our customer group and global business results, this cost is included within ‘Net trading income’.

The net interest spread decreased due to lower yields on loans and advances to customers as we continued to target higher quality assets, and the rising cost of funds relating to customer accounts and debt issued by the Group. Our net interest margin fell by a lesser amount due to the benefit from net free funds. The increase in net free funds was partly attributable to a rise in funding in line with the growth in trading assets. In addition, customers held more funds in liquid non-interest bearing current accounts in the low interest rate environment. The rise in the Group’s cost of funds also contributed to the benefit from net free funds.

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Net fee income

 

     Half-year to  
    

        30 June

2011

US$m

        

        30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Cards

     1,977           1,900           1,901   

Account services

     1,846           1,821           1,811   

Funds under management

     1,414           1,181           1,330   

Broking income

     933           766           1,023   

Credit facilities

     849           827           808   

Imports/exports

     552           466           525   

Insurance

     545           578           569   

Global custody

     391           439           261   

Unit trusts

     374           267           293   

Remittances

     371           329           351   

Underwriting

     332           264           359   

Corporate finance

     235           248           192   

Trust income

     148           141           150   

Mortgage servicing

     56           60           58   

Taxpayer Financial Services

     1           91           (18

Maintenance income on operating leases

               53           46   

Other

     920           974           1,053   
                              

Fee income

     10,944           10,405           10,712   

Less: fee expense

     (2,137        (1,887        (1,875
                              

Net fee income

     8,807           8,518           8,837   
                              

 

Reported net fee income rose by 3.4% to US$8.8bn, and was in line on an underlying basis.

Fee income from wealth management products increased considerably within Asia and Europe, due to higher transaction volumes. This was particularly so for unit trusts in Hong Kong and funds under management in Europe, where growth was driven by stronger investment performance due to improved market conditions.

Trade-related fee income increased, notably in Hong Kong and the Rest of Asia-Pacific region due to higher trade and transaction volumes.

Net fee income related to cards increased in the first half of 2011, notably in the UK and in Hong Kong due to higher transaction volumes which were driven by increased retail spending and customer promotions. This was partly offset in North America,

where reduced late and overlimit fees reflected lower delinquency and an increased willingness by customers to pay down their credit card debt, combined with the effects of lower balances and changes to charging practices under the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure Act (‘CARD Act’).

Underwriting fees increased in GB&M as we increased our market share of global bond issuance volumes in the first half of 2011.

The negligible income from Taxpayer Financial Services in the US resulted from the decision to exit the business.

Fee expenses increased, notably in GB&M, which benefited from higher recoveries from the securities investment conduits in the first half of 2010.

 

 

 

16


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Net trading income

 

     Half-year to
    

      30 June

2011

US$m

        

      30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

Trading activities

     3,615           3,419         2,289

Net interest income on trading activities

     1,581           1,242         1,288

Gain/(loss) on termination of hedges

     5           (3      3

Other trading income – hedge ineffectiveness:

            

– on cash flow hedges

     2           (24      15

– on fair value hedges

     (77        17         21

Non-qualifying hedges

     (314        (1,099      42
                          

Net trading income22,23

     4,812           3,552         3,658
                          

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

Reported net trading income was US$4.8bn, 35% higher than in the first half of 2010. On an underlying basis, it rose by 23%.

This increase was driven by lower adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges compared with the first half of 2010. These instruments are derivatives entered into as part of a documented interest rate management strategy for which hedge accounting was not, or could not be, applied. They are principally cross-currency and interest rate swaps used to economically hedge fixed rate debt issued by HSBC Holdings and floating rate debt issued by HSBC Finance Corporation (‘HSBC Finance’). Long-term US interest rates declined during the first half of 2011 but to a lesser extent than in the corresponding period in 2010, and the decrease relative to sterling and euro rates was also less pronounced, benefiting net trading income in North America and Europe. The size and direction of the changes in fair value of non-qualifying hedges that are recognised in the income statement can be volatile from period to period, but do not alter the cash flows expected as part of the documented interest rate management strategy for both the instruments and the underlying economically hedged assets and liabilities.

Net interest income earned on trading activities increased by 21%, attributable to a rise in holdings of government and government agency debt securities. The cost of internally funding these assets also

increased, but this interest expense is reported under ‘Net interest income’ and excluded from net trading income.

In GB&M, net income from trading activities declined, mainly driven by Rates, largely due to lower favourable fair value movements on structured liabilities as credit spreads widened to a lesser extent than in the first half of 2010. The decline was partly offset by higher revenues as customer demand for structured products increased.

This was partly offset by a rise in Equities revenues as improved competitive positioning helped capture increasing client flows, particularly during the global rally in the first quarter of 2011.

In addition, net trading income included favourable foreign exchange movements on trading assets held as economic hedges of foreign currency debt designated at fair value. These offset adverse foreign exchange movements on the foreign currency debt which are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

The decline in GB&M was offset by other movements, notably in RBWM in North America where, in the first half of 2011, provisions for mortgage loan repurchase obligations associated with loans previously sold were lower. This related mainly to mortgages originated through broker channels. We regard these mortgage loan repurchase obligations as trading assets.

 

 

 

17


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

 

     Half-year to  
    

           30 June

2011

US$m

        

           30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Net income/(expense) arising from:

            

– financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts

     547           (229        2,578   

– liabilities to customers under investment contracts

     (186        184           (1,130

– HSBC’s long-term debt issued and related derivatives

     (494        1,125           (1,383

Change in own credit spread on long-term debt24

     (143        1,074           (1,137

Other changes in fair value25

     (351        51           (246

– other instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives

     33           5           70   
                              

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (100        1,085           135   
                              

 

Assets and liabilities from which net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value arose

 

  

     At  
    

30 June
2011

US$m

        

30 June
2010

US$m

        

31 December
2010

US$m

 

Financial assets designated at fair value at period-end

     39,565           32,243           37,011   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value at period-end

     98,280           80,436           88,133   

Including:

            

Financial assets held to meet liabilities under:

            

– insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF26

     8,109           5,894           7,167   

– unit-linked insurance and other insurance and investment contracts

     21,584           16,145           19,725   

Long-term debt issues designated at fair value

     79,574           63,692           69,906   

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

The accounting policies for the designation of financial instruments at fair value and the treatment of the associated income and expenses are described in Notes 2i and 2b of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010, respectively.

The majority of the financial liabilities designated at fair value relate to certain fixed-rate long-term debt issues whose rate profile has been changed to floating through interest rate swaps as part of a documented interest rate management strategy. The movement in fair value of these long-term debt issues includes the effect of our credit spread changes and any ineffectiveness in the economic relationship between the related swaps and own debt. As credit spreads widen or narrow, accounting profits or losses, respectively, are booked. The size and direction of the changes in the credit spread on our debt and ineffectiveness, which are recognised in the income statement, can be volatile from period to period, but do not alter the cash flows envisaged as part of the documented interest rate management strategy. As a consequence, fair value movements arising from changes in our own credit spread on long-term debt and other fair value movements on the debt and related derivatives are not regarded internally as part of managed performance and are therefore not allocated to

customer groups or global businesses, but are reported in ‘Other’. Credit spread movements on own debt are excluded from underlying results, and related fair value movements are not included in the calculation of regulatory capital.

We reported a net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value of US$0.1bn in the first half of 2011 compared with net income of US$1.1bn in the first half of 2010. On an underlying basis, the equivalent figures were income of US$43m and an expense of US$5m, respectively. The difference between the reported and underlying results arose from the exclusion from the latter of the credit spread-related movements in the fair value of our own long-term debt, on which we reported adverse fair value movements of US$143m in the first half of 2011 and favourable movements of US$1.1bn in the first half of 2010. The adverse fair value movements during the first half of 2011 were driven by the tightening of credit spreads in Europe and North America, compared with widening credit spreads in the first half of 2010.

Net income arising from financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts reflected investment gains in the period as equity markets improved, compared with losses in the first half of 2010. This predominantly affected

 

 

 

18


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

the value of assets held to support unit-linked insurance and investment contracts in the UK and Hong Kong and participating contracts in France, while gains in Brazil were higher than in the comparable period in 2010.

The investment gains arising from the improved equity markets resulted in a corresponding increase in liabilities to customers, reflecting the extent to which unit-linked policyholders, in particular, participate in the investment performance of the associated asset portfolio. Where the gains relate to assets held to back investment contracts, the corresponding increase in liabilities to customers is also recorded under ‘Net income from financial

instruments designated at fair value’. This is in contrast to gains related to assets held to back insurance contracts or investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’), where the corresponding increase in liabilities to customers is recorded under ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value also included adverse foreign exchange movements on foreign currency debt designated at fair value, issued as part of our overall funding strategy, with an offset from trading assets held as economic hedges reported in ‘Net trading income’.

 

 

Gains less losses from financial investments

 

     Half-year to  
    

       30 June

2011

US$m

        

       30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Net gains/(losses) from disposal of:

            

– debt securities

     306           382           182   

– equity securities

     213           223           293   

– other financial investments

     (3        (8        1   
                              
     516           597           476   

Impairment of available-for-sale equity securities

     (31        (40        (65
                              

Gains less losses from financial investments

     485           557           411   
                              

 

Net gains from financial investments decreased by 13% and 5% on a reported and an underlying basis, respectively, the latter excluding an accounting gain from the reclassification of Bao Viet as an associate following the purchase of additional shares in the first half of 2010.

The decline was driven by lower net gains on the disposal of debt securities, including available-for-sale government debt securities and mortgage-backed

securities, mostly due to the high level of realised gains in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific in the first half of 2010.

The decrease was partly offset by an increase in net gains on the disposal of available-for-sale equity investments, and a lower level of impairments on available-for-sale investments reflecting a general improvement in the economic environment.

 

 

Net earned insurance premiums

 

     Half-year to  
    

       30 June

2011

US$m

        

       30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Gross insurance premium income

     6,928           5,902           5,707   

Reinsurance premiums

     (228        (236        (227
                              

Net earned insurance premiums

     6,700           5,666           5,480   
                              

 

Net earned insurance premiums increased by 18% and 14% on a reported and an underlying basis, respectively. This was primarily attributable to the continued growth of the life insurance business, particularly in Hong Kong.

In Hong Kong, sales of unit-linked and deferred annuity products rose. This resulted from increased demand for insurance products, together with higher levels of renewals from a larger in-force book of

business. Sales were also higher in Rest of Asia-Pacific, particularly in Singapore and Malaysia, driven by successful sales initiatives and increased demand for insurance products as economic conditions in the region continued to improve.

Investment products with DPF continued to generate strong net earned premium income in France, driven by successful targeted sales campaigns. Life insurance premiums in the UK were

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

also higher, due to increased sales of a unit-linked product driven by our enhanced distribution capabilities.

In Latin America, net earned premium growth was strong, particularly for credit-related, term life and unit-linked products in Brazil, reflecting the improved economic environment and an increase in

the salesforce. In Argentina, repricing initiatives drove higher premiums on the motor book.

The above growth was partly offset by a reduction in premiums resulting from the non-renewal and transfer to third parties of certain contracts in our Irish business, and the run-off of the legacy motor book in the UK.

 

 

Other operating income

 

     Half-year to  
    

        30 June

2011

US$m

        

        30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Rent received

     75           297           238   

Losses recognised on assets held for sale

     (4        (100        (163

Valuation gains/(losses) on investment properties

     38           (8        101   

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-financial investments

     27           274           427   

Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates

     181           188             

Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business

     658           325           380   

Other

     310           502           101   
                              

Other operating income

     1,285           1,478           1,084   
                              

 

Reported other operating income of US$1.3bn decreased by 13% in the first half of 2011. Income in the period included a gain of US$181m arising from a further dilution of our holding in Ping An following its issue of share capital to a third party. Income in the first half of 2010 also included a gain of US$188m following a dilution of our holding in Ping An, a gain of US$107m from the sale of HSBC Insurance Brokers, a gain of US$66m from the disposal of our interest in the Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank and a write-down of US$47m resulting from an agreement to sell our shareholding in British Arab Commercial Bank plc. The first half of 2010 also included rent received as a component of the operating result of Eversholt Rail Group which was sold in December 2010.

On an underlying basis, excluding these items, other operating income increased by 13% as the non-recurrence of gains of US$194m and US$56m

recognised in 2010 on the sale and leaseback of our Paris and New York headquarters, respectively, was more than offset by favourable movements in the present value of in-force (‘PVIF’) long-term insurance business. The calculation of the PVIF asset was refined during the period to bring greater comparability and consistency across our insurance operations, which led to a gain of US$243m (see footnote 27 on page 81). Higher sales of life insurance products, notably in Hong Kong, also contributed to the increase in the PVIF asset.

Net losses recognised on assets held for sale declined as a US$77m loss recognised on the sale of the US vehicle finance servicing operations and associated US$1.0bn loan portfolio in the first half of 2010 did not recur. In addition, the first half of 2011 included gains on the sale of buildings including the sale and leaseback of branches in Mexico.

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

 

     Half-year to  
    

         30 June

2011

US$m

        

         30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders:

            

–  gross

     6,761           5,281           6,688   

–  reinsurers’ share

     (144        (160        (42
                              

–  net28

     6,617           5,121           6,646   
                              

For footnote, see page 81.

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders increased by 29% on a reported basis and by 26% on an underlying basis.

Additional reserves were established for new business written, driven by premium growth in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Latin America and Europe, reflecting sales campaigns and improved market conditions.

Further increases in the movement in liabilities to policyholders resulted from gains on the fair value of the assets held to support policyholder funds as equity markets improved, particularly on unit-linked contracts in the UK and Hong Kong and on investment contracts with DPF in France, compared with losses in the first half of 2010. Gains on the fair

value of the assets held to support unit-linked contracts in Brazil increased compared with the equivalent period in 2010.

The gains or losses experienced on the financial assets designated at fair value held to support insurance contract liabilities and investment contracts with DPF are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

The non-renewal and transfer to third parties of certain contracts in the Irish business and the run-off of the legacy motor book in the UK resulted in a decrease in net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders, partly offsetting the above.

 

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

 

     Half-year to  
    

             30 June

2011

US$m

        

             30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Loan impairment charges

            

New allowances net of allowance releases

     5,703           7,687           6,881   

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (730        (453        (567
                              
     4,973           7,234           6,314   

Individually assessed allowances

     638           1,069           1,556   

Collectively assessed allowances

     4,335           6,165           4,758   

Impairment of available-for-sale debt securities

     308           282           190   

Other credit risk provisions/(recoveries)

     (15        7           12   
                              

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     5,266           7,523           6,516   
                              
     %           %           %   

–  as a percentage of net operating income excluding the effect of fair value movements in

    respect of credit spread on own debt and before loan impairment charges and other credit

    risk provisions

     14.7           21.8           19.3   

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers as a percentage of gross average loans and advances to customers (annualised)

     1.0           1.7           1.4   
     US$m          US$m          US$m  

Customer impaired loans

     25,982           27,887           28,091   

Customer loan impairment allowances

     18,732           22,033           20,083   

 

On a reported basis loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased from US$7.5bn to US$5.3bn, a decline of 30% compared with the first half of 2010 and 32% on an underlying

basis. Within this, collectively assessed allowances and individually assessed impairment allowances fell by 31% and 43%, respectively.

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

At 30 June 2011, the aggregate balance of customer loan impairment allowances was US$18.7bn. This represented 2% of gross loans and advances to customers (net of reverse repos and settlement accounts) compared with 3% at 30 June 2010.

The improvement in loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions was seen across all regions. The most significant diminution in loan impairment charges was in RBWM in North America due to the continued decline in the run-off portfolios and the ongoing reduction of outstanding credit card debt by customers in the Card and Retail Services business, as well as a general improvement in credit quality. In addition, credit quality also improved for our RBWM business in Europe, reflecting the continued shift from unsecured to secured lending. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in GB&M and CMB also declined.

Impairments on available-for-sale debt securities were broadly in line with the first half of 2010.

In North America, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions fell by 33% to US$3bn, representing 62% of the Group’s reduction in loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions compared with the first half of 2010.

Loan impairment charges in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses in the US fell by 30% to US$2.2bn, driven by lower lending balances, delinquency and write-off levels as the portfolios continued to run off. These decreases were partly offset by an incremental charge resulting from changes to economic assumptions on the pace of recovery in home prices and delays in the timing of expected cash flows as a consequence of the suspension of foreclosure activity which began in late 2010.

In Card and Retail Services, loan impairment charges fell by 47% to US$705m. The decrease was driven by lower lending balances reflecting fewer active accounts and consumers’ continued efforts to reduce their credit card debt. The easing in economic conditions, lower delinquency levels and higher recovery rates were also factors in the reduction.

In Europe, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased by 26% to US$1.2bn. In RBWM, loan impairment charges declined due to improved delinquency trends across both the secured and unsecured portfolios, reflecting enhanced credit risk management practices, improved collections and the effects of the low interest rate environment in the UK. In CMB, loan

impairment charges and other credit risk provisions fell by US$69m, driven by lower customer-specific impairments.

In Europe we recorded an impairment of US$105m in the first half of 2011 in respect of available-for-sale Greek sovereign debt. Further information on our exposures to countries in the eurozone, is provided in ‘Areas of special interest – wholesale lending’ on page 98.

In the Middle East and North Africa, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions declined by 77% to US$99m, primarily in our GB&M business, due to the non-recurrence of impairment charges against a small number of large corporate customers in the United Arab Emirates (‘UAE’) in the first half of 2010. In our RBWM business, loan impairment charges also reduced, by 59% to US$58m, due to lower lending balances and a significant improvement in delinquency rates driven by the repositioning of the loan book, higher quality lending and strengthened collections practices.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in Latin America decreased by 8% to US$820m, primarily in RBWM. This was mainly in the credit card portfolios in Mexico due to the managed decline of riskier portfolios and lower delinquency rates as a result of tightened underwriting criteria, better collections practices and improved credit conditions. In our CMB portfolios, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions declined by 3% to US$180m, principally as improved economic conditions resulted in lower specific impairment charges against commercial real estate exposures in Mexico.

In the Rest of Asia-Pacific region, loan impairment charges decreased by 36%, notably in RBWM as certain unsecured lending portfolios continued to be managed down in India. This reduction was partly offset by the non-recurrence of impairment releases in GB&M that occurred in the first half of 2010.

In Hong Kong, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions fell by 60% to US$25m, primarily from the non-recurrence of a specific impairment charge in GB&M along with higher recoveries and a reduction in the level of collective loan impairment allowances in the first half of 2011. Despite the low level of impairment charges in the region, we remained vigilant on maintaining underwriting standards and continued to focus on maintaining high levels of asset quality.

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Operating expenses

 

     Half-year to  
    

        30 June

2011

US$m

        

        30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

By expense category

            

Employee compensation and benefits

     10,521           9,806           10,030   

Premises and equipment (excluding depreciation and impairment)

     2,196           2,089           2,259   

General and administrative expenses

     6,223           4,925           5,883   
                              

Administrative expenses

     18,940           16,820           18,172   

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

     805           834           879   

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

     765           457           526   
                              

Operating expenses

     20,510           18,111           19,577   
                              
     At  
    

30 June

2011

        

30 June

2010

        

31 December

2010

 

Staff numbers (full-time equivalent)

            

Europe

     76,879           73,431           75,698   

Hong Kong

     30,214           28,397           29,171   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     91,924           88,605           91,607   

Middle East and North Africa

     8,755           8,264           8,676   

North America

     32,605           33,988           33,865   

Latin America

     55,618           54,886           56,044   
                              

Staff numbers

     295,995           287,571           295,061   
                              

 

Cost efficiency ratios

 

            
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2011

%

        

30 June

2010

%

        

31 December

2010

%

 

HSBC

     57.5           50.9           59.9   

Geographical regions

            

Europe

     70.7           60.6           77.2   

Hong Kong

     43.2           40.2           46.4   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     53.0           53.7           57.6   

Middle East and North Africa

     46.4           43.7           45.7   

North America

     55.8           44.0           54.2   

Latin America

     65.3           63.9           67.4   

Customer groups and global businesses

            

Retail Banking and Wealth Management16

     61.2           56.5           59.7   

Commercial Banking

     45.1           48.5           50.3   

Global Banking and Markets16

     50.2           44.6           53.8   

Global Private Banking

     66.1           62.7           68.9   

For footnote, see page 81.

 

Operating expenses increased by 13% to US$20.5bn on a reported basis. On an underlying basis, they increased by 10% and 2% compared with the first and second halves of 2010, respectively. There were a number of significant items during the first half of 2011, notably US$611m of provisions relating to customer redress programmes in the UK, including a provision of US$455m in respect of the adverse judgement in the Judicial Review relating to sales of PPI. Litigation costs increased in the US. This was offset by a credit of US$587m resulting from a change in the inflation measure used to calculate the defined benefit obligation in the UK for deferred

pensions. In the first half of 2010, payroll and bonus taxes in the UK and France amounting in aggregate to US$398m (US$367m as reported) and the US pension curtailment, which generated accounting credits of US$148m, were recorded.

The growth in business volumes, which was primarily in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America and was partly driven by expansion during 2010 and the first half of 2011, was supported by a rise in staff numbers as we recruited selectively. Overall average staff numbers (expressed in full-time equivalents) grew by 3% over the comparable

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

period and by 2% over the second half of 2010. Higher wages and salaries reflected the rising demand for talent in certain countries, union-agreed salary increases and an acceleration in the expense recognition for deferred bonus awards of US$138m as employees now have a better understanding of the likely nature of their deferred awards. (See page 80).

GB&M continued to develop the operational capabilities of their Prime Services and equity market products and expanded their Rates and Foreign Exchange e-commerce platforms, which resulted in higher costs.

Marketing and advertising costs increased, primarily in support of the Group brand through the sponsorship of various activities.

In order to improve cost efficiency and organisational effectiveness we initiated a Group-wide review during the period which resulted in restructuring costs of US$477m, primarily in the US, Latin America and Europe, which included impairments on certain software projects now deferred or cancelled.

 

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

 

     Half-year to  
    

 

 

      30 June

2011

US$m

  

  

   

      

 

 

      30 June

2010

US$m

  

  

   

      

 

 

31 December

2010

US$m

  

  

   

 

Associates

            

Bank of Communications Co., Limited

     642           467           520   

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited

     469           377           471   

Industrial Bank Co., Limited

     199           146           181   

The Saudi British Bank

     171           101           60   

Other

     56           84           72   
                              

 

Share of profit in associates

     1,537           1,175           1,304   

Share of profit in joint ventures

     19           12           26   
                              

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,556            1,187            1,330    
                              

 

The share of profit in associates and joint ventures was US$1.6bn, an increase of 31% compared with the first half of 2010 on a reported basis and 27% on an underlying basis. This increase was driven by higher contributions from the mainland China associates as they capitalised on the robust economic conditions in the country.

Our share of profits from the Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘Bank of

Communications’) was 32% higher than in the first half of 2010 from strong loan growth, an improvement in deposit spreads as base rates increased and expanding fee-based revenue streams. Profits from Ping An also rose, driven by strong sales growth and the performance of the insurance, banking and wealth management business. Profits from Industrial Bank Co., Limited (‘Industrial Bank’) similarly increased as a result of continued strong loan growth.

 

 

Tax expense

     Half-year to  
    

 

 

     30 June

2011

US$m

  

  

  

      

 

 

    30 June

2010

US$m

  

  

  

      

 

 

31 December

2010

US$m

  

  

  

 

Profit before tax

     11,474           11,104           7,933   

Tax expense

     (1,712        (3,856        (990
                              

 

Profit after tax

     9,762           7,248           6,943   
                              

 

Effective tax rate

     14.9        34.7        12.5

 

Our tax charge in the first half of 2011 was 55.6% lower than in the first half of 2010 on a reported basis. The lower tax charge in the first half of 2011 included the benefit of deferred tax now eligible to be recognised in respect of foreign tax credits, partly offset by a current period tax charge in respect of prior periods.

The tax charge in the first half of 2010 included US$1.6bn attributable to a taxable gain arising from an internal reorganisation within our North American operations. The resulting reported effective tax rate for the first half of 2011 was 14.9% compared with 34.7% for the first half of 2010.

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Consolidated balance sheet

 

Summary consolidated balance sheet

 

    

At

30 June

2011

US$m

        

At

30 June

2010

US$m

        

At

31 December
2010

US$m

 

ASSETS

            

Cash and balances at central banks

     68,218           71,576           57,383   

Trading assets

     474,950           403,800           385,052   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     39,565           32,243           37,011   

Derivatives

     260,672           288,279           260,757   

Loans and advances to banks

     226,043           196,296           208,271   

Loans and advances to customers29

     1,037,888           893,337           958,366   

Financial investments

     416,857           385,471           400,755   

Other assets

     166,794           147,452           147,094   
                              

 

Total assets

     2,690,987           2,418,454           2,454,689   
                              

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

            

Liabilities

            

Deposits by banks

     125,479           127,316           110,584   

Customer accounts

     1,318,987           1,147,321           1,227,725   

Trading liabilities

     385,824           274,836           300,703   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     98,280           80,436           88,133   

Derivatives

     257,025           287,014           258,665   

Debt securities in issue

     149,803           153,600           145,401   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     64,451           52,516           58,609   

Other liabilities

     123,601           152,092           109,954   
                              

 

Total liabilities

     2,523,450           2,275,131           2,299,774   
                              

 

Equity

            

Total shareholders’ equity

     160,250           135,943           147,667   

Non-controlling interests

     7,287           7,380           7,248   
                              

 

Total equity

     167,537           143,323           154,915   
                              

 

Total equity and liabilities

     2,690,987           2,418,454           2,454,689   
                              

 

Selected financial information

            

 

Called up share capital

     8,909           8,755           8,843   

Capital resources30,31

     173,784           154,886           167,555   

Undated subordinated loan capital

     2,782           2,780           2,781   

Preferred securities and dated subordinated loan capital32

     53,659           48,118           54,421   

 

Risk-weighted assets and capital ratios30

            

Risk-weighted assets

     1,168,529           1,075,264           1,103,113   
  

 

 

 

%

 

  

       %           %   

 

Core tier 1 ratio

     10.8           9.9           10.5   

Tier 1 ratio

     12.2           11.5           12.1   

 

Financial statistics

            

Loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts

     78.7           77.9           78.1   

Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets

     5.7           5.5           5.5   

 

Net asset value per ordinary share at period-end33 (US$)

     8.59           7.35           7.94   

Number of US$0.50 ordinary shares in issue (millions)

     17,818           17,510           17,686   

 

Closing foreign exchange translation rates to US$:

            

US$1: £

     0.625           0.667           0.644   

US$1: €

     0.690           0.815           0.748   

For footnotes, see page 81.

A more detailed consolidated balance sheet is contained in the Financial Statements on page 173.

 

 

25


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Movement from 31 December 2010 to 30 June 2011

Total reported assets were US$2.7 trillion, 10% higher than at 31 December 2010. Underlying assets, excluding the effect of currency movements, increased by 7%. Strong deposit gathering activities across all regions led to significant growth in customer accounts, which enabled us to support our customers’ borrowing requirements. Growth in trading assets reflected an improvement in trading activity in the first half of 2011 and an increase in our share of global bond issuances for clients. We remain well capitalised and strongly liquid.

The following commentary is on an underlying basis, compared with the balance sheet at 31 December 2010.

Assets

Cash and balances at central banks rose by 16% due to higher overnight balances with central banks in North America and Asia. This was partly offset by lower residual cash from daily operations placed with central banks in Europe.

Trading assets grew by 20%. Holdings of debt securities, including government and government agency debt securities, increased, reflecting both our role as primary market maker and customer demand. Settlement account balances, which vary considerably in proportion to the level of trading activity, also grew significantly. Higher reverse repo balances were attributable to an increase in client trading and the development of repo products across the regions.

Financial assets designated at fair value were broadly in line with 31 December 2010 levels.

Derivative assets fell by 4%, largely driven by a reduction in the fair value of interest rate contracts in Europe as the euro yield curve moved upwards, coupled with higher netting as we increased our trading through clearing houses. This was partly offset by an increase in the fair value of foreign exchange contracts due to higher levels of client demand.

Loans and advances to banks increased by 5% due to a rise in term placements with commercial and central banks, particularly in Asia.

Loans and advances to customers rose by 6% with increases in all regions except North America. This reflected targeted customer lending growth in CMB and GB&M, mainly in Europe, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, as the economic environment improved and trade flows rose. Mortgage balances increased in Hong Kong and the

UK as we continued to reposition RBWM towards higher quality secured lending and focus on target markets. This was partly offset by the planned decline in lending balances in the run-off portfolios in North America, coupled with a reduction in credit card advances as our customers continued to pay down their credit card debt.

Financial investments rose by 2% due to purchases of government, government agency and highly rated corporate debt securities, in line with the growth in deposit balances.

Other assets increased by 13% due to a rise in items in the course of collection, reflecting increased activity within the central clearing system, notably in Hong Kong.

Liabilities

Deposits by banks increased by 9% due to a rise in funds placed with HSBC by other financial institutions including higher balances relating to our Payments and Cash Management business.

Customer accounts were 5% higher. Strong growth was seen across most customer groups and regions, reflecting an increase in customer numbers and the success of promotional deposit campaigns. Repo balances also rose in Europe, driven by higher customer activity.

Trading liabilities grew by 24% due to an increase in settlement account balances which vary in proportion to the volume of trading activity. Repo balances increased to finance a rise in long inventory and client-driven trading positions. Short bond positions also rose, in line with the growth in the Rates portfolio.

Financial liabilities designated at fair value rose by 9% due to debt issuances by HSBC entities in Europe in the first half of 2011. This was partly offset by debt maturities that were not replaced in North America due to lower funding requirements as the consumer finance portfolios continued to decline.

Derivative businesses are managed within market risk limits and, as a consequence, the decrease in the value of derivative liabilities broadly matched that of derivative assets.

Debt securities in issue remained in line with 31 December 2010 levels as new issuances in Europe and Latin America were largely offset by lower funding requirements in North America in line with the reduction in lending balances.

Liabilities under insurance contracts grew by 6%, driven by higher sales and renewals of life insurance products in Hong Kong.

 

 

 

26


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Other liabilities rose by 10% due to an increase in items in the course of transmission to other banks in Hong Kong, corresponding with the increase in items in the course of collection above.

Equity

Total shareholders’ equity increased by 6%, driven by profits generated during the period and a reduction in the negative balance of the available-for-sale reserve reflecting a rise in market prices.

 

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying changes in assets and liabilities

 

     30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010  
    

31 Dec 10

as

reported

US$m

        

Currency

translation34

US$m

        

31 Dec 10

at 30 Jun 11

exchange

rates

US$m

         Underlying
change
US$m
        

30 Jun 11

as

reported

US$m

    

Reported
change

%

   

Under-

lying
change

%

 

HSBC

                           

 

Cash and balances at central banks

     57,383           1,621           59,004           9,214           68,218         19        16   

Trading assets

     385,052           12,279           397,331           77,619           474,950         23        20   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     37,011           1,541           38,552           1,013           39,565         7        3   

Derivative assets

     260,757           10,881           271,638           (10,966        260,672                (4

Loans and advances to banks

     208,271           7,330           215,601           10,442           226,043         9        5   

Loans and advances to customers

     958,366           24,619           982,985           54,903           1,037,888         8        6   

Financial investments

     400,755           6,983           407,738           9,119           416,857         4        2   

Other assets

     147,094           704           147,798           18,996           166,794         13        13   
                                                         

 

Total assets

     2,454,689           65,958           2,520,647           170,340           2,690,987         10        7   
                                                         

 

Deposits by banks

     110,584           4,188           114,772           10,707           125,479         13        9   

Customer accounts

     1,227,725           27,220           1,254,945           64,042           1,318,987         7        5   

Trading liabilities

     300,703           9,627           310,330           75,494           385,824         28        24   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     88,133           2,041           90,174           8,106           98,280         12        9   

Derivative liabilities

     258,665           10,844           269,509           (12,484        257,025         (1     (5

Debt securities in issue

     145,401           3,778           149,179           624           149,803         3          

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     58,609           2,377           60,986           3,465           64,451         10        6   

Other liabilities

     109,954           1,929           111,883           11,718           123,601         12        10   
                                                         

 

Total liabilities

     2,299,774           62,004           2,361,778           161,672           2,523,450         10        7   
                                                         

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     147,667           3,895           151,562           8,688           160,250         9        6   

Non-controlling interests

     7,248           59           7,307           (20        7,287         1          
                                                         

 

Total equity

     154,915           3,954           158,869           8,668           167,537         8        5   
                                                         

 

Total equity and liabilities

     2,454,689           65,958           2,520,647           170,340           2,690,987         10        7   
                                                         

For footnote, see page 81.

In the first half of 2011, the effect of acquisitions and disposals was not significant.

 

 

27


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Economic profit/(loss)

 

Our internal performance measures include economic profit/(loss), a calculation which compares the return on financial capital invested in HSBC by our shareholders with the cost of that capital. We price our cost of capital internally and the difference between that cost and the post-tax profit attributable to ordinary shareholders represents the amount of economic profit/(loss) generated. In order to concentrate on external factors rather than measurement bases, we emphasise the trend in economic profit/(loss) ahead of absolute amounts.

Our long-term cost of capital is reviewed annually and is 11% for 2011; this remains unchanged from 2010. We use the Capital Asset Pricing Model to determine our cost of capital. The following commentary is on a reported basis.

Economic profit/(loss)

The return on invested capital increased by 2.0 percentage points to 11.4%, which is broadly in line with our benchmark cost of capital. Our economic profit was US$0.3bn, an increase of US$1.5bn compared with a loss at 30 June 2010, due to an increase in profit attributable to shareholders. This was predominantly driven by a lower tax charge as well as an increase in reported profit before tax due to lower loan impairment charges across all regions, notably in the US, partly offset by an increase in costs.

The increase in average invested capital reflected higher retained earnings and an increase in the average foreign exchange reserves primarily due to the effect of euro and sterling rate movements on our underlying assets.

 

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June 2011          30 June 2010          31 December 2010  
     US$m          %35          US$m          %35          US$m          %35  

Average total shareholders’ equity

     153,312                131,198                143,712        

Adjusted by:

                           

Goodwill previously amortised or written off

     8,123                8,123                8,123        

Property revaluation reserves

     (916             (786             (820     

Reserves representing unrealised losses on effective cash flow hedges

     384                25                155        

Reserves representing unrealised losses on available-for-sale securities

     3,699                7,590                4,298        

Preference shares and other equity instruments

     (7,256             (3,661             (7,256     
                                             

Average invested capital36

       157,346                  142,489                  148,212        
                                             

Return on invested capital37

     8,929           11.4           6,629           9.4           6,117           8.2   

Benchmark cost of capital

     (8,583            (11.0        (7,772            (11.0        (8,320            (11.0
                                                               

Economic profit/(loss) and spread

     346           0.4           (1,143        (1.6        (2,203        (2.8
                                                               

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

28


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges (and preference share dividends)

 

 

    

Half-year

      to 30 June

        Year ended 31 December  
     2011                  2010                2009                2008                2007                2006   

Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preference share dividends:1

              

– excluding interest on deposits

     6.36          5.89        2.64        2.97        6.96        7.22   

– including interest on deposits

 

     1.71          1.69        1.20        1.13        1.34        1.40   

Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges:1

              

– excluding interest on deposits

     7.79          7.10        2.99        3.17        7.52        7.93   

– including interest on deposits

     1.76          1.73        1.22        1.14        1.34        1.41   

 

1 For the purpose of calculating the ratios, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and non controlling interest plus fixed charges and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of associated undertakings. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits, as appropriate, preference share dividends, as applicable, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor.

 

 

28a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Customer accounts by country

 

Europe

 

   

    At 30 June
2011

US$m

        

    At 30 June

2010

US$m

        

At 31 December

2010

US$m

 

UK

    366,134           335,493           351,522   

France56

    101,032           68,942           65,407   

Germany

    9,046           7,698           7,063   

Malta

    6,200           5,084           5,968   

Switzerland

    46,790           41,556           43,098   

Turkey

    7,583           5,888           6,602   

Other

    12,026           12,597           11,903   
                             
    548,811           477,258           491,563   
                             

Hong Kong

    305,726           274,112           297,484   
                             

 

Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

           

Australia

    18,780           12,641           16,640   

India

    11,732           11,269           12,143   

Indonesia

    5,982           5,599           5,572   

Japan

    5,378           4,432           5,575   

Mainland China

    28,481           21,893           27,007   

Malaysia

    16,962           13,751           15,257   

Singapore

    40,906           34,696           38,951   

South Korea

    5,278           4,258           4,303   

Taiwan

    11,968           10,385           12,131   

Vietnam

    1,543           1,358           1,255   

Other

    21,579           16,679           19,321   
                             
    168,589           138,319           158,155   
                             

Middle East and North Africa

 

           

Egypt

    7,103           6,666           6,881   

Qatar

    3,319           3,192           3,069   

United Arab Emirates

    18,558           16,136           16,332   

Other

    8,139           6,983           7,229   
                             
    37,119           32,977           33,511   
                             

North America

 

           

US

    104,749           97,804           103,007   

Canada

    47,049           42,438           45,772   

Bermuda

    10,835           9,196           9,707   
                             
    162,633           149,438           158,486   
                             
           

Latin America

 

           

Argentina

    4,403           3,505           3,983   

Brazil

    52,285           41,001           49,253   

Mexico

    25,326           18,160           21,295   

Panama

    7,535           7,083           7,429   

Other

    6,560           5,468           6,566   
                             
           
    96,109           75,217           88,526   
                             

For footnote, see page 81.

 

 

28b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Customer groups and global businesses

 

Summary

     29   

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     30   

Commercial Banking

     32   

Global Banking and Markets

     34   

Global Private Banking

     36   

Other

     37   

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit/(loss) before tax

     37a   

Analysis by customer group and global business

     38   

Summary

 

HSBC’s senior management reviews operating activity on a number of bases, including by geographical region and by customer group and global business. Capital resources are allocated and performance is assessed primarily by geographical region, as presented on page 41.

In addition to utilising information by geographical region, management assesses performance through two customer groups, Retail Banking and Wealth Management (‘RBWM’),

(formerly Personal Financial Services (‘PFS’)) and Commercial Banking (‘CMB’), and two global businesses, Global Banking and Markets (‘GB&M’) and Global Private Banking (‘GPB’). RBWM incorporates the Group’s consumer finance businesses.

With effect from 1 March 2011, our Global Asset Management business was moved from GB&M to RBWM. This resulted in a reallocation between the two of US$181m and US$140m in profit before tax in the first and second halves of 2010, respectively, and in total assets of US$3bn and US$3.3bn at 30 June 2010 and 31 December 2010, respectively. All periods presented have been adjusted accordingly.

The commentaries below present customer groups and global businesses followed by geographical regions. Performance is discussed in this order because certain strategic themes, business initiatives and trends affect more than one geographical region. All commentaries are on an underlying basis (see page 10) unless stated otherwise.

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

 

           Half-year to        
     30 June 2011          30 June 2010          31 December 2010  
     US$m          %          US$m          %          US$m          %  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management16

     3,126           27.3           1,352           12.1           2,487           31.4   

Commercial Banking

     4,189           36.5           3,204           28.9           2,886           36.4   

Global Banking and Markets16

     4,811           41.9           5,452           49.1           3,763           47.4   

Global Private Banking

     552           4.8           556           5.0           498           6.3   

Other38

     (1,204        (10.5        540           4.9           (1,701        (21.5
                                                               
     11,474           100.0           11,104           100.0           7,933           100.0   
                                                               
Total assets39   
     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
     US$m          %          US$m          %          US$m          %  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management16

     557,952           20.7           510,092           21.1           530,970           21.6   

Commercial Banking

     336,094           12.5           264,077           10.9           296,797           12.1   

Global Banking and Markets16

     1,942,835           72.2           1,774,639           73.4           1,755,043           71.5   

Global Private Banking

     122,888           4.6           108,499           4.5           116,846           4.8   

Other

     189,912           7.0           189,153           7.8           161,458           6.6   

Intra-HSBC items

     (458,694        (17.0        (428,006        (17.7        (406,425        (16.6
                                                               
     2,690,987           100.0           2,418,454           100.0           2,454,689           100.0   
                                                               
Risk-weighted assets40   
                           At 30 June 2011          At 31 December 2010  
                           US$bn          %          US$bn          %  

Total

               1,168.5           100.0           1,103.1           100.0   
                                       

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

               365.0           31.2           357.0           32.4   

Commercial Banking

               363.3           31.1           334.4           30.3   

Global Banking and Markets

               385.4           33.0           353.2           32.0   

Global Private Banking

               23.9           2.1           24.9           2.3   

Other

               30.9           2.6           33.6           3.0   

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

 

29


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

 

RBWM provides 85 million individual and self-employed customers with financial services in over 60 markets worldwide.

 

     Half-year to16  
    

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

  30 Jun

2010

US$m

        

31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

Net interest income

     12,086           12,194           11,972   

Net fee income

     4,212           4,060           4,337   

Other income

     1,274           299           749   
                              

Net operating income41

     17,572           16,553           17,058   

Impairment charges42

     (4,270        (6,318        (4,941
                              

Net operating income

     13,302           10,235           12,117   

Total operating expenses

     (10,746        (9,349        (10,190
                              

Operating profit

     2,556           886           1,927   

Income from associates43

     570           466           560   
                              

Profit before tax

     3,126           1,352           2,487   
                              

RoRWA44

     1.8        0.8        1.4

Significant growth in

insurance and investments

Run-off portfolio balances reduced by

US$4.9bn

 

Best retail bank   Best foreign bank
in Hong Kong   in China
(The Asian Banker)   (The Asian Banker)

 

Strategic direction

RBWM’s aim is to provide consistent and high quality retail banking and wealth management services to our customers. We will provide retail banking services in markets where we already have scale or where scale can be built over time and we will implement standardised distribution and service models to ensure we can deliver them more efficiently. As wealth creation continues to grow in both developed and emerging markets, we will leverage our global propositions such as Premier and our bancassurance and asset management capabilities to deepen our existing customer relationships and the penetration of our wealth management services.

We focus on three strategic imperatives:

 

developing world class wealth management for retail customers;

  leveraging global expertise in retail banking; and

  portfolio management to drive superior returns.

For footnotes, see page 81.

Review of performance

 

 

As announced last year, RBWM was created with effect from 1 March 2011, bringing together the PFS, insurance and Global Asset Management businesses under a unified management structure. This will enable us to drive our strategy of streamlining our retail banking businesses and developing world class wealth management services for retail customers.

 

 

RBWM reported a profit before tax of US$3.1bn in the first half of 2011, more than double that in the first half of 2010. This was largely attributable to a decline in loan impairment charges, particularly in the US, where delinquency trends continued to improve following the managed reduction in the run-off portfolios.

 

 

We continued to rebalance revenue and profit contribution with growth in our priority markets, offsetting declines in run-off portfolios in the US.

 

 

Revenue increased by 3%, as income rose in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific from an increase in the sales of wealth management products. In Europe, revenue rose as a result of increased lending, notably in mortgages, and net insurance income, driven by successful targeted sales campaigns, particularly in France. Net interest income increased in Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America from higher volumes. Deposit spreads increased in parts of Rest of Asia-Pacific due to increases in interest rates, particularly in mainland China, India and Malaysia. This was partly offset by reductions in North America due to lower lending balances in both the run-off portfolio and in the Card and Retail Services business. In a number of markets, particularly Mexico, India and the UAE, we continued to reposition our lending portfolio to lower risk, lower yielding assets. Europe, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific benefited from an increase in PVIF due to refinement to the calculation of the PVIF asset (see footnote 27).

 

 

Loan impairment charges fell by 34%, reflecting the managed decline of riskier portfolios, and enhanced collection processes and underwriting practices. The loan book continued to decline in the US, and some high risk portfolios in Latin America, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Middle East and North Africa were managed down.

 

 

Operating expenses increased by 10% to US$10.7bn. The rise in costs resulted mainly from increases in front office headcount in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Brazil as we

 

 

 

30


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

   

invested in these key growth markets, coupled with wage inflation in certain markets. Operating expenses included US$589m of provisions relating to customer redress programmes in the UK, including a provision in respect of the adverse judgement in the Judicial Review relating to sales of PPI. Litigation provisions increased in the US. Operating costs also rose as we wrote off certain previously capitalised software development expenses and incurred other restructuring costs as part of our new strategic priorities. This was partly offset by a credit of US$264m resulting from a change in the inflation measure used to calculate the defined benefit obligation in the UK for deferred pensions.

 

 

The share of profits from associates increased by 18%, mainly in Ping An due to an increase in profits driven by strong sales growth and the performance of its wealth management businesses and banking business.

Developing world class wealth management for retail customers

 

 

Our World Selection global investment offering continued to grow and total assets under management were US$9.0bn at 30 June 2011, compared with US$7.2bn at 31 December 2010.

 

 

Our insurance operations performed strongly in the first half of 2011, with increased net earned premiums compared with 2010. This was driven by a growing demand for life insurance products. The improved outlook for investment markets in 2011 generated increased demand for wealth products in Asia and a rise in new business sales in Hong Kong. In Latin America, increased premium income reflected an improving economic environment and investment in the sales network, notably in Brazil. The contribution from our investment in Ping An also increased, driven by growth in its life insurance business.

 

 

Global Asset Management increased management fees by 6% on the first half of 2010, most notably in Europe, Hong Kong and Latin America. Funds under management (‘FuM’) reached a record period-end high of US$449bn of which emerging markets FuM were US$135bn. This represented growth in

   

total FuM of 10% and emerging markets FuM of 14% compared with the first half of 2010. The increasing focus on our wealth management proposition generated US$4.4bn of net inflows in the first half of 2011 compared with US$1.3bn in 2010.

Leveraging global expertise in retail banking

 

 

We enhanced our services with a number of innovative developments, including the launch of renminbi-denominated deposits in an additional seven markets across Asia in the first half of 2011, and extended our mobile banking solution to Canada, Malaysia and Singapore.

 

 

We continued to grow mortgage lending in the UK and in Asia, particularly in Hong Kong where our volume growth in mortgages enabled us to maintain our market leadership. In Australia, Singapore and Malaysia we increased mortgage balances through targeted marketing campaigns. Customer account balances also grew in Rest of Asia-Pacific, reflecting an increase in customer numbers, and in Europe due to competitive pricing and acquisition campaigns.

Portfolio management to drive superior returns

 

 

During the first half of 2011, we continued to reposition our operations and optimise our businesses. In line with this, in April, we announced the sale of HSBC Afore, our pension administration business in Mexico, which is expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2011. Also in April, following a strategic review of our operations in Russia, we announced our withdrawal from the retail business, and have now agreed the sale of some elements of this business.

 

 

In May 2011, we sold our Insurance Captive Management business which provided third party property and third party insurance claim administration services. This is part of our strategy to focus our insurance business on connectivity to core banking customers and wealth management product offerings.

 

 

In July, we announced the sale of our UK motor insurance portfolio and the closure of retail banking operations in Poland.

 

 

 

31


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Commercial Banking

 

CMB offers a full range of commercial financial services to 3.6m customers ranging from sole proprietors to publicly quoted companies in 65 countries.

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

  30 Jun

2010

US$m

        

31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

Net interest income

     4,814           4,024           4,463   

Net fee income

     2,131           1,935           2,029   

Other income

     735           781           602   
                              

Net operating income41

     7,680           6,740           7,094   

Impairment charges42

     (642        (705        (1,100
                              

Net operating income

     7,038           6,035           5,994   

Total operating expenses

     (3,465        (3,266        (3,565
                              

Operating profit

     3,573           2,769           2,429   

Income from associates43

     616           435           457   
                              

Profit before tax

     4,189           3,204           2,886   
                              

RoRWA44

     2.4        2.2        1.8

Revenue growth of

12%

ahead of cost growth of 3%

on an underlying basis

Trade revenue grew

26%

compared with world GDP growth of 3%

Strong revenue growth from

the sale of GB&M products

 

Strategic direction

CMB aims to be the banking partner of choice for international businesses by building on our rich heritage, international capabilities and relationships to enable connectivity and support trade and capital flows around the world, thereby strengthening our leading position in international business and trade.

We focus on four strategic imperatives:

 

focus on faster-growing markets while connecting revenue and investment flows with developed markets;

  enhance collaboration with GB&M, providing capital market access and a wider range of sophisticated risk management and liquidity products to the growing mid-market corporates;

  capture growth in international small and medium-sized enterprises; and

  drive efficiency gains through adopting a global operating model.

For footnotes, see page 81.

Review of performance

 

 

In the first half of 2011, CMB reported a profit before tax of US$4.2bn, US$1.0bn or 31% higher than in the first half of 2010. On an underlying basis, profit before tax also increased by 31%, reflecting higher lending balances and an expansion in world trade, in particular in the faster-growing markets. Income from our associate, Bank of Communications, also increased reflecting strong loan growth and wider spreads. Profit before tax grew in all regions except North America where we are investing in areas of strong international connectivity.

 

 

Customer lending balances rose from the end of 2010 by 9% to US$268bn, primarily in Asia, Europe and Latin America, driven by the expanding trade flows and increased business activity. Demand for credit remained strong in Hong Kong, Malaysia and Brazil. Lending balances also increased in the UK by 2% to US$69.9bn.

 

 

Credit quality improved as our exposure to higher risk portfolios was managed down and the economic environment generally improved. As a result, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions declined by 14%. In the first half of 2011, there was a marked decline in loan impairment charges against specific exposures in Europe while, in North America, there were notable falls in loan impairment charges.

 

 

In the first half of 2011, CMB grew customer account balances by 3% to US$301bn, with significant growth in Asia and Latin America driven partly by new customer acquisitions.

Shift towards faster-growing markets while connecting with developed markets

 

 

Revenue increased by 12%, primarily in Latin America (specifically Brazil, Mexico and Argentina), Hong Kong and the Rest of Asia-Pacific region (specifically mainland China, India and Singapore). This was driven by lending to meet higher credit demand as a result of improved trade and business volumes, and deposit balance growth. Net fee income also increased from rising sales of trade, payments and cash management, investment and Global Markets products.

 

 

In line with our aspiration to double our trade revenue over the medium term, we merged our Trade and Supply Chain and Receivables Finance businesses, allowing us to build on the scale of our trade business to expand our receivables

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

   

finance offerings from the existing base of 23 countries.

 

 

In the first half of 2011, our trade revenue was US$1bn, an increase of 26% compared with the first half of 2010. Significantly, growth in our trade revenue was more than eight times that of world GDP growth, reflecting our concentration in the faster growing markets.

 

 

Our geographic presence across both mature and faster-growing markets allowed us to capitalise on the rising levels of international trade and investment flows. We achieved a significant number of mandates to provide cross-border payments and cash management solutions for our corporate customers, reinforcing the importance of our geographic network to this customer segment.

 

 

In the first half of 2011, the number of successful cross-border referrals increased by 43% compared with the first half of 2010, with a transaction value of over US$12bn. Notably, 66% of this increase came from mainland China, demonstrating its significance to CMB.

 

 

We continued to strengthen our position as a leading international bank for renminbi product offerings through product innovation in over 50 locations on six continents. In the first half of 2011, we were the first international bank to provide commercial banking customers with a dedicated renminbi Business Card in Hong Kong, minimising their foreign exchange risk, and in Singapore we expanded our renminbi capabilities, including an e-platform for payments in the currency.

Enhance collaboration with GB&M

 

 

Our customers benefit from the diversity of products and services available from a universal bank. This includes Global Markets products provided to CMB customers with more complex requirements, as well as GPB and Premier services for our business customers’ personal wealth requirements.

 

 

CMB revenue generated from the sale of Global Markets products grew strongly compared with the first half of 2010, with strong momentum in Asia and Latin America.

Capture growth in international SMEs

 

 

We are focusing our Business Banking propositions on attracting the growing number of internationally aspirant small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SME’s). 82% of SMEs in Hong Kong rate us as the best bank for international business and in the UK we have over 130 International Commercial Managers to support the Business Banking segment.

   

In the Middle East and North Africa, we pledged a second US$100m during the period to SME customers in the UAE engaged in cross-border business and the amount has been fully utilised.

 

 

In Mexico, we launched the HSBC Business Card to facilitate working capital requirements and more effectively service the needs of our SME client base. Despite muted demand, CMB increased gross new lending to UK SMEs by 20% as we continued to support this important sector and assist new business start-ups. We are in line with our targets as set out in the Merlin Agreement between the major UK banks and the UK government.

Drive efficiency gains through adopting a global operating model

 

 

We continue to enhance and tailor CMB’s direct banking solutions to improve our customer experience. We recognise our customers are increasingly more technologically oriented and CMB will continue to invest in and expand the transactional functionality and information services we offer. For example, in the UK, we were one of the first international financial institutions to offer a dedicated Business Mobile Banking iApp, achieving almost 70,000 downloads in the first month. For our corporate segment customers, HSBCnet for Mobile was piloted in 40 countries in the first half of 2011, with a further 25 countries due to go live by the end of 2011, subject to regulatory approvals.

 

 

Operating expenses rose by 3% to US$3.5bn. Excluding a credit of US$212m resulting from a change in the inflation measure used to calculate the defined benefit obligation in the UK for deferred pensions, they increased by 9% to US$3.7bn. On the same basis, after adjusting for this credit, our cost efficiency ratio improved from 49.2% to 47.8%, reflecting a disciplined approach to managing the cost base. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific region, the cost efficiency ratio improved by 2 percentage points to 47.2% despite inflationary pressures and the addition of almost 200 new staff as we expanded our business in this strategically important market.

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Global Banking and Markets

 

GB&M is a global business which provides tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients worldwide.

 

     Half-year to16  
    

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

30 Jun

2010

US$m

        

31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

Net interest income

     3,603           3,724           3,619   

Net fee income

     1,730           1,879           1,785   

Net trading income45

     3,827           3,754           2,076   

Other income

     529           963           1,112   
                              

Net operating income41

     9,689           10,320           8,592   

Impairment charges42

     (334        (499        (491
                              

Net operating income

     9,355           9,821           8,101   

Total operating expenses

     (4,860        (4,607        (4,621
                              

Operating profit

     4,495           5,214           3,480   

Income from associates43

     316           238           283   
                              

Profit before tax

     4,811           5,452           3,763   
                              

RoRWA44

     2.6        2.9        2.0

 

Significant contribution from

faster-growing markets with

particularly strong performances

in Latin America and Rest of Asia-Pacific

Best Global Risk

Management House

 

Best Debt House:

– in Asia

– in Middle East

(Euromoney Awards for

Excellence 2011)

  

Best Domestic

Equity House

Hong Kong

(Asiamoney Best Bank

2011 Awards)

 

Best Investment Bank

in Hong Kong

(FinanceAsia Country Awards)

 

Strategic direction

GB&M continues to pursue its well established ‘emerging markets-led and financing-focused’ strategy, with the objective of being a leading global wholesale bank. This strategy has evolved to include a greater emphasis on connectivity, leveraging the Group’s extensive distribution network.

We focus on four strategic imperatives:

 

reinforce client coverage and client-led solutions for major government, corporate and institutional clients;

  continue to defend core, enhance existing and build new capabilities in major hubs to support the delivery of an integrated suite of products and services;

  enhance collaboration with other customer groups, particularly CMB, to deliver incremental revenues; and

  focus on business re-engineering to ensure the efficiency of our platform.

For footnotes, see page 81.

Review of performance

 

 

GB&M reported profit before tax of US$4.8bn, 12% lower than in the first half of 2010 as a result of the challenging trading environment, which was dominated by uncertainty around eurozone sovereign debt. On an underlying basis, profit before tax declined by 16% as a result of lower revenues in legacy Credit, and in Balance Sheet Management, coupled with the cost of continued strategic investment. These factors were partly offset by higher revenues in Global Banking, Equities and Securities Services and a significant decrease in loan impairment charges.

 

 

We continued to leverage our unique geographical franchise and global connectivity, particularly focused on ‘South-South’ trade corridors, to capitalise on opportunities presented by growing international trade flows. We also focused on connecting with other areas of HSBC, notably CMB, where gross revenues from the cross-sale of GB&M products increased, and GPB through the Family Office partnership. Investment in people and infrastructure continued during the first half of 2011 to enhance our product offerings. These strategic initiatives include the development of Prime Services and equity market capabilities together with the expansion of the Rates and Foreign Exchange e-commerce platforms which remain key to supporting our customer-focused strategy over the long term through enhanced competitive positioning.

 

 

Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased by 9%. This was primarily due to lower income in Balance Sheet Management, reflecting the continuing effect of prevailing low interest rates and flattening yield curves. Legacy Credit was affected by lower recoveries generated from the securities investment conduits, a reduction in effective yields and lower holdings of legacy assets. Revenues in Credit were also affected by the re-emergence of uncertainty in the eurozone sovereign credit markets in the second quarter of 2011. Trading income from structured liabilities declined, mainly in Rates, due to lower favourable fair value movements as credit spreads widened to a lesser extent than a year ago; a gain of US$60m compared with a reported gain of US$255m in the first half of 2010.

 

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were significantly lower than both halves of 2010. Loan impairment charges were US$70m compared with the US$233m in the

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Management view of total operating income

 

     Half-year to16  
    

    30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

      30 Jun

2010

US$m

        

 31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

Global Markets46

     5,146           5,542           3,631   
                              

Credit

     530           1,043           606   

Rates

     1,355           1,529           523   

Foreign Exchange

     1,517           1,513           1,239   

Equities

     612           479           276   

Securities Services47

     854           718           793   

Asset and Structured Finance

     278           260           194   
                              

Global Banking

     2,670           2,288           2,333   
                              

Financing and Equity Capital Markets

     1,664           1,420           1,432   

Payments and Cash Management48

     695           542           591   

Other transaction services49

     311           326           310   
                              

Balance Sheet Management

     1,765           2,269           1,833   

Principal Investments

     175           126           193   

Other50

     (67        95           602   
                              

Total operating income

     9,689           10,320           8,592   
                              

For footnotes, see page 81.

first half of 2010, driven by a general improvement in the credit environment and the non-recurrence of significant impairment charges taken against a small number of clients in 2010. Credit risk provisions fell by US$29m to US$263m, despite a US$65m charge recorded in respect of Greek sovereign debt in the first half of 2011. Asset-backed securities accounted for US$238m of US$263m, compared with impairments of US$256m reported in the first half of 2010.

 

 

Operating expenses increased, reflecting continued investment in GB&M platforms to deliver revenue growth and improved process automation in light of increasing competition and changing regulatory demands. Performance costs rose due to increased amortisation charges for previous years’ performance shares and accelerated expense recognition for future deferred bonus awards. Offsetting these factors was a credit of US$111m in the first half of 2011 arising from a change in the inflation measure used to calculate the defined benefit obligation in the UK for deferred pensions. In addition, the first half of 2010 included the cost of payroll and bonus taxes in the UK and France on certain bonuses paid in respect of 2009. The cost efficiency ratio, at 50.2%, was 6.2 percentage

   

points higher than in the first half of 2010 reflecting both our investment in the business and the effect of prevailing market conditions on income.

 

 

Global Markets delivered first half revenues in excess of US$5bn for the third consecutive year in a very uncertain trading environment. The decrease compared with the first half of 2010 was mainly due to a decline in legacy Credit, as noted above. Credit revenues were also affected by the re-emergence of eurozone sovereign debt concerns in the second quarter of 2011, resulting in a decline in client activity and a general widening of credit spreads. These were partly offset by improved performance in primary markets as HSBC increased its market share of global bond issuance volumes. Revenues in Rates declined due to lower favourable fair value movements on structured liabilities, partly offset by higher customer demand for structured products. Equities revenues rose as improved competitive positioning helped capture increasing client flows, particularly during the global rally in the first quarter of 2011. Securities Services revenues increased by 14%, benefiting from balance growth in Europe, higher spreads in Asia and Latin America and increased transaction volumes.

 

 

Global Banking revenues rose by 12% as it maintained its focus on deepening key client relationships. This growth was led by continued momentum in project and export finance. Lending revenues were broadly in line, as higher income fuelled by asset growth in Asia, was offset by narrower spreads and limited demand in Europe and North America as clients in developed markets focused on refinancing existing facilities. Payments and Cash Management revenue rose by 24%, driven by Asia, with higher net interest income reflecting strong growth in deposit balances and wider spreads following interest rate rises in certain markets; fee income also benefited from growth in transaction volumes.

 

 

Revenues in Balance Sheet Management continued to reduce as higher-yielding positions matured and the opportunity for maintaining yields on reinvestment was limited by the prevailing low interest rate environment. Gains on disposal of securities in the available-for-sale portfolio also fell from the high level of realised gains primarily in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific in the first half of 2010.

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Global Private Banking

 

GPB works with high net worth clients to manage and preserve their wealth while connecting them to global opportunities.

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

  30 Jun

2010

US$m

        

 31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

Net interest income

     729           646           699   

Net fee income

     731           643           656   

Other income

     229           254           195   
                              

Net operating income41

     1,689           1,543           1,550   

Impairment (charges)/ recoveries42

     (22                  12   
                              

Net operating income

     1,667           1,543           1,562   

Total operating expenses

     (1,117        (967        (1,068
                              

Operating profit

     550           576           494   

Income from associates43

     2           (20        4   
                              

Profit before tax

     552           556           498   
                              

RoRWA44

     4.5        4.3        3.9

 

Client assets 7% up at

US$416bn

 

US$13bn net new money

Best Private Bank in Asia

(Euromoney 2011 Private Banking Survey)

Best Private Bank

in Hong Kong

(FinanceAsia Country

Awards 2010)

  

Outstanding Private Bank – Middle East

(Private Banker International Awards

2010)

 

Strategic direction

GPB serves high-net worth customers with complex and international needs. We focus on four strategic imperatives:

 

further expand our business in the domestic and faster-growing markets through the recruitment of front office staff and the delivery of faster-growing market products to clients in developed markets;

  continue to leverage our intra-Group strengths, including referrals with CMB and RBWM and our Family Office Partnership with GB&M;

  increase our managed assets, through building on our expertise in alternative investments, faster-growing markets and foreign exchange; and

  continue to invest in front-office systems with strong data security, while maintaining a focus on risk management and cost control.

For footnotes, see page 81.

Review of performance

 

 

Reported profit before tax was US$552m, marginally lower than in the first half of 2010 on both a reported and an underlying basis, as strong revenue growth, driven by increases in client assets under management and activity levels, was offset by a rise in costs and impairment charges.

 

 

Although clients remained cautious in the prevailing market environment, risk appetite showed signs of improvement. Net fee income rose as a result of higher transaction volumes and growth in average client assets under management, driven by net new money inflows and our focus on faster growing markets. Demand for lending continued to recover which, together with improved spreads, led to higher net interest income.

 

 

The increase in operating expenses was primarily driven by the strengthening of the Swiss franc (see footnote 51), which accounts for a significant proportion of our cost base, together with higher costs incurred as a result of the developing regulatory environment, the hiring of front office staff to cover faster growing markets and an acceleration in the expense recognition for deferred bonus awards. A restructuring programme started in the first half of 2011, the benefits of which are expected in future reporting periods.

 

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased, due to the impairment of available-for-sale debt securities.

Client assets

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2011

US$bn

        

  30 Jun

2010

US$bn

        

31 Dec

2010

US$bn

 

At beginning of period

     390           367           354   

Net new money

     13           7           6   

Value change

     1           (4        17   

Exchange/other

     12           (16        13   
                              

At end of period

     416           354           390   
                              

 

 

Reported client assets, which include funds under management and cash deposits, increased due to US$13bn of net new money inflows, together with favourable foreign exchange and market movements. Net new money continued to benefit from intra-Group referrals and strong inflows from Asia and Latin America. As a result, reported ‘Total client assets’, the equivalent to many industry definitions of assets under management which includes some non-financial assets held in client trusts, increased by 11% since 31 December 2010 to US$556bn.

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Other

 

‘Other’ contains the results of certain property transactions, unallocated investment activities, centrally held investment companies, movements in fair value of own debt, HSBC’s holding company and financing operations.

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

      30 Jun

2010

US$m

        

     31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

Net interest expense

     (481        (537        (461

Net trading income/ (expense)

     (222        (572        261   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (286        1,178           (1,394

Other income

     3,017           3,163           3,022   
                              

Net operating income41

     2,028           3,232           1,428   

Impairment (charges)/ recoveries42

     2           (1        4   
                              

Net operating income

     2,030           3,231           1,432   

Total operating expenses

     (3,286        (2,759        (3,159
                              

Operating profit/(loss)

     (1,256        472           (1,727

Income from associates43

     52           68           26   
                              

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (1,204        540           (1,701
                              

US$1.2bn

reduction in profit before tax

due to fair value movements

on own debt

Increase in operating expenses due to restructuring costs

in Latin America and centralisation of processes

For footnotes, see page 81.

Notes

 

 

Reported loss before tax of US$1.2bn compared with a profit before tax of US$540m in the first half of 2010. This included losses of US$143m on the fair value of HSBC’s own debt attributable to a narrowing in credit spreads compared with gains of US$1.1bn in the first half of 2010. In addition, reported profits included a gain of US$62m on the reclassification of Bao Viet as an associate in the first half of 2010 and accounting gains of US$188m and US$181m in the first halves of 2010 and 2011, respectively, arising from the dilution of our shareholding in Ping An following its issue of share capital to third parties. On an underlying basis, the loss before tax increased by 57% to US$1.2bn. For a description of the main items reported under ‘Other’, see footnote 38.

 

 

Net interest expense substantially comprised interest expense on long-term debt issued by HSBC Holdings.

 

 

Net trading expense fell by US$350m, primarily driven by lower adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges, mainly cross-currency swaps used to economically hedge fixed rate long-term debt issued by HSBC Holdings. This was the result of a less pronounced decrease in long-term US interest rates relative to sterling and euro interest rates than in the first half of 2010.

 

 

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value of US$143m compared with income of US$112m in the first half of 2010 due to adverse fair value movements from interest and exchange rate ineffectiveness in the hedging of long-term debt designated at fair value issued by HSBC Holdings and our European and North American subsidiaries.

 

 

Other operating income reduced as gains of US$250m recognised from the sale and leaseback of our Paris and New York headquarters did not recur.

 

 

Operating expenses increased by 18% to US$3.3bn driven by restructuring costs in Latin America of US$149m as we took measures to improve efficiencies and processes in order to reduce the future cost base of our operations. The increasing number of centralised operational and migrated activities also contributed to higher costs in the period. These costs were previously incurred directly by customer groups, but are now recorded in ‘Other’ and charged to customer groups through a recharge mechanism with income reported as ‘Other operating income’.

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit/(loss) before tax

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

30 June 2011 compared with 30 June 2010

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)16  
    

1H10

as

      reported

US$m

         1H10
        adjust-
ments
9
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

1H10

at 1H11
    exchange

rates11

US$m

        

1H11

as

      reported

US$m

        

1H11

        adjust-

ments9

US$m

        

1H11

        under-

lying

US$m

        

Re-

ported

change12

%

        

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

Net interest income

     12,194                     382           12,576           12,086                     12,086           (1        (4

Net fee income

     4,060           (2        138           4,196           4,212                     4,212           4             

Other income14

     299           (3        37           333           1,274                     1,274           326           283   
                                                                                    

Net operating income15

     16,553           (5        557           17,105           17,572                     17,572           6           3   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (6,318                  (105        (6,423        (4,270                  (4,270        32           34   
                                                                                    

Net operating income

     10,235           (5        452           10,682           13,302                     13,302           30           25   

Operating expenses

     (9,349        2           (386        (9,733        (10,746                  (10,746        (15        (10
                                                                                    

Operating profit

     886           (3        66           949           2,556                     2,556           188           169   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     466                     19           485           570                     570           22           18   
                                                                                    

Profit before tax

     1,352           (3        85           1,434           3,126                     3,126           131           118   
                                                                                    
30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010   
     Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)16  
    

2H10

as

reported

US$m

         2H10 adjust-
ments9
US$m
        

Currency

translation10

US$m

        

2H10

at 1H11
exchange

rates17

US$m

        

1H11

as

reported

US$m

        

1H11

adjust-

ments9

US$m

        

1H11

under-

lying

US$m

        

Re-

ported

change12

%

        

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

Net interest income

     11,972                     235           12,207           12,086                     12,086           1           (1

Net fee income

     4,337                     88           4,425           4,212                     4,212           (3        (5

Other income14

     749                     18           767           1,274                     1,274           70           66   
                                                                                    

Net operating income15

     17,058                     341           17,399           17,572                     17,572           3           1   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (4,941                  (55        (4,996        (4,270                  (4,270        14           15   
                                                                                    

Net operating income

     12,117                     286           12,403           13,302                     13,302           10           7   

Operating expenses

     (10,190                  (249        (10,439        (10,746                  (10,746        (5        (3
                                                                                    

Operating profit

     1,927                     37           1,964           2,556                     2,556           33           31   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     560                     14           574           570                     570           2           (1
                                                                                    

Profit/(loss) before tax

     2,487                     51           2,538           3,126                     3,126           26           23   
                                                                                    

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

37a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Commercial Banking

30 June 2011 compared with 30 June 2010

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)  
   

1H10

as

      reported

US$m

        1H10
         adjust-
ments
9
US$m
       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

1H10

at 1H11
     exchange

rates11

US$m

       

1H11

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H11

         adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

         under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

      change12

%

       

Under-

lying

      change12

%

 

Net interest income

    4,024          (1       172          4,195          4,814                   4,814          20          15   

Net fee income

    1,935          (37       82          1,980          2,131                   2,131          10          8   

Other income14

    781          (116       22          687          735                   735          (6       7   
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    6,740          (154       276          6,862          7,680                   7,680          14          12   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (705                (43       (748       (642                (642       9          14   
                                                                           

Net operating income

    6,035          (154       233          6,114          7,038                   7,038          17          15   

Operating expenses

    (3,266       38          (146       (3,374       (3,465                (3,465       (6       (3
                                                                           

Operating profit

    2,769          (116       87          2,740          3,573                   3,573          29          30   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    435                   12          447          616                   616          42          38   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    3,204          (116       99          3,187          4,189                   4,189          31          31   
                                                                           
                                 

30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010

 

  

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)  
   

2H10

as

reported

US$m

       

2H10

adjust-
ments9
US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

2H10

at 1H11
exchange

rates17

US$m

       

1H11

as

reported

US$m

       

1H11

adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

change12

%

       

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

Net interest income

    4,463          1          121          4,585          4,814                   4,814          8          5   

Net fee income

    2,029                   55          2,084          2,131                   2,131          5          2   

Other income14

    602          (3       9          608          735                   735          22          21   
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    7,094          (2       185          7,277          7,680                   7,680          8          6   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (1,100                (35       (1,135       (642                (642       42          43   
                                                                           

Net operating income

    5,994          (2       150          6,142          7,038                   7,038          17          15   

Operating expenses

    (3,565       (1       (104       (3,670       (3,465                (3,465       3          6   
                                                                           

Operating profit

    2,429          (3       46          2,472          3,573                   3,573          47          45   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    457                   8          465          616                   616          35          32   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    2,886          (3       54          2,937          4,189                   4,189          45          43   
                                                                           

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

37b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Global Banking and Markets

30 June 2011 compared with 30 June 2010

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)16  
   

1H10

as

      reported

US$m

        1H10
         adjust-
ments
9
US$m
       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

1H10

at 1H11
     exchange

rates11

US$m

       

1H11

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H11

         adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

         under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

      change12

%

       

Under-

lying

      change12

%

 

Net interest income

    3,724          18          159          3,901          3,603                   3,603          (3       (8

Net fee income

    1,879          (11       59          1,927          1,730                   1,730          (8       (10

Other income14

    4,717          (35       189          4,871          4,356                   4,356          (8       (11
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    10,320          (28       407          10,699          9,689                   9,689          (6       (9

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (499                (27       (526       (334                (334       33          37   
                                                                           

Net operating income

    9,821          (28       380          10,173          9,355                   9,355          (5       (8

Operating expenses

    (4,607       108          (204       (4,703       (4,860                (4,860       (5       (3
                                                                           

Operating profit

    5,214          80          176          5,470          4,495                   4,495          (14       (18

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    238                   7          245          316                   316          33          29   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    5,452          80          183          5,715          4,811                   4,811          (12       (16
                                                                           
                                 

30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010

 

  

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)16  
   

2H10

as

reported

US$m

       

2H10

adjust-
ments9
US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

2H10

at 1H11
exchange

rates17

US$m

       

1H11

as

reported

US$m

       

1H11

adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

change12

%

       

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

Net interest income

    3,619                   83          3,702          3,603                   3,603                   (3

Net fee income

    1,785          1          44          1,830          1,730                   1,730          (3       (5

Other income14

    3,188          (332       84          2,940          4,356                   4,356          37          48   
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    8,592          (331       211          8,472          9,689                   9,689          13          14   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (491                (23       (514       (334                (334       32          35   
                                                                           

Net operating income

    8,101          (331       188          7,958          9,355                   9,355          15          18   

Operating expenses

    (4,621                (126       (4,747       (4,860                (4,860       (5       (2
                                                                           

Operating profit

    3,480          (331       62          3,211          4,495                   4,495          29          40   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    283                   3          286          316                   316          12          10   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    3,763          (331       65          3,497          4,811                   4,811          28          38   
                                                                           

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

37c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Balance sheet data significant to Global Banking and Markets16

 

     Europe
US$m
  

Hong

Kong

US$m

  

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific
US$m

   MENA
US$m
  

North

America
US$m

  

Latin

America
US$m

  

Total

US$m

At 30 June 2011

                    

Trading assets1

   299,734    29,105    17,686    1,138    106,329    13,286    467,278

Derivative assets2

   215,099    24,324    16,490    1,087    65,681    4,381    327,062

Trading liabilities

   232,676    12,700    4,372    522    111,927    5,262    367,459

Derivative liabilities2

   197,486    24,447    17,225    1,075    67,225    3,835    311,293

At 30 June 2010

                    

Trading assets1

   265,958    26,406    19,976    733    76,015    6,786    395,874

Derivative assets2

   227,337    18,858    17,268    827    71,490    3,268    339,048

Trading liabilities

   162,471    9,838    5,131    48    81,118    4,616    263,222

Derivative liabilities2

   227,156    19,159    16,744    849    71,874    3,545    339,327

At 31 December 2010

                    

Trading assets1

   232,918    32,023    18,256    958    87,120    6,459    377,734

Derivative assets2

   199,654    21,644    17,135    832    65,153    3,955    308,373

Trading liabilities

   178,861    8,650    3,846    122    91,980    2,702    286,161

Derivative liabilities2

   199,751    22,622    17,121    845    66,323    3,913    310,575

 

1 Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value and financial investments held in Europe, and by GB&M in North America, include financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.
2 Derivative assets and derivative liabilities of GB&M include derivative transactions between different regions of GB&M.

 

 

37d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Global Private Banking

30 June 2011 compared with 30 June 2010

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)  
   

1H10

as

      reported

US$m

        1H10
         adjust-
ments
9
US$m
       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

1H10

at 1H11
     exchange

rates11

US$m

       

1H11

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H11

         adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

         under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

      change12

%

       

Under-

lying

      change12

%

 

Net interest income

    646                   9          655          729                   729          13          11   

Net fee income

    643                   12          655          731                   731          14          12   

Other income14

    254                   3          257          229                   229          (10       (11
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    1,543                   24          1,567          1,689                   1,689          9          8   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

                      (1       (1       (22                (22           (2,100
                                                                           

Net operating income

    1,543                   23          1,566          1,667                   1,667          8          6   

Operating expenses

    (967                (18       (985       (1,117                (1,117       (16       (13
                                                                           

Operating profit

    576                   5          581          550                   550          (5       (5

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    (20                         (20       2                   2           
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    556                   5          561          552                   552          (1       (2
                                                                           
                                 

30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010

 

  

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)  
   

2H10

as

reported

US$m

       

2H10

adjust-
ments9
US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

2H10

at 1H11
exchange

rates17

US$m

       

1H11

as

reported

US$m

       

1H11

adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

change12

%

       

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

Net interest income

    699                   6          705          729                   729          4          3   

Net fee income

    656                   6          662          731                   731          11          10   

Other income14

    195                            195          229                   229          17          17   
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    1,550                   12          1,562          1,689                   1,689          9          8   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    12                            12          (22                (22        
                                                                           

Net operating income

    1,562                   12          1,574          1,667                   1,667          7          6   

Operating expenses

    (1,068                (9       (1,077       (1,117                (1,117       (5       (4
                                                                           

Operating profit

    494                   3          497          550                   550          11          11   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    4                            4          2                   2          (50       (50
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    498                   3          501          552                   552          11          10   
                                                                           

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

37e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Other

30 June 2011 compared with 30 June 2010

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)  
   

1H10

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H10

adjust-

         ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

1H10

at 1H11

    exchange

rates11

US$m

       

1H11

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H11

        adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

        under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

         change12

%

       

Under-

lying

         change12

%

 

Net interest expense

    (537                (4       (541       (481                (481       10          11   

Net fee income

    1                   (3       (2       3                   3          200          (250

Changes in fair value13

    1,074          (1,074                         (143       143                    

Other income14

    2,694          (250       31          2,475          2,649          (180       2,467          (2       (0
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    3,232          (1,324       24          1,932          2,028          (37       1,989          (37       3   

Loan impairment (charges)/
recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (1                         (1       2                   1           
                                                                           

Net operating income

    3,231          (1,324       24          1,931          2,030          (37       1,990          (37       3   

Operating expenses

    (2,759                (31       (2,790       (3,286                (3,285       (19       (18
                                                                           

Operating profit/(loss)

    472          (1,324       (7       (859       (1,256       (37       (1,295           (51

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    68                   3          71          52                   52          (24       (27
                                                                           

Profit/(loss) before tax

    540          (1,324       (4       (788       (1,204       (37       (1,243           (58
                                                                           

30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010

 

  

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)  
   

2H10

as

reported

US$m

       

2H10

adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

2H10

at 1H11

exchange

rates17

US$m

       

1H11

as

reported

US$m

       

1H11

adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

change12

%

       

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

Net interest expense

    (461                (39       (500       (481                (481       (4       4   

Net fee income

    30          (1       2          31          3                   3          (90       (90

Changes in fair value13

    (1,137       1,137                            (143       143                   87            

Other income14

    2,996          1          70          3,067          2,649          (180       2,469          (12       (20
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    1,428          1,137          33          2,598          2,028          (37       1,991          42          (23

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    4                   (3       1          2                   2          (50       100   
                                                                           

Net operating income

    1,432          1,137          30          2,599          2,030          (37       1,993          42          (23

Operating expenses

    (3,159       1          (23       (3,181       (3,286                (3,286       4          (3
                                                                           

Operating loss

    (1,727       1,138          7          (582       (1,256       (37       (1,293       (27       (122

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    26          (1       2          27          52                   52          100          93   
                                                                           

Loss before tax

    (1,701       1,137          9          (555       (1,204       (37       (1,271       (29       129   
                                                                           

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

37f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Analysis by customer group and global business

 

HSBC profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011  
   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

  Management

US$m

       

   Commercial

Banking

US$m

       

Global

         Banking

and

Markets

US$m

       

Global

Private

          Banking

US$m

       

           Other38

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

  elimination52

US$m

       

             Total

US$m

 

 

Net interest income/(expense)

    12,086          4,814          3,603          729          (481       (516       20,235   

 

Net fee income

    4,212          2,131          1,730          731          3              8,807   
                         

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    166          280          2,830          198          (243                3,231   

Net interest income on trading activities

    22          16          997          9          21          516          1,581   

 

Net trading income/(expense)45

    188          296          3,827          207          (222       516          4,812   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    343          55          (212                (286                (100

Gains less losses from financial investments

    70          2          414          (3       2                   485   

Dividend income

    14          8          39          4          22                   87   

Net earned insurance premiums

    5,698          985          23                   (6                6,700   

Other operating income

    688          263          280          21          2,997          (2,964       1,285   
                                                                   

 

Total operating income

    23,299          8,554          9,704          1,689          2,029          (2,964       42,311   

 

Net insurance claims53

    (5,727       (874       (15                (1                (6,617
                                                                   

 

Net operating income41

    17,572          7,680          9,689          1,689          2,028          (2,964       35,694   

 

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (4,270       (642       (334       (22       2                   (5,266
                                                                   

 

Net operating income

    13,302          7,038          9,355          1,667          2,030          (2,964       30,428   
                         

Employee expenses54

    (3,169       (1,210       (2,396       (688       (3,058                (10,521

Other operating expenses

    (7,577       (2,255       (2,464       (429       (228       2,964          (9,989
                         

 

Total operating expenses

    (10,746       (3,465       (4,860       (1,117       (3,286       2,964          (20,510
                                                                   

 

Operating profit/(loss)

    2,556          3,573          4,495          550          (1,256                9,918   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    570          616          316          2          52                   1,556   
                                                                   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

    3,126          4,189          4,811          552          (1,204                11,474   
                                                                   
    %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    27.3          36.5          41.9          4.8          (10.5           100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

    61.2          45.1          50.2          66.1          162.0              57.5   

Balance sheet data39

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    400,944          268,037          321,061          44,612          3,234              1,037,888   

Total assets

    557,952          336,094          1,942,835          122,888          189,912          (458,694       2,690,987   

Customer accounts

    541,998          301,169          359,757          115,245          818              1,318,987   

 

 

38


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2010  
   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

       

   Commercial

Banking

US$m

       

Global

Banking

and

     Markets16

US$m

       

Global

Private

          Banking

US$m

       

           Other38

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

  elimination52

US$m

       

Total

             US$m

 

 

Net interest income/(expense)

    12,194          4,024          3,724          646          (537       (294       19,757   

 

Net fee income

    4,060          1,935          1,879          643          1                   8,518   
                         

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    (391       222          2,866          209          (597                2,309   

Net interest income on trading activities

    15          11          888          10          25          294          1,243   
                         

 

Net trading income/(expense)45

    (376       233          3,754          219          (572       294          3,552   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    (127       26          8                   1,178                   1,085   

Gains less losses from financial investments

    1          3          507          11          35                   557   

Dividend income

    14          5          22          3          15                   59   

Net earned insurance premiums

    4,954          696          21                   (5                5,666   

Other operating income

    405          355          420          21          3,114          (2,837       1,478   
                                                                   

 

Total operating income

    21,125          7,277          10,335          1,543          3,229          (2,837       40,672   

 

Net insurance claims53

    (4,572       (537       (15                3                   (5,121
                                                                   

 

Net operating income41

    16,553          6,740          10,320          1,543          3,232          (2,837       35,551   

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (6,318       (705       (499                (1                (7,523
                                                                   

 

Net operating income

    10,235          6,035          9,821          1,543          3,231          (2,837       28,028   
                         

Employee expenses54

    (2,757       (1,063       (2,347       (609       (3,030                (9,806

Other operating (expenses)/income

    (6,592       (2,203       (2,260       (358       271          2,837          (8,305
                         

 

Total operating expenses

    (9,349       (3,266       (4,607       (967       (2,759       2,837          (18,111
                                                                   

 

Operating profit

    886          2,769          5,214          576          472                   9,917   

 

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

    466          435          238          (20       68                   1,187   
                                                                   

 

Profit before tax

    1,352          3,204          5,452          556          540                   11,104   
                                                                   
    %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    12.1          28.9          49.1          5.0          4.9              100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

    56.5          48.5          44.6          62.7          85.4              50.9   

Balance sheet data39

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    377,478          207,763          268,495          36,590          3,011              893,337   

Total assets

    510,092          264,077          1,774,639          108,499          189,153          (428,006       2,418,454   

Customer accounts

    488,251          263,616          290,672          104,025          757              1,147,321   

 

 

39


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

HSBC profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data (continued)

 

 

    Half-year to 31 December 2010  
   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

       

   Commercial

Banking

US$m

       

Global

Banking

and

       Markets16

US$m

       

Global

Private

          Banking

US$m

       

           Other38

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

  elimination52

US$m

       

Total

             US$m

 

 

Net interest income/(expense)

    11,972          4,463          3,619          699          (461       (608       19,684   

 

Net fee income

    4,337          2,029          1,785          656          30                   8,837   

Trading income excluding net interest income

    285          205          1,460          182          239                   2,371   

Net interest income on trading activities

    13          17          616          11          22          608          1,287   

 

Net trading income45

    298          222          2,076          193          261          608          3,658   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    1,337          164          28                   (1,394                135   

Gains less losses from financial investments

    (25       (4       356          (17       101                   411   

Dividend income

    13          7          26          2          5                   53   

Net earned insurance premiums

    4,783          683          20                   (6                5,480   

Other operating income

    279          230          693          17          2,891          (3,026       1,084   
                                                                   

 

Total operating income

    22,994          7,794          8,603          1,550          1,427          (3,026       39,342   

 

Net insurance claims53

    (5,936       (700       (11                1                   (6,646
                                                                   

 

Net operating income41

    17,058          7,094          8,592          1,550          1,428          (3,026       32,696   

 

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (4,941       (1,100       (491       12          4                   (6,516
                                                                   

 

Net operating income

    12,117          5,994          8,101          1,562          1,432          (3,026       26,180   

Employee expenses54

    (3,013       (1,090       (2,006       (628       (3,293                (10,030

Other operating (expenses)/income

    (7,177       (2,475       (2,615       (440       134          3,026          (9,547

 

Total operating expenses

    (10,190       (3,565       (4,621       (1,068       (3,159       3,026          (19,577
                                                                   

 

Operating profit/(loss)

    1,927          2,429          3,480          494          (1,727                6,603   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    560          457          283          4          26                   1,330   
                                                                   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

    2,487          2,886          3,763          498          (1,701                7,933   
                                                                   
    %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    31.4          36.4          47.4          6.3          (21.5           100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

    59.7          50.3          53.8          68.9          221.2              59.9   

Balance sheet data39

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    390,963          239,286          284,497          40,665          2,955              958,366   

Total assets

    530,970          296,797          1,755,043          116,846          161,458          (406,425       2,454,689   

Customer accounts

    525,221          286,007          308,416          107,130          951              1,227,725   

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

40


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Geographical regions

 

Summary

     41   

Europe

     42   

Hong Kong

     49   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     55   

Middle East and North Africa

     62   

North America

     68   

Latin America

     74   

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit/(loss) before tax

     79 a 

Summary

 

In the analysis of profit and loss by geographical region that follows, operating income and operating expenses include intra-HSBC items of US$1,567m (first half of 2010: US$1,467m; second half of 2010: US$1,658m).

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

 

    Half-year to  
    30 June 2011         30 June 2010   31 December 2010  
    US$m         %         US$m         %         US$m         %  

Europe

    2,147          18.7          3,521          31.7          781          9.8   

Hong Kong

    3,081          26.9          2,877          25.9          2,815          35.5   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    3,742          32.6          2,985          26.9          2,917          36.8   

Middle East and North Africa

    747          6.5          346          3.1          546          6.9   

North America

    606          5.3          492          4.4          (38       (0.5

Latin America

    1,151          10.0          883          8.0          912          11.5   
                                                         
             11,474                     100.0                   11,104                     100.0                     7,933                     100.0   
                                                         

Total assets39

 

    At 30 June 2011         At 30 June 2010         At 31 December 2010  
    US$m         %         US$m         %         US$m         %  

Europe

    1,379,308          51.2          1,280,698          52.9          1,249,527          50.9   

Hong Kong

    474,044          17.6          410,991          17.0          429,565          17.5   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    298,590          11.1          244,624          10.1          278,062          11.3   

Middle East and North Africa

    58,038          2.2          49,637          2.1          52,757          2.1   

North America

    529,386          19.7          495,408          20.5          492,487          20.1   

Latin America

    163,611          6.1          121,885          5.0          139,938          5.7   

Intra-HSBC items

    (211,990       (7.9       (184,789       (7.6       (187,647       (7.6
                                                         
       2,690,987                     100.0              2,418,454                     100.0              2,454,689                     100.0   
                                                         

Risk-weighted assets55

 

    At 30 June 2011         At 31 December 2010  
    US$bn         %         US$bn         %  

Total

            1,168.5                      1,103.1       
                         

Europe

    315.7                       26.9          301.6                       27.2   

Hong Kong

    110.8          9.5          106.9          9.7   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

    241.1          20.6          217.5          19.6   

Middle East and North Africa

    58.1          5.0          54.1          4.9   

North America

    335.8          28.6          330.7          29.9   

Latin America

    110.5          9.4          95.9          8.7   

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

41


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Europe

 

Our principal banking operations in Europe are HSBC Bank plc in the UK, HSBC France, HSBC Bank A.S. in Turkey, HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c., HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) S.A. and HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG. Through these operations we provide a wide range of banking, treasury and financial services to personal, commercial and corporate customers across Europe.

 

    Half-year to  
   

30 Jun

2011

       

30 Jun

2010

       

31 Dec

2010

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m  

Net interest income

    5,566          5,802          5,448   

Net fee income

    3,131          3,177          3,194   

Net trading income

    2,007          1,604          1,259   

Other income/(expense)

    636          2,138          128   
                           

Net operating income41

    11,340          12,721          10,029   

Impairment charges42

    (1,173       (1,501       (1,519
                           

Net operating income

    10,167          11,220          8,510   

Total operating expenses

    (8,014       (7,704       (7,741
                           

Operating profit

    2,153          3,516          769   

Income from associates43

    (6       5          12   
                           

Profit before tax

    2,147          3,521          781   
                           

Cost efficiency ratio

    70.7       60.6       77.2

RoRWA44

    1.4       2.2       0.5

Period-end staff numbers

             76,879                   73,431                   75,698   

Reduction in reported

loan impairment charges42

22%

Market share of new

UK mortgage lending

11%

Strong trade revenue growth

For footnotes, see page 81.

The commentary on Europe is on an underlying basis unless stated otherwise.

Economic background

The UK’s economic recovery remained disappointingly lacklustre in the first half of 2011. In the first quarter, the level of real Gross Domestic Product (‘GDP’) rose by 0.5%, having fallen by 0.5% in the previous quarter. The unemployment rate edged down to 7.7% in the three months to April as modest job shedding in the public sector, in reaction to ongoing fiscal austerity, was offset by job gains in the private sector. The level of turnover in the housing market remained subdued. The Bank of England left interest rates unchanged at 0.5% and the Asset Purchase Facility remained steady at £200bn. CPI inflation was well above the Bank of England’s 2% target throughout the period, reaching 4.5% in May, partly from the rise in VAT at the start of the year, and increases in commodity prices.

The eurozone recovery continued to be uneven, with countries in the north of the region demonstrating strong growth while economies in the south, particularly those focused on fiscal consolidation, saw more modest levels of activity. In part because of rising commodity prices, eurozone inflation rose above the European Central Bank’s (‘ECB’s) target, reaching 2.7% in June, and the ECB began to tighten monetary policy, raising the refi rate in April and July, taking it to 1.5%. For certain countries, particularly Greece, concerns in sovereign bond markets intensified. As it became clear that Greece would be unable to return to the private capital markets in the first half of 2012, the eurozone heads of state arranged in July 2011 for further medium-term financial assistance to be provided to the country.

Review of performance

Our European operations reported a pre-tax profit of US$2.1bn, compared with US$3.5bn in the first half of 2010, a decrease of 39%. Included within these results were adverse fair value movements of US$71m in the first half of 2011 due to the change in credit spreads on the Group’s own debt held at fair value, compared with favourable fair value movements of US$574m in the first half of 2010. The first half of 2010 included a gain of US$107m on the disposal of the HSBC Insurance Brokers business along with the operating results of Eversholt Rail Group which was sold in December 2010. Excluding these items, underlying pre-tax profits decreased by 28%, mainly due to lower revenues in GB&M.

In GB&M, we are investing in the business by expanding our capabilities across the region and further enhancing our product offering in areas such as Payments and Cash Management, Securities

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses

 

   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

       

    Commercial

Banking

US$m

       

Global

Banking

and

          Markets16

US$m

       

Global

Private

            Banking

US$m

       

                Other

US$m

       

               Total

US$m

 

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                     

UK

    634          761          483          108          (862       1,124   

France56

    139          111          274          10          (89       445   

Germany

    23          38          121          21          6          209   

Malta

    31          34          6                            71   

Switzerland

             (5                122                   117   

Turkey

    11          42          31                            84   

Other

    (69       63          87          54          (38       97   
                                                         
    769          1,044          1,002          315          (983       2,147   
                                                         

Half-year to 30 June 2010

                     

UK

    483          500          1,356          116          (366       2,089   

France56

    87          83          401          6          157          734   

Germany

    19          17          127          18          (4       177   

Malta

    21          28          7                            56   

Switzerland

                               161                   161   

Turkey

    35          47          58                            140   

Other

    (46       34          99          58          19          164   
                                                         
    599          709          2,048          359          (194       3,521   
                                                         

Half-year to 31 December 2010

                     

UK

    698          327          416          107          (1,239       309   

France56

    51          52          (25       12          (131       (41

Germany

    17          15          104          12          8          156   

Malta

    16          28          10                            54   

Switzerland

             (5                104                   99   

Turkey

    29          33          47          1                   110   

Other

    (98       46          103          45          (2       94   
                                                         
    713          496          655          281          (1,364       781   
                                                         

 

For footnotes, see page 81.

Services, Prime Services and Equities. Lower revenues compared with the first half of 2010 were driven by reductions in Balance Sheet Management and legacy Credit.

In the UK CMB business, income from UK based customers using products to support international activity grew by 16% compared with the first half of 2010. We remain on track to achieve our lending goals under the Merlin Agreement with the UK government, having made available total new facilities of £22.7bn (US$36.3bn) in the first half of 2011, compared with a full year target of £38.8bn (US$62.1bn), with capacity to increase this to £44.1bn (US$70.6bn) if there is sufficient demand on commercial terms. For UK SMEs, we have provided gross new facilities of £5.6bn (US$9.0bn), compared with a goal of £11.7bn (US$18.7bn) for the full year, with committed capacity for additional facilities of at least £1.2bn (US$1.9bn) if required.

In the UK personal sector, we delivered further growth in mortgage balances and increased our market share of new lending to 11% while maintaining a conservative new lending loan-to-value ratio of 53%. The investment business

continued to grow and we increased our assets under management of HSBC World Selection by 20% to US$3.9bn in the first half of the year.

Within Continental Europe, there was a continued focus on selected markets where we have scale and opportunities for growth, particularly in wealth management, CMB and GB&M.

In GPB, the focus remained on enhancing client experience through the delivery of bespoke services and global connections. Client assets increased due to net new money inflows, together with favourable market and foreign exchange movements.

Across the region there was a drive to improve efficiency and rationalise the portfolio and, to that end, we announced the closure of our retail businesses in Russia and Poland, as well as initiatives to improve operational efficiency in France and the UK. We continued to monitor our portfolio against strict targets, and keep our cost base under review.

Net interest income decreased by 9% as Balance Sheet Management revenues reduced. This was due to higher-yielding positions maturing and

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

opportunities for reinvestment at similar yields being limited by the prevailing low interest rate environment and flatter yield curves. It was partly offset by growth in mortgage and commercial lending balances and wider lending spreads. We continued to build on our strong deposit base in the UK despite fierce competition for customer deposits.

Net fee income decreased by 4%. The increases in GPB from growth in assets under management and higher levels of client activity, along with an increase in domestic and international payments in the UK, did not offset lower fee income in GB&M for management services as the comparable period in 2010 benefited from higher fees generated from the securities investment conduits.

Net trading income increased by 7%. There were lower adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges used to economically hedge fixed-rate long-term debt issued by HSBC Holdings. These were driven by a less pronounced decrease in long-term US interest rates relative to sterling and euro interest rates than those experienced in the first half of 2010. In addition, there were favourable foreign exchange movements on trading assets held as economic hedges of foreign currency debt designated at fair value. These offset adverse foreign exchange movements on the foreign currency debt which is reported in ‘Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

Excluding the above items, net trading income decreased. This reflected lower favourable fair value movements on structured liabilities, mainly in Rates. Credit trading revenues were affected by the re-emergence of eurozone sovereign debt concerns in the second quarter of 2011 which resulted in a reduction in client activity and a general widening of credit spreads. In addition, foreign exchange revenues were constrained by continued spread compression due to increased competition. Benefiting from recent investment spending, higher revenues in Equities reflected an improved competitive positioning which helped capture increasing client flows, particularly during the rally in global equity markets in the first quarter of 2011.

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value increased by US$143m. There were adverse foreign exchange movements on foreign currency debt designated at fair value, issued as part of our overall funding strategy, with an offset reported in ‘Net trading income’. These adverse movements were partly mitigated by gains on the fair value of assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts that were recognised as equity markets rose, compared with

losses experienced in the first half of 2010. To the extent that these gains accrued to policyholders holding unit-linked insurance policies and insurance or investment contracts with DPF, there was a corresponding increase in ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Gains less losses from financial investments increased by US$62m, driven by gains on certain securitised debt portfolios.

Net earned insurance premiums increased by 6% reflecting successful targeted sales campaigns in RBWM, notably for investment contracts with DPF in France, and higher sales of unit-linked products in the UK. This was partly offset by a reduction in premiums resulting from the non-renewal and transfer to third parties of certain contracts in our Irish business, and the run-off of the legacy motor book in the UK.

Other operating income decreased by 23%, largely reflecting the non-recurrence of a gain on the sale and leaseback of our Paris headquarters in the first half of 2010, partly offset by the benefit from a refinement of the calculation of the PVIF asset during the period (see footnote 27 on page 81).

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders increased by 23%. Investment gains, which contrasted with investment losses in the first half of 2010, led to an increase in the movement in liabilities to policyholders. Additional reserves were also established for new business written, consistent with the increase in net earned insurance premiums. The non-renewal and transfer to third parties of certain contracts in the Irish business and the run-off of the legacy motor book in the UK resulted in a decrease in net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders, partly offsetting the above.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased by 26% to US$1.2bn, reflecting an improved credit environment in the region and successful risk mitigation by management in RBWM. The decline in loan impairment charges was also attributable to lower delinquency rates across both the secured and unsecured lending portfolios in the UK as a result of better collections capability and enhanced credit risk management practices. In CMB, loan impairment charges fell in the UK across a range of industry sectors. In GB&M, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions declined despite recording a charge of US$65m to write down to market value available-for-sale Greek sovereign debt now judged to be

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

impaired. In addition, impairments of US$40m were included in our GPB and insurance businesses in relation to Greek available-for-sale debt securities.

Operating expenses in the first half of 2011 included US$611m of provisions relating to UK customer redress programmes, including a provision in respect of the adverse judgement in the Judicial Review relating to sales of PPI in the UK. This was offset by a credit of US$587m resulting from a change in the inflation measure used to calculate the defined benefit obligation in the UK for deferred

pensions. The first half of 2010 included one-off payroll and bonus taxes of US$398m (US$367m as reported) in the UK and France. Excluding these items, operating expenses increased by 6%. This included an acceleration in the expense recognition of deferred bonus awards. We also continued to invest in strategic initiatives in GB&M, including the development of Prime Services and equity market capabilities and the expansion of the Rates and Foreign Exchange e-commerce platforms.

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Europe

 

        Half-year to 30 June 2011  
       

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

  Management

US$m

       

   Commercial

Banking

US$m

       

Global

         Banking

and

Markets

US$m

       

Global

Private

          Banking

US$m

       

             Other

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

  elimination52

US$m

       

             Total

US$m

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                           

 

Net interest income/(expense)

      2,861          1,522          1,107          476          (271       (129       5,566   

 

Net fee income/(expense)

      1,323          813          516          496          (17                3,131   
                                                                     

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

      36          6          1,268          84          (196                1,198   

Net interest income on trading activities

      6          8          636          9          21          129          809   
                                                                     

 

Net trading income/(expense)45

      42          14          1,904          93          (175       129          2,007   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

      105          25          (211                (159                (240

Gains less losses from financial investments

      56          1          254          (4       5                   312   

Dividend income

      1          1          19          3          1                   25   

Net earned insurance premiums

      2,201          191                            (6                2,386   

Other operating income

      142          40          96          8          264          102          652   
                                                                       

 

Total operating income/(expense)

      6,731          2,607          3,685          1,072          (358       102          13,839   

 

Net insurance claims53

      (2,316       (180                         (3                (2,499
                                                                       

 

Net operating income/(expense)41

      4,415          2,427          3,685          1,072          (361       102          11,340   

 

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

      (394       (369       (382       (34       6                   (1,173
                                                                       

 

Net operating income/(expense)

      4,021          2,058          3,303          1,038          (355       102          10,167   

 

Operating expenses

      (3,249       (1,013       (2,299       (723       (628       (102       (8,014
                                                                       

 

Operating profit/(loss)

      772          1,045          1,004          315          (983                2,153   

 

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

      (3       (1       (2                                  (6
                                                                       

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

      769          1,044          1,002          315          (983                2,147   
                                                                     
   

 

 

 

%

 

  

      %          %          %          %              %   

 

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

      6.7          9.1          8.7          2.8          (8.6           18.7   

Cost efficiency ratio

      73.6          41.7          62.4          67.4          (173.5           70.7   

 

Balance sheet data39

                           
       

 

US$m

        US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

      154,055          100,140          200,498          30,354          1,284              486,331   

Total assets

      221,095          123,446          1,075,148          80,073          72,488          (192,942       1,379,308   

Customer accounts

      178,819          101,195          207,891          60,906                       548,811   

 

 

46


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2010  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

        

   Commercial

Banking
US$m

        

Global

Banking

and

       Markets16

US$m

        

Global

Private

          Banking

US$m

        

           Other

US$m

        

Inter-

segment

  elimination52

US$m

        

Total

             US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Net interest income/(expense)

     2,706           1,324           1,648           424           (292        (8        5,802   

Net fee income/(expense)

     1,221           796           719           444           (3                  3,177   

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     (19        14           1,342           105           (570                  872   

Net interest income on trading activities

               7           700           10           7           8           732   

Net trading income/ (expense)45

     (19        21           2,042           115           (563        8           1,604   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (121        (26        (31                  751                     573   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     (1                  241           1           (4                  237   

Dividend income

                         12           2                               14   

Net earned insurance premiums

     2,012           130                               (5                  2,137   

Other operating income

     104           125           303           4           479           126           1,141   
                                                                          

Total operating income

     5,902           2,370           4,934           990           363           126           14,685   

Net insurance claims53

     (1,882        (81                            (1                  (1,964
                                                                          

Net operating income41

     4,020           2,289           4,934           990           362           126           12,721   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (686        (410        (394        (11                            (1,501
                                                                          

Net operating income

     3,334           1,879           4,540           979           362           126           11,220   

Operating expenses

     (2,738        (1,171        (2,493        (620        (556        (126        (7,704
                                                                          

Operating profit/(loss)

     596           708           2,047           359           (194                  3,516   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     3           1           1                                         5   
                                                                          

Profit/(loss) before tax

     599           709           2,048           359           (194                  3,521   
                                                                          
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     5.4           6.3           18.5           3.2           (1.7             31.7   

Cost efficiency ratio

     68.1           51.2           50.5           62.6           153.6                60.6   

Balance sheet data39

                                
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     135,746           82,822           163,020           24,717           921                407,226   

Total assets

     193,060           105,134           1,019,364           70,116           74,744           (181,720        1,280,698   

Customer accounts

     156,581           95,558           170,695           54,423           1                477,258   

 

 

47


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Europe (continued)

 

 

 

    Half-year to 31 December 2010  
   

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

       

   Commercial

Banking
US$m

       

Global

Banking

and

       Markets16

US$m

       

Global

Private
          Banking
US$m

       

               Other

US$m

       

Inter-
segment

  elimination52

US$m

                     Total
US$m
 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                         

 

Net interest income/ (expense)

    2,831          1,450          1,287          447          (362       (205       5,448   

 

Net fee income

    1,338          774          601          439          42                   3,194   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    13          (11       199          80          308                   589   

Net interest income on trading activities

    (1       12          427          11          16          205          670   

 

Net trading income45

    12          1          626          91          324          205          1,259   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    617          139          8                   (1,055                (291

Gains less losses from financial investments

    (35                284          (8       8                   249   

Dividend income

             1          4                   1                   6   

Net earned insurance premiums

    1,788          148                            (6                1,930   

Other operating income

    83          38          514          3          275          63          976   
                                                                   

Total operating income/ (expense)

    6,634          2,551          3,324          972          (773       63          12,771   

Net insurance claims53

    (2,482       (261                         1                   (2,742
                                                                   

Net operating income/ (expense)41

    4,152          2,290          3,324          972          (772       63          10,029   

 

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (531       (587       (389       (15       3                   (1,519
                                                                   

Net operating income/ (expense)

    3,621          1,703          2,935          957          (769       63          8,510   

 

Operating expenses

    (2,909       (1,207       (2,291       (676       (595       (63       (7,741
                                                                   

Operating profit/(loss)

    712          496          644          281          (1,364                769   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    1                   11                                     12   
                                                                   

Profit/(loss) before tax

    713          496          655          281          (1,364                781   
                                                                   
    %          %          %          %          %              %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    9.0          6.3          8.3          3.5          (17.3           9.8   

Cost efficiency ratio

    70.1          52.7          68.9          69.5          (77.1           77.2   

Balance sheet data39

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

 

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    145,069          91,744          170,369          27,629          988              435,799   

Total assets

    205,032          111,356          962,861          76,631          65,824          (172,177       1,249,527   

Customer accounts

    169,016          96,597          169,836          56,114                       491,563   

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

48


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Hong Kong

 

HSBC’s principal banking subsidiaries in Hong Kong are The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Hang Seng Bank Limited. The former is the largest bank incorporated in Hong Kong and is our flagship bank in the Asia-Pacific region. It is one of Hong Kong’s three note-issuing banks, accounting for approximately 65% by value of banknotes in circulation in the first half of 2011.

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

30 Jun

2010

US$m

        

31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

 

Net interest income

     2,249           1,994           2,252   

Net fee income

     1,612           1,395           1,567   

Net trading income

     669           688           624   

Other income

     884           819           863   
                              

Net operating income41

     5,414           4,896           5,306   

Impairment charges42

     (25        (63        (51
                              

Net operating income

     5,389           4,833           5,255   

Total operating expenses

     (2,339        (1,968        (2,463
                              

Operating profit

     3,050           2,865           2,792   

Income from associates43

     31           12           23   
                              

Profit before tax

     3,081           2,877           2,815   
                              

Cost efficiency ratio

     43.2        40.2        46.4

RoRWA44

     5.6        5.1        5.0

Period-end staff numbers

     30,214           28,397           29,171   

Best Bank in Hong Kong

(FinanceAsia Country Awards 2011)

Market leadership in mortgages,

cards, life insurance

and deposits

More than 50%

increase in the number of CMB

cross-border referrals between

Hong Kong and mainland China

For footnotes, see page 81.

The commentary on Hong Kong is on an underlying basis unless stated otherwise.

 

Economic background

Hong Kong continued to demonstrate robust growth in economic activity, helped by strong demand from mainland China and low interest rates, with the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (‘HKMA’) maintaining rates at 0.5% since April 2008. Inflationary pressures built during the period, spurred by rapid gains in the price of food and property. CPI inflation rose to 5.3% in May 2011, compared with 2.9% in December 2010.

Review of performance

Our operations in Hong Kong reported pre-tax profits of US$3.1bn compared with US$2.9bn in the first half of 2010, an increase of 7%. On an underlying basis, profit before tax increased by 9%.

The increase in profitability was driven by strong balance sheet growth from 2010 onwards, higher sales of wealth management products, increased underwriting fees and higher sales of trade-related products. There was also a gain from the refinement of the calculation of the PVIF asset. Staff and support costs rose, driven by the increase in business volumes and the need to maintain our strong competitive position.

We successfully retained market leadership in Hong Kong in mortgages, deposits, credit cards and life insurance. Robust growth in lending balances continued, increasing by 13% compared with 31 December 2010, while deposit balances continued to grow.

We remained ideally positioned to capture cross-border opportunities, particularly with mainland China. The number of CMB cross-border referrals between Hong Kong and mainland China increased by more than 50% and Premier referrals rose by 47%.

Collaboration between CMB and GB&M continued to meet the demands of fast growing mid-market companies by providing foreign exchange and derivatives products as well as access to debt and equity markets to fund business growth.

We continued to bolster our position as a leading international renminbi bank. We were appointed as joint lead arranger for Hong Kong’s first renminbi-denominated equity initial public offering, and led the market in offshore renminbi bond issuance. We were the first international bank to offer CMB customers a dedicated renminbi Business Card in Hong Kong.

Net interest income was 13% higher than in the first half of 2010, primarily due to strong loan

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group and global business

 

     Half-year to  
    

        30 June

2011

US$m

        

        30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management16

     1,599           1,462           1,539   

Commercial Banking

     825           672           680   

Global Banking and Markets16

     631           690           657   

Global Private Banking

     130           119           108   

Other

     (104        (66        (169
                              

 

Profit before tax

     3,081           2,877           2,815   
                              

For footnote, see page 81.

growth, particularly in CMB and GB&M, partly offset by lower asset spreads in RBWM and CMB resulting from competitive pressures. Balance Sheet Management results remained strong.

The targeted expansion of our lending book reflected our balance sheet strength, together with continued strong economic growth and trade flows. The resultant increase in demand for credit saw significant increases in lending balances in CMB, notably in trade-related lending, and in GB&M. Average personal lending balances rose, primarily in residential mortgage lending as a result of the strong property market and our leadership in new mortgage business. The continued strength of the Hong Kong property market led the HKMA to introduce further prudential measures on loan-to-value ratios in June 2011, following similar measures taken in 2010 designed to calm upward property price movement. We continued to lend prudently and average loan-to-value ratios were 51% on new residential mortgage draw-downs and an estimated 35% on the portfolio as a whole.

Asset spreads narrowed relative to the same period in 2010 as a result of competitive pressures, particularly in trade-related and term lending and HIBOR-linked residential mortgages.

Balance Sheet Management income rose due to the increased duration in the overall portfolio.

Momentum continued in the growth of deposit balances in GB&M and in CMB, reflecting increased customer numbers.

Net fee income increased by 16%, primarily from increased sales of wealth management products in the low interest rate environment, particularly unit trusts, driven by improved investor sentiment and supported by an increase in sales staff in our wealth management business. In addition, fees from funds under management grew as a result of higher net inflows including the launch of two new funds in 2011. Underwriting fees increased from our involvement in several significant IPOs, and trade-

related fees and remittances also rose as transaction volumes increased, driven by economic growth.

Net trading income reduced by 3%. Revenue from foreign exchange trading increased due to higher levels of customer-driven activity and the successful capture of market volatility. The Rates and Equities businesses also performed well. This was offset by lower revenue in credit trading as credit spreads widened in some markets.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value rose by US$51m due to investment gains in the first half of 2011 on assets held by the insurance business as equity markets improved, compared with revaluation losses in the same period in 2010. To the extent that these gains were attributed to policyholders, there was an offsetting change in ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Net earned insurance premiums increased by 15% from the rise in sales of unit-linked insurance and deferred annuity products, reflecting the increased demand. This growth in insurance sales resulted in a related increase in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.

Gains less losses from financial investments were 63% lower, primarily due to the non-recurrence of significant gains on the sale of debt securities in the first half of 2010 in Balance Sheet Management.

Other operating income increased by 41% to US$911m, primarily in insurance due to the refinement of the calculation of the PVIF asset during the period of US$135m (see footnote 27 on page 81), and higher life insurance sales in the first half of 2011.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased from US$63m to US$25m, driven by releases and recoveries in GB&M compared with a specific impairment charge in the same period in 2010. Though impairment charges were low, we remained cautious on the outlook for

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

credit and continued to focus on maintaining high levels of asset quality.

Operating expenses rose by 19% as business volumes grew. Staff costs increased due to wage inflation in the competitive marketplace, increased headcount, particularly in front office functions to strengthen our sales capacity, and higher sales incentives which reflected our strong business performance in the first half of 2011. Staff costs also rose due to an acceleration in the expense recognition of deferred bonus awards.

We continued to invest in developing our key capabilities, most notably in equities, Prime Services and commodities, to drive future revenue growth. Marketing and support costs also increased in line with higher business volumes and product development. Although our cost efficiency ratio is already relatively low in Hong Kong, we continue to focus on improving operational efficiency while maintaining market leadership and strong growth.

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Hong Kong

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011  
   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

  Management

US$m

           Commercial
Banking
US$m
       

Global

         Banking

and

Markets

US$m

       

Global

Private

          Banking

US$m

       

             Other

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

  elimination52

US$m

       

             Total

US$m

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                         

 

Net interest income/(expense)

    1,249          625          501          88          (234       20          2,249   

 

Net fee income

    908          356          241          97          10                   1,612   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    89          86          320          69          (9                555   

Net interest income on trading activities

    4                   124                   6          (20       114   

 

Net trading income/(expense)45

    93          86          444          69          (3       (20       669   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    50          (27       2                   1                   26   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                      20                   (2                18   

Dividend income

             1          11                   19                   31   

Net earned insurance premiums

    2,193          390          5                                     2,588   

Other operating income

    375          83          22          6          556          (131       911   
                                                                   

 

Total operating income

    4,868          1,514          1,246          260          347          (131       8,104   

 

Net insurance claims53

    (2,344       (342       (5                1                   (2,690
                                                                   

 

Net operating income41

    2,524          1,172          1,241          260          348          (131       5,414   

 

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (38       (7       22          (1       (1                (25
                                                                   

 

Net operating income

    2,486          1,165          1,263          259          347          (131       5,389   

 

Operating expenses

    (889       (342       (633       (129       (477       131          (2,339
                                                                   

 

Operating profit/(loss)

    1,597          823          630          130          (130                3,050   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    2          2          1                   26                   31   
                                                                   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

    1,599          825          631          130          (104                3,081   
                                                                   
    %          %          %          %          %              %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    13.9          7.2          5.5          1.1          (0.8           26.9   

Cost efficiency ratio

    35.2          29.2          51.0          49.6          137.1              43.2   

Balance sheet data39

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    53,999          58,529          39,124          5,949          1,769              159,370   

Total assets

    82,184          66,563          232,057          21,545          81,316          (9,621       474,044   

Customer accounts

    175,641          74,760          34,348          20,378          599              305,726   

 

 

52


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2010  
   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

           Commercial
Banking
US$m
       

Global

Banking

and

       Markets16

US$m

       

Global

Private

         Banking

US$m

       

             Other

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

  elimination52

US$m

       

Total

            US$m

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                         

 

Net interest income/(expense)

    1,279          504          437          77          (247       (56       1,994   

 

Net fee income

    761          305          242          78          9                   1,395   

 

Trading income excluding net interest income

    108          53          367          59          4                   591   

Net interest income on trading activities

    1                   34                   6          56          97   

 

Net trading income45

    109          53          401          59          10          56          688   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    (110       23          42                   15                   (30

Gains less losses from financial investments

                      63          8          40                   111   

Dividend income

                                        13                   13   

Net earned insurance premiums

    1,874          369          5                                     2,248   

Other operating income

    228          27          24          5          499          (139       644   
                                                                   

 

Total operating income

    4,141          1,281          1,214          227          339          (139       7,063   

 

 

Net insurance claims53

    (1,853       (309       (5                                  (2,167
                                                                   

 

Net operating income41

    2,288          972          1,209          227          339          (139       4,896   

 

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (42       (2       (20                1                   (63
                                                                   

 

Net operating income

    2,246          970          1,189          227          340          (139       4,833   

 

Operating expenses

    (786       (298       (499       (108       (416       139          (1,968
                                                                   

 

Operating profit/(loss)

    1,460          672          690          119          (76                2,865   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    2                                     10                   12   
                                                                   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

    1,462          672          690          119          (66                2,877   
                                                                   
    %          %          %          %          %              %   

 

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    13.2          6.1          6.2          1.1          (0.7           25.9   

Cost efficiency ratio

    34.4          30.7          41.3          47.6          122.7              40.2   

Balance sheet data39

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

 

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    45,121          37,184          25,501          4,353          1,916              114,075   

Total assets

    69,187          44,409          213,956          19,919          92,165          (28,645       410,991   

Customer accounts

    165,238          63,562          26,142          18,559          611              274,112   

 

 

53


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Hong Kong (continued)

 

 

 

    Half-year to 31 December 2010  
   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

           Commercial
Banking
US$m
       

Global

Banking

and

       Markets16

US$m

       

Global

Private

          Banking

US$m

       

               Other

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

  elimination52

US$m

       

             Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                         

 

Net interest income/(expense)

    1,325          602          478          96          (216       (33       2,252   

 

Net fee income

    895          329          253          85          5                   1,567   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    90          68          313          61          (16                516   

Net interest income on trading activities

    3                   66                   6          33          108   

 

Net trading income/ (expense)45

    93          68          379          61          (10       33          624   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    438          (33       19                   (16                408   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                      (7       (7       1                   (13

Dividend income

             1          12                   4                   17   

Net earned insurance premiums

    1,781          296          7                                     2,084   

Other operating income

    285          41          132          7          641          (144       962   
                                                                   

 

Total operating income

    4,817          1,304          1,273          242          409          (144       7,901   

 

 

Net insurance claims53

    (2,340       (250       (5                                  (2,595
                                                                   

 

Net operating income41

    2,477          1,054          1,268          242          409          (144       5,306   

 

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (34       (26       10                   (1                (51
                                                                   

 

Net operating income

    2,443          1,028          1,278          242          408          (144       5,255   

 

Operating expenses

    (907       (355       (625       (134       (586       144          (2,463
                                                                   

 

Operating profit/(loss)

    1,536          673          653          108          (178                2,792   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    3          7          4                   9                   23   
                                                                   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

    1,539          680          657          108          (169                2,815   
                                                                   
    %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    19.4          8.6          8.3          1.4          (2.2           35.5   

Cost efficiency ratio

    36.6          33.7          49.3          55.4          143.3              46.4   

Balance sheet data39

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    50,983          48,670          34,491          4,760          1,787              140,691   

Total assets

    76,871          55,030          223,286          20,598          62,486          (8,706       429,565   

Customer accounts

    176,960          71,209          29,388          19,241          686              297,484   

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

54


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

We offer a full range of banking and financial services in mainland China, mainly through our local subsidiary, HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited. We also participate indirectly in mainland China through our four associates.

Outside Hong Kong and mainland China, we conduct business in 22 countries and territories in the Rest of Asia-Pacific region, primarily through branches and subsidiaries of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, with particularly strong coverage in Australia, India, Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore.

 

    Half-year to  
   

        30 Jun

2011

       

        30 Jun

2010

       

        31 Dec

2010

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m  

Net interest income

    2,381          1,822          2,006   

Net fee income

    1,117          934          998   

Net trading income

    862          780          838   

Other income

    988          962          892   
                           

 

Net operating income41

    5,348          4,498          4,734   

 

Impairment charges42

    (100       (147       (292
                           

 

Net operating income

    5,248          4,351          4,442   

 

Total operating expenses

    (2,836       (2,417       (2,726
                           

 

Operating profit

    2,412          1,934          1,716   

 

Income from associates43

    1,330          1,051          1,201   
                           

 

Profit before tax

    3,742          2,985          2,917   
                           

 

Cost efficiency ratio

    53.0       53.7       57.6

 

RoRWA44

    3.3       3.3       2.8

 

Period-end staff numbers

    91,924          88,605          91,607   

25%

growth in reported pre-tax profit

Best foreign Commercial Bank

in mainland China

(FinanceAsia)

Best International Trade Bank

in mainland China

(Trade Finance)

For footnotes, see page 81.

The commentary on Rest of Asia-Pacific is on an underlying basis unless stated otherwise.

Economic background

In mainland China, strong inflationary pressures caused the People’s Bank of China to continue raising interest rates and the Reserve Requirement Ratio on bank deposits during the first half of 2011, and GDP growth began to show signs of slowing as a result. The deceleration was modest, however, with activity in the second quarter of 2011 9.5% higher than a year ago. Investment spending remained particularly strong, growing by 26% in the first half of the year compared with the same period in 2010. Inflation reached 6.4% in June.

Economic conditions deteriorated sharply in Japan during the first quarter of 2011, following the earthquake and tsunami in March 2011. By 30 June, economic activity was beginning to accelerate. Having fallen by more than 15% in March, industrial output recovered by 7.9% in the two months to May, despite electricity shortages. The Bank of Japan kept the target unsecured overnight call rate at 0.1% and introduced measures to ensure credit and liquidity were made available.

GDP was particularly strong in Singapore in the first quarter of 2011 but fell sharply in the second quarter, with the pharmaceutical sector accounting for much of this volatility. GDP was 0.5% higher than in 2010 with inflation remaining relatively high. The annual pace of GDP growth in India slowed to 7.8% in the first quarter of 2011 from 8.3% in the final quarter of 2010, in part due to the tightening of monetary policy, with a further slowdown expected in the second quarter. Wholesale price inflation of 9.4% in June 2011 remained above the Reserve Bank of India’s range. In other parts of Asia-Pacific growth showed signs of slowing. The South Korean economy continued to perform well. Exports slowed in the second quarter, but domestic demand held up well. Employment remained robust and the Bank of Korea raised interest rates by 75 basis points in the first half of the year. GDP continued to grow in the Philippines and Vietnam, though there was some evidence of a slowdown in the second quarter. CPI inflation remained a major concern in Vietnam, reaching 20% in May. In Indonesia, domestic consumption continued to support GDP growth but, like elsewhere in the region, inflation was uncomfortably high. In Malaysia and Taiwan, exports were adversely affected by supply chain disruptions following the Japanese tsunami, but domestic consumption helped support overall GDP growth. In Thailand, the recent election brought political stability and the outlook for domestic consumption and investment improved.

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses

 

    

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management16
US$m

             Commercial
Banking
US$m
        

Global
Banking
and

       Markets16

US$m

         Global
Private
          Banking
US$m
                       Other
US$m
        

              Total

US$m

 

 

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                           

Australia

     36           33           70                     (4        135   

India

     (4        78           292           3           82           451   

Indonesia

     (1        47           68                               114   

Japan

     4                     27           2           (8        25   

Mainland China

     490           617           472           (2        194           1,771   

Associates

     524           539           248                     181           1,492   

Other mainland China

     (34        78           224           (2        13           279   

 

Malaysia

     77           56           114                     4           251   

Singapore

     95           62           126           46           (2        327   

South Korea

     6                     118                     20           144   

Taiwan

     33           11           67                     6           117   

Vietnam

     1           26           40                     15           82   

Other

     29           131           146                     19           325   
                                                               
  

 

 

 

766

 

  

       1,061           1,540           49           326           3,742   
                                                               

 

 

Half-year to 30 June 2010

                           

Australia

     23           42           68                     3           136   

India

     (49        39           244           3           103           340   

Indonesia

     (3        48           60                     (3        102   

Japan

     (9                  39                     (2        28   

Mainland China

     364           390           297           (4        234           1,281   

Associates

     415           356           215                     192           1,178   

Other mainland China

     (51        34           82           (4        42           103   

 

Malaysia

     54           45           96                     6           201   

Singapore

     85           42           91           43           3           264   

South Korea

     8           (4        180                     29           213   

Taiwan

     26           32           37                     (9        86   

Vietnam

     (9        21           22                     4           38   

Other

     34           102           124           1           35           296   
                                                               
  

 

 

 

524

 

  

       757           1,258           43           403           2,985   
                                                               

 

Half-year to 31 December 2010

                           

Australia

     36           54           27                     5           122   

India

     (34        32           264           1           76           339   

Indonesia

     15           46           56                               117   

Japan

     (24                  37           (1        (4        8   

Mainland China

     475           443           386           (3        (17        1,284   

Associates

     558           390           228                     (4        1,172   

Other mainland China

     (83        53           158           (3        (13        112   

 

Malaysia

     66           43           98                     (7        200   

Singapore

     84           45           9           41           81           260   

South Korea

     (6                  125                     21           140   

Taiwan

     5           4           50                     2           61   

Vietnam

     2           29           39                     3           73   

Other

     19           103           139                     52           313   
                                                               
  

 

 

 

638

 

  

       799           1,230           38           212           2,917   
                                                               

For footnote, see page 81.

 

 

56


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Review of performance

Our operations in the Rest of Asia-Pacific region reported pre-tax profits of US$3.7bn compared with US$3.0bn in the first half of 2010, an increase of 25%. Reported profits included accounting gains arising from the dilution of HSBC’s shareholding in Ping An following its issue of share capital to third parties in both 2010 (US$188m) and 2011 (US$181m). On an underlying basis, which excludes these dilution gains, pre-tax profit rose by 21%.

The growth in profitability in the region in the first half of 2011 reflected strong lending and deposit growth coupled with widening deposit spreads, higher trade volumes and a growing demand for wealth management products. The contribution from our associates in mainland China also grew. Costs increased, although to a lesser extent than revenues, to support business growth and maintain our competitive position in the region.

We continued building a domestic franchise in mainland China where we remained a leading foreign bank. Asset balances grew by 9% over the first six months of 2011, and our ratio of advances to deposits in mainland China remained conservative at 74%. We now have 108 outlets, 16 rural bank outlets and 38 Hang Seng Bank outlets in our branch network. We were awarded the ‘Best International Trade Bank’ by Trade Finance and the ‘Best Foreign Commercial Bank’ by FinanceAsia, reinforcing our strong corporate brand in mainland China. We expanded our renminbi services and now offer trade products in over 50 countries worldwide and renminbi services to RBWM customers in 11 countries in Asia.

We utilised our international connectivity to capture trade, capital and wealth flows across the region, in particular with mainland China. As cross-border referrals between mainland China and the rest of the world increased by more than 50%, we continued to facilitate outbound and inbound flows, particularly with Hong Kong, but also with Singapore, Latin America and the Middle East.

We continued to invest and build scale in the other key strategic markets of India, Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia and Australia. In India, we made progress in RBWM with our deposit-led strategy and focus on secured lending. In Malaysia, we are the leading foreign bank by total assets and size of branch network and HSBC Amanah was named the world’s number one Sukuk underwriter.

Net interest income increased by 23% due to strong loan and deposit growth coupled with wider deposit spreads as base rates rose in certain

countries, partly offset by lower asset spreads than in the first half of 2010 from increased competition.

Average lending balances increased primarily in trade and term lending in GB&M and CMB due to a higher demand for credit as a result of improved trade and business volumes in the region. RBWM lending balances also rose, mainly in residential mortgages, most notably in Australia and Singapore, driven by local marketing campaigns and increased demand for credit.

Asset spreads narrowed compared with the same period in 2010, primarily due to increased market competition.

Customer deposit balances grew in CMB, GB&M and RBWM, principally in mainland China, Singapore and Australia, reflecting an increase in customer numbers and strong economic conditions across the region.

Deposit spreads increased as interest rates rose in certain countries, primarily in mainland China, India and Malaysia. Balance Sheet Management income was higher than in the comparative period, notably in mainland China and Singapore. In the former, this was driven by profit opportunities in the interbank market and the widening of onshore US dollar lending spreads. In Singapore, results reflected the higher return from short-term lending and balance sheet growth.

Net fee income rose by 11%. Trade-related fees and fees arising on Payments and Cash Management increased in CMB and GB&M, reflecting higher trade and transaction volumes in the region. Securities Services fee income increased, as equity market performance drove higher volumes and growth in assets under custody. Fee income in RBWM also rose as a result of the increased demand for investment products, notably in unit trusts, reflecting successful sales activity, improved investor sentiment and the expansion of the structured products business in mainland China.

Net trading income increased by 4%, primarily from higher Foreign Exchange trading revenues. This was most notable in mainland China, Taiwan and India as the increased market volatility led to higher client volumes and wider spreads.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value increased by US$7m due to higher valuation gains on assets held by the insurance business, primarily in Singapore. To the extent that these higher investment gains were attributed to policyholders, there was a corresponding increase in ‘Net insurance claims

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Losses from financial investments were US$22m compared with gains of US$41m in the first half of 2010, due to losses on disposals of debt securities, notably government bonds, coupled with an impairment loss on an equity investment in 2011.

Net earned insurance premiums increased by 57% to US$340m, largely due to higher sales of insurance products in the region, most notably in Singapore and Malaysia. This was driven by successful sales initiatives and increased demand for wealth products as economic conditions improved strongly. The growth in the insurance business resulted in a related increase in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.

Other operating income increased by 4% to US$752m, including a favourable movement due to the refinement of the calculation of the PVIF asset during the period (see footnote 27 on page 81) and higher life insurance sales in the region.

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased by 36% to US$100m as credit conditions throughout the region continued to improve. Loan impairment charges fell in RBWM, particularly in India, as certain unsecured lending portfolios were managed down. We remained cautious on the outlook for credit and sustained our focus on maintaining high levels of underwriting and asset quality.

Operating expenses increased by 10% as volumes grew due to the continued strong economic growth in the region. We hired more sales staff to support our continued business expansion in our key strategic markets and average wages rose, reflecting the increased demand for talent in the region.

Share of profit from associates and joint ventures increased by 21%. A higher contribution from Bank of Communications was driven by strong loan growth, an improvement in spreads and an increase in fee-based revenue streams. Income from Industrial Bank similarly rose as a result of loan growth, while strong sales growth in insurance, banking and wealth management business drove an increased contribution from Ping An.

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit before tax and balance sheet data – Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011  
   

Retail

Banking
and Wealth

Management

US$m

       

  Commercial
Banking

US$m

       

Global
Banking

and
        Markets
US$m

       

Global

Private
          Banking
US$m

                     Other
US$m
       

Inter-

segment

elimination52

US$m

       

            Total

US$m

 

Profit before tax

                         

Net interest income

    891          580          900          58          59          (107       2,381   

Net fee income

    463          259          359          32          4                   1,117   

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    50          75          583          30          (29                709   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

                      51                   (5       107          153   

Net trading income/ (expense)45

    50          75          634          30          (34       107          862   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    7          2          1                   (7                3   

Gains less losses from financial investments

             1          (23       1          (1                (22

Dividend income

                      1                                     1   

Net earned insurance premiums

    225          115                                              340   

Other operating income

    71          33          35          1          877          (85       932   
                                                                   

Total operating income

    1,707          1,065          1,907          122          898          (85       5,614   

Net insurance claims53

    (173       (94                         1                   (266
                                                                   

Net operating income41

    1,534          971          1,907          122          899          (85       5,348   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (112       7          4          2          (1                (100
                                                                   

Net operating income

    1,422          978          1,911          124          898          (85       5,248   

Operating expenses

    (1,188       (458       (626       (75       (574       85          (2,836
                                                                   

Operating profit

    234          520          1,285          49          324                   2,412   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    532          541          255                   2                   1,330   
                                                                   

Profit before tax

    766          1,061          1,540          49          326                   3,742   
                                                                   
    %          %          %          %          %              %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    6.7          9.2          13.4          0.4          2.8              32.6   

Cost efficiency ratio

    77.4          47.2          32.8          61.5          63.8              53.0   

Balance sheet data39

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

 

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    41,707          36,128          39,569          3,846          179              121,429   

Total assets

    54,326          47,028          181,947          12,802          15,215          (12,728       298,590   

Customer accounts

    59,352          39,922          56,262          13,014          39              168,589   

 

 

59


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit before tax and balance sheet data – Rest of Asia-Pacific (continued)

 

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2010  
   

Retail

Banking
and Wealth

Management16

US$m

       

  Commercial
Banking

US$m

       

Global

Banking

and

      Markets16

US$m

       

Global

Private
          Banking
US$m

                     Other
US$m
       

Inter-

segment

elimination52

US$m

       

            Total

US$m

 

Profit before tax

                         

Net interest income

    754          431          662          40          30          (95       1,822   

Net fee income/(expense)

    399          204          306          30          (5                934   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    36          61          462          35          (8                586   

Net interest income on trading activities

                      98                   1          95          194   

Net trading income/ (expense)45

    36          61          560          35          (7       95          780   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    2          1                            (5                (2

Gains less losses from financial investments

             3          31          2          3                   39   

Dividend income

                      1                                     1   

Net earned insurance premiums

    172          26                                              198   

Other operating income

    53          53          19                   826          (74       877   
                                                                   

Total operating income

    1,416          779          1,579          107          842          (74       4,649   

Net insurance claims53

    (133       (18                                           (151
                                                                   

Net operating income41

    1,283          761          1,579          107          842          (74       4,498   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (175       18          10                                     (147
                                                                   

Net operating income

    1,108          779          1,589          107          842          (74       4,351   

Operating expenses

    (1,028       (376       (533       (64       (490       74          (2,417
                                                                   

Operating profit

    80          403          1,056          43          352                   1,934   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    444          354          202                   51                   1,051   
                                                                   

Profit before tax

    524          757          1,258          43          403                   2,985   
                                                                   
    %          %          %          %          %              %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    4.7          6.8          11.3          0.4          3.6              26.9   

Cost efficiency ratio

    80.1          49.4          33.8          59.8          58.2              53.7   

Balance sheet data39

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

 

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    31,317          26,284          30,718          3,181          172              91,672   

Total assets

    42,334          34,810          153,639          12,013          10,393          (8,565       244,624   

Customer accounts

    48,890          31,046          46,089          12,262          32              138,319   

 

 

60


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

    Half-year to 31 December 2010  
   

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

           Commercial
Banking
US$m
       

Global
Banking

and

       Markets16

US$m

        Global
Private
         Banking
US$m
       

Other

            US$m

       

Inter-
segment

elimination52

US$m

       

Total

          US$m

 

Profit before tax

                         

Net interest income

    827          507          773          51          25          (177       2,006   

Net fee income/(expense)

    435          238          305          25          (5                998   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    44          68          505          34          (30                621   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

                      40                            177          217   

Net trading income/ (expense)45

    44          68          545          34          (30       177          838   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

    39          1          (1                (13                26   

Gains less losses on financial investments

                      20          (2       89                   107   

Dividend income

                                                            

Net earned insurance premiums

    214          36                                              250   

Other operating income

    56          33          36          1          673          (78       721   
                                                                   

Total operating income

    1,615          883          1,678          109          739          (78       4,946   

Net insurance claims53

    (191       (21                                           (212
                                                                   

Net operating income41

    1,424          862          1,678          109          739          (78       4,734   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (123       (37       (132                                  (292
                                                                   

Net operating income

    1,301          825          1,546          109          739          (78       4,442   

Operating expenses

    (1,205       (423       (561       (71       (544       78          (2,726
                                                                   

Operating profit

    96          402          985          38          195                   1,716   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    542          397          245                   17                   1,201   
                                                                   

Profit before tax

    638          799          1,230          38          212                   2,917   
                                                                   
    %          %          %          %          %              %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    8.0          10.1          15.5          0.5          2.7              36.8   

Cost efficiency ratio

    84.6          49.1          33.4          65.1          73.6              57.6   

Balance sheet data39

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    37,831          31,423          35,810          3,489          178              108,731   

Total assets

    49,758          41,588          166,710          12,126          19,450          (11,570       278,062   

Customer accounts

    54,741          36,943          53,752          12,620          99              158,155   

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

61


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Middle East and North Africa

 

The network of branches of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, together with HSBC’s subsidiaries and associates, gives us the widest coverage in the Middle East and North Africa. Our associate in Saudi Arabia, The Saudi British Bank (40% owned), is the Kingdom’s sixth largest bank by total assets.

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

30 Jun

2010

US$m

        

31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

Net interest income

     673           667           700   

Net fee income

     327           356           321   

Net trading income

     237           194           176   

Other income/(expense)

     (1        (29        25   
                              

Net operating income41

     1,236           1,188           1,222   

Impairment charges42

     (99        (438        (189
                              

Net operating income

     1,137           750           1,033   

Total operating expenses

     (574        (519        (559
                              

Operating profit

     563           231           474   

Income from associates43

     184           115           72   
                              

Profit before tax

     747           346           546   
                              

Cost efficiency ratio

     46.4        43.7        45.7

RoRWA44

     2.7        1.3        2.0

Period-end staff numbers

     8,755           8,264           8,676   

Underlying profits nearly doubled despite political

unrest and economic pressures

Loan impairment charges declined to their lowest levels

since 1H08

 

Best International Islamic Bank

(Euromoney Islamic

Finance Awards 2011)

 

Best Risk Advisor in

Middle East

(Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2011)

For footnotes, see page 81.

The commentary on the Middle East and North Africa is on an

underlying basis unless stated otherwise.

Economic background

Political unrest weighed heavily on economic performance in the Middle East and North Africa in the first half of 2011. Those economies that saw the most pronounced turmoil fell into recession as production was disrupted, consumption scaled back and investor confidence compromised. While in economies such as Egypt there were early signs of economic activity normalising as political conditions improved, in others where unrest continued, output losses were substantial and ongoing. Continued high oil prices allowed the region’s key energy exporters to increase public spending, providing a significant boost to domestic demand. Access to domestic credit improved as the effect of the 2008/09 downturn continued to fade and interest rates remained at historic lows. Inflation was subdued region-wide.

Review of performance

Our operations in the Middle East and North Africa reported a profit before tax of US$747m. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits increased by 94%, largely driven by the non-recurrence of significant loan impairment charges. This was partly offset by higher operating expenses as we continued to invest in distribution and marketing initiatives to drive future revenue growth.

The increase in profits reflected strong risk management practices, and was achieved despite political unrest and economic pressures in 10 of the 14 countries in which we operate in the region. The overall resilience of the oil-based regional economies and the strength of the HSBC brand were evidenced by a robust growth in deposits during the volatile conditions experienced in the region in the first half of 2011. Except when instructed to close by the central bank in Egypt and the one day of closure in Bahrain, our branch network in the region remained open for business throughout the period, reflecting our commitment to serve our customers.

In RBWM, we continued to build long-term relationships through our Premier and Advance customer offerings, focusing on wealth management and secured lending for affluent expatriates in the region.

We also strengthened our position as the leading international trade and business bank and achieved strong synergies by connecting our CMB and GB&M businesses, with CMB revenues from GB&M products increasing compared with the first half of 2010. As part of our continued

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses

 

    

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management16

US$m

             Commercial
Banking
US$m
        

Global
Banking
and

       Markets16

US$m

         Global
Private
          Banking
US$m
                       Other
US$m
        

Total

                US$m

 

 

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                           

Egypt

     15           32           67                     (1        113   

Qatar

     (1        23           39                               61   

United Arab Emirates

     40           120           119           (3        (11        265   

Other

     10           62           53                               125   
                                                               

 

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     64           237           278           (3        (12        564   

Saudi Arabia

     37           59           61           2           24           183   
                                                               
  

 

 

 

101

 

  

       296           339           (1        12           747   
                                                               

 

Half-year to 30 June 2010

                           

Egypt

     18           41           19                               78   

Qatar

     10           28           33                               71   

United Arab Emirates

     7           98           24           (2        (1        126   

Other

     14           15           (64        (1                  (36
                                                               

 

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     49           182           12           (3        (1        239   

Saudi Arabia

     16           76           30           (20        5           107   
                                                               
  

 

 

 

65

 

  

       258           42           (23        4           346   
                                                               

 

Half-year to 31 December 2010

                           

Egypt

     20           41           58                     (2        117   

Qatar

     9           24           34                               67   

United Arab Emirates

     10           88           97           3                     198   

Other

     5           42           45           1                     93   
                                                               

 

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     44           195           234           4           (2        475   

Saudi Arabia

     9           31           23           4           4           71   
                                                               
  

 

 

 

53

 

  

       226           257           8           2           546   
                                                               

For footnote see page 81.

 

support to local internationally-focused businesses, we pledged a second US$100m fund to UAE SME customers engaged in cross-border business during the period, and the amount has been fully utilised.

In GB&M, we won a number of awards, including ‘Best Overall Primary Debt Provider’ and ‘Best for Middle East Currencies’ from Euromoney and ‘Best Middle East House’ in the EuroWeek Bond Market Awards.

Net interest income rose marginally, driven by higher trade balances in CMB as we saw increased opportunities to support global and intra-regional trade flows. This was partly offset by lower average lending balances and narrower spreads in RBWM as unsecured lending portfolios continued to be managed down and new lending was directed to higher quality but lower yielding lending.

Net fee income decreased by 8% despite higher trade volumes in CMB as institutional equity activity receded in the challenging political and economic environment. In addition, card fee income decreased due to a decline in the number of credit cards in

issue in RBWM as certain portfolios were managed down.

Trading income benefited from higher local currency Rates trading due to a combination of new customer trades along with valuation gains on trading positions in relation to Middle East currency derivatives.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions declined to their lowest levels since the first half of 2008, driven by an overall improvement in credit conditions. Repositioning of the loan book towards higher quality lending, and strengthened collection practices contributed to a significant improvement in delinquency rates in RBWM. In CMB, loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions remained broadly in line with the first half of 2010 and included specific impairments in relation to a few corporate customers reflecting economic uncertainty in the region. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in GB&M reduced markedly as loan impairment charges which followed restructuring activity for a

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

small number of large UAE corporate customers in the first half of 2010 did not recur.

Operating expenses increased by 11%, mainly as a result of higher staff costs driven by a rise in staff numbers, as the branch network was expanded, and wage inflation. The increase included restructuring costs of US$16m across the region as initiatives taken as a result of the strategic review of costs to drive future revenue growth were implemented. Marketing and advertising costs also

rose as we increased investment in the promotion of the HSBC brand, including at the Abu Dhabi International and Dubai International airports. Excluding restructuring costs, expenses were broadly in line with the second half of 2010.

Profit from associates and joint ventures increased by 60%, mainly from the Saudi British Bank, driven by strong revenues, good cost control and a decline in loan impairment charges as operating conditions improved.

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Middle East and North Africa

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011  
   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

       

 Commercial
Banking

US$m

       

Global
Banking

and

        Markets

US$m

       

Global

Private

        Banking

US$m

       

Other

            US$m

       

Inter-

segment

elimination52

US$m

       

Total

            US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                         

Net interest income

    253          243          174          1          3          (1       673   

Net fee income/(expense)

    90          135          96          8          (2                327   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

    30          48          129                   (1                206   

Net interest income on trading activities

    1          7          22                            1          31   

Net trading income/(expense)45

    31          55          151                   (1       1          237   

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                        (6                (6

Gains less losses from financial investments

                      (6                                  (6

Dividend income

                      1                   1                   2   

Other operating income

    10          7          3                   43          (54       9   
                                                                   

Total operating income

    384          440          419          9          38          (54       1,236   

Net insurance claims53

                                                            
                                                                   

Net operating income41

    384          440          419          9          38          (54       1,236   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

    (58       (48       6                   1                   (99
                                                                   

Net operating income

    326          392          425          9          39          (54       1,137   

Operating expenses

    (263       (155       (148       (12       (50       54          (574
                                                                   

Operating profit/(loss)

    63          237          277          (3       (11                563   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    38          59          62          2          23                   184   
                                                                   

Profit/(loss) before tax

    101          296          339          (1       12                   747   
                                                                   
    %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

    0.9          2.6          3.0                                6.5   

Cost efficiency ratio

    68.5          35.2          35.3          133.3          131.6              46.4   

Balance sheet data39

                         
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

    4,861          13,189          7,611          31          2              25,694   

Total assets

    6,383          14,950          34,306          73          4,958          (2,632       58,038   

Customer accounts

    19,301          11,101          6,275          363          79              37,119   

 

 

65


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Middle East and North Africa (continued)

 

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2010  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

       

Commercial

Banking

US$m

       

Global

Banking

and

Markets16

US$m

       

Global

Private

Banking

US$m

       

Other

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

elimination52

US$m

       

Total

US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                          

 

Net interest income

     287          214          163          1          5          (3       667   

 

Net fee income

     103          134          113          6                            356   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     30          44          113                   (3                184   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     1          3          5                   (2       3          10   

 

Net trading income/(expense)45

     31          47          118                   (5       3          194   

 

Gains less losses from financial investments

     1                   (1                (1                (1

Dividend income

     2          1          2                                     5   

Other operating income/(expense)

     11          (20       (11                16          (29       (33
                                                                    

 

Total operating income

     435          376          384          7          15          (29       1,188   

 

Net insurance claims53

                                                             
                                                                    

 

Net operating income41

     435          376          384          7          15          (29       1,188   

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (141       (47       (250                                  (438
                                                                    

 

Net operating income

     294          329          134          7          15          (29       750   

 

Operating expenses

     (245       (150       (127       (10       (16       29          (519
                                                                    

 

Operating profit/(loss)

     49          179          7          (3       (1                231   

 

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     16          79          35          (20       5                   115   
                                                                    

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

     65          258          42          (23       4                   346   
                                                                    
     %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     0.6          2.3          0.3          (0.2       0.1              3.1   

Cost efficiency ratio

     56.3          39.9          33.1          142.9          106.7              43.7   

Balance sheet data39

                          
     US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     5,443          11,541          6,389          18          3              23,394   

Total assets

     6,266          13,892                      29,078          (267                     4,247          (3,579       49,637   

Customer accounts

                 16,449                      10,482          5,359                           641          46                          32,977   

 

 

66


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

         Half-year to 31 December 2010  
        

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

             Commercial
Banking
US$m
        

Global
Banking

and

       Markets16

US$m

         Global
Private
          Banking
US$m
        

           Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

  elimination52

US$m

        

Total

             US$m

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                  

 

Net interest income/(expense)

       266           259           171           (1        9           (4        700   

 

Net fee income

       97           124           89           11                               321   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

       29           41           92           1           (4                  159   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

                 4           13                     (4        4           17   

 

Net trading income/(expense)45

 

    

 

 

 

29

 

  

    

 

 

 

45

 

  

    

 

 

 

105

 

  

    

 

 

 

1

 

  

    

 

 

 

(8

 

    

 

 

 

4

 

  

    

 

 

 

176

 

  

Gains less losses from financial investments

                           (2                                      (2

Dividend income

                           2                                         2   

Other operating income

       16           12           10           1           24           (38        25   
                                                                            

 

Total operating income

       408           440           375           12           25           (38        1,222   

 

Net insurance claims53

                                                                     
                                                                            

 

Net operating income41

    

 

 

 

408

 

  

    

 

 

 

440

 

  

    

 

 

 

375

 

  

    

 

 

 

12

 

  

    

 

 

 

25

 

  

    

 

 

 

(38

 

    

 

 

 

1,222

 

  

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

       (86        (98        (5                                      (189
                                                                            

 

Net operating income

       322           342           370           12           25           (38        1,033   

 

Operating expenses

       (279        (147        (136        (8        (27        38           (559
                                                                            

 

Operating profit/(loss)

    

 

 

 

43

 

  

    

 

 

 

195

 

  

    

 

 

 

234

 

  

    

 

 

 

4

 

  

    

 

 

 

(2

 

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

474

 

  

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

       10           31           23           4           4                     72   
                                                                            

 

Profit before tax

       53           226           257           8           2                     546   
                                                                            
    

 

 

 

%

 

  

    

 

 

 

%

 

  

    

 

 

 

%

 

  

    

 

 

 

%

 

  

    

 

 

 

%

 

  

         

 

 

 

%

 

  

 

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

       0.7           2.8           3.2           0.1           0.1                6.9   

Cost efficiency ratio

       68.4           33.4           36.3           66.7           108.0                45.7   

 

Balance sheet data39

                                  
       US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                US$m   

 

Loans and advances to customers (net)

       5,063           12,293           7,247           21           2                24,626   

Total assets

       6,286           13,991           31,253           59           4,129           (2,961        52,757   

Customer accounts

       17,538           10,319           5,306           290           58                33,511   

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

67


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

North America

 

Our North American businesses are located in the US, Canada and Bermuda. Operations in the US are primarily conducted through HSBC Bank USA, N.A., which is concentrated in New York State, and HSBC Finance, a national consumer finance company based near Chicago. HSBC Markets (USA) Inc. is the intermediate holding company of, inter alia, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. HSBC Bank Canada and HSBC Bank Bermuda operate in their respective countries.

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

30 Jun

2010

US$m

        

31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

Net interest income

     5,849           6,353           6,086   

Net fee income

     1,718           1,801           1,863   

Net trading income/ (expense)

     448           (67        381   

Other income/(expense)

     225           913           (283)   

Net operating income41

     8,240           9,000           8,047   

Impairment charges42

     (3,049)           (4,554)           (3,741)   

Net operating income

     5,191           4,446           4,306   

Total operating expenses

     (4,602)           (3,957)           (4,365)   

Operating profit/(loss)

     589           489           (59

Income from associates43

     17           3           21   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     606           492           (38)   

Cost efficiency ratio

     55.8        44.0        54.2

RoRWA44

     0.4        0.3          

Period-end staff numbers

     32,605           33,988           33,865   

Card and Retail Services

pre-tax profit 1H11

US$1.0bn

Continued improvement in

loan impairment charges

Operations in Canada contributed

US$520m

to North America profit before tax

For footnotes, see page 81.

The commentary on North America is on an underlying basis

unless stated otherwise.

Economic background

The process of reducing debt levels following the credit boom of the past decade continued to restrain growth in the US as households saved more and the rise in consumer spending was subdued. High oil prices made the process of reducing debt more difficult. In the first quarter, the growth of real consumer spending was only 2.2% higher than the level a year ago, compared with a long-run average annual growth rate of 3.3%. This depressed overall growth in GDP to a 2.8% annual rate since the recession ended in mid-2009. Reductions in spending among state and local governments also constrained economic activity. Slow GDP growth kept the unemployment rate high, at 9.2% in June, down only slightly from the peak of 10.1% in 2010. In response to slow growth and low inflation, the Federal Reserve maintained the Fed funds rate in the range of zero to 0.25% and undertook large-scale purchases of fixed-income securities.

Canadian GDP rose by 2.9% in the year ended 31 March 2011, up from 2.1% the year before. Labour market conditions improved with the unemployment rate dropping to 7.4% in June from 7.9% in June 2010. Steep increases in crude oil and gasoline prices drove the headline rate of inflation up to 3.7% in May 2011 from 1.4% a year earlier. However, the core rate of inflation followed by the Bank of Canada (‘BoC’) was steady at 1.8%. In response to these conditions, the BoC maintained its overnight lending rate at 1.0% throughout the period.

Review of performance

In North America, we reported a profit before tax of US$606m in the first half of 2011, compared with a profit before tax of US$492m in the first half of 2010. Our results included movements on our own debt designated at fair value resulting from changes in credit spreads, while 2010 also included a US$66m gain from the sale of our stake in the Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank. On an underlying basis, which excludes these items, the pre-tax profit was US$672m in the first half of 2011, compared with a pre-tax loss of US$51m. This improvement in performance resulted from a significant decline in loan impairment charges, partly offset by a reduction in revenue, both reflecting lower lending balances in HSBC Finance.

During the first half of 2011, we continued to evaluate the strategic options for elements within our US operations and remained focused on managing down our run-off assets sensitively and effectively. In addition, we continued to work closely with our regulators to ensure full compliance with new and existing frameworks and policies.

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses

 

   

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

       

    Commercial

Banking

US$m

       

Global

Banking

and

         Markets16

US$m

       

Global

Private

           Banking

US$m

       

              Other

US$m

       

Total

              US$m

 

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                     

US

    (568       177          599          47          (244       11   

Canada

    95          297          134                   (6       520   

Bermuda

    28          14          23          2          8          75   

Other

                                                   
                                                         
    (445       488          756          49          (242       606   
                                                         

Half-year to 30 June 2010

                     

US

    (1,576       265          840          55          342          (74

Canada

    82          289          124                   7          502   

Bermuda

    27          18          16          (2       7          66   

Other

    1                            1          (4       (2
                                                         
    (1,466       572          980          54          352          492   
                                                         

Half-year to 31 December 2010

                     

US

    (729       137          444          58          (381       (471

Canada

    49          216          103                   (3       365   

Bermuda

    31          14          22          (1                66   

Other

    (1                                  3          2   
                                                         
    (650       367          569          57          (381       (38
                                                         

 

For footnotes, see page 81.

The North American economies continue to represent a significant share of international trade, and in our CMB and GB&M businesses we remain focused on expanding our business further into areas with strong international connectivity. In CMB, we expanded our operations in the West Coast of the US and in Texas and Florida as well as in eastern Canada to attract the growing number of businesses that trade internationally. Successful cross-border referrals from North America to other HSBC sites increased by 11% from the first half of 2010.

In GB&M, profit before tax fell in the first half of 2011 due to lower releases of collective loan impairment allowances, an increase in compliance costs and a change in the expense recognition of bonus awards. We successfully utilised our established platform in New York to interconnect more closely our GB&M businesses across the Americas and, in the first half of 2011, we syndicated several significant financing transactions for customers in Latin America.

The region represents a significant wealth management market and we continued to direct resources towards the expansion of wealth services and Premier, and remain focused on providing differentiated premium services to internationally minded, upwardly mobile customers.

Net interest income decreased by 9% to US$5.8bn, primarily due to lower lending balances in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios due to continued run-off, and in our Card and Retail Services portfolio as customers continued to pay down outstanding debt. In addition, balances declined following the sale of the vehicle finance portfolio in 2010. This was partly offset by wider asset spreads in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios as the cost of funds fell.

Average customer deposit balances increased in CMB in both the US and Canada as we continued to expand on the West Coast, Texas, Florida and Eastern Canada, and in RBWM due to growth in branch-based deposit products driven by our Premier strategy. In GB&M, increased deposit balances reflected a rise in repurchase transactions.

Net fee income declined by 6% to US$1.7bn, as a result of lower late and overlimit fees in our Card and Retail Services business, reflecting lower volumes and delinquency rates, customers actively seeking to reduce their credit card debt and changes required by the CARD Act.

In December 2010, we exited the Taxpayer Financial Services business, further reducing our fee income compared with the first half of 2010.

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Net trading income increased by US$511m to US$448m, driven by fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges which reflected fluctuations in long-term US interest rates. In the first half of 2011, these rates declined, but to a lesser extent than in the corresponding period in 2010, resulting in lower adverse fair value movements in non-qualifying hedges.

In addition, in the first half of 2011 loss provisions for loan repurchase obligations relating to loans previously sold were lower while, in our GB&M business, trading income remained broadly flat. This reflected higher deal volumes in foreign exchange, metals and interest rate and emerging markets derivatives, and improved revenue on structured credit products which was broadly offset by the non-recurrence of a gain in the first half of 2010 associated with a settlement relating to certain loans previously purchased for re-sale from a third party.

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value of US$53m was 42% less than in the first half of 2010. This was due to lower adverse fair value movements from interest rate ineffectiveness in the economic hedging of our long-term debt designated at fair value, reflecting the decrease in long-term US interest rates.

Gains less losses from financial investments declined by 7% to US$110m, mainly due to lower gains on the disposal of private equity investments.

Other operating income declined by 29% to US$168m due to higher losses on foreclosed properties, reflecting an increase in the number of such properties sold and declines in house prices in the first half of 2011 and the non-recurrence of a US$56m gain on the sale of our New York headquarters. This was partly offset by the non-recurrence of a US$77m loss on the sale of the vehicle finance loan portfolio and servicing operation in the first half of 2010.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased by 33% to US$3.0bn, primarily due to lower lending balances in our run-off Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios and in our Card and Retail Services portfolio. The decline also reflected an overall improvement in credit quality resulting in lower delinquency levels and reduced write-offs. In our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services

business, the improvement was partly offset by an incremental charge resulting from adverse changes to economic assumptions on the pace of recovery in home prices and delays in the timing of expected cash flows, mainly as a result of the suspension of foreclosure activity that began in late 2010.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in CMB declined by 58% to US$45m, driven by lower impairment allowances relating to commercial real estate and middle market exposures and lower write-offs in business banking, reflecting improved credit quality and lower delinquency. This was partially offset by a specific loan impairment charge associated with the downgrade of an individual commercial real estate loan.

In GB&M, net recoveries of loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were 85% lower than in the first half of 2010 as a reduction in higher-risk balances and a stabilisation of credit quality resulted in a reduced release of collective loan impairment allowances in the first half of 2011.

Further commentary on delinquency trends in the US RBWM portfolios is provided in ‘Areas of special interest – US personal lending’ on page 107.

Operating expenses increased by 15%. This included a charge of US$144m relating to the impairment of certain previously capitalised software development costs in the first half of 2011 and the non-recurrence of a pension curtailment gain in the first half of 2010. Excluding these items, operating expenses grew by 8%, mainly due to an increase in litigation provisions and, in GB&M, an increase in amortisation charges for previous years’ performance shares and accelerated expense recognition for future deferred bonus awards. In addition, legal and compliance costs were higher and marketing expenses in Card and Retail Services rose, driven by an increase in direct mail volumes, albeit at lower than historical levels. Also notable in the first half of 2011 were severance costs of US$46m resulting from a planned reduction in staff numbers. Partly offsetting these increases were lower costs following the sale of the vehicle finance servicing operation and closure of the Taxpayer Financial Services business.

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – North America

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2011  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

   Management
US$m

        

     Commercial

Banking

US$m

        

Global

Banking

and

           Markets

US$m

        

Global

Private

          Banking

US$m

        

              Other

US$m

        

Inter-

segment

  elimination52

US$m

        

Total

        US$m

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

 

Net interest income/(expense)

     4,617           748           465           94           (37        (38        5,849   

 

Net fee income

  

 

 

 

936

 

  

    

 

 

 

276

 

  

    

 

 

 

420

 

  

    

 

 

 

79

 

  

    

 

 

 

7

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,718

 

  

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     (68        16           344           13           (11                  294   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     10           1           106                     (1        38           154   

 

Net trading income/(expense)45

  

 

 

 

(58

 

    

 

 

 

17

 

  

    

 

 

 

450

 

  

    

 

 

 

13

 

  

    

 

 

 

(12

 

    

 

 

 

38

 

  

    

 

 

 

448

 

  

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

                         (4                  (115                  (119

Gains less losses from financial investments

     14                     96                                         110   

Dividend income

     8           4           7           1           1                     21   

Net earned insurance premiums

     118                                                             118   

Other operating income/ (expense)

     (28        60           100           5           1,130           (1,099        168   
                                                                          

 

Total operating income

  

 

 

 

5,607

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,105

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,534

 

  

    

 

 

 

192

 

  

    

 

 

 

974

 

  

    

 

 

 

(1,099

 

    

 

 

 

8,313

 

  

 

Net insurance claims53

  

 

 

 

(73

 

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

(73

 

                                                                          

 

Net operating income41

  

 

 

 

5,534

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,105

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,534

 

  

    

 

 

 

192

 

  

    

 

 

 

974

 

  

    

 

 

 

(1,099

 

    

 

 

 

8,240

 

  

 

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (3,035        (45        23           11           (3                  (3,049
                                                                          

 

Net operating income

  

 

 

 

2,499

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,060

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,557

 

  

    

 

 

 

203

 

  

    

 

 

 

971

 

  

    

 

 

 

(1,099

 

    

 

 

 

5,191

 

  

 

Operating expenses

  

 

 

 

(2,945

 

    

 

 

 

(587

 

    

 

 

 

(801

 

    

 

 

 

(154

 

    

 

 

 

(1,214

 

    

 

 

 

1,099

 

  

    

 

 

 

(4,602

 

                                                                          

 

Operating profit/(loss)

  

 

 

 

(446

 

    

 

 

 

473

 

  

    

 

 

 

756

 

  

    

 

 

 

49

 

  

    

 

 

 

(243

 

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

589

 

  

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1           15                               1                     17   
                                                                          

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

  

 

 

 

(445

 

    

 

 

 

488

 

  

    

 

 

 

756

 

  

    

 

 

 

49

 

  

    

 

 

 

(242

 

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

606

 

  

                                                                          
  

 

 

 

%

 

  

    

 

 

 

%

 

  

    

 

 

 

%

 

  

    

 

 

 

%

 

  

    

 

 

 

%

 

  

         

 

 

 

%

 

  

 

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     (3.9        4.3           6.6           0.4           (2.1             5.3   

Cost efficiency ratio

  

 

 

 

53.2

 

  

    

 

 

 

53.1

 

  

    

 

 

 

52.2

 

  

    

 

 

 

80.2

 

  

    

 

 

 

124.6

 

  

         

 

 

 

55.8

 

  

 

Balance sheet data39

                                
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

 

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     123,891           31,015           19,988           4,368                          179,262   

Total assets

     153,098           42,971           341,246           6,831           13,009           (27,769        529,386   

Customer accounts

     76,266           46,940           25,579           13,747           101                162,633   

 

 

71


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – North America (continued)

 

 

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2010  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

        

   Commercial

Banking
US$m

        

Global

Banking

and

       Markets16

US$m

        

Global

Private

          Banking

US$m

        

               Other

US$m

        

Inter-

segment

  elimination52

US$m

        

Total

         US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

 

Net interest income/(expense)

  

 

 

 

5,190

 

  

    

 

 

 

758

 

  

    

 

 

 

425

 

  

    

 

 

 

94

 

  

    

 

 

 

(86

 

    

 

 

 

(28

 

    

 

 

 

6,353

 

  

 

Net fee income/(expense)

  

 

 

 

1,084

 

  

    

 

 

 

252

 

  

    

 

 

 

400

 

  

    

 

 

 

71

 

  

    

 

 

 

(6

 

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,801

 

  

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     (567        12           401           9           (16                  (161

Net interest income on trading activities

     13           1           40                     12           28           94   

 

Net trading income/(expense)45

  

 

 

 

(554

 

    

 

 

 

13

 

  

    

 

 

 

441

 

  

    

 

 

 

9

 

  

    

 

 

 

(4

 

    

 

 

 

28

 

  

    

 

 

 

(67

 

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

                         (3                  417                     414   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                         121                     (3                  118   

Dividend income

     9           3           6           1           2                     21   

Net earned insurance premiums

     126                                                             126   

Other operating income/(expense)

     (8        160           83           11           1,213           (1,153        306   
                                                                          

 

Total operating income

  

 

 

 

5,847

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,186

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,473

 

  

    

 

 

 

186

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,533

 

  

    

 

 

 

(1,153

 

    

 

 

 

9,072

 

  

 

Net insurance claims53

  

 

 

 

(76

 

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

4

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

(72

 

                                                                          

 

Net operating income41

  

 

 

 

5,771

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,186

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,473

 

  

    

 

 

 

186

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,537

 

  

    

 

 

 

(1,153

 

    

 

 

 

9,000

 

  

 

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

  

 

 

 

(4,613

 

    

 

 

 

(104

 

    

 

 

 

152

 

  

    

 

 

 

11

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

(4,554

 

                                                                          

 

Net operating income

  

 

 

 

1,158

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,082

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,625

 

  

    

 

 

 

197

 

  

    

 

 

 

1,537

 

  

    

 

 

 

(1,153

 

    

 

 

 

4,446

 

  

 

Operating expenses

  

 

 

 

(2,624

 

    

 

 

 

(511

 

    

 

 

 

(645

 

    

 

 

 

(143

 

    

 

 

 

(1,187

 

    

 

 

 

1,153

 

  

    

 

 

 

(3,957

 

                                                                          

 

Operating profit/(loss)

  

 

 

 

(1,466

 

    

 

 

 

571

 

  

    

 

 

 

980

 

  

    

 

 

 

54

 

  

    

 

 

 

350

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

489

 

  

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

  

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

1

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

2

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

3

 

  

                                                                          

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

  

 

 

 

(1,466

 

    

 

 

 

572

 

  

    

 

 

 

980

 

  

    

 

 

 

54

 

  

    

 

 

 

352

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

492

 

  

                                                                          
     %          %          %          %          %                     %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     (13.2        5.1           8.8           0.5           3.2                4.4   

Cost efficiency ratio

     45.5           43.1           43.8           76.9           77.2                44.0   

Balance sheet data39

                                
  

 

 

 

US$m

 

  

    

 

 

 

US$m

 

  

    

 

 

 

US$m

 

  

    

 

 

 

US$m

 

  

    

 

 

 

US$m

 

  

         

 

 

 

US$m

 

  

 

Loans and advances to customers (net)

  

 

 

 

140,501

 

  

    

 

 

 

30,498

 

  

    

 

 

 

32,861

 

  

    

 

 

 

4,281

 

  

    

 

 

 

 

  

         

 

 

 

208,141

 

  

Total assets

     164,600           38,525           299,300           5,608           7,290           (19,915        495,408   

Customer accounts

     74,475           42,853           19,229           12,814           67                149,438   

 

 

72


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

        Half-year to 31 December 2010  
       

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

  Management16

US$m

       

   Commercial

Banking

US$m

       

Global

         Banking

and

Markets16

US$m

       

Global

Private

          Banking

US$m

       

             Other

US$m

       

Inter-

segment

  elimination52

US$m

       

             Total

US$m

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                           

 

Net interest income

      4,722          767          527          96          15          (41       6,086   

 

Net fee income

      1,058          282          445          78                            1,863   
                                                                     

 

Trading income excluding net interest income

      95          5          162          4          4                   270   

Net interest income on trading activities

      11          1          53                   5          41          111   
                                                                     

 

Net trading income45

      106          6          215          4          9          41          381   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

      6                   1                   (310                (303

Gains less losses from financial investments

      5          (6       20                   6                   25   

Dividend income

      9          4          6          2                            21   

Net earned insurance premiums

      119                                                       119   

Other operating income/(expense)

      (242       82          (12       4          1,138          (1,043       (73
                                                                       

 

Total operating income

      5,783          1,135          1,202          184          858          (1,043       8,119   

 

Net insurance claims53

      (72                                                    (72
                                                                       

 

Net operating income41

      5,711          1,135          1,202          184          858          (1,043       8,047   

 

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

      (3,581       (219       32          27                            (3,741
                                                                       

 

Net operating income

      2,130          916          1,234          211          858          (1,043       4,306   

 

Operating expenses

      (2,784       (570       (665       (154       (1,235       1,043          (4,365
                                                                       

 

Operating profit/(loss)

      (654       346          569          57          (377                (59

 

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

      4          21                            (4                21   
                                                                       

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

      (650       367          569          57          (381                (38
                                                                     
   

 

 

 

%

 

  

      %          %          %          %              %   

 

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

      (8.2       4.6          7.2          0.7          (4.8           (0.5

Cost efficiency ratio

      48.7          50.2          55.3          83.7          143.9              54.2   

 

Balance sheet data39

                           
        US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

 

Loans and advances to customers (net)

      131,194          30,277          24,338          4,723                       190,532   

Total assets

      154,204          39,213          306,298          5,824          9,373          (22,425       492,487   

Customer accounts

      76,817          46,425          22,324          12,812          108              158,486   

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

73


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Latin America

 

Our operations in Latin America principally comprise HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo, HSBC México, S.A., HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. and HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A. In addition to banking services, we operate insurance businesses in Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, Panama and a range of smaller markets.

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

30 Jun

2010

US$m

        

31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

 

Net interest income

     3,517           3,119           3,192   

Net fee income

     902           855           894   

Net trading income

     589           353           380   

Other income

     675           388           550   
                              

 

Net operating income41

     5,683           4,715           5,016   

 

Impairment charges42

     (820        (820        (724
                              

 

Net operating income

     4,863           3,895           4,292   

 

Total operating expenses

     (3,712        (3,013        (3,381
                              

 

Operating profit

     1,151           882           911   

 

Income from associates43

               1           1   
                              

 

Profit before tax

     1,151           883           912   
                              

 

Cost efficiency ratio

     65.3        63.9        67.4

 

RoRWA44

     2.2        2.1        2.0

 

Period-end staff numbers

     55,618           54,886           56,044   

30%

increase in profit before tax

13%

increase in lending balances

since the end of 2010

8%

reduction in impairment charges on an underlying basis

For footnotes, see page 81.

The commentary on Latin America is on an underlying basis unless stated otherwise.

Economic background

After a very strong 2010, Latin American growth slowed in the first half of 2011 due to a combination of weaker global demand and a downturn in domestic demand following a considerable tightening of monetary conditions in the period. Monetary policy rates rose by 2% in Chile, 1.5% in Brazil and Uruguay, and 1.25% in Colombia and Peru. In Brazil, the annual pace of GDP growth eased to 4.2% in the first quarter of 2011 from 7.5% in the comparable period in 2010.

The slowdown in activity, coupled with some easing in the rate of growth of food prices, helped to moderate inflation in the region, although it remained above the mid-point target of most countries that had adopted explicit inflation targets. Inflationary risks continued in Argentina, Brazil, Chile and Uruguay, where very high employment put upward pressure on wage growth.

Given its close ties to the US, Mexico suffered more immediately from the reduction in the growth of US demand. Some easing in global commodity prices and the strength of the Mexican peso helped restrain inflation and, accordingly, Banco de México left the monetary policy rate unchanged at 4.5% in the period.

Review of performance

Our operations in Latin America reported a profit before tax of US$1.2bn for the first half of 2011, representing an increase of 30% over the same period in 2010. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits increased by 23% due to increased revenues in CMB and RBWM and lower loan impairment charges, partly offset by higher costs as a result of inflationary pressures, strategic business growth and restructuring costs.

Several strategic measures were implemented, focusing on organic growth and improving efficiency. We increased the number of relationship managers in Brazil, mainly in RBWM and CMB, to leverage on the strong economic environment and, in Mexico, to grow our CMB business. We consolidated the branch network in Mexico, reducing it by 66 during the first half of 2011, and restructured the regional and country support functions, thereby improving the efficiency of the business. To ensure the strategic alignment of our portfolios, we entered into a sale agreement for HSBC Afore (the Mexican pension business) which is expected to be completed in the second half of 2011. Also, in RBWM we continued to reposition our lending portfolio to higher quality customers, achieving a better risk-adjusted return.

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses

 

    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management16

US$m

             Commercial
Banking
US$m
         Global
Banking
and
        Markets
16
US$m
         Global
Private
           Banking
US$m
                      Other
US$m
        

             Total

US$m

 

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                           

Argentina

     49           46           67                     (8        154   

Brazil

     136           294           250           7           (50        637   

Mexico

     169           103           171           2           (142        303   

Panama

     17           27           26           1           (2        69   

Other

     (35        5           29                     (11        (12
                                                               
     336           475           543           10           (213        1,151   
                                                               

 

Half-year to 30 June 2010

                           

Argentina

     39           41           53                               133   

Brazil

     60           160           227           2           29           478   

Mexico

     95           (2        112           1           18           224   

Panama

     18           26           15           1                     60   

Other

     (44        11           27                     (6        (12
                                                               
     168           236           434           4           41           883   
                                                               

 

Half-year to 31 December 2010

                           

Argentina

     50           49           52                               151   

Brazil

     91           222           203           4           35           555   

Mexico

     79           26           98           3           (29        177   

Panama

     30           31           18           1                     80   

Other

     (56        (10        24           (2        (7        (51
                                                               
     194           318           395           6           (1        912   
                                                               

For footnote, see page 81.

 

Net interest income increased by 5% compared with the first half of 2010, driven by higher lending balances in the stronger economic environment. Net interest income in CMB grew by 29%, supported by strong asset growth of 33% with moderate spread compression in the competitive environment. In RBWM, lending grew in personal loans, mortgages, overdrafts and cards in Brazil and, in Argentina, on strong consumer demand. In Mexico, net interest income in RBWM fell by 15% as we continued to shift our portfolio to lower risk, lower yielding assets. This fall was partly offset by strong balance growth in personal and payroll lending.

In Balance Sheet Management, results were affected by higher funding costs, in line with an increase in interest rates, and higher yielding deals maturing.

Fee income fell marginally compared with the first half of 2010. Higher card transaction volumes, current accounts and Payments and Cash Management revenues in Brazil were offset by a decline in the volumes of cards and fewer account services and automated teller machine (‘ATM’) transactions in Mexico, where increased regulatory charges to non-HSBC customers led to a change in customer behaviour.

Net trading income of US$589m was 56% higher than in the first half of 2010, primarily due to a rise in volumes, mainly in Brazil; the cost of internally funding these assets also increased, but this interest expense is reported under ‘Net interest income’. Revenue in Brazil further benefited from a significant growth in sales of GB&M products across customer groups. In Mexico, revenue increased due to a limited number of large derivative transactions.

Net income on financial instruments designated at fair value increased by 70% due to growth of a unit-linked product in Brazil, where new money received was invested in assets designated at fair value, and an increase was registered in the value of policyholder assets supporting these contracts. An offsetting increase was recorded in ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders’.

Gains less losses from financial investments increased by US$17m, mainly due to a gain on the sale of shares in a Mexican listed company.

Other operating income increased by US$168m, primarily due to the gain on sale of buildings including the sale and leaseback of branches in Mexico.

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Net earned insurance premiums increased by 24% to US$1.3bn, driven by increased sales in Brazil of both credit-related products and term life insurance, and higher contributions on a unit-linked product which reflected the improved economic environment and an increase in the sales force. Premiums also rose in Argentina, mainly from repricing initiatives in the motor insurance segment. This growth resulted in an increase in Net insurance claims and movement in liabilities to policyholders.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions declined by 8%, mainly in RBWM, where riskier portfolios of credit cards in Mexico were managed down and collections and underwriting processes were tightened. The decline in loan impairment charges also reflected an improvement in the economic environment. In CMB, loan impairment charges increased by 3%. This increase

occurred mainly in Brazil following a significant expansion in lending since the first half of 2010, and was partly offset by the non-recurrence of individual loan impairment charges booked in the first half of 2010 in the real estate portfolio in Mexico.

Operating expenses increased by 15%, in part due to restructuring costs of US$149m recognised in the first half of 2011 as we took measures to improve the efficiency of our processes in order to lower the future cost base of our operations. This included charges relating to certain regional projects, restructuring regional and country support functions and consolidating the branch network in Mexico. Costs also rose due to inflationary pressures, union-agreed wage increases in Brazil and Argentina, increased front office staffing levels in Brazil and Mexico to support strategic growth and volume-driven transactional taxes in Brazil and Argentina.

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Latin America

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2011  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

        

Commercial

Banking
US$m

        

Global
Banking

and
        Markets
US$m

         Global
Private
        Banking
US$m
        

            Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination52

US$m

         Total
          US$m
 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Net interest income/ (expense)

     2,215           1,096           456           12           (1        (261        3,517   

Net fee income

     492           292           98           19           1                     902   

 

Trading income excluding net interest income

     29             49             186             2             3                         269   

Net interest income on trading activities

     1                         58                                     261             320   

Net trading income45

     30           49           244           2           3           261           589   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     181           55                                                   236   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                         73                                         73   

Dividend income

     5           2                                                   7   

Net earned insurance premiums

     961           289           18                                         1,268   

Other operating income

     118           40           24           1           127           (130        180   
                                                                          

Total operating income

     4,002           1,823           913           34           130           (130        6,772   

Net insurance claims53

     (821        (258        (10                                      (1,089
                                                                          

Net operating income41

     3,181           1,565           903           34           130           (130        5,683   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (633        (180        (7                                      (820
                                                                          

Net operating income

     2,548           1,385           896           34           130           (130        4,863   

Operating expenses

     (2,212        (910        (353        (24        (343        130           (3,712
                                                                          

Operating profit/(loss)

     336           475           543           10           (213                  1,151   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                                                                   
                                                                          

Profit/(loss) before tax

     336           475           543           10           (213                  1,151   
                                                                          
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     2.9           4.1           4.7           0.1           (1.8                  10.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     69.5           58.1           39.1           70.6           263.8           100           65.3   

Balance sheet data39

                                
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                US$m   

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     22,431           29,036           14,271           64                          65,802   

Total assets

     40,866           41,136           78,131           1,564           2,926           (1,012        163,611   

Customer accounts

     32,619           27,251           29,402           6,837                          96,109   

 

 

77


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Latin America (continued)

 

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2010  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management16
US$m

        

  Commercial

Banking
US$m

        

Global
Banking

and

      Markets16

US$m

         Global
Private
        Banking
US$m
        

Other

          US$m

        

Inter-
segment

elimination52

US$m

        

Total

        US$m

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Net interest income

     1,978           793           389           10           53           (104        3,119   

Net fee income

     492           244           99           14           6                     855   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     21           38           181           1           (4                  237   

Net interest income on trading activities

                         11                     1           104           116   

Net trading income/ (expense)45

     21           38           192           1           (3        104           353   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     102           28                                                   130   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     1                     52                                         53   

Dividend income

     3           1           1                                         5   

Net earned insurance premiums

     770           171           16                                         957   

Other operating income

     17           10           2           1           81           (101        10   
                                                                          

Total operating income

     3,384           1,285           751           26           137           (101        5,482   

Net insurance claims53

     (628        (129        (10                                      (767
                                                                          

Net operating income41

     2,756           1,156           741           26           137           (101        4,715   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (661        (160        3                     (2                  (820
                                                                          

Net operating income

     2,095           996           744           26           135           (101        3,895   

Operating expenses

     (1,928        (760        (310        (22        (94        101           (3,013
                                                                          

Operating profit

     167           236           434           4           41                     882   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1                                                             1   
                                                                          

Profit before tax

     168           236           434           4           41                     883   
                                                                          
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     1.5           2.2           3.9                     0.4                8.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     70.0           65.7           41.8           84.6           68.6                63.9   

Balance sheet data39

                                
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                US$m   

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     19,350           19,434           10,006           39                          48,829   

Total assets

     34,645           27,307           59,302           1,110           314           (793        121,885   

Customer accounts

     26,618           20,115           23,158           5,326                          75,217   

 

 

78


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

     Half-year to 31 December 2010  
    

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

  Management16

US$m

        

      Commercial

Banking
US$m

        

Global
            Banking
and

Markets16

US$m

         Global
Private
          Banking
US$m
        

              Other

US$m

        

Inter-
segment

    elimination52

US$m

                       Total
US$m
 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

 

Net interest income

     2,001           878           383           10           68           (148        3,192   

 

Net fee income/(expense)

     514           282           92           18           (12                  894   

 

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     14           34           189           2           (23                  216   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

                         17                     (1        148           164   

 

Net trading income/(expense)45

     14           34           206           2           (24        148           380   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     237           57           1                                         295   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     5           2           41                     (3                  45   

Dividend income

     4           1           2                                         7   

Net earned insurance premiums

     881           203           13                                         1,097   

Other operating income

     81           24           13           1           140           (128        131   
                                                                          

 

Total operating income

     3,737           1,481           751           31           169           (128        6,041   

 

Net insurance claims53

     (851        (168        (6                                      (1,025
                                                                          

 

Net operating income41

     2,886           1,313           745           31           169           (128        5,016   

 

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (586        (133        (7                  2                     (724
                                                                          

 

Net operating income

     2,300           1,180           738           31           171           (128        4,292   

 

Operating expenses

     (2,106        (863        (343        (25        (172        128           (3,381
                                                                          

 

Operating profit/(loss)

     194           317           395           6           (1                  911   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

               1                                                   1   
                                                                          

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

     194           318           395           6           (1                  912   
                                                                          
     %           %           %           %           %                %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     2.5           4.0           5.0                                    11.5   

Cost efficiency ratio

     73.0           65.7           46.0           80.6           101.8                67.4   

Balance sheet data39

                                
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m                     US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)

     20,823           24,879           12,242           43                          57,987   

Total assets

     38,819           35,619           64,635           1,608           196           (939        139,938   

Customer accounts

     30,149           24,514           27,810           6,053                          88,526   

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

79


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit/(loss) before tax

 

Europe

30 June 2011 compared with 30 June 2010

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)16  
   

1H10

as
    reported
US$m

        1H10
       adjust-
ments
9
US$m
        Currency
translation
10
US$m
       

1H10

at 1H11
    exchange

rates11

US$m

       

1H11

as
    reported
US$m

       

1H11

      adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

      under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

    change12

%

        Under-
lying
     change
12
%
 

 

Net interest income

    5,802          17          312          6,131          5,566                   5,566          (4       (9

Net fee income

    3,177          (50       139          3,266          3,131                   3,131          (1       (4

Changes in fair value13

    574          (574                         (71       71                         

Other income14

    3,168          (135       156          3,189          2,714                   2,714          (14       (15
                                                                           

 

Net operating income15

    12,721          (742       607          12,586          11,340          71          11,411          (11       (9

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (1,501                (93       (1,594       (1,173                (1,173       22          26   
                                                                           

 

Net operating income

    11,220          (742       514          10,992          10,167          71          10,238          (9       (7

 

 

Operating expenses

    (7,704       148          (368       (7,924       (8,014                (8,014       (4       (1
                                                                           

 

Operating profit

    3,516          (594       146          3,068          2,153          71          2,224          (39       (28

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    5                   (6       (1       (6                (6           (500
                                                                           

 

Profit before tax

    3,521          (594       140          3,067          2,147          71          2,218          (39       (28
                                                                           

30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010

 

  

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)16  
   

2H10

as

reported
US$m

        2H10
adjust-
ments9
US$m
        Currency
translation10
US$m
       

2H10

at 1H11

exchange

rates17

US$m

       

1H11

as

reported
US$m

        1H11
adjust-
ments9
US$m
        1H11
under-
lying
US$m
       

Re-

ported
change12

%

       

Under-
lying
change12

%

 

 

Net interest income

    5,448          1          176          5,625          5,566                   5,566          2          (1

Net fee income

    3,194                   98          3,292          3,131                   3,131          (2       (5

Changes in fair value13

    (773       773                            (71       71                   91            

Other income14

    2,160          (255       56          1,961          2,714                   2,714          26          38   
                                                                             

 

Net operating income15

    10,029          519          330          10,878          11,340          71          11,411          13          5   

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (1,519                (53       (1,572       (1,173                (1,173       23          25   
                                                                             

 

Net operating income

    8,510          519          277          9,306          10,167          71          10,238          19          10   

 

Operating expenses

    (7,741                (220       (7,961       (8,014                (8,014       (4       (1
                                                                             

 

Operating profit

    769          519          57          1,345          2,153          71          2,224          180          65   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    12          (1       (5       6          (6                (6        
                                                                             

 

Profit before tax

    781          518          52          1,351          2,147          71          2,218          175          64   
                                                                             

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

79a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Hong Kong

30 June 2011 compared with 30 June 2010

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)16  
   

1H10

as

      reported
US$m

       

1H10

        adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

1H10

at 1H11
      exchange

rates11

US$m

       

1H11

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H11

          adjust-

ments9

US$m

     

1H11

        under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

  change12

%

       

Under-

lying

  change12

%

 

 

Net interest income

    1,994                   1          1,995          2,249              2,249          13          13   

Net fee income

    1,395                            1,395          1,612              1,612          16          16   

Changes in fair value13

    (6       6                                                  100            

Other income14

    1,513          (62       (3       1,448          1,553              1,553          3          7   
                                                                       

 

Net operating income15

    4,896          (56       (2       4,838          5,414              5,414          11          12   

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (63                         (63       (25           (25       60          60   
                                                                       

 

Net operating income

    4,833          (56       (2       4,775          5,389              5,389          11          13   

 

Operating expenses

    (1,968                (1       (1,969       (2,339           (2,339       (19       (19
                                                                       

 

Operating profit

    2,865          (56       (3       2,806          3,050              3,050          6          9   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    12                            12          31              31          158          158   
                                                                       

 

Profit before tax

    2,877          (56       (3       2,818          3,081              3,081          7          9   
                                                                       

 

30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010

 

  

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)16  
   

2H10

as

reported
US$m

        2H10
adjust-
ments9
US$m
       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

2H10

at 1H11

exchange

rates17

US$m

       

1H11

as

reported

US$m

       

1H11

adjust-

ments9

US$m

     

1H11
under-
lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

change12

%

       

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

 

Net interest income

    2,252                   (2       2,250          2,249              2,249                     

Net fee income

    1,567                   (2       1,565          1,612              1,612          3          3   

Other income14

    1,487          (74       (4       1,409          1,553              1,553          4          10   
                                                                       

 

Net operating income15

    5,306          (74       (8       5,224          5,414              5,414          2          4   

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (51                (1       (52       (25           (25       51          52   
                                                                       

 

Net operating income

    5,255          (74       (9       5,172          5,389              5,389          3          4   

 

Operating expenses

    (2,463                3          (2,460       (2,339           (2,339       5          5   
                                                                       

 

Operating profit

    2,792          (74       (6       2,712          3,050              3,050          9          12   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    23                   1          24          31              31          35          29   
                                                                       

 

Profit before tax

    2,815          (74       (5       2,736          3,081              3,081          9          13   
                                                                       

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

79b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Rest of Asia-Pacific

30 June 2011 compared with 30 June 2010

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)16  
   

1H10

as
      reported
US$m

       

1H10

        adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

1H10

at 1H11
    exchange

rates11

US$m

       

1H11

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H11

        adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

        under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

         change12

%

       

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

Net interest income

    1,822                   116          1,938          2,381                   2,381          31          23   

Net fee income

    934                   68          1,002          1,117                   1,117          20          11   

Changes in fair value13

                                        (2       2                         

Other income14

    1,742          (188       81          1,635          1,852          (180       1,672          6          2   
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    4,498          (188       265          4,575          5,348          (178       5,170          19          13   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (147                (10       (157       (100                (100       32          36   
                                                                           

Net operating income

    4,351          (188       255          4,418          5,248          (178       5,070          21          15   

Operating expenses

    (2,417                (151       (2,568       (2,836                (2,836       (17       (10

Operating profit

    1,934          (188       104          1,850          2,412          (178       2,234          25          21   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    1,051                   47          1,098          1,330                   1,330          27          21   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    2,985          (188       151          2,948          3,742          (178       3,564          25          21   
                                                                           

 

30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010

 

  

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)16  
   

2H10

as

reported
US$m

       

2H10

adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

2H10

at 1H11

exchange

rates17

US$m

       

1H11

as

reported

US$m

       

1H11

adjust-

ments9

US$m

        1H11
under-
lying US$m
       

Re-

ported

change12

%

       

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

Net interest income

    2,006                   68          2,074          2,381                   2,381          19          15   

Net fee income

    998                   39          1,037          1,117                   1,117          12          8   

Changes in fair value13

    (1       1                            (2       2                   (100         

Other income14

    1,731                   51          1,782          1,852          (180       1,672          7          6   
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    4,734          1          158          4,893          5,348          (178       5,170          13          6   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (292                (12       (304       (100                (100       66          67   
                                                                           

Net operating income

    4,442          1          146          4,589          5,248          (178       5,070          18          10   

Operating expenses

    (2,726                (94       (2,820       (2,836                (2,836       (4       (1
                                                                           

Operating profit

    1,716          1          52          1,769          2,412          (178       2,234          41          26   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    1,201                   31          1,232          1,330                   1,330          11          8   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    2,917          1          83          3,001          3,742          (178       3,564          28          19   
                                                                           

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

79c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Middle East and North Africa

30 June 2011 compared with 30 June 2010

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)16  
   

1H10

as
      reported
US$m

       

1H10

        adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

1H10

at 1H11
    exchange

rates11

US$m

       

1H11

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H11

        adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

        under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

         change12

%

       

Under-

lying

         change12

%

 

Net interest income

    667                   (7       660          673                   673          1          2   

Net fee income

    356                   (2       354          327                   327          (8       (8

Other income14

    165          47          (2       210          236          4          240          45          14   
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    1,188          47          (11       1,224          1,236          4          1,240          4          1   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (438                2          (436       (99                (99       77          77   
                                                                           

Net operating income

    750          47          (9       788          1,137          4          1,141          52          45   

Operating expenses

    (519                4          (515       (574                (574       (11       (11
                                                                           

Operating profit

    231          47          (5       273          563          4          567          144          108   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    115                            115          184                   184          60          60   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    346          47          (5       388          747          4          751          116          94   
                                                                           

 

30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010

 

  

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)16  
   

2H10

as

reported
US$m

       

2H10

adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

2H10

at 1H11

exchange

rates17

US$m

       

1H11

as

reported

US$m

       

1H11

adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11
under-
lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

change12

%

       

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

Net interest income

    700                   (4       696          673                   673          (4       (3

Net fee income

    321                   (2       319          327                   327          2          3   

Other income14

    201          (5                196          236          4          240          17          22   
                                                                           

Net operating income15

    1,222          (5       (6       1,211          1,236          4          1,240          1          2   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (189                         (189       (99                (99       48          48   
                                                                           

Net operating income

    1,033          (5       (6       1,022          1,137          4          1,141          10          12   

Operating expenses

    (559                3          (556       (574                (574       (3       (3
                                                                           

Operating profit

    474          (5       (3       466          563          4          567          19          22   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    72                   (1       71          184                   184          156          159   
                                                                           

Profit before tax

    546          (5       (4       537          747          4          751          37          40   
                                                                           

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

79d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

North America

30 June 2011 compared with 30 June 2010

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)16  
   

1H10

as

      reported
US$m

       

1H10

        adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

1H10

at 1H11
      exchange

rates11

US$m

       

1H11

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H11

        adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

        under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

    change12

%

       

Under-

lying

    change12

%

 

 

Net interest income

    6,353                   45          6,398          5,849                   5,849          (8       (9

Net fee income

    1,801                   19          1,820          1,718                   1,718          (5       (6

Changes in fair value13

    506          (506                         (66       66                         

Other income14

    340          (66       4          278          739                   739          117          166   
                                                                           

 

Net operating income15

    9,000          (572       68          8,496          8,240          66          8,306          (8       (2

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (4,554                (8       (4,562       (3,049                (3,049       33          33   
                                                                           

 

Net operating income

    4,446          (572       60          3,934          5,191          66          5,257          17          34   

 

Operating expenses

    (3,957                (32       (3,989       (4,602                (4,602       (16       (15
                                                                           

 

Operating profit

    489          (572       28          (55       589          66          655          20       

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    3                   1          4          17                   17          467          325   
                                                                           

 

Profit before tax

    492          (572       29          (51       606          66          672          23       
                                                                           

 

30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010

 

  

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)16  
   

2H10

as

reported
US$m

       

2H10

adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

2H10

at 1H11

exchange

rates17

US$m

       

1H11

as

reported

US$m

       

1H11

adjust-

ments9

US$m

        1H11
under-
lying US$m
       

Re-

ported

change12

%

       

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

 

Net interest income

    6,086                   40          6,126          5,849                   5,849          (4       (5

Net fee income

    1,863                   18          1,881          1,718                   1,718          (8       (9

Changes in fair value13

    (363       363                            (66       66                   82            

Other income14

    461                   2          462          739                   739          61          60   
                                                                           

 

Net operating income15

    8,047          363          59          8,469          8,240          66          8,306          2          (2

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (3,741                (11       (3,752       (3,049                (3,049       18          19   
                                                                           

 

Net operating income

    4,306          363          48          4,717          5,191          66          5,257          21          11   

 

Operating expenses

    (4,365                (30       (4,395       (4,602                (4,602       (5       (5
                                                                           

 

Operating profit/(loss)

    (59       363          18          322          589          66          655              103   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    21                   1          22          17                   17          (19       (23
                                                                           

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

    (38       363          19          344          606          66          672              95   
                                                                           

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

79e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Latin America

30 June 2011 compared with 30 June 2010

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2010 (‘1H10’)16  
   

1H10

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H10

       adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

1H10

at 1H11
    exchange

rates11

US$m

       

1H11

as

      reported

US$m

       

1H11

      adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11

        under-

lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

    change12

%

       

Under-

lying

    change12

%

 

 

Net interest income

    3,119                   231          3,350          3,517                   3,517          13          5   

Net fee income

    855                   64          919          902                   902          6          (2

Other income14

    741                   49          790          1,264                   1,264          71          60   
                                                                           

 

Net operating income15

    4,715                   344          5,059          5,683                   5,683          21          12   

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (820                (67       (887       (820                (820                8   
                                                                           

 

Net operating income

    3,895                   277          4,172          4,863                   4,863          25          17   

 

Operating expenses

    (3,013                (220       (3,233       (3,712                (3,712       (23       (15
                                                                           

 

Operating profit

    882                   57          939          1,151                   1,151          31          23   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    1                   (1                                           (100         
                                                                           

 

Profit before tax

    883                   56          939          1,151                   1,151          30          23   
                                                                           

 

30 June 2011 compared with 31 December 2010

 

  

    Half-year to 30 June 2011 (‘1H11’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2010 (‘2H10’)16  
   

2H10

as

reported
US$m

       

2H10

adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

Currency

translation10

US$m

       

2H10

at 1H11

exchange

rates17

US$m

       

1H11

as

reported

US$m

       

1H11

adjust-

ments9

US$m

       

1H11
under-
lying

US$m

       

Re-

ported

change12

%

       

Under-

lying

change12

%

 

 

Net interest income

    3,192                   146          3,338          3,517                   3,517          10          5   

Net fee income

    894                   44          938          902                   902          1          (4

Other income14

    930                   44          974          1,264                   1,264          36          30   
                                                                           

 

Net operating income15

    5,016                   234          5,250          5,683                   5,683          13          8   

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    (724                (39       (763       (820                (820       (13       (7
                                                                           

 

Net operating income

    4,292                   195          4,487          4,863                   4,863          13          8   

 

Operating expenses

    (3,381                (158       (3,539       (3,712                (3,712       (10       (5
                                                                           

 

Operating profit

    911                   37          948          1,151                   1,151          26          21   

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

    1                            1                                     (100       (100
                                                                           

 

Profit before tax

    912                   37          949          1,151                   1,151          26          21   
                                                                           

For footnotes, see page 81.

 

 

79f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Other information

 

Funds under management and assets held in custody

 

    Half-year to  
                30 June
2011
                    30 June
2010
          31 December
2010
 
    US$bn         US$bn         US$bn  

 

Funds under management

         

At beginning of period

    925          857          828   

Net new money

    16          25          17   

Value change

    3          (16       49   

Exchange and other

    4          (38       31   
                           

 

At end of period

    948          828          925   
                           

Funds under management by business

         

HSBC Global Asset Management

    449          407          439   

Global Private Banking

    297          245          277   

Affiliates

    3          3          3   

Other

    199          173          206   
                           
    948          828          925   
                           

 

Funds under management (‘FuM’) at 30 June 2011 amounted to US$948bn, an increase of 2% when compared with 31 December 2010. Both Global Asset Management and GPB fund holdings increased.

Global Asset Management funds, including emerging market funds, increased by 2% to US$449bn. The increase in FuM was primarily driven by favourable foreign exchange movements together with net inflows in Europe and Latin America. We remain one of the world’s largest emerging market asset managers with FuM of US$135bn at 30 June 2011 in countries outside North America, Western Europe, Japan and Australia.

GPB FuM increased by 7% compared with 31 December 2010 to US$297bn, driven by strong net inflows, which benefited from cross-business referrals and the hiring of relationship managers, together with favourable foreign exchange movements. Client assets, which include FuM and cash deposits and provide an indicator of overall GPB volumes, increased by US$26bn to US$416bn due to the growth in FuM.

Other FuM decreased marginally to US$199bn primarily due to the disposal of real estate and infra-structure fund management activity during the year.

Assets held in custody and under administration

Custody is the safekeeping and servicing of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients. At 30 June 2011, we held assets as custodian of US$5.9 trillion, 3% higher than the US$5.7 trillion held at 31 December 2010. This was mainly driven by favourable foreign exchange and market movements.

Our assets under administration business, which includes the provision of various support function activities including the valuation of portfolios of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients, complements the custody business. At 30 June 2011, the value of assets held under administration by the Group amounted to US$2.8 trillion, an increase from US$2.7 trillion at 31 December 2010 primarily due to favourable foreign exchange movements.

Review of transactions with related parties

The Financial Services Authority’s (‘FSA’) Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules require the disclosure of related party transactions that have taken place in the first six months of the current financial year and any changes in the related party transactions described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010, that have or could have materially affected the financial position or performance of HSBC. A fair review has been undertaken and any such related party transactions have been disclosed in the Notes on the Financial Statements.

Accounting for deferred bonus arrangements

Recent regulatory and best practice guidance has clarified the required structure and terms of deferred bonus arrangements awarded to employees, who now have a better understanding of the likely nature of awards to be granted in respect of a particular financial year. As a result, the vesting period in respect of deferred awards expected to be granted in March 2012 is therefore determined to have started on 1 January 2011. An additional expense of US$138m in respect of these deferred awards was recognised in ‘Operating expenses’ in the first half of 2011.

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Footnotes to pages 2 to 80

Financial highlights

 

1 Dividends recorded in the financial statements are dividends per ordinary share declared in the first six months of 2011 and are not dividends in respect of, or for, the period.
2 Return on invested capital is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders. Average invested capital is measured as average total shareholders’ equity after adding back goodwill previously written-off directly to reserves, deducting average equity preference shares issued by HSBC Holdings and deducting/(adding) average reserves for unrealised gains/(losses) on effective cash flow hedges and available-for-sale securities. This measure reflects capital initially invested and subsequent profit.
3 The return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity is defined as profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company divided by average ordinary shareholders’ equity.
4 The cost efficiency ratio is defined as total operating expenses divided by net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
5 Each ADS represents five ordinary shares.
6 Total shareholder return is defined on page 84 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.
7 The Financial Times Stock Exchange 100 Index.
8 The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index and the Morgan Stanley Capital International World Banks Index.

Reconciliations of reported and underlying profit before tax

 

9 These columns comprise the net increments or decrements in profits in the current half-year (compared with the previous half-years) which are attributable to acquisitions or disposals of subsidiaries, gains arising on the dilution of interests in associates and/or movements in fair value of own debt designated at fair value attributable to credit spread. The inclusion of acquisitions and disposals is determined in the light of events in each period.
10 ‘Currency translation’ is the effect of translating the results of subsidiaries and associates for the previous half-years at the average rates of exchange applicable in the current half-year.
11 Excluding adjustments in the first half of 2010.
12 Positive numbers are favourable: negative numbers are unfavourable.
13 Changes in fair value due to movements in own credit spread on long-term debt issued. This does not include the fair value changes due to own credit spread on structured notes issued and other hybrid instruments included within trading liabilities.
14 Other income in this context comprises net trading income, net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value, gains less losses from financial investments, dividend income, net earned insurance premiums and other operating income less net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
15 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
16 With effect from 1 March 2011, our Global Asset Management business was moved from GB&M to RBWM. Comparative data have been adjusted accordingly.
17 Excluding adjustments and disposals in the second half of 2010.

Financial summary

 

18 Net interest income includes the cost of funding trading assets, while the related external revenues are reported in trading income. In HSBC’s customer group results, the cost of funding trading assets is included within Global Banking and Markets’ net trading income as an interest expense.
19 Gross interest yield is the average annualised interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’).
20 Net interest spread is the difference between the average annualised interest rate earned on AIEA, net of amortised premiums and loan fees, and the average annualised interest rate payable on average interest-bearing funds.
21 Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as an annualised percentage of AIEA.
22 The cost of internal funding of trading assets was US$516m (first half of 2010: US$294m; second half of 2010: US$608m) and is excluded from the reported ‘Net trading income’ line and included in ‘Net interest income’. However, this cost is reinstated in ‘Net trading income’ in HSBC’s customer group and global business reporting.
23 Net trading income includes an income of US$60m (first half of 2010: income of US$255m; second half of 2009: expense of US$232m) associated with changes in the fair value of issued structured notes and other hybrid instrument liabilities derived from movements in HSBC issuance spreads.
24 The change in fair value related to movements in the Group’s credit spread on long-term debt resulted in an expense of US$143m in the first half of 2011 (first half of 2010: income of US$1.1bn; second half of 2010: expense of US$1.1bn).
25 Includes gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with HSBC’s long-term debt issued.
26 Discretionary participation features.
27 The calculation of the PVIF asset was refined during the period to bring greater comparability and consistency across the Group’s insurance operations. This was achieved by incorporating explicit margins and allowances for certain risks and uncertainties in place of implicit adjustments to the discount rate. The change in calculation reflected explicit risk margins for non-economic risks in the projection assumptions, and explicit allowances for financial options and guarantees using stochastic methods. Discount rates have been reduced as a result of removing the implicit adjustments. In certain circumstances, the implicit adjustments were different from the explicit amounts, resulting in a gain of US$243m which was included in ‘Other operating income’.
28 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders arise from both life and non-life insurance business. For non-life business, amounts reported represent the cost of claims paid during the year and the estimated cost of notified claims. For life business, the main element of claims is the liability to policyholders created on the initial underwriting of the policy and any subsequent movement in the liability that arises, primarily from the attribution of investment performance to savings-related policies. Consequently, claims rise in line with increases in sales of savings-related business and with investment market growth.

 

 

81


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Consolidated balance sheet

 

29 Net of impairment allowances.
30 The calculation of capital resources, capital ratios and risk-weighted assets is on a Basel II basis.
31 Capital resources are total regulatory capital, the calculation of which is set out on page 161.
32 Includes perpetual preferred securities.
33 The definition of net asset value per share is total shareholders’ equity, less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities, divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue.
34 ‘Currency translation’ is the effect of translating the assets and liabilities of subsidiaries and associates for the previous year-end at the rates of exchange applicable at the current period-end.

Economic profit

 

35 Expressed as a percentage of average invested capital.
36 Average invested capital is measured as average total shareholders’ equity after:
  adding back the average balance of goodwill amortised before the transition to IFRSs or subsequently written off directly to reserves (less goodwill previously amortised in respect of the French regional banks sold in 2008);
  deducting the average balance of HSBC’s revaluation surplus relating to property held for own use. This reserve was generated when determining the deemed cost of such properties on transition to IFRSs and will run down as the properties are sold;
  deducting average preference shares and other equity instruments issued by HSBC Holdings; and
  deducting average reserves for unrealised gains/(losses) on effective cash flow hedges and available-for-sale securities.
37 Return on invested capital is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company.

Analyses by customer group and global business and by geographical region

 

38 The main items reported under ‘Other’ are certain property activities, unallocated investment activities, centrally held investment companies, gains arising from the dilution of interests in associates, movements in the fair value of own debt designated at fair value (the remainder of the Group’s gain on own debt is included in GB&M), and HSBC’s holding company and financing operations. The results also include net interest earned on free capital held centrally, operating costs incurred by the Group Management Office operations in providing stewardship and central management services to HSBC, and costs incurred by the Group Service Centres and Shared Service Organisations and associated recoveries.
39 Assets by geographical region and customer group include intra-HSBC items. These items are eliminated, where appropriate, under the headings ‘Intra-HSBC items’ or ‘Inter-segment elimination’.
40 RWAs from associates have been reallocated in order to properly align with the classification of income. RWAs from Global Asset Management have been reallocated to RBWM, principally from GB&M. Both items represent a reclassification from the basis used in HSBC’s 2010 Pillar 3 disclosures. Comparative data have been adjusted accordingly.
41 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
42 Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
43 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures.
44 Pre-tax return on average risk-weighted assets.
45 In the analysis of customer groups and global businesses, net trading income comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as held for trading, related external and internal interest income and interest expense, and dividends received; in the statutory presentation internal interest income and expense are eliminated.
46 In the first half of 2011, Global Markets included a favourable fair value movement of US$60m on the widening of credit spreads on structured liabilities (first half of 2010: favourable fair value movement of US$255m; second half of 2010: adverse fair value movement of US$232m).
47 Total income earned on Securities Services products in the Group amounted to US$0.9bn (first half of 2010: US$0.7bn; second half of 2010: US$0.8bn), of which US$0.9bn was in GB&M (first half of 2010: US$0.7bn; second half of 2010: US$0.8bn) and US$19m was in CMB (first half of 2010: US$11m; second half of 2010: US$18m).
48 Total income earned on Payments and Cash Management products in the Group amounted to US$2.6bn (first half of 2010: US$2.1bn; second half of 2010: US$2.3bn), of which US$1.9bn was in CMB (first half of 2010: US$1.6bn; second half of 2010: US$1.7bn) and US$0.7bn was in GB&M (first half of 2010: US$0.5bn; second half of 2010: US$0.6bn).
49 Total income earned on other transaction services in the Group amounted to US$1.3bn (first half of 2010: US$1.1bn; second half of 2010: US$1.2bn). Of this US$1.0bn was in CMB relating to trade and supply chain (first half of 2010: US$0.8bn; second half of 2010: US$0.8bn) and US$0.3bn was in GB&M of which US$0.3bn related to trade and supply chain (first half of 2010: US$0.3bn; second half of 2010: US$0.2bn) and US$20m related to banknotes and other (first half of 2010: US$71m; second half of 2010: US$42m).
50 ‘Other’ in GB&M includes net interest earned on free capital held in the global business not assigned to products.
51 The foreign exchange effect is not eliminated on an underlying basis as the reporting currency of the principal business within GPB is US dollars.
52 Inter-segment elimination comprises (i) the costs of shared services and Group Service Centres included within ‘Other’ which are recovered from customer groups, and (ii) the intra-segment funding costs of trading activities undertaken within GB&M. HSBC’s Balance Sheet Management business, reported within GB&M, provides funding to the trading businesses. To report GB&M’s net trading income on a fully funded basis, ‘Net interest income/(expense)’ and ‘Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities’ are grossed up to reflect internal funding transactions prior to their elimination in the inter-segment column.
53 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
54 ‘Employee expenses’ comprises costs directly incurred by each customer group. The reallocation and recharging of employee and other expenses directly incurred in the ‘Other’ customer group is shown in ‘Other operating expenses’.
55 RWAs are non-additive across geographical regions due to market risk diversification effects within the Group.
56 France primarily comprises the domestic operations of HSBC France, HSBC Assurances Vie and the Paris branch of HSBC Bank plc.

 

 

82


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Risk

 

Risk profile

     83   

Managing risk

     83   

Challenges and uncertainties

     84   

Credit risk

     89   

Liquidity and funding

     133   

Market risk

     136   

Operational risk

     141   

Reputational risk

     141   

Risk management of insurance operations

     142   

Risk Profile

 

Managing our risk profile

 

 

A strong balance sheet is core to our philosophy.

 

 

We ensured that our portfolios remain aligned to our risk appetite and strategy.

 

 

We actively managed our risks, supported by strong forward looking risk identification.

Maintaining capital strength and strong liquidity position

 

 

Our core tier 1 capital ratio remains strong at 10.8%.

 

 

We have sustained our strong liquidity position throughout the first half of 2011.

 

 

The ratio of customer advances to deposits remains below 80%.

Strong governance

 

 

Robust risk governance and accountability is embedded across the Group.

 

 

The Board, advised by the Group Risk Committee, approves our risk appetite.

 

 

A new global operating model has been developed and adopted for the Risk function.

Our top and emerging risks

 

 

Challenges to our business operations.

 

 

Challenges to our governance and internal control systems.

 

 

Macro-economic and geopolitical risk.

 

 

Macro-prudential and regulatory risks.

Managing risk

 

The continued growth in our business in the first half of 2011 was achieved while ensuring risks were assumed in a measured manner and in line with our risk appetite.

Balance sheet assets grew by 10% compared with the end of 2010, while our credit risk-weighted assets increased by 6% during the period.

During the first six months of 2011 financial markets were dominated by concerns over sovereign debt default risk and its contagion effects, Middle East turmoil, and the perception that the world economic recovery remained fragile. This created volatility in financial markets, and inflationary pressures affected emerging markets. Within an ever-changing economic and financial environment, we maintained our conservative risk profile by reducing exposure to the most likely areas of stress. Stress tests are run regularly to evaluate the potential impact of emerging scenarios. Where applicable and necessary we have adjusted our risk appetite.

We continued to manage selectively our exposure to sovereign debt, with the overall quality of the portfolio remaining strong. We regularly updated our assessment of higher risk countries and adjusted our risk appetite and exposures to reflect the updates.

The diversification of our lending portfolio across the regions, together with our broad range of customer groups and products, ensured that we were not overly dependent on a few countries or markets to generate income and growth. Our geographical diversification also supported our strategies for growth in faster-growing markets and those with international connectivity.

We continued to increase lending in all regions except North America. All regions experienced an improvement in loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions as we reduced our portfolio risk and improved collections. On a constant currency basis, in the first half of 2011 our loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions fell by 32% compared with the first half of 2010, to US$5.3bn. The US accounted for a significant proportion of the decline due to lower lending balances in the run-off Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios and in the Card and Retail Services portfolio, combined with lower delinquencies.

 

LOGO    For details of HSBC’s policies and practices regarding risk management and governance see the Appendix to Risk on page 148.
 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Capital and liquidity

Preserving our strong capital position has long been, and will remain, a key priority for HSBC. We are well equipped to respond to the capital requirements imposed by Basel III, which are discussed further on page 162, and to sustain future growth. We utilise an enterprise-wide approach to testing the sensitivities of our capital plans against a number of scenarios; our approach to scenario stress testing analysis is discussed on page 148.

We continue to maintain a very strong liquidity position and are well positioned for the emerging new regulatory landscape.

Challenges and uncertainties

 

The top and emerging risks identified through our risk management processes and outlined on page 9 give rise to challenges and uncertainties as we carry out our activities. These are considered in further detail below.

Challenges to our business operations

 

  Challenges to our operating model in an economic downturn (in developed countries) and rapid growth (in emerging markets)

  Internet crime and fraud

Economic volatility heightens the degree of operational risk that we face.

We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including fraudulent and criminal activities, in particular a growing threat from internet crime. We also face breakdowns in processes or procedures and systems failure or unavailability and are subject to the risk of disruption to our business arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control such as natural disasters, acts of terrorism, epidemics and transport or utility failures. These may give rise to losses in service to customers and/or economic loss to HSBC. All of these risks also apply when we rely on external suppliers or vendors to provide services to us and our customers.

Challenges to our governance and internal control systems

 

  Level of change creating operational complexity

  Information security risk

The global financial services industry is facing several changes which increase the complexity of carrying out business.

The reliability and security of our information and technology infrastructure and customer databases and their ability, for example, to combat internet fraud are crucial to maintaining our banking applications and processes and to protecting the HSBC brand. Critical system failure, any prolonged loss of service availability or any material breach of data security, particularly involving confidential customer data, could cause serious damage to our ability to serve our clients, breach regulations under which we operate and cause long-term damage to our business and brand. Information security and the management of an increasingly complex operating infrastructure remain two of the key emerging operational risks that we face.

Macro-economic and geopolitical

 

  Eurozone crisis, US deficit and elevated risk from potential overheating economies in emerging markets

  Increased geopolitical risk in the Middle East and North Africa region

Prevailing economic and market conditions may adversely affect our results

Our earnings are affected by global and local economic and market conditions. Following the problems experienced in financial markets in 2007-8, concerted government action paved the way for a general improvement in the economic environment, though recovery was variable between regions. The peripheral eurozone economies came under increasing pressure in the first half of 2011, the dominant concern being over the sustainability of their sovereign debt. In the US, the large budget deficit, growing government indebtedness and failure to increase the Federal debt ceiling are generating concerns about the impact this will have on the US, the global economy and the financial services sector.

With unemployment remaining high and consumer confidence weak in developed markets, and amid signs of inflationary pressures in emerging markets, economic conditions remain fragile and volatile. Most emerging markets are growing rapidly but sluggish global demand and efficient monetary tightening should help in controlling imbalances. Moreover, domestic demand in many major emerging markets grew strongly, contributing to an output gap and reducing the risk of overheating. The global economy will remain volatile and subject to

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

shocks and this could have an adverse effect on our results. In particular, we may face the following challenges to our operations and operating model in connection with these events:

 

 

the demand for borrowing from creditworthy customers may diminish if economic activity slows or remains subdued;

 

 

the elevated risk of overheating economies in emerging markets in recent years is giving rise to concerns that asset and credit bubbles may be created, leading to volatility and losses;

 

 

European banks may come under stress if the sovereign debt crisis in the region increases the need to recapitalise parts of the sector;

 

 

trade and capital flows may contract as a result of protectionist measures being introduced in certain markets or on the emergence of geopolitical risks;

 

 

a prolonged period of modest interest rates will constrain, for example, through margin compression and low returns on assets, the interest income we earn on our excess deposits;

 

 

our ability to borrow from other financial institutions or to engage in funding transactions may be adversely affected by market disruption, for example in the event of contagion from stress in the eurozone sovereign and financial sectors; and

 

 

market developments may depress consumer and business confidence. If growth in the US or the UK remains subdued, for example, asset prices and payment patterns may be adversely affected, leading to increases in delinquencies and default rates, write-offs and loan impairment charges beyond our expectations.

We are subject to political and economic risks in the countries in which we operate

We continue to manage carefully our response to the aftermath of the financial crisis, events in the Middle East and the sovereign debt problems within the eurozone. During the first half of the year, we also played a positive role in maintaining credit and liquidity supply.

As an organisation which operates in 87 countries and territories, however, our results are subject to the risk of loss from unfavourable political developments, currency fluctuations, social instability and changes in government policies on such matters as expropriation, authorisations, international ownership, interest-rate caps, foreign exchange transferability and tax in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

The ability of our subsidiaries and affiliates to pay dividends could be restricted by changes in official banking measures, exchange controls and other requirements. We present our consolidated financial statements in US dollars but, because a portion of our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in other currencies, changes in foreign exchange rates affect our reported income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity.

Macro-prudential and regulatory

 

  Regulatory and legislative requirements affecting conduct of business

  Regulatory change impacting our business model and Group profitability

We face a number of challenges in regulation and supervision

Financial services providers face increasingly stringent and costly regulatory and supervisory requirements, particularly in the areas of capital and liquidity management, the conduct of business, the structure of our operations and the integrity of financial services delivery. Increased government intervention and control over financial institutions, together with measures to reduce systemic risk, may significantly alter the competitive landscape. These measures may be introduced as formal requirements in a super-equivalent manner and to differing timetables across regulatory regimes. This may result in Group and some of our operating entities in effect having to implement requirements ahead of some of its international peers and be potentially placed at a competitive disadvantage as a result.

In relation to capital management the FSA supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis, as well as HSBC Bank directly. This is explained on page 158.

Prudential measures aimed at increasing resilience in the financial system

In July 2011, the European Commission published proposals to implement the Basel III capital and liquidity standards within Europe. The proposals which consist of a new Regulation and a Directive, collectively known as ‘CRD IV’, will incorporate the current Capital Requirements Directive including changes already introduced to increase weightings risk for the trading book and for re-securitisations (due to take effect from 31 December 2011), and new risk-based remuneration rules. The measures are subject to agreement by EU member state governments and the European Parliament, a process that could take 12-18 months.

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

New elements of CRD IV include:

 

 

Quality of capital: a further strengthening and harmonisation of the criteria for eligibility of capital instruments with an emphasis on common equity as the principal component of tier 1 capital, a minimum common equity requirement of 4.5% and increased deductions from shareholders’ equity to determine the level of regulatory capital. The new minimum requirements for common equity tier 1 and tier 1 capital are to be implemented gradually between 2013 and 2015. The new prudential adjustments are also to be introduced gradually, at a rate of 20% per annum from 2014, reaching 100% in 2018, with grandfathering of certain capital instruments over a 10-year period.

 

 

Capital buffers: proposals comprise a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets to be built up during periods of economic growth, aimed at ensuring the capacity to absorb losses in stressed periods that may span a number of years; and a countercyclical capital buffer of up to an additional 2.5% to be built up in periods in which credit growth exceeds GDP growth. Capital buffers would be composed of tier 1 common equity. Banks whose capital falls below the buffers would be subject to restrictions on the distribution of profits, payments on non-equity capital instruments and the award of variable remuneration and discretionary pension benefits. It is not yet clear how these buffers may operate in practice and there is some doubt whether either supervisors or the market would support the release of a buffer as the economic cycle turns.

 

 

Counterparty credit risk: requirements for managing and capitalising counterparty credit risk are to be strengthened, with an additional capital charge for potential losses associated with the deterioration in the creditworthiness of individual counterparties.

 

 

Leverage: the Commission proposes to introduce a non-risk based leverage ratio, not as a binding prudential requirement but as an instrument for supervisory review (pillar 2). The implications of this ratio will be monitored prior to it potentially becoming a directly applicable prudential (pillar 1) requirement from 2018.

 

 

Liquidity and funding: a new minimum standard, the liquidity coverage ratio, designed to improve the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile, will be introduced after an observation and review period in 2015. To address funding problems arising from asset-

   

liability maturity mismatches, the European Commission will consider proposing a net stable funding ratio after an observation and review period in 2018.

 

 

Single rule book: the proposal harmonises divergent national supervisory approaches by removing options and discretions.

 

 

Enhanced governance: new rules aim to increase the effectiveness of risk oversight by boards, improve the status of the risk management function and ensure effective monitoring by supervisors of risk governance.

 

 

Sanctions: supervisors will be able to apply sanctions where prudential requirements are breached, such as imposing administrative fines of up to 10% of a bank’s annual turnover, or temporary bans on members of a bank’s management committee.

 

 

Enhanced supervision: supervisors will be required to ensure the annual preparation of a supervisory programme for each supervised bank on the basis of a risk assessment; greater and more systematic use of on-site supervisory examinations; more robust standards; and more intrusive and forward-looking supervisory assessments.

The Financial Stability Board and the Basel Committee are currently consulting on an approach to define Global Systemically Important Financial Institutions (‘G-SIFI’s), introduce more rigorous oversight and co-ordinated assessment of their risks through international supervisory colleges, provide for higher levels of capital and liquidity resilience, and require mandatory recovery and resolution plans with institution-specific crisis co-operation agreements between cross-border crisis management groups. Final recommendations will be submitted to the G20 group of countries in November 2011.

The European Commission is expected to introduce legislative proposals before the end of 2011 which will establish a cross-border crisis management framework encompassing recovery and resolution planning; early intervention tools; resolution tools including bridge banks, asset transfers and bail-in; resolution funds; and the conditions under which resolution will be applied.

A strong capital position has long been, and will remain, a key priority for HSBC.

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Other measures

 

 

Taxation of the financial sector: the European Commission is actively considering specific taxes for the financial sector following a consultation in the first three months of 2011.

 

 

Bank levy: legislation in respect of the UK bank levy was substantively enacted on 5 July 2011, after the balance sheet date. We estimate that the cost of the UK bank levy will be approximately US$600m for the full year 2011. No charge for the UK bank levy has been recognised in the first half of 2011. Other countries, including France, Germany and South Korea have also introduced bank levies. These do not have the same global basis as the UK bank levy and do not have a material impact on the Group at present.

 

 

Deposit Guarantee Schemes Directive: new EU rules, currently in negotiation, propose that deposit guarantee schemes will be required to pre-fund a percentage of covered deposits after a transitional period of 15 years. The final agreed level of pre-funding is likely to be in the 0.5-1.5% range.

 

 

The ‘Volcker Rule’: the rulemaking to implement those provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act limiting the ability of banking organisations with operations in the US to sponsor or invest in private equity or hedge funds and engage in certain types of ‘proprietary trading’ in the US, is ongoing. It is expected that there will be a number of exceptions allowing an entity significant leeway to engage in client-serving trading, such as market-making and underwriting, and risk-mitigating hedging activities.

 

 

Derivatives and central counterparties regulation: Measures have been introduced to give effect to the G20 commitments designed to reduce systemic risk and volatility relating to derivatives trading. The G20 agreed that all standardised over-the-counter (‘OTC’) derivatives were to be exchange traded where appropriate, reported to trade repositories and centrally cleared by the end of 2012. Higher capital requirements (under Basel III) will be imposed for bilateral (uncleared) transactions to incentivise use of clearing. In the US, rulemaking by the authorities is underway to implement the Dodd-Frank Act. The Act provides an extensive regulatory framework for OTC derivatives in addition to the mandatory clearing, exchange trading and reporting of certain swaps and security-based swaps. On

   

14 June 2011, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission unanimously voted to delay aspects of the Act that were scheduled to take effect on 16 July 2011 until as late as 31 December 2011. These include defining a swap trade, clearing exemptions for companies that use swaps to hedge everyday business risks, real-time reporting of derivatives trades, and capital and margin requirements for trades. The EU Commission proposals on central clearing and reporting of OTC derivatives launched in September 2010 are currently under negotiation. Exemptions for foreign exchange swaps and forwards have been proposed in the US and are currently being considered in the EU.

 

 

Retail Distribution Review: In 2006, the FSA initiated a fundamental review of how retail investment products are distributed in the market. In March 2010, it published rules with which firms must comply by January 2013. The rules introduce a system of ‘adviser charging’, requiring firms providing investment advice to set their own charges and to agree them with customers. They also ban product providers from offering commission.

 

 

Markets in financial instruments: the European Commission has conducted a major review of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive and formal legislative proposals are expected during 2011. These potentially extend its scope beyond equities to other asset classes including bonds, exchange-traded funds and other equity-like and non-equity instruments, and promotes their trading on exchanges and other markets that will be subject to regulation. It also proposes giving additional powers to regulators to ban trading in products that are eligible to be cleared but for which no clearing arrangements are currently available.

 

 

The UK Independent Commission on Banking (‘ICB’) published its Interim Report on 11 April 2011. The Commission’s reform proposals could have wide ranging implications for the structure of the UK banking industry. In particular, the Commission is considering, inter alia, whether a separation of the retail and investment banking operations, through the creation of a ring-fenced retail bank, could make banks more stable. The Commission is further considering whether the ring-fenced retail bank should be required to have a ratio of, at least, 10% equity capital to risk-weighted assets calculated under the Basel III agreement, together with a level of loss-absorbent (bail-inable) debt. Were separation required,

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

   

given the current legal frameworks, it is most likely that the ring-fenced retail bank would be spun-out from the existing UK incorporated universal bank.

We maintain that HSBC’s existing model of universal banking, protected by geographic ‘ring-fencing’ through subsidiarisation, is already achieving the main goals pursued by the ICB. However, while the Commission will not publish its final recommendations until September 2011, there is a strong possibility that it could recommend changes to the UK banking sector which may require us to make major changes to HSBC’s corporate structure and business activities conducted in the UK through our major banking subsidiary, HSBC Bank plc. These changes would take an extended period to implement with a significant impact on costs to both implement the changes and run the ongoing operations as restructured. The nature, impact and timing of any such changes remains unclear, as is the effect of changes on the ratings afforded to the debt of HSBC Bank plc, which would be the most affected subsidiary.

The Chancellor of the Exchequer has indicated that the UK Government endorses in principle the proposals for bail-inable debt and the ring-fencing of retail banking operations, but the Government is not bound to adopt the Commission’s recommendations.

 

 

Accounting standards: in working towards convergence to a single set of high-quality, global, independent accounting standards, the IASB has issued five significant new and revised accounting standards in 2011 and is continuing to work on projects on financial instruments, insurance, leasing and revenue recognition. The new and revised accounting standards, including IFRS 9 on the classification and measurement of financial instruments, are yet to be endorsed by the EU. These standards represent substantial accounting changes which will require implementation from 2013 and over which there remains uncertainty about the content and timing of the final requirements as well as EU endorsement. In the event of non-endorsement by the EU, this would result in additional reporting costs in order to produce two sets of financial statements in order to meet SEC requirements to comply with IFRSs as issued by the IASB and UK legal requirements to comply with EU-endorsed IFRSs.

Implementation risks

Both the current regulatory environment and the extensive programme of regulatory change carry significant implementation risks for authorities and industry participants alike, including:

 

 

disparities in implementation: many official measures are proposals in development and negotiation, and have yet to be enacted into regional and national legislation. Linked to this, some regulators are adopting or considering changes in applying existing rules relating to capital requirements. These processes could result in differing, fragmented and overlapping implementation around the world, leading to risks of regulatory arbitrage, a far from level competitive playing-field and increased compliance costs (including the risks of disparate capital requirements and differences in timing for new measures or changes), especially for global financial institutions such as HSBC. This could also affect our business model and profitability.

 

 

timetable and market expectations: while the Basel Committee has announced the timetable for its core proposals in Basel III, it remains uncertain how these and other measures will play out in practice, for instance with regard to differences in approach between Basel III and the Dodd-Frank Act in the US. Meanwhile, market expectations will exert pressure on institutions to assess and effect compliance well in advance of official timetables.

 

 

wider economic impact and unforeseen consequences: while the conclusions of official and industry studies have diverged, the measures proposed and other changes that may be made will clearly impact on financial and economic activity in ways that cannot yet be clearly foreseen. For example, higher capital requirements may seriously restrict the availability of funds for lending to support economic recovery.

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Credit risk

 

 

Credit risk in the first half of 2011

     89   

Credit exposure

     90   

Areas of special interest

     98   

Credit quality of financial instruments

     110   

Impairment of loans and advances

     115   

Securitisation exposures and other structured products

     121   

Risk elements in the loan portfolio

     132a   

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet a payment obligation under a contract. It arises principally from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from off-balance sheet products such as guarantees and derivatives, and from the Group’s holdings of debt and other securities. Credit risk generates the largest regulatory capital requirement of the risks we incur.

 

 

 

There have been no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of credit risk as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

• Total gross loans and advances increased by 8% to US$1,283bn primarily due to growth in Asia.

 

• Impairment allowances decreased by 7% largely from the continued run-off of the Customer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios in North America.

 

LOGO    A summary of our current policies and practices regarding credit risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 148.

Credit risk in the first half of 2011

Exposure, impairment allowances and charges

 

   

At

30 Jun

2011

US$bn

       

At

30 Jun

2010

US$bn

       

At

31 Dec

2010

US$bn

 

Total gross loans and advances (A)

    1,282.8          1,111.8          1,186.9   

Impairment allowances

    18.9          22.2          20.2   

– as a percentage of A

    1.47       2.00       1.70

Impairment charges

    5.0          7.2          6.3   

 

Loss experience

 

  

    Half-year to  
   

   30 Jun

2011

US$m

       

   30 Jun

2010

US$m

       

 31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

    5,266          7,523          6,516   
                           
    %         %         %  

RBWM

    81          84          76   

GB&M

    6          7          7   

CMB

    12          9          17   

Other

    1                     
                           
    100          100          100   
                           

In the first half of 2011, the Group increased its maximum exposure to credit risk, mainly from growth in gross loans and advances to customers and a rise in trading assets. Gross loans and advances increased by 8% from 31 December 2010, mainly in corporate and commercial lending, reflecting continued growth in trade and business activity in Asia.

On a constant currency basis, corporate and commercial lending increased by 7% from 31 December 2010 to US$491bn and was the Group’s largest lending category at 47% of gross loans and advances to customers. Despite this strong growth, loan impairment charges in CMB and GB&M declined compared with the first half of 2010.

On a constant currency basis, the Group’s personal lending was US$439bn at 30 June 2011, reflecting a small increase compared with 31 December 2010 as growth in mortgage lending, particularly in the UK and Hong Kong, where lending remained well secured, was partly offset by the continued run-off of the Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios in the US. Personal lending balances in the US declined by 7% from 31 December 2010 to US$102bn as balances in our run-off portfolios continued to diminish, although in the first half the rate of reduction was adversely

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

affected by the temporary suspension of foreclosure activity.

In the first half of 2011 the eurozone demonstrated signs of economic recovery, though there were regular periods of significant market volatility related to a number of sovereigns, notably Greece, Ireland, Portugal, Italy and Spain. We continued to closely monitor our exposure to sovereign debt during the first half of 2011. At 30 June 2011, our on-balance sheet exposure to the sovereign and agency debt of Greece, Ireland, Portugal, Italy and Spain was US$8.2bn. During the first half of 2011, an impairment charge of US$105m was recognised in respect of Greek sovereign and agency exposures classified as available for sale.

Overall credit quality improved during the first half of 2011. Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were US$5.3bn, 32% lower than in the first half of 2010, with 65% of the overall decline attributable to RBWM in North America. In addition, both loan impairment allowances and impaired loans declined at 30 June 2011 compared with the end of 2010, mainly reflecting the continued run-off of the Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios and the reduction in balances in the Card and Retail Services portfolios.

For securitisation exposures and structured products the financial impact of the recent market disruption remained modest with net write-downs to the income statement of US$0.2bn (first half of 2010: US$0.1bn net write-backs) and a reduction in the available-for-sale ABSs reserve deficit of US$1.6bn to US$4.8bn.

Credit exposure

Maximum exposure to credit risk

Our credit exposure is spread across a broad range of asset classes, including derivatives, trading assets, loans and advances to customers, loans and advances to banks and financial investments. In the first half of 2011, our exposure to credit risk remained well diversified across asset classes. While we increased our overall exposure to credit risk in the period, the balance of exposure has remained broadly stable.

Our exposure to corporate and commercial lending also increased, mainly in Asia reflecting strong growth in trade and business activity. Exposure to personal lending remained significant as we grew mortgage lending balances, notably in the UK and Hong Kong where our portfolios are well secured. This growth partly offset the decline in the US reflecting the continued run-off of selected

portfolios. For further commentary on personal lending, see ‘Areas of special interest – personal lending’ on page 101.

In the first half of 2011, we increased our exposure to trading assets. Our holdings of debt securities rose reflecting our role as primary market-maker, as well as increased customer demand for government and government agency debt securities. In addition, settlement accounts, which vary in proportion to levels of trading activity, grew significantly, while our reverse repo exposure also rose reflecting increased client trading and the development of repo products.

Loss experience continued to be concentrated in the personal lending portfolios, with some 81% of our loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions reported in RBWM, the majority of which related to US personal lending.

The table on page 92 presents the maximum exposure to credit risk from balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments, before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements (unless such credit enhancements meet accounting offsetting requirements). For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount; for financial guarantees and similar contracts granted, it is the maximum amount that we would have to pay if the guarantees were called upon. For loan commitments and other credit-related commitments that are irrevocable over the life of the respective facilities, it is generally the full amount of the committed facilities.

Collateral and other credit enhancements

The nature of collateral held against financial instruments presented in the ‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table on page 92 is described in the Appendix to Risk on page 149.

Offsets

Loans and advances

The loans and advances offset adjustment in the table on page 92 primarily relates to customer loans and deposits, and balances arising from repo and reverse repo transactions. The offset relates to balances where there is a legally enforceable right of offset in the event of counterparty default and where, as a result, there is a net exposure for credit risk management purposes. However, as there is no intention to settle these balances on a net basis under normal circumstances, they do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes.

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Derivatives

The derivative offset amount in the table overleaf relates to exposures where the counterparty has an offsetting derivative exposure with HSBC, a master netting arrangement is in place and the credit risk exposure is managed on a net basis, or the position is specifically collateralised, normally in the form of cash. At 30 June 2011, the total amount of such offsets was US$208.5bn (30 June 2010: US$219.2bn; 31 December 2010: US$197.5bn), of which US$188.2bn (30 June 2010: US$198.5bn; 31 December 2010: US$178.3bn) were offsets under a master netting arrangement, US$20.1bn (30 June 2010: US$20.5bn; 31 December 2010: US$19.0bn) was collateral received in cash and US$0.2bn (30 June 2010: US$0.2bn; 31 December 2010: US$0.2bn) was other collateral. These amounts do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes, as settlement may not actually be made on a net basis.

Concentration of exposure

Concentrations of credit risk are described in the Appendix to Risk on page 149.

Securities held for trading

Total securities held for trading within trading assets were US$269bn at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: US$244bn; 31 December 2010: US$235bn). The largest concentration of these assets was to government and government agency securities. A detailed analysis of securities held for trading is set out in Note 7 on the Financial Statements and an analysis of credit quality is provided on page 111.

Debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills

Our holdings of corporate debt, ABSs and other securities were spread across a wide range of issuers and geographical regions, with 24% invested in securities issued by banks and other financial institutions. A more detailed analysis of financial investments is set out in Note 13 on the Financial Statements and an analysis by credit quality is provided on page 111.

At 30 June 2011, our insurance businesses held diversified portfolios of debt and equity securities designated at fair value of US$31bn (30 June 2010: US$23bn; 31 December 2010: US$28bn) and debt securities classified as financial investments of US$42bn (30 June 2010: US$36bn; 31 December 2010: US$38bn). A more detailed analysis of securities held by the insurance businesses is set out on page 142.

Derivatives

On a reported basis, derivative assets at 30 June 2011 were US$261bn, in line with 31 December 2010. Our single largest exposure was to interest rate derivatives, and this balance was largely unchanged compared with the end of 2010, as a small increase in gross exposure, driven by an increased notional value of outstanding contracts, was offset by higher netting from increased trading with clearing houses.

Loans and advances

On a reported basis, gross loans and advances to customers (excluding the financial sector) at 30 June 2011 increased by US$60bn or 7% from 31 December 2010. On a constant currency basis the increase was 4%. The rise was primarily due to strong growth in Asia and Europe.

Summary of gross loans and advances to customers

LOGO

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis:

Personal lending of US$439bn in the first half of 2011 was slightly higher than at 31 December 2010 as growth in residential mortgage lending was substantially offset by lower other personal lending balances. Personal lending represented 42% of our total lending to customers. At US$282bn, residential mortgage lending constituted the Group’s largest concentration in a single exposure type, the most significant balances being in the UK, the US and Hong Kong.

Corporate and commercial lending was 47% of gross lending to customers at 30 June 2011, comprising our largest lending category. Commercial, industrial and international trade was the biggest portion of this category, increasing by 11% compared with 31 December 2010 as business and trade activity, particularly in Asia, grew. Commercial real estate lending, which represented 7% of total gross lending to customers, was broadly in line with 31 December 2010.

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Maximum exposure to credit risk

 

    At 30 June 2011         At 30 June 2010         At 31 December 2010  
   

Maximum

exposure

        Offset         Exposure
to credit
risk (net)
        Maximum
exposure
        Offset         Exposure
to credit
risk (net)
        Maximum
exposure
        Offset         Exposure
to credit
risk (net)
 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Cash and balances at central banks

    68,218                   68,218          71,576                   71,576          57,383                   57,383   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

    15,058                   15,058          11,195                   11,195          6,072                   6,072   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

    19,745                   19,745          18,364                   18,364          19,057                   19,057   

Trading assets

    438,232          (10,491       427,741          376,440          (17,890       358,550          343,966          (4,189       339,777   

Treasury and other eligible bills

    23,899                   23,899          22,236                   22,236          25,620                   25,620   

Debt securities

    208,805                   208,805          194,390                   194,390          168,268                   168,268   

Loans and advances:

                                                   

– to banks

    100,134                   100,134          77,434                   77,434          70,456                   70,456   

– to customers

    105,394          (10,491       94,903          82,380          (17,890       64,490          79,622          (4,189       75,433   

Financial assets designated at fair value

    19,977                   19,977          18,350                   18,350          19,593                   19,593   

Treasury and other eligible bills

    207                   207          249                   249          159                   159   

Debt securities

    18,496                   18,496          16,153                   16,153          18,248                   18,248   

Loans and advances:

                                                 

– to banks

    355                   355          1,149                   1,149          315                   315   

– to customers

    919                   919          799                   799          871                   871   

Derivatives

    260,672          (208,471       52,201          288,279          (219,180       69,099          260,757          (197,501       63,256   

Loans and advances held at amortised cost:

    1,263,931          (103,876       1,160,055          1,089,633          (89,301       1,000,332          1,166,637          (91,966       1,074,671   

– to banks

    226,043          (3,173       222,870          196,296          (330       195,966          208,271          (3,099       205,172   

– to customers

    1,037,888          (100,703       937,185          893,337          (88,971       804,366          958,366          (88,867       869,499   

Financial investments

    408,650                   408,650          376,642                   376,642          392,772                   392,772   

Treasury and other similar bills

    61,664                   61,664          61,275                   61,275          57,129                   57,129   

Debt securities

    346,986                   346,986          315,367                   315,367          335,643                   335,643   

Other assets

    36,789          (3       36,786          30,643          (15       30,628          30,371          (29       30,342   

Endorsements and acceptances

    11,338          (3       11,335          9,573          (15       9,558          10,116          (29       10,087   

Other

    25,451                   25,451          21,070                   21,070          20,255                   20,255   

Financial guarantees and similar contracts

    52,232                   52,232          46,120                   46,120          49,436                   49,436   

Loan and other credit-related commitments1

    660,175                          –          660,175          548,710                          –          548,710          602,513                          –          602,513   
                                                                                       
      3,243,679          (322,841         2,920,838            2,875,952          (326,386         2,549,566            2,948,557          (293,685         2,654,872   
                                                                                       

For footnote, see page 146.

 

In the financial category, our largest exposure was to non-bank financial institutions which increased by 13% to US$118bn; this mainly comprised secured lending on trading accounts, mainly reverse-repo facilities.

Loans and advances to banks were widely distributed across major institutions in the first half of 2011 and increased by 5% as placements with commercial and central banks rose, particularly in

Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific.

The following tables analyse loans by industry sector and by the location of the principal operations of the lending subsidiary or, in the case of the operations of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, HSBC Bank, HSBC Bank Middle East and HSBC Bank USA, by the location of the lending branch.

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Gross loans and advances by industry sector

 

   

At

31 December

2010

       

Currency

effect

        Movement        

At

30 June

2011

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Personal

    425,320          8,471          5,559          439,350   

Residential mortgages2

    268,681          5,579          7,831          282,091   

Other personal3

    156,639          2,892          (2,272       157,259   

Corporate and commercial

    445,512          11,993          33,842          491,347   

Commercial, industrial and international trade

    237,694          6,458          26,457          270,609   

Commercial real estate

    71,880          1,995          (543       73,332   

Other property-related

    34,838          403          1,816          37,057   

Government

    8,594          187          644          9,425   

Other commercial4

    92,506          2,950          5,468          100,924   

Financial

    101,725          4,347          14,187          120,259   

Non-bank financial institutions

    100,163          4,311          13,482          117,956   

Settlement accounts

    1,562          36          705          2,303   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

    5,892          164          (392       5,664   
                                     

Total gross loans and advances to customers (‘TGLAC’)5

    978,449          24,975          53,196          1,056,620   

Gross loans and advances to banks

    208,429          7,329          10,447          226,205   
                                     

Total gross loans and advances

    1,186,878                   32,304                   63,643              1,282,825   
                                     

Impaired loans and advances to customers

    28,091          594          (2,703       25,982   

– as a percentage of TGLAC

    2.9               2.5

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers

    20,083          356          (1,707       18,732   

– as a percentage of TGLAC

    2.1               1.8

Charge for impairment losses to 30 June 2010

    7,234          (772       (1,489       4,973   

New allowances net of allowance releases

    7,687          (818       (1,166       5,703   

Recoveries

    (453       46          (323       (730

For footnotes, see page 146.

Gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region

 

    Gross loans and advances to customers  
    Europe        

Hong

Kong

       

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

        MENA         North
America
        Latin
America
        Total        

As a %

of total
gross

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         loans  

At 30 June 2011

                             

Personal

    172,383          61,704          44,300          5,196          131,676          24,091          439,350          41.6   

Residential mortgages2

    119,993          45,496          32,224          1,791          76,690          5,897          282,091          26.7   

Other personal3

    52,390          16,208          12,076          3,405          54,986          18,194          157,259          14.9   

Corporate and commercial

    221,361          94,566          74,726          20,786          38,761          41,147          491,347          46.5   

Commercial, industrial and international trade

    125,668          42,587          46,128          12,316          16,766          27,144          270,609          25.6   

Commercial real estate

    31,066          20,379          9,728          1,037          7,673          3,449          73,332          6.9   

Other property-related

    7,189          16,097          5,643          1,897          5,391          840          37,057          3.5   

Government

    2,126          3,252          430          1,251          311          2,055          9,425          0.9   

Other commercial4

    55,312          12,251          12,797          4,285          8,620          7,659          100,924          9.6   

Financial

    92,799          3,673          3,231          1,281          16,563          2,712          120,259          11.4   

Non-bank financial institutions

    91,636          3,042          2,794          1,267          16,563          2,654          117,956          11.2   

Settlement accounts

    1,163          631          437          14                   58          2,303          0.2   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

    5,120                                     544                   5,664          0.5   
                                                                             

TGLAC5

           491,663                 159,943                 122,257                   27,263                  187,544                   67,950              1,056,620                     100.0   
                                                                             

Percentage of TGLAC by geographical region

    46.6       15.1       11.6       2.6       17.7       6.4       100.0    

Impaired loans

    10,202          510          1,208          2,195          9,346          2,521          25,982       

– as a percentage of TGLAC

    2.1       0.3       1.0       8.1       5.0       3.7       2.5    

Total impairment allowances

    5,332          573          828          1,569          8,282          2,148          18,732       

– as a percentage of TGLAC

    1.1       0.4       0.7       5.8       4.4       3.2       1.8    

 

 

93


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

    Gross loans and advances to customers  
    Europe        

Hong

Kong

       

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific

        MENA         North
America
        Latin
America
        Total        

As a %

of total
gross

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         loans  

At 30 June 2010

                             

Personal

    150,801          50,734          33,637          5,763          148,869          20,248          410,052          44.8   

Residential mortgages2

    103,485          37,394          23,289          1,789          81,811          5,080          252,848          27.6   

Other personal3

    47,316          13,340          10,348          3,974          67,058          15,168          157,204          17.2   

Corporate and commercial

    186,547          60,728          56,394          17,670          39,021          28,230          388,590          42.4   

Commercial, industrial and international trade

    100,043          23,363          35,051          9,952          13,406          18,043          199,858          21.8   

Commercial real estate

    29,723          16,722          7,153          1,044          9,874          2,457          66,973          7.3   

Other property-related

    5,571          12,179          4,186          1,751          9,220          578          33,485          3.7   

Government

    1,664          357          660          1,533          406          1,774          6,394          0.7   

Other commercial4

    49,546          8,107          9,344          3,390          6,115          5,378          81,880          8.9   

Financial

    70,520          3,344          2,497          1,548          30,179          2,468          110,556          12.1   

Non-bank financial institutions

    69,909          2,523          2,196          1,539          29,845          2,390          108,402          11.9   

Settlement accounts

    611          821          301          9          334          78          2,154          0.2   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

    5,193                                     979                   6,172          0.7   
                                                                             

TGLAC5

    413,061          114,806          92,528          24,981          219,048          50,946          915,370          100.0   
                                                                             

Percentage of TGLAC by geographical region

    45.1       12.6       10.1       2.7       23.9       5.6       100.0    

Impaired loans

    10,257          814          1,146          1,978          11,119          2,573          27,887       

– as a percentage of TGLAC

    2.5       0.7       1.2       7.9       5.1       5.1       3.0    

Total impairment allowances

    5,835          731          856          1,587          10,907          2,117          22,033       

– as a percentage of TGLAC

    1.4       0.6       0.9       6.4       5.0       4.2       2.4    

At 31 December 2010

                             

Personal

    161,717          57,308          40,184          5,371          139,117          21,623          425,320          43.4   

Residential mortgages2

    111,618          42,488          28,724          1,751          78,842          5,258          268,681          27.4   

Other personal3

    50,099          14,820          11,460          3,620          60,275          16,365          156,639          16.0   

Corporate and commercial6

    203,804          80,823          67,247          19,560          38,707          35,371          445,512          45.6   

Commercial, industrial and international trade

    111,980          33,451          41,274          11,173          16,737          23,079          237,694          24.3   

Commercial real estate

    30,629          19,678          8,732          1,085          8,768          2,988          71,880          7.3   

Other property-related

    6,401          15,232          5,426          1,785          5,109          885          34,838          3.6   

Government

    2,289          2,339          415          1,345          89          2,117          8,594          0.9   

Other commercial4

    52,505          10,123          11,400          4,172          8,004          6,302          92,506          9.5   

Financial

    70,725          3,189          2,259          1,347          21,202          3,003          101,725          10.4   

Non-bank financial institutions

    70,019          2,824          2,058          1,335          21,109          2,818          100,163          10.2   

Settlement accounts

    706          365          201          12          93          185          1,562          0.2   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

    5,216                                     676                   5,892          0.6   
                                                                             

TGLAC5

           441,462                 141,320                 109,690                   26,278                 199,702                   59,997                 978,449                     100.0   
                                                                             

Percentage of TGLAC by geographical region

    45.2       14.4       11.2       2.7       20.4       6.1       100.0    

Impaired loans

    10,557          660          1,324          2,433          10,727          2,390          28,091       

– as a percentage of TGLAC

    2.4       0.5       1.2       9.3       5.4       4.0       2.9    

Total impairment allowances

    5,663          629          959          1,652          9,170          2,010          20,083       

– as a percentage of TGLAC

    1.3       0.4       0.9       6.3       4.6       3.4       2.1    

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

 

94


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Gross loans and advances to customers by country

 

    

      Residential

mortgages
US$m

         Other
          personal
US$m
                  Property-
related
US$m
        

Commercial,
international
trade and other

US$m

        

Total

           US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

                      

Europe

     119,993           52,390           38,255           281,025           491,663   
                                                    

UK

     110,768           25,666           26,486           189,926           352,846   

France

     3,864           10,233           9,316           66,192           89,605   

Germany

     11           339           51           4,929           5,330   

Malta

     1,850           645           585           1,740           4,820   

Switzerland

     1,502           12,043           165           2,250           15,960   

Turkey

     858           3,053           253           3,799           7,963   

Other

     1,140           411           1,399           12,189           15,139   
                                                    

 

Hong Kong

     45,496           16,208           36,476           61,763           159,943   

 

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     32,224           12,076           15,371           62,586           122,257   
                                                    

Australia

     9,418           1,384           2,375           5,192           18,369   

India

     949           446           732           3,989           6,116   

Indonesia

     84           511           112           4,283           4,990   

Japan

     244           193           1,163           1,922           3,522   

Mainland China

     2,441           307           4,332           14,115           21,195   

Malaysia

     4,158           2,125           1,344           6,289           13,916   

Singapore

     7,799           4,035           3,700           9,155           24,689   

South Korea

     2,312           205           96           3,015           5,628   

Taiwan

     3,261           578           129           3,997           7,965   

Vietnam

     45           211           78           1,457           1,791   

Other

     1,513           2,081           1,310           9,172           14,076   
                                                    

 

Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     1,791           3,405           2,934           19,133           27,263   
                                                    

Egypt

     3           407           135           2,644           3,189   

Qatar

     9           455           417           1,323           2,204   

UAE

     1,500           1,915           1,451           11,386           16,252   

Other

     279           628           931           3,780           5,618   
                                                    

 

North America

     76,690           54,986           13,064           42,804           187,544   
                                                    

US

     55,118           46,396           7,865           26,443           135,822   

Canada

     19,824           8,095           4,674           15,864           48,457   

Bermuda

     1,748           495           525           497           3,265   
                                                    

 

Latin America

     5,897           18,194           4,289           39,570           67,950   
                                                    

Argentina

     30           1,140           119           2,405           3,694   

Brazil

     1,554           12,156           1,781           20,219           35,710   

Mexico

     2,214           2,650           1,424           9,600           15,888   

Panama

     1,186           1,011           669           4,389           7,255   

Other

     913           1,237           296           2,957           5,403   
                      
                      
                                                    

 

Total

     282,091           157,259           110,389           506,881           1,056,620   
                                                    

 

 

95


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Gross loans and advances to customers by country (continued)

 

 

 

    

      Residential

mortgages
US$m

         Other
          personal
US$m
                  Property-
related
US$m
        

Commercial,
international
trade and other

US$m

        

Total

           US$m

 

At 30 June 2010

                      

Europe

     103,485           47,316           35,294           226,966           413,061   
                                                    

UK

     95,525           25,569           25,478           167,553           314,125   

France

     3,590           8,588           7,711           41,414           61,303   

Germany

     9           340           88           3,531           3,968   

Malta

     1,508           514           551           1,393           3,966   

Switzerland

     1,198           9,316           63           1,457           12,034   

Turkey

     773           2,650           223           2,676           6,322   

Other

     882           339           1,180           8,942           11,343   
                                                    

 

Hong Kong

     37,394           13,340           28,901           35,171           114,806   

 

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     23,289           10,348           11,339           47,552           92,528   
                                                    

Australia

     6,176           966           1,942           3,734           12,818   

India

     855           635           564           4,160           6,214   

Indonesia

     67           549           104           2,563           3,283   

Japan

     163           156           820           2,193           3,332   

Mainland China

     1,770           307           3,068           10,218           15,363   

Malaysia

     3,374           1,839           1,064           4,489           10,766   

Singapore

     5,380           3,204           2,676           6,379           17,639   

South Korea

     2,063           299           29           2,539           4,930   

Taiwan

     2,315           473           78           2,565           5,431   

Vietnam

     27           129           54           1,364           1,574   

Other

     1,099           1,791           940           7,348           11,178   
                                                    

 

Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     1,789           3,974           2,795           16,423           24,981   
                                                    

Egypt

     4           360           95           2,314           2,773   

Qatar

     9           541           510           779           1,839   

UAE

     1,531           2,436           1,359           9,933           15,259   

Other

     245           637           831           3,397           5,110   
                                                    

 

North America

     81,811           67,058           19,094           51,085           219,048   
                                                    

US

     61,339           58,731           8,635           37,910           166,615   

Canada

     18,829           7,791           9,953           12,442           49,015   

Bermuda

     1,643           536           506           733           3,418   
                                                    

 

Latin America

     5,080           15,168           3,035           27,663           50,946   
                                                    

Argentina

     29           743           56           2,034           2,862   

Brazil

     806           9,998           1,164           12,853           24,821   

Mexico

     2,217           2,423           995           6,767           12,402   

Panama

     1,150           963           474           3,445           6,032   

Other

     878           1,041           346           2,564           4,829   
                      
                      
                                                    

 

Total

     252,848           157,204           100,458           404,860           915,370   

 

 

96


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

    

      Residential

mortgages
US$m

         Other
          personal
US$m
                  Property-
related
US$m
        

Commercial,
international
trade and other

US$m

        

Total

           US$m

 

At 31 December 2010

                      

Europe

     111,618           50,099           37,030           242,715           441,462   
                                                    

UK

     103,037           25,636           26,002           165,283           319,958   

France

     3,749           9,550           8,737           56,613           78,649   

Germany

     11           356           79           4,015           4,461   

Malta

     1,656           599           563           1,643           4,461   

Switzerland

     1,358           10,708           114           1,837           14,017   

Turkey

     809           2,817           210           2,783           6,619   

Other

     998           433           1,325           10,541           13,297   
                                                    

 

Hong Kong

     42,488           14,820           34,910           49,102           141,320   

 

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     28,724           11,460           14,158           55,348           109,690   
                                                    

Australia

     8,405           1,267           2,346           4,867           16,885   

India

     920           526           680           4,583           6,709   

Indonesia

     74           531           115           3,374           4,094   

Japan

     226           199           1,214           2,503           4,142   

Mainland China

     2,046           310           3,836           12,932           19,124   

Malaysia

     3,833           2,053           1,361           4,845           12,092   

Singapore

     6,571           3,661           3,262           7,846           21,340   

South Korea

     2,295           248           58           2,494           5,095   

Taiwan

     3,002           527           135           2,832           6,496   

Vietnam

     35           162           59           1,255           1,511   

Other

     1,317           1,976           1,092           7,817           12,202   
                                                    

 

Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     1,751           3,620           2,870           18,037           26,278   
                                                    

Egypt

     3           396           111           2,484           2,994   

Qatar

     8           491           404           918           1,821   

UAE

     1,477           2,099           1,359           11,043           15,978   

Other

     263           634           996           3,592           5,485   
                                                    

 

North America

     78,842           60,275           13,877           46,708           199,702   
                                                    

US

     57,630           51,686           8,269           31,496           149,081   

Canada

     19,505           8,070           5,079           14,711           47,365   

Bermuda

     1,707           519           529           501           3,256   
                                                    

 

Latin America

     5,258           16,365           3,873           34,501           59,997   
                                                    

Argentina

     30           918           103           2,172           3,223   

Brazil

     1,111           10,979           1,816           17,093           30,999   

Mexico

     2,097           2,365           1,146           8,622           14,230   

Panama

     1,155           982           489           3,794           6,420   

Other

     865           1,121           319           2,820           5,125   
                      
                      
                                                    

 

Total

     268,681           156,639           106,718           446,411           978,449   

Loans and advances to banks by geographical region

 

     Europe
US$m
    

Hong

Kong

US$m

    

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

     MENA
US$m
    

North

America
US$m

    

Latin

America
US$m

    

Total

US$m

     Impair-
ment
allowances
US$m
 

 

At 30 June 20117

     83,153         37,334         50,331         7,786         19,865         27,736         226,205         (162

At 30 June 2010

     82,119         31,633         35,338         8,644         17,132         21,595         196,461         (165

At 31 December 2010

     78,239         33,585         40,437         9,335         19,479         27,354         208,429         (158

For footnote, see page 146.

 

 

97


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Areas of special interest

Wholesale lending

Wholesale lending covers the range of credit facilities granted to sovereign borrowers, banks, non-bank financial institutions and corporate entities. Our wholesale portfolios are well diversified across geographical and industry sectors, with certain exposures subject to specific portfolio controls. Loan impairment charges fell during the first half of 2011, as economies generally demonstrated signs of recovery.

We continued to closely manage our exposure to sovereign debt in the first half of 2011. The overall quality of the portfolio was strong with most in-country and cross-border limits extended to countries with high-grade internal credit risk ratings. We regularly update our assessment of higher risk countries and adjust our risk appetite accordingly.

Exposures to countries in the eurozone

The eurozone as a whole retained substantial economic and financial strength and demonstrated positive signs of economic recovery in the first half of 2011, despite the stresses from the financial crisis.

However, the transfer of private sector liabilities to sovereign bodies which started after the 2007 financial crisis continued to put pressure on government balance sheets. The resulting fiscal imbalance in some industrialised economies led to intensified market concerns about sovereign credit risk in these countries.

In the first half of 2011, there were periods of significant market volatility related to a number of sovereigns in the eurozone, notably Greece, Ireland, Portugal, Italy and Spain. Sovereign spreads remained high and the lack of market access eventually resulted in Portugal joining Greece and Ireland in seeking bailout funding amounting to €78bn (US$113bn) from the European Financial Stability Facility (‘EFSF’) and International Monetary Fund (‘IMF’) in early April 2011. Political instability in Greece, Ireland and Portugal also exacerbated the situation and all three countries were downgraded by major credit rating agencies during the period. Italy and Spain made progress in implementing fiscal adjustments and banking reforms but still experienced volatility in credit spreads.

The tables overleaf summarise our exposures to selected eurozone countries, including:

 

governments and central banks of selected eurozone countries along with near/quasi government agencies;

 

 

banks; and

 

 

other financial institutions and other corporates.

Exposures to banks, other financial institutions and other corporates are based on the country of domicile of the counterparty.

The countries presented were selected because during the period they exhibited levels of market volatility which exceeded other eurozone countries and demonstrated fiscal or political uncertainty which may persist through the second half of 2011. In addition, certain of these countries exhibit high sovereign debt to GDP ratios and short to medium-term maturity concentration of those liabilities. An analysis of loans and advances to customers by significant countries is provided on page 95.

Off-balance sheet exposures mainly relate to commitments to lend and the amount shown in the tables represents the maximum amount that could be drawn down by the counterparty.

Eurozone sovereigns and agencies

Concerns remained over the capacity of certain sovereign borrowers to refinance given the problems with market liquidity and the uncertainty surrounding support arrangements in the longer term.

In July 2011, the second Greek support package was formalised as EU leaders announced a 3-year programme that included €109bn (US$158bn) of new loans and a target of €37bn (US$54bn) in bondholder commitments. In addition, EFSF rules were changed to allow EFSF to buy bonds on the secondary market, finance the recapitalisation of banks and provide pre-emptive credit lines to eurozone countries under pressure in debt markets. This is intended to help contain the fears of contagion to other eurozone countries. HSBC in principle supports this programme, which is expected to trigger a selective default as predicted by two of the three major rating agencies.

In the second half of 2011, we expect that the ECB and eurozone countries will continue to focus on resolving intra-eurozone imbalances, rebuilding public finances, improving fiscal discipline, strengthening the banking system and managing cross-border risk. Concerns of contagion of the debt crisis in Greece, Ireland and Portugal to other peripheral countries, notably Italy and Spain, may persist, causing the risk premium on most European countries to remain high.

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

At 30 June 2011, our exposure to the sovereign and agency debt of Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain was US$8.2bn. Of the total financial investments available for sale, approximately 43% matures within one year, 27% between one and three years and 30% in excess of three years.

During the first half of 2011, an impairment charge of US$105m was recognised in respect of Greek sovereign and agency exposures classified as available for sale, reflecting the further deterioration in Greece’s fiscal position and the recently announced support measures. The amount of the

impairment charge represented the cumulative fair value loss on these securities as at 30 June 2011, and does not necessarily represent the expectation of future cash losses. The impairment charge was recycled from the available-for-sale reserve to the income statement. Our sovereign exposures to Ireland, Portugal, Italy and Spain are not considered to be impaired at 30 June 2011 because, despite financial difficulties in these countries, the situation is not severe enough to conclude that loss events have occurred which will have an impact on the future cash flows of these countries’ sovereign securities.

 

 

Exposures to selected eurozone countries – sovereigns and agencies

 

     Greece
US$bn
         Ireland
US$bn
        

Italy

US$bn

         Portugal
US$bn
         Spain
US$bn
         Total
US$bn
 
At 30 June 2011                            
Cash and balances at central banks      0.1                                         0.1           0.2   
Assets held at amortised cost                          0.1                               0.1   
Financial investments available for sale8      0.2           0.1           1.5           0.1           1.0           2.9   

– cumulative impairment

     0.1                                                   0.1   
Net trading assets9      0.7           0.2           3.0           0.4           0.3           4.6   
Derivatives10      0.1           0.1                               0.2           0.4   
                                                               
Total      1.1           0.4           4.6           0.5           1.6           8.2   
                                                               
Off-balance sheet exposures                                              0.7           0.7   
                                                               
CDS asset positions      0.9           0.2           0.2           0.2           0.2           1.7   
CDS liability positions      (0.7        (0.2        (0.2        (0.2        (0.2        (1.5
CDS asset notionals      2.1           0.9           4.6           1.1           2.5           11.2   
CDS liability notionals      1.8           1.0           4.5           1.0           2.6           10.9   

 

Exposures to selected eurozone countries – banks

 

  

     Greece
US$bn
         Ireland
US$bn
        

Italy

US$bn

         Portugal
US$bn
         Spain
US$bn
         Total
US$bn
 

At 30 June 2011

                           

Loans and advances

     0.1           0.7           1.9           0.3           0.8           3.8   

Financial investments held to maturity

               0.3           0.2                               0.5   

Financial investments available for sale8

               0.1           1.0           0.2           0.6           1.9   

Net trading assets9

               0.8           0.4           0.1           1.6           2.9   

Derivatives10

     0.3           0.3           0.1                     0.5           1.2   

Total

     0.4           2.2           3.6           0.6           3.5           10.3   
                                                               

Off-balance sheet exposures

     0.2                     0.4                               0.6   

CDS asset positions

               0.1           0.2           0.1           0.1           0.5   

CDS liability positions

               (0.1        (0.2        (0.1        (0.1        (0.5

CDS asset notionals

               0.3           4.3           0.7           1.5           6.8   

CDS liability notionals

               0.3           4.0           0.9           2.0           7.2   

For footnote, see page 146.

 

 

99


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Eurozone banks

The banking sector in the eurozone remained under stress, mainly as a result of governments having to finance large budget deficits, weaknesses in property markets and slow credit growth. The size of the financial sector’s exposure to sovereign debt in some eurozone countries rendered the re-capitalisation of European banks critical.

Concerns about the size and quality of eurozone banks’ exposure to weaker eurozone countries were entwined with concerns about their ability to obtain funding. It is estimated that European banks share over three quarters of the banks’ public and private sector debt in Greece, Ireland, Portugal, Italy and Spain, with regional and local banks in the eurozone considered to be more vulnerable than the diversified global banks. The second Greek rescue package announced in July 2011 involves the private sector sharing some economic loss. This is likely to put a strain on the banks with significant holdings of Greek bonds. The details of the plan, level of take-up and application will become clear in the second half of the year.

We expect that the pace of reforms outlined by various policymakers will gather speed in the second half of 2011, most notably the Basel III proposals. These regulations will require banks to hold more capital and a higher quality of capital and implement new liquidity rules, and are likely to result in a rise in the cost of funding and put pressure on credit pricing. The European Banking Authority published the results of this year’s stress test on 15 July 2011. We successfully passed these tests with a core tier 1 ratio of 8.5% under the modelled adverse scenario, exceeding the post-stress minimum core tier 1 capital requirement of 5% used in this exercise.

Our overall exposure within the eurozone is largely to the banks in stronger countries. We continue to closely monitor and manage eurozone bank exposures in the weaker countries, and are cautious in lending to this sector. We regularly update our assessment of higher-risk eurozone banks and adjust our risk appetite accordingly. We also, where possible, seek to play a positive role in maintaining credit and liquidity supply. We have not recognised any impairment in respect of the exposures outlined above.

 

 

Exposures to selected eurozone countries – other financial institutions and corporates

 

     Greece
    US$bn
             Ireland
US$bn
        

Italy

    US$bn

             Portugal
US$bn
         Spain
    US$bn
         Total
    US$bn
 

At 30 June 2011

                           

Loans and advances

     3.5           2.4           1.1           0.1           5.4           12.5   

– gross

     3.6           2.4           1.1           0.1           5.5           12.7   

– impairment allowances

     (0.1                                      (0.1        (0.2

Financial investments available for sale8

                         0.3           0.1           0.2           0.6   

Net trading assets9

                                             0.1           0.1   

Derivatives10

                                             0.2           0.2   
                                                               

Total

     3.5           2.4           1.4           0.2           5.9           13.4   
                                                               

Off-balance sheet exposures

     2.1           0.1           1.0                     0.2           3.4   
                                                               

CDS asset positions

               0.1                     0.1                     0.2   

CDS liability positions

                                   (0.1                  (0.1

CDS asset notionals

     0.3           0.7           2.8           0.6           1.1           5.5   

CDS liability notionals

     0.3           0.3           3.8           0.9           1.5           6.8   

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

Other financial institutions and other corporates

The credit quality of the other financial institutions and other corporates portfolios remains strong with no significant impairments recognised in respect of these portfolios. The portfolios largely comprise large multinational corporates and other financial institutions with significant operations outside these countries that mitigate the risk. At 30 June 2011, our exposure to Greek shipping companies amounted to US$1.8bn. We believe the industry is less sensitive to the Greek economy as it is mainly dependent on international trade.

Personal lending

Our retail activities within these countries are limited, with our only significant exposures in Greece which amounted to US$1.2bn. Substantially all of this exposure is in the form of residential mortgage lending where the level of delinquencies is low.

US budget deficit

In the US, the large budget deficit, growing government indebtedness and continued failure to reach agreement on raising the Federal debt ceiling

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

have resulted in increased scrutiny during the first half of 2011, to the extent that two major rating agencies placed their US sovereign debt rating on negative watch. While the need to build a political consensus around the interplay of budget discipline and an increase in the current sovereign debt ceiling has been the immediate concern, there is an underlying risk that lower growth, fiscal challenges and a general lack of political consensus will result in a deterioration in the US credit standing over the longer term.

While the potential effects of a US downgrade are broad and impossible to accurately predict, they could include a widening of sovereign and corporate credit spreads, devaluation of the US dollar and a general market move away from riskier assets.

We are monitoring events closely and have stress-tested our capital position for potential scenarios.

Elevated risk of overheating in emerging markets

Market concerns emerged during the first half of 2011 about the overheating of certain emerging market countries, mainly due to the inflationary pressures, growth rates, risk of asset bubbles and large potentially volatile capital inflows they are experiencing. The policy makers in countries including mainland China, India and Brazil have taken steps to address these issues including increasing interest rates, restricting capital flows and raising reserve requirements. We regularly perform economic analyses and closely monitor our exposures to these countries.

Middle East and North Africa

Although significant unrest and political change were witnessed in the Middle East and North Africa in the first half of 2011, the majority of the Group’s exposures in the region were concentrated in our associate investment in Saudi Arabia and in the UAE, where the respective political landscapes remained stable and economic growth continued to recover. In the remaining countries in which we have a presence and there was unrest or political change (or which exhibited similar socio-economic, political and demographic profiles to countries experiencing unrest), we continued to carefully monitor and respond to developments while assisting our customers in managing their own risks in the volatile environment.

We also continued to work closely with Dubai World and the various entities related to the Government of Dubai to address their prevailing issues. In March 2011, Dubai World signed a final

deal with HSBC and other creditors restructuring US$25bn of its debt. The arrangement extends loan maturities for five to eight years at discounted rates, allowing Dubai World to sell off its non-core assets while focusing on its core earnings.

Commercial real estate

Our exposure to the commercial real estate sector is concentrated in Hong Kong, the UK and North America. In Hong Kong, the economy continued to grow and the market remained relatively buoyant during the first half of 2011, characterised by continuing demand and credit appetite. While the markets in the UK and North America have been relatively stable, this is in part supported by the continued low levels of interest rates.

On a constant currency basis, the aggregate of our commercial real estate and other property-related lending of US$110bn at 30 June 2011 was in line with our exposure at 31 December 2010 and represented 10% of total loans and advances to customers. In the first half of 2011, credit quality across this sector was generally stable but there remains risk of stress in certain markets.

Across our portfolios, credit risk is mitigated by long-standing and conservative policies on asset origination which focus on relationships with long-term customers and limited initial leverage. We also set and monitor sector risk appetite limits for the sector at Group and regional levels to detect and prevent higher risk concentrations. While individual regions may differ with regard to local market regulatory and legal structures and real estate market characteristics, typically origination loan-to-value ratios would be less than 65% across the Group.

Personal lending

We provide a broad range of secured and unsecured personal lending products to meet customer needs. Given the diverse nature of the markets in which we operate, the range is not standard across all countries but is tailored to meet the demands of individual markets while using appropriate distribution channels and, wherever possible, global IT platforms.

Personal lending includes advances to customers for asset purchases, such as residential property and motor vehicles, where the loans are typically secured by the assets being acquired. We also offer loans secured on existing assets, such as first and second liens on residential property; unsecured lending products such as overdrafts, credit cards and payroll loans; and debt consolidation loans which may be secured or unsecured.

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

In the first half of 2011, credit quality in our personal lending portfolios improved, reflecting the continued recovery of economic conditions in most markets. Delinquency levels and loan impairment charges reduced as customer repayments remained strong, lending balances in the US run-off portfolios continued to decline and some higher-risk portfolios in Latin America, Rest of Asia-Pacific and the Middle East and North Africa were managed down.

The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis.

At 30 June 2011, total personal lending was US$439bn, slightly higher than at 31 December 2010 as growth in the UK and Hong Kong was partly offset by the continued planned decline in personal lending balances in the US. Within our RBWM business, total loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$4.3bn were 34% lower than in the first half of 2010 with the most significant fall in the US reflecting the reduction in balances and improved delinquency rates.

Total personal lending in the UK increased by 3% from 31 December 2010 to US$136bn. The increase was mainly due to growth in mortgage balances following the success of marketing campaigns and high levels of customer retention. (UK mortgage lending is discussed in greater detail on page 104). This was partly offset by a 3% fall in other personal lending balances, reflecting a

reduction in unsecured lending products, specifically the credit cards portfolio.

In Hong Kong, total personal lending grew by 8% to US$62bn, mainly due to growth in residential mortgage lending as the property market in the region remained strong, and as a result of our leadership in new mortgage business. Personal lending balances in Rest of Asia-Pacific also reflected a strong property sector with residential mortgage lending growth of 8%, most notably in Singapore and Australia.

Total personal lending balances in the US at 30 June 2011 were US$102bn, a decrease of 7% compared with the end of 2010. The decline reflected lower balances in our Card and Retail Services portfolio due to fewer active accounts, an increased focus by customers on reducing outstanding credit card debt and seasonal improvements in our collection activities as our customers used tax refunds to make repayments. Residential mortgage lending balances in the US continued to fall reflecting the run-off of our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios. Based on current experience, we expect these portfolio balances to decline to between 40% and 50% of the 31 December 2010 balance.

For an analysis of loan impairment allowances and impaired loans, see page 115.

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Total personal lending

 

    

UK

US$m

        

Rest of

 Europe

US$m

        

US11

US$m

        

Rest of

North

America

US$m

        

Other

regions12

US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

                           

Residential mortgages

     110,768           9,225           55,118           21,572           85,408           282,091   

Other personal lending

     25,666           26,724           46,396           8,590           49,883           157,259   

– vehicle finance

               29           60           38           5,918           6,045   

– credit cards

     11,122           2,007           30,670           1,282           14,048           59,129   

– second lien mortgages

     795           1           8,509           553           288           10,146   

– other

     13,749           24,687           7,157           6,717           29,629           81,939   
                                                               

Total personal lending

     136,434           35,949           101,514           30,162           135,291           439,350   
                                                               

Impairment allowances on personal lending

                           

Residential mortgages

     (336        (61        (3,980        (24        (323        (4,724

Other personal lending

     (920        (475        (3,299        (131        (1,681        (6,506

– vehicle finance

               (4                            (233        (237

– credit cards

     (237        (220        (1,670        (35        (466        (2,628

– second lien mortgages

     (51                  (697        (12                  (760

– other

     (632        (251        (932        (84        (982        (2,881
                                                               

Total

     (1,256        (536        (7,279        (155        (2,004        (11,230
                                                               

– as a percentage of total personal lending

     0.9        1.5        7.2        0.5        1.5        2.6

 

At 30 June 2010

                           

Residential mortgages

     95,525           7,960           61,339           20,472           67,552           252,848   

Other personal lending

     25,568           21,748           58,731           8,327           42,830           157,204   

– vehicle finance

               52           4,232           71           5,796           10,151   

– credit cards

     11,066           1,777           33,844           1,304           12,442           60,433   

– second lien mortgages

     895           1           10,373           594           467           12,330   

– other

     13,607           19,918           10,282           6,358           24,125           74,290   
                                                               

Total personal lending

     121,093           29,708           120,070           28,799           110,382           410,052   
                                                               

Impairment allowances on personal lending

                           

Residential mortgages

     (226        (47        (3,695        (25        (242        (4,235

Other personal lending

     (1,241        (538        (5,970        (175        (1,850        (9,774

– vehicle finance

               (6        (174        (1        (302        (483

– credit cards

     (492        (250        (2,948        (56        (618        (4,364

– second lien mortgages

     (68                  (1,212        (25                  (1,305

– other

     (681        (282        (1,636        (93        (930        (3,622
                                                               

Total

     (1,467        (585        (9,665        (200        (2,092        (14,009
                                                               

– as a percentage of total personal lending

     1.2        2.0        8.0        0.7        1.9        3.4

 

At 31 December 2010

                           

Residential mortgages

     103,037           8,581           57,630           21,212           78,221           268,681   

Other personal lending

     25,636           24,463           51,686           8,589           46,265           156,639   

– vehicle finance

               35           72           55           5,886           6,048   

– credit cards

     11,612           1,916           33,744           1,334           13,778           62,384   

– second lien mortgages

     846           2           9,322           578           422           11,170   

– other

     13,178           22,510           8,548           6,622           26,179           77,037   
                                                               

Total personal lending

     128,673           33,044           109,316           29,801           124,486           425,320   
                                                               

Impairment allowances on personal lending

                           

Residential mortgages

     (275        (58        (3,592        (25        (297        (4,247

Other personal lending

     (1,348        (467        (4,436        (179        (1,616        (8,046

– vehicle finance

               (5                            (244        (249

– credit cards

     (506        (216        (2,256        (62        (483        (3,523

– second lien mortgages

     (58                  (889        (19                  (966

– other

     (784        (246        (1,291        (98        (889        (3,308
                                                               

Total

     (1,623        (525        (8,028        (204        (1,913        (12,293
                                                               

– as a percentage of total personal lending

     1.3        1.6        7.3        0.7        1.5        2.9

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

 

103


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Mortgage lending

We offer a wide range of mortgage products designed to meet customer needs, including capital repayment, interest-only, affordability and offset mortgages. The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis.

US mortgage lending

US mortgage lending balances, comprising residential and second lien lending, were US$64bn at 30 June 2011, a decline of 5% compared with the end of 2010. Overall, US mortgage lending represented 14% of the Group’s total personal lending compared with 16% at the 31 December 2010.

Mortgage lending in HSBC Finance was US$47bn at 30 June 2011, a decline of 7% from 31 December 2010 due to the continued run-off in the Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios and the seasonal improvement in collections as some customers used tax refunds to make repayments. The rate at which balances declined slowed in the first half of 2011, as we continued to be affected by the lack of refinancing opportunities available to our customers, improvements in the flow of balances into late stage delinquency and delays in the foreclosure processes. See page 106 for a breakdown of mortgage lending in HSBC Finance.

In HSBC Bank USA, mortgage lending balances were US$16bn at 30 June 2011, an increase of 2% compared with the end of 2010. We continued to sell the majority of new originations to the secondary market as a means of managing our interest rate risk and improving structural liquidity. Additions to our portfolio primarily comprise Premier relationship products.

Following an industry-wide examination into foreclosure practices in 2010, we temporarily suspended foreclosures while we worked to implement improvements in our processes. We worked closely with the regulators to address these issues quickly and effectively, and made several improvements to enhance our processes. We have now resumed foreclosures on a limited basis in certain states, but it will be a number of months before we fully resume foreclosures in all states as we need to ensure that all necessary enhancements have been satisfactorily implemented.

The effects of the industry-wide slowdown in foreclosures remains highly uncertain, particularly in the long-term, as servicers begin to increase foreclosure activity and sell properties in large numbers, which may result in a significant oversupply. This may lead to a substantial increase in losses on foreclosed properties.

A discussion of credit trends in the US mortgage lending portfolio and the steps taken to mitigate risk is provided in ‘US personal lending – credit quality’ on page 107.

Mortgage lending – rest of the world

Mortgage lending in the UK was US$112bn at 30 June 2011, the Group’s largest concentration of this exposure. The balance was 4% higher than at the end of 2010.

Our UK mortgage portfolio remained of high quality with an average loan-to-value ratio for new business of 53%. We restricted lending to purchase residential property for the purpose of rental, and almost all new business was originated through our own salesforce, with the self-certification of income not permitted. The majority of mortgage lending was to existing customers holding current or savings accounts with HSBC.

Loan impairment charges and delinquency levels in our UK mortgage book remained at low levels, reflecting the economic environment and low interest rates which helped to make mortgage repayments more affordable for customers, some of whom were actively reducing their outstanding debt levels.

In Hong Kong, mortgage lending was US$45bn, an increase of 7% compared with the end of 2010 as the local property market remained strong. The continued strong growth in the Hong Kong property market led the HKMA to reduce the maximum loan-to-value ratios for new loans in both the second half of 2010 and in June 2011. The quality of our mortgage book was good with an average loan-to-value ratio of 51% on new mortgage sales.

The following table shows the levels of mortgage lending products in the various portfolios in the US, the UK and the rest of the HSBC Group.

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Mortgage lending products

 

    

UK

      US$m

        

Rest of

    Europe

US$m

        

US11

     US$m

        

Rest

 of North

America

US$m

        

Other

 regions12

US$m

        

Total

    US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

                           

Residential mortgages

     110,768           9,225           55,118           21,572           85,408           282,091   

Second lien mortgages

     795           1           8,509           553           288           10,146   
                                                               

Total mortgage lending

     111,563           9,226           63,627           22,125           85,696           292,237   
                                                               

Second lien as percentage of total mortgage lending

     0.7                  13.4        2.5        0.3        3.5

Impairment allowances on mortgage lending

     (387        (61        (4,677        (36        (323        (5,484

Residential mortgages

     (336        (61        (3,980        (24        (323        (4,724

Second lien mortgages

     (51                  (697        (12                  (760

Interest-only (including endowment) mortgages

     45,730           54                     810           1,362           47,956   

Affordability mortgages, including ARMs

     692           572           17,789           276           7,816           27,145   

Other

     118                                         195           313   
                                                               

Total interest-only and affordability mortgages

     46,540           626           17,789           1,086           9,373           75,414   
                                                               

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     41.7        6.8        28.0        4.9        10.9        25.8

Negative equity mortgages13

     2,365                     16,368           86           317           19,136   

Other loan-to-value ratios greater than 90%14

     5,925           265           9,168           1,648           1,193           18,199   
                                                               

Total negative equity and other mortgages

     8,290           265           25,536           1,734           1,510           37,335   
                                                               

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     7.4        2.9        40.1        7.8        1.8        12.8

 

At 30 June 2010

                           

Residential mortgages

     95,525           7,960           61,339           20,472           67,552           252,848   

Second lien mortgages

     895           1           10,373           594           467           12,330   
                                                               

Total mortgage lending

     96,420           7,961           71,712           21,066           68,019           265,178   
                                                               

Second lien as percentage of total mortgage lending

     0.9                  14.5        2.8        0.7        4.6

Impairment allowances on mortgage lending

     (294        (47        (4,907        (50        (242        (5,540

Residential mortgages

     (226        (47        (3,695        (25        (242        (4,235

Second lien mortgages

     (68                  (1,212        (25                  (1,305

Interest-only (including endowment) mortgages

     43,001           42                     1,028           1,090           45,161   

Affordability mortgages, including ARMs

     1,666           1,139           19,556           243           5,943           28,547   

Other

     125                                         143           268   
                                                               

Total interest-only and affordability mortgages

     44,792           1,181           19,556           1,271           7,176           73,976   
                                                               

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     46.5        14.8        27.3        6.0        10.5        27.9

Negative equity mortgages13

     3,263                     17,783           127           496           21,669   

Other loan-to-value ratios greater than 90%14

     6,618                     11,418           1,785           1,367           21,188   
                                                               

Total negative equity and other mortgages

     9,881                     29,201           1,912           1,863           42,857   
                                                               

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     10.2                  40.7        9.1        2.7        16.2

 

 

105


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

    

UK

US$m

         Rest of
Europe
US$m
        

US11

US$m

        

Rest

of North
America
US$m

        

Other

regions12
US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

At 31 December 2010

                           

Residential mortgages

       103,037                 8,581               57,630               21,212           78,221             268,681   

Second lien mortgages

     846           2           9,322           578           422           11,170   
                                                               

Total mortgage lending

     103,883           8,583           66,952           21,790           78,643           279,851   
                                                               

Second lien as percentage of total mortgage lending

     0.8                  13.9        2.7        0.5        4.0

Impairment allowances on mortgage lending

     (333        (58        (4,481        (44        (297        (5,213
                                                               

Residential mortgages

     (275        (58        (3,592        (25        (297        (4,247

Second lien mortgages

     (58                  (889        (19                  (966
                                                               

Interest-only (including endowment) mortgages

     45,039           51                     908           1,282           47,280   

Affordability mortgages, including ARMs

     1,089           326           18,494           274           7,855           28,038   

Other

     102                                         183           285   
                                                               

Total interest-only and affordability mortgages

     46,230           377           18,494           1,182           9,320           75,603   
                                                               

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     44.5        4.4        27.6        5.4        11.9        27.0

Negative equity mortgages13

     2,436                     15,199           103           291           18,029   

Other loan-to-value ratios greater than 90%14

     5,802           263           10,460           1,698           1,348           19,571   
                                                               

Total negative equity and other mortgages

     8,238           263           25,659           1,801           1,639           37,600   
                                                               

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     7.9        3.1        38.3        8.3        2.1        13.4

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

HSBC Finance held approximately US$47bn of residential mortgage and second lien loans and advances to personal customers secured on real

estate at 30 June 2011, 11% of the Group’s gross loans and advances to personal customers. For a breakdown of these balances by portfolio, see below.

 

 

HSBC Finance US mortgage lending15

 

     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
      Mortgage
Services
US$m
        

Consumer

Lending
US$m

         Other
 mortgage
lending
US$m
           Mortgage
Services
US$m
        

 Consumer

Lending
US$m

         Other
  mortgage
lending
US$m
           Mortgage
Services
US$m
        

 Consumer

Lending
US$m

         Other
  mortgage
lending
US$m
 

Fixed rate

     10,768           29,706           80           12,436           34,523           97           11,447           31,759           87   

Other

     5,325           1,391           2           7,084           1,653           5           6,122           1,517           2   
                                                                                                

Adjustable-rate

     4,445           1,391           2           5,799           1,653           5           5,042           1,517           2   

Interest-only (affordability mortgages)16

     880                               1,285                               1,080                       
                                                                                                
  

 

 

 

16,093

 

  

    

 

 

 

31,097

 

  

    

 

 

 

82

 

  

    

 

 

 

19,520

 

  

    

 

 

 

36,176

 

  

    

 

 

 

102

 

  

    

 

 

 

17,569

 

  

    

 

 

 

33,276

 

  

    

 

 

 

89

 

  

                                                                                                

First lien

     14,123           28,092           61           16,898           32,296           77           15,300           29,950           66   

Second lien

     1,970           3,005           21           2,622           3,880           25           2,269           3,326           23   
                                                                                                
  

 

 

 

16,093

 

  

    

 

 

 

31,097

 

  

    

 

 

 

82

 

  

    

 

 

 

19,520

 

  

    

 

 

 

36,176

 

  

    

 

 

 

102

 

  

    

 

 

 

17,569

 

  

    

 

 

 

33,276

 

  

    

 

 

 

89

 

  

                                                                                                

Stated income17

     2,571                               3,360                               2,905                       

Negative equity mortgages13

     5,326           9,770                     6,096           10,413                     5,161           8,910             
                                                                                                

Impairment allowances

     1,783           2,721                     1,931           2,695           1           1,837           2,474             

– as a percentage of total mortgage lending

     11.1        8.8                  9.9        7.4        1.0        10.5        7.4          

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

 

106


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

US personal lending

Credit quality

During the first half of 2011, economic conditions in the US improved marginally, although the pace of the recovery in the second quarter slowed as a result of higher energy costs, supply disruptions in the manufacturing sector and a significant reduction in the pace of job creation. These factors undermined consumer confidence, which continued to be low by historical standards. In addition, uncertainty remained in the housing market resulting in continuing house price declines in many states.

Unemployment rates, which have been a major factor in the deterioration of credit quality and continue to affect our allowance for loan impairments, improved but remained high at 9.2% in June 2011, down from 9.4% in December 2010 and some 40 basis points higher than in March 2011. Unemployment rates were at or above the US national average in 18 states and were at or above 10% in 7 states, including California and Florida where we have lending balances in excess of 5% of HSBC Finance’s total loan balance.

An improvement in the US economy depends on a sustained recovery in the housing market, a fall in unemployment rates, the stabilisation of energy prices and improved consumer confidence. Any further weakening in these factors may adversely affect consumer payment patterns and credit quality.

Mortgage lending

In the first half of 2011, we further reduced our mortgage exposure in the US as balances continued to run-off in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios, as discussed on page 104. At 30 June 2011, residential mortgage lending balances were US$55bn, a decline of 4% compared with the end of 2010.

Real estate markets in the majority of the US have been, and will continue to be, affected by stagnation or declines in property values. As a result, loan-to-value ratios for our real estate secured loans have generally deteriorated since origination. At 30 June 2011, loans in negative equity were US$16bn, compared with US$15bn at the end of 2010.

In both our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios, despite continued high unemployment levels, two months or more delinquent balances declined compared with the end of 2010 as lending balances continued to run-off and economic conditions continued to recover. We also experienced

seasonal improvements in our collections as some of our customers used tax refunds to repay outstanding debt. The reduction was partly offset by our suspension of foreclosure activities, which resulted in a slowing in the rate at which lending balances were transferred to foreclosed. As a result of these factors, in our Consumer Lending portfolio two months or more delinquency rates improved from 16.2% at 31 December 2010 to 15.7%, while in our Mortgage Services portfolio they improved from 18.0% to 17.2%.

At HSBC Bank USA, two months or more delinquency rates improved from 7.9% to 7.6% at 31 December 2010, reflecting the improved credit quality, partly offset by the effects of higher levels of unemployment, the continued weakness in the housing market and the suspension of foreclosure activities, as discussed above.

Second lien mortgage loans have a risk profile characterised by higher loan-to-value ratios because in the majority of cases the loans were taken out to complete the refinancing of properties. Loss experience on default of second lien loans has typically approached 100% of the amount outstanding, as any equity in the property is initially applied to the first lien loan. In the US, second lien mortgage balances declined by 9% to US$9bn, representing 13% of the overall US mortgage lending portfolio. Two months or more delinquency rates improved from 9.1% at 31 December 2010 to 7.6% at 30 June 2011.

As previously reported, beginning in late 2010 we temporarily suspended all new foreclosure proceedings and in early 2011 ceased foreclosures where judgement had yet to be entered while we enhanced our processes. As a result, and together with an increase in sales, the number of foreclosed properties at HSBC Finance at 30 June 2011 decreased compared with the end of December 2010. We expect the number of foreclosed properties added to the inventory to remain low through the remainder of 2011 as the effects of the foreclosure suspension continue to be reflected in our reported numbers.

The average total loss on foreclosed properties increased slightly compared with the end of 2010 as a result of the continued declines in house prices, partly attributable to the high levels of foreclosed properties. The average loss on sale of foreclosed properties decreased compared with the end of 2010, reflecting lower sales of properties located in states that have experienced the greatest deterioration in house prices in the past few years.

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

HSBC Finance: geographical concentration of US lending15,18

 

     Mortgage lending as a
percentage of:
         Other personal lending as a
percentage of:
             
    

total
lending

%

        

total
mortgage
lending

%

        

total
lending

%

        

total other
personal
lending

%

        

Percentage
of total
lending

%

 

 

California

     6           10           4           10           10   

New York

     4           7           3           7           7   

Florida

     3           6           2           5           6   

Texas

     2           4           3           7           5   

Pennsylvania

     3           6           2           5           6   

Ohio

     3           6           2           5           5   

 

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

HSBC Finance: foreclosed properties in the US

 

  

  

     Half year          Quarter ended  
    

to 30 June

2011

        

30 June

2011

        

31 March

2011

        

31 December

2010

        

30 September

2010

 

 

Number of foreclosed properties at end of period

     6,982           6,982           10,204           10,940           9,798   

Number of properties added to foreclosed inventory in the half year/quarter

     8,071           2,548           5,523           5,763           5,413   

Average loss on sale of foreclosed properties19

     14        13        15        15        10

Average total loss on foreclosed properties20

     55        55        55        54        52

Average time to sell foreclosed properties (days)

     168           169           167           165           158   

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

Credit cards

In our US credit card business, which comprises both general and private label cards, lending balances declined by 9% from the end of 2010 to US$31bn despite consumer spending remaining relatively strong. The fall reflected fewer active accounts, an increase in focus by customers on reducing outstanding debt, seasonal improvements in our collections as some customers used tax refunds to repay credit card debt, lower balances in certain segments of the portfolio where we no longer originate new accounts and, in the private label portfolio, the exit of certain merchant relationships. Credit quality continued to improve in the first half of 2011, reflecting improved customer payment patterns which led to a continued fall in delinquency rates. In our credit card portfolio, two months or more delinquency rates declined to 3.3% at 30 June 2011, while in our private label cards portfolio, two months or more delinquency rates decreased to 2.4% at 30 June 2011.

Other personal lending

Unsecured personal lending balances in the US continued to fall, largely due to run-off. Two months or more delinquency rates declined reflecting the run-off and seasonal improvement in collections.

Loan delinquency

The table overleaf sets out the trends in two months and over contractual delinquencies.

Forbearance strategies and renegotiated loans

For a description of current policies and practices regarding forbearance and renegotiated loans, see page 150. There were no significant changes to them in the period.

Renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired totalled US$33bn at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: US$36bn; 31 December 2010: US$35bn). The largest concentration was in the US and amounted to US$26bn or 78% (30 June 2010: US$31bn or 85%; 31 December 2010: US$28bn or 82%) of our total renegotiated loans, substantially all of which were held by HSBC Finance.

The second largest concentration was in Latin America and amounted to US$3bn (30 June 2010: US$1bn; 31 December 2010: US$2bn), constituting 10% of total renegotiated loans (30 June 2010: 3%; 31 December 2010: 5%). Although, Europe and the UK in particular represented the single largest lending portfolio, forbearance activities remained limited and renegotiated loans in the UK totalled only US$2bn (30 June 2010: US$2bn; 31 December 2010: US$2bn), reflecting the quality of the portfolios including the residential mortgage book.

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Similarly, the continued economic growth in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific meant that forbearance activity remained low and renegotiated loans totalled only US$0.4bn and US$0.5bn, respectively (30 June 2010: US$0.4bn and US$0.5bn; 31 December 2010: US$0.3bn and US$0.5bn).

HSBC Finance loan modifications and re-ageing

HSBC Finance maintains customer account management policies and practices, including account modification and re-age programmes. Modification occurs when the terms of a loan are changed either temporarily or permanently. Modification may also lead to a re-ageing of an account, although it may be re-aged without any modification to the original terms and conditions of the loan. In the first half of 2011, HSBC Finance modified 18,700 loans in Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services through its foreclosure avoidance and account modification programmes, with an aggregate balance of US$2.6bn.

 

At 30 June 2011, the total balance outstanding on HSBC Finance real estate secured accounts which had been re-aged or modified was US$25.4bn, compared with US$26.7bn at the end of 2010. US$10.4bn related to loans that had been re-aged without modification to the terms (30 June 2010: US$10.7bn; 31 December 2010: US$10.6bn), and US$13.3bn related to loans whose terms had been modified and re-aged (30 June 2010: US$14.6bn; 31 December 2010: US$13.9bn). These amounts are included in the renegotiated loans balance disclosed above. In addition, US$1.7bn of loans had been modified but not re-aged (30 June 2010: US$3.1bn; 31 December 2010: US$2.2bn) and as such did not meet the definition of a renegotiated loan as the impairment or past-due status of the loans did not change on modification. At 30 June 2011, 66% of modified or re-aged real estate loans remained up-to-date or past due less than 30 days (30 June 2010: 63%; 31 December 2010: 62%) and 24% were two or more months delinquent (30 June 2010: 25%; 31 December 2010: 26%).

 

 

Trends in two months and over contractual delinquency in the US

 

    

At

    30 Jun

2011

        

At

    31 Dec

2010

        

At

    30 Jun

2010

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m   

In Personal Lending in the US

            

Residential mortgages

     7,864           8,632           8,591   

Second lien mortgage lending

     646           847           930   

Vehicle finance

                         152   

Credit card

     628           957           1,201   

Private label

     285           404           478   

Personal non-credit card

     517           811           987   
                              

Total

     9,940           11,651           12,339   
                              
     % 21         % 21         % 21 

Residential mortgages

     14.28           15.00           14.02   

Second lien mortgage lending

     7.60           9.10           8.98   

Vehicle finance

                         3.59   

Credit card

     3.33           4.69           5.65   

Private label

     2.41           3.03           3.80   

Personal non-credit card

     7.22           9.49           9.60   

Total

     9.80           10.67           10.28   

 

 

109


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

    

At

30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

At

31 Dec

2010

US$m

        

At

30 Jun

2010

US$m

 

In Mortgage Services and Consumer Lending22

            

Mortgage Services:

     2,596           3,002           3,067   

– first lien

     2,432           2,757           2,788   

– second lien

     164           245           279   

Consumer Lending:

     4,734           5,284           5,278   

– first lien

     4,420           4,861           4,795   

– second lien

     314           423           483   
     % 21         % 21         % 21 

Mortgage Services:

            

– first lien

     17.22           18.02           16.50   

– second lien

     8.32           10.80           10.63   

– total

     16.13           17.09           15.71   

Consumer Lending:

            

– first lien

     15.73           16.23           14.85   

– second lien

     10.46           12.72           12.44   

– total

     15.22           15.88           14.59   

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

Credit quality of financial instruments

The five classifications describing the credit quality of HSBC’s lending, debt securities portfolios and derivatives are set out in the Appendix to Risk on page 150 and defined on page 114 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010. Additional credit quality information in respect of our consolidated holdings of ABSs is provided on page 121.

For the purpose of the following disclosure, retail loans which are past due up to 89 days and are not otherwise classified as EL9 or EL10 are not disclosed within the EL grade to which they relate, but are separately classified as past due but not impaired.

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality

 

     Neither past due nor impaired    Past due                     Impair-             
              Strong
US$m
        

Good

          US$m

        

      Satisfac-
tory

US$m

         Sub-
     standard
US$m
         but not
     impaired
US$m
              Impaired
US$m
         ment
allowances
25
US$m
        

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

                                     

Cash and balances at central banks

     66,860           999           229           130                                    68,218   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     14,107           658           291           2                                    15,058   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     19,745                                                                  19,745   

Trading assets26

     318,456           51,432           62,735           5,609                          438,232   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     21,488           1,197           1,214                                    23,899   

– debt securities

     173,233           10,726           22,215           2,631                          208,805   

– loans and advances:

                                               

to banks

     73,490           20,773           4,347           1,524                          100,134   

to customers

     50,245           18,736           34,959           1,454                          105,394   

Financial assets designated at fair value26

     7,856           5,356           6,700           65                          19,977   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     207                                                        207   

– debt securities

     6,660           5,085           6,686           65                          18,496   

– loans and advances:

                                               

to banks

     70           271           14                                    355   

to customers

     919                                                        919   

Derivatives26

     211,625           34,718           11,096           3,233                          260,672   

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

     692,926           306,987           193,916           33,765           29,052           26,179           (18,894        1,263,931   

– to banks

     182,273           35,168           7,666           785           116           197           (162        226,043   

– to customers27

     510,653           271,819           186,250           32,980           28,936           25,982           (18,732        1,037,888   

Financial investments

     351,940           24,373           25,631           4,103                     2,603                408,650   

– treasury and other similar bills

     54,771           3,370           3,479           44                                    61,664   

– debt securities

     297,169           21,003           22,152           4,059                     2,603                346,986   

Other assets

     11,982           7,285           15,106           1,525           637           254                36,789   

– endorsements and acceptances

     1,801           4,228           4,776           499           16           18                11,338   

– accrued income and other

     10,181           3,057           10,330           1,026           621           236                25,451   
                                                                                     

Total financial instruments

     1,695,497           431,808           315,704           48,432           29,689           29,036           (18,894        2,531,272   
                                                                                     

 

 

111


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality (continued)

 

 

 

     Neither past due nor impaired    Past due                     Impair-             
               Strong
US$m
        

Good

          US$m

        

      Satisfac-
tory

US$m

         Sub-
      standard
US$m
         but not
      impaired
US$m
              Impaired
US$m
         ment
allowances25
US$m
        

Total

        US$m

 

At 30 June 2010

                                     

Cash and balances at central banks

     67,466           1,899           1,910           301                          71,576   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     10,200           554           441                                    11,195   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     18,364                                                        18,364   

Trading assets26

     278,887           52,634           43,105           1,814                          376,440   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     20,524           1,054           473           185                          22,236   

– debt securities

     173,483           7,709           12,539           659                          194,390   

– loans and advances:

                                               

to banks

     50,641           21,567           4,960           266                          77,434   

to customers

     34,239           22,304           25,133           704                          82,380   

Financial assets designated at fair value26

     7,722           3,600           6,988           40                          18,350   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     215                     34                                    249   

– debt securities

     6,114           3,600           6,399           40                          16,153   

– loans and advances:

                                               

to banks

     594                     555                                    1,149   

to customers

     799                                                        799   

Derivatives26

     196,558           70,831           18,587           2,303                          288,279   

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

     585,784           234,005           188,792           40,386           34,749           28,115           (22,198        1,089,633   

– to banks

     142,135           40,911           12,064           983           140           228           (165        196,296   

– to customers27

     443,649           193,094           176,728           39,403           34,609           27,887           (22,033        893,337   

Financial investments

     333,892           20,963           15,298           4,072                     2,417                376,642   

– treasury and other similar bills

     56,193           2,289           2,353           439                     1                61,275   

– debt securities

     277,699           18,674           12,945           3,633                     2,416                315,367   

Other assets

     9,797           5,880           12,264           1,583           660           459                30,643   

– endorsements and acceptances

     1,506           2,896           4,508           639           14           10                9,573   

– accrued income and other

     8,291           2,984           7,756           944           646           449                21,070   
                                                                                     

Total financial instruments

     1,508,670           390,366           287,385           50,499           35,409           30,991           (22,198        2,281,122   
                                                                                     

 

 

112


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

     Neither past due nor impaired    Past due                     Impair-             
              Strong
US$m
        

Good

         US$m

        

      Satisfac-
tory

US$m

         Sub-
     standard
US$m
         but not
     impaired
US$m
              Impaired
US$m
         ment
allowances25
US$m
        

Total

US$m

 

At 31 December 2010

                                     

Cash and balances at central banks

     51,682           3,100           2,461           140                          57,383   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     5,631           101           340                                    6,072   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     19,057                                                        19,057   

Trading assets26

     256,576           41,620           43,278           2,492                          343,966   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     23,663           1,000           957                                    25,620   

– debt securities

     141,837           8,254           17,222           955                          168,268   

– loans and advances:

                                               

to banks

     55,534           9,980           4,865           77                          70,456   

to customers

     35,542           22,386           20,234           1,460                          79,622   

Financial assets designated at fair value26

     8,377           4,640           6,536           40                          19,593   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     158                     1                                    159   

– debt securities

     7,310           4,368           6,530           40                          18,248   

– loans and advances:

                                               

to banks

     38           272           5                                    315   

to customers

     871                                                        871   

Derivatives26

     199,920           45,042           13,980           1,815                          260,757   

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

     653,248           251,265           186,704           37,057           30,320           28,284           (20,241        1,166,637   

– to banks

     166,943           33,051           6,982           1,152           108           193           (158        208,271   

– to customers27

     486,305           218,214           179,722           35,905           30,212           28,091           (20,083        958,366   

Financial investments

     345,265           23,253           17,168           4,479           16           2,591                392,772   

– treasury and other similar bills

     52,423           2,702           1,882           115                     7                57,129   

– debt securities

     292,842           20,551           15,286           4,364           16           2,584                335,643   

Other assets

     9,752           6,067           12,212           1,510           513           317                30,371   

– endorsements and acceptances

     2,074           3,305           4,227           493           9           8                10,116   

– accrued income and other

     7,678           2,762           7,985           1,017           504           309                20,255   
                                                                                     

Total financial instruments

     1,549,508           375,088           282,679           47,533           30,849           31,192           (20,241        2,296,608   
                                                                                     

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

Financial instruments on which credit quality has been assessed increased by 10% to US$2,531bn in the first half of 2011, of which US$1,695bn or 67% was classified as ‘strong’. This percentage was in line with 31 December 2010. The proportion of financial instruments classified as ‘good’ and ‘satisfactory’ remained broadly stable at 17% and 12%, respectively. The proportion of ‘sub-standard’ financial instruments was 2%.

Loans and advances held at amortised cost on which credit quality has been assessed increased by 8% to US$1,264bn. The increase in balances was mainly due to growth in corporate and commercial

lending, as economic conditions generally improved and trade flows increased. The proportion of balances classified as ‘strong’ was broadly in line with the end of 2010 while the portion of balances classified as ‘good’ increased from 22% to 24%.

Trading assets on which credit quality has been assessed grew by 27% to US$438bn from 31 December 2010. The rise reflected an increase in our holdings of debt securities, together with a rise in settlement accounts and higher reverse repo balances. The proportion of balances classified as ‘strong’ declined from 75% to 73%.

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

Examples of exposures past due but not impaired include overdue loans fully secured by cash collateral; mortgages that are individually assessed for impairment and that are in arrears more than

90 days, but where the value of collateral is sufficient to repay both the principal debt and all potential interest for at least one year; and short-term trade facilities past due more than 90 days for technical reasons such as delays in documentation, but where there is no concern over the creditworthiness of the counterparty.

 

 

Past due but not impaired gross loans and advances to customers and banks by geographical region

 

     Europe
US$m
    

Hong

Kong

US$m

    

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

     MENA
US$m
    

North

America
US$m

     Latin
America
US$m
    

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

     2,529         1,071         2,377         1,319         18,156         3,600         29,052   

At 30 June 2010

     2,717         1,230         2,019         1,372         23,483         3,928         34,749   

At 31 December 2010

     2,518         1,158         2,092         1,351         20,227         2,974         30,320   

Past due but not impaired gross loans and advances to customers and banks by industry sector

 

    

At

          30 June
2011

US$m

        

At

         30 June
2010

US$m

        

At
31 December
2010

US$m

 

Banks

     116           140           108   

Customers

     28,936           34,609           30,212   

Personal

     23,435           28,995           24,824   

Corporate and commercial

     5,187           5,451           5,292   

Financial

     314           163           96   
                              
     29,052           34,749           30,320   
                              

Ageing analysis of past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

 

    

  Up to 29
days

US$m

        

30-59

days

      US$m

        

60-89

days

      US$m

        

     90-179

days

US$m

        

180 days

and over
US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

                           

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

     19,254           6,257           3,169           235           137           29,052   

– to banks

     116                                                   116   

– to customers

     19,138           6,257           3,169           235           137           28,936   

Other assets

     317           166           72           30           52           637   

– endorsements and acceptances

     13           1                               2           16   

– other

     304           165           72           30           50           621   
                                                               
     19,571           6,423           3,241           265           189           29,689   
                                                               

At 30 June 2010

                           

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

     22,627           8,058           3,682           238           144           34,749   

– to banks

     140                                                   140   

– to customers

     22,487           8,058           3,682           238           144           34,609   

Other assets

     348           164           85           24           39           660   

– endorsements and acceptances

     8           3           1           1           1           14   

– other

     340           161           84           23           38           646   
                                                               
     22,975           8,222           3,767           262           183           35,409   
                                                               

 

 

114


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

    

Up to 29
days

US$m

        

30-59

days

  US$m

        

60-89

days

  US$m

        

90-179

days

  US$m

        

180 days

and over
  US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

At 31 December 2010

                           

Loans and advances held at amortised cost

     19,481           6,915           3,281           482           161           30,320   

– to banks

     108                                                   108   

– to customers

     19,373           6,915           3,281           482           161           30,212   

 

Financial investments

                           

– debt securities

     16                                                   16   

 

Other assets

     262           123           57           26           45           513   

– endorsements and acceptances

     7                               1           1           9   

– other

     255           123           57           25           44           504   
                                                               
  

 

 

 

19,759

 

  

       7,038           3,338           508           206           30,849   
                                                               
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 
                                                                   

Impairment of loans and advances

Impaired loans and advances to customers and banks by industry sector

 

    

Impaired loans and advances

at 30 June 2011

        

Impaired loans and advances

at 30 June 2010

        

Impaired loans and advances

at 31 December 2010

 
     Individ-
ually
assessed
US$m
         Collect-
ively
assessed
US$m
        

Total

US$m

         Individ-
ually
assessed
US$m
         Collect-
ively
assessed
US$m
         Total
US$m
         Individ-
ually
assessed
US$m
         Collect-
ively
assessed
US$m
         Total
US$m
 

 

Banks

     197                     197           228                     228           193                     193   

 

Customers

     14,806           11,176           25,982           14,462           13,425           27,887           15,201           12,890           28,091   

– personal

     2,145           10,861           13,006           1,877           13,119           14,996           2,121           12,592           14,713   

– corporate and commercial

     11,462           315           11,777           11,663           305           11,968           11,964           298           12,262   

– financial

     1,199                     1,199           922           1           923           1,116                     1,116   
                                                                                                
  

 

 

 

15,003

 

  

       11,176           26,179           14,690           13,425           28,115           15,394           12,890           28,284   
                                                                                                

 

Impairment allowances

The tables below analyse by geographical region the impairment allowances recognised for impaired

loans and advances that are either individually assessed or collectively assessed, and collective impairment allowances on loans and advances classified as not impaired.

 

 

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers by geographical region

 

     Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong
US$m

        

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

         MENA
US$m
         North
America
US$m
         Latin
America
US$m
        

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

                                

Gross loans and advances

                                

Individually assessed impaired loans28

     8,923           489           1,081           1,896           1,553           864           14,806   

 

Collectively assessed29

     482,740           159,454           121,176           25,367           185,991           67,086           1,041,814   

– impaired loans28

     1,279           21           127           299           7,793           1,657           11,176   

– non-impaired loans30

     481,461           159,433           121,049           25,068           178,198           65,429           1,030,638   
                                                                          

 

TGLAC

     491,663           159,943           122,257           27,263           187,544           67,950           1,056,620   
                                                                          

 

Total impairment allowances

     5,332           573           828           1,569           8,282           2,148           18,732   

– individually assessed

     3,607           297           518           1,098           384           339           6,243   

– collectively assessed

     1,725           276           310           471           7,898           1,809           12,489   
                                                                          

 

Net loans and advances

     486,331           159,370           121,429           25,694           179,262           65,802           1,037,888   
                                                                          

 

 

115


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

    

Europe

%

          Hong
Kong
%
         

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific

%

         

MENA

%

         

North
America

%

          Latin
America
%
         

Total

%

 

Individually assessed allowances as a percentage of individually assessed impaired loans

     40.4            60.7            47.9            57.9            24.7            39.2            42.2   

Collectively assessed allowances as a percentage of collectively assessed loans and advances

     0.4            0.2            0.3            1.9            4.2            2.7            1.2   

Total allowances as a percentage of TGLAC

     1.1            0.4            0.7            5.8            4.4            3.2            1.8   
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 30 June 2010

                                      

Gross loans and advances

                                      

Individually assessed impaired loans28

     8,420            782            989            1,718            1,699            854            14,462   

 

Collectively assessed29

     404,641            114,024            91,539            23,263            217,349            50,092            900,908   

– impaired loans28

     1,837            32            157            260            9,420            1,719            13,425   

– non-impaired loans30

     402,804            113,992            91,382            23,003            207,929            48,373            887,483   
                                                                                

 

TGLAC

     413,061            114,806            92,528            24,981            219,048            50,946            915,370   
                                                                                

 

Total impairment allowances

     5,835            731            856            1,587            10,907            2,117            22,033   

– individually assessed

     3,647            444            474            1,032            434            371            6,402   

– collectively assessed

     2,188            287            382            555            10,473            1,746            15,631   
                                                                                

 

Net loans and advances

     407,226            114,075            91,672            23,394            208,141            48,829            893,337   
                                                                                
  

 

 

 

%

 

  

        %            %            %            %            %            %   

Individually assessed allowances as a percentage of individually assessed impaired loans

     43.3            56.8            47.9            60.1            25.5            43.4            44.3   

Collectively assessed allowances as a percentage of collectively assessed loans and advances

     0.5            0.3            0.4            2.4            4.8            3.5            1.7   

Total allowances as a percentage of TGLAC

     1.4            0.6            0.9            6.4            5.0            4.2            2.4   
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2010

                                      

Gross loans and advances

                                      

Individually assessed impaired loans28

     8,831            637            1,185            2,137            1,632            779            15,201   

 

Collectively assessed29

     432,631            140,683            108,505            24,141            198,070            59,218            963,248   

– impaired loans28

     1,726            23            139            296            9,095            1,611            12,890   

– non-impaired loans30

     430,905            140,660            108,366            23,845            188,975            57,607            950,358   
                                                                                

 

TGLAC

     441,462            141,320            109,690            26,278            199,702            59,997            978,449   
                                                                                

 

Total impairment allowances

     5,663            629            959            1,652            9,170            2,010            20,083   

– individually assessed

     3,563            345            629            1,163            390            367            6,457   

– collectively assessed

     2,100            284            330            489            8,780            1,643            13,626   
                                                                                

 

Net loans and advances

     435,799            140,691            108,731            24,626            190,532            57,987            958,366   
                                                                                
    

 

%

          %           %           %           %           %           %  

Individually assessed allowances as a percentage of individually assessed impaired loans

     40.3            54.2            53.1            54.4            23.9            47.1            42.5   

Collectively assessed allowances as a percentage of collectively assessed loans and advances

     0.5            0.2            0.3            2.0            4.4            2.8            1.4   

Total allowances as a percentage of TGLAC

     1.3            0.4            0.9            6.3            4.6            3.4            2.1   

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

 

116


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Movement in impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers and banks

 

     Banks          Customers             
    

individually

assessed7

         Individually
assessed
         Collectively
assessed
                     Total  
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

 

At 1 January 2011

     158           6,457           13,626           20,241   

Amounts written off

               (986        (5,975        (6,961

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

               107           623           730   

Charge to income statement

     1           637           4,335           4,973   

Exchange and other movements

     3           28           (120        (89
                                         

 

At 30 June 2011

     162           6,243           12,489           18,894   
                                         

 

Impairment allowances:

                 

on loans and advances to customers

          6,243           12,489           18,732   

– personal

          679           10,550           11,229   

– corporate and commercial

          4,966           1,853           6,819   

– financial

          598           86           684   

 

as a percentage of loans and advances31,32

     0.10        0.64        1.27        1.66
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

 

At 1 January 2010

     107           6,494           19,048           25,649   

Amounts written off

     (8        (675        (9,678        (10,361

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

     2           58           393           453   

Charge to income statement

     12           1,057           6,165           7,234   

Exchange and other movements

     52           (532        (297        (777
                                         

 

At 30 June 2010

     165           6,402           15,631           22,198   
                                         

 

Impairment allowances:

                 

on loans and advances to customers

          6,402           15,631           22,033   

– personal

          544           13,465           14,009   

– corporate and commercial

          5,471           2,050           7,521   

– financial

          387           116           503   

 

as a percentage of loans and advances31,32

     0.13        0.76        1.86        2.29
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

 

At 1 July 2010

     165           6,402           15,631           22,198   

Amounts written off

     (1        (1,766        (7,172        (8,939

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

               85           482           567   

Charge to income statement

               1,556           4,758           6,314   

Exchange and other movements

     (6        180           (73        101   
                                         

 

At 31 December 2010

     158           6,457           13,626           20,241   
                                         

 

Impairment allowances:

                 

on loans and advances to customers

          6,457           13,626           20,083   

– personal

          615           11,678           12,293   

– corporate and commercial

          5,274           1,863           7,137   

– financial

          568           85           653   

 

as a percentage of loans and advances31,32

     0.11        0.70        1.49        1.91

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

 

117


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Impairment charge

Net loan impairment charge by geographical region

 

      Europe
US$m
       

Hong

Kong

    US$m

       

    Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

       

    MENA

US$m

       

North

  America

US$m

       

Latin

  America

US$m

       

Total

    US$m

 

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                         

Individually assessed impairment allowances

                         

New allowances

    744          20          78          96          182          89          1,209   

Release of allowances no longer required

    (269       (23       (61       (37       (41       (35       (466

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

    (21       (13       (11       (11       (15       (34       (105
                                                                   
 

 

 

 

454

 

  

      (16       6          48          126          20          638   
                                                                   

Collectively assessed impairment allowances

                         

New allowances net of allowance releases

    684          52          188          81          3,004          951          4,960   

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

    (288       (13       (90       (30       (55       (149       (625
                                                                   
 

 

 

 

396

 

  

      39          98          51          2,949          802          4,335   
                                                                   

 

Total charge for impairment losses

 

 

 

 

850

 

  

      23          104          99          3,075          822          4,973   
                                                                   

Banks

                                                 1          1   

Customers

    850          23          104          99          3,075          821          4,972   
                                                                   
 

 

 

 

%

 

  

      %          %          %          %          %          %   

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances (annualised)

    0.30          0.02          0.12          0.57          2.99          1.73          0.78   
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 30 June 2011

                         

Impaired loans

    10,309          514          1,210          2,215          9,408          2,523          26,179   

Impairment allowances

    5,412          573          828          1,586          8,346          2,149          18,894   

 

Half-year to 30 June 2010

                         

Individually assessed impairment allowances

                         

New allowances

    782          60          72          388          240          64          1,606   

Release of allowances no longer required

    (230       (29       (52       (33       (107       (26       (477

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

    (11       (7       (8       (5       (21       (8       (60
                                                                   
 

 

 

 

541

 

  

      24          12          350          112          30          1,069   
                                                                   

Collectively assessed impairment allowances

                         

New allowances net of allowance releases

    777          52          212          111          4,537          869          6,558   

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

    (104       (13       (77       (24       (73       (102       (393
                                                                   
 

 

 

 

673

 

  

      39          135          87          4,464          767          6,165   
                                                                   

 

Total charge for impairment losses

 

 

 

 

1,214

 

  

      63          147          437          4,576          797          7,234   
                                                                   

Banks

    2                            2          8                   12   

Customers

    1,212          63          147          435          4,568          797          7,222   
                                                                   
 

 

 

 

%

 

  

      %          %          %          %          %          %   

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances (annualised)

    0.49          0.09          0.23          2.62          3.91          2.22          1.31   
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 30 June 2010

                         

Impaired loans

    10,398          818          1,147          1,998          11,181          2,573          28,115   

Impairment allowances

    5,919          731          856          1,605          10,970          2,117          22,198   

 

 

118


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

       Europe
US$m
        

Hong

      Kong

US$m

        

    Rest of
Asia-

Pacific

US$m

        

  MENA

US$m

        

North

America

US$m

        

Latin

America

US$m

        

     Total

US$m

     

Half-year to 31 December 2010

                                  

Individually assessed impairment allowances

                                  

New allowances

     1,092           51           239           173           340           116           2,011     

Release of allowances no longer required

     (164        (25        (32        (22        (89        (38        (370  

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (24        (5        (21        1           (15        (21        (85  
                                                                            
     904           21           186           152           236           57           1,556     
                                                                            

Collectively assessed impairment allowances

                                  

New allowances net of allowance releases

     562           67           177           63           3,565           806           5,240     

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (148        (14        (82        (29        (73        (136        (482  
                                                                            
     414           53           95           34           3,492           670           4,758     
                                                                            

Total charge for impairment losses

     1,318           74           281           186           3,728           727           6,314     

Customers

     1,318           74           281           186           3,728           727           6,314     
                                                                            
  

 

 

 

%

 

  

       %           %           %           %           %           %     

 

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances (annualised)

     0.51           0.09           0.38           1.05           3.43           1.68           1.07     
    

 

US$m

         US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m      

 

At 31 December 2010

                                  

Impaired loans

     10,663           665           1,324           2,453           10,789           2,390           28,284     

Impairment allowances

     5,741           629           959           1,669           9,234           2,010           20,241     

 

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers by geographical region

 

  

 
     Europe         

Hong

Kong

        

Rest of
Asia-

Pacific

         MENA          North
America
         Latin
America
         Total      
     %          %          %          %          %          %          %      

 

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                                  

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.57           0.07           0.36           1.04           3.27           3.20           1.20     

Recoveries

     (0.15        (0.03        (0.18        (0.31        (0.07        (0.58        (0.15  
                                                                            

 

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.42           0.04           0.18           0.73           3.20           2.62           1.05     
                                                                            

 

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.68           0.10           0.38           0.45           3.89           2.39           1.31     

 

Half-year to 30 June 2010

                                  

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.71           0.17           0.51           3.85           4.34           3.64           1.81     

Recoveries

     (0.06        (0.04        (0.19        (0.24        (0.09        (0.44        (0.11  
                                                                            

 

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.65           0.13           0.32           3.61           4.25           3.20           1.70     
                                                                            

 

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.49           0.26           0.59           1.84           6.69           4.72           2.32     

 

Half-year to 31 December 2010

                                  

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.77           0.13           0.80           1.65           3.71           3.24           1.53     

Recoveries

     (0.09        (0.03        (0.21        (0.23        (0.09        (0.58        (0.13  
                                                                            

 

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.68           0.10           0.59           1.42           3.62           2.66           1.40     
                                                                            

 

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.92           0.14           0.48           0.83           5.08           3.38           1.86     

 

 

119


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Impaired loans by geographical region

 

    

31 Dec 10

  as reported
US$m

        

Constant
        currency
effect

US$m

        

31 Dec 10

at 30 Jun 11
exchange
rates

US$m

        

Movement
on a
constant
        currency
basis

US$m

        

30 Jun 11

  as reported
US$m

        

Reported

            change

%

        

Movement
on a
constant
        currency
basis

%

 

 

Europe

     10,663           421           11,084           (775        10,309           (3        (7

Hong Kong

     665                     665           (151        514           (23        (23

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     1,324           33           1,357           (147        1,210           (9        (11

Middle East and North Africa

     2,453           (4        2,449           (234        2,215           (10        (10

North America

     10,789           26           10,815           (1,407        9,408           (13        (13

Latin America

     2,390           116           2,506           17           2,523           6           1   
                                                              

 

Total

     28,284           592           28,876           (2,697        26,179           (7        (9
                                                              

 

Impaired loans and net loan impairment allowances

On a reported basis, loan impairment charges to the income statement of US$5.0bn in the first half of 2011 declined by 31% compared with the first half of 2010 and by 21% compared with the second half of 2010. Reported impaired loans were US$26.2bn, 7% lower than at 31 December 2010.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

New loan impairment allowances were US$6.2bn, a decline of 26% compared with the first half of 2010, reflecting an overall improvement in the credit environment and lower lending balances in our US run-off portfolios. Releases and recoveries of US$1.2bn were 24% higher, mainly in the UK reflecting economic recovery.

Impaired loans were 2% of total gross loans and advances at 30 June 2011, in line with 31 December 2010.

In Europe, new loan impairment allowances were US$1.4bn, 13% lower than in the first half of 2010, reflecting an improved credit environment across the region. Individually assessed new loan impairment allowances decreased, mainly in the UK, as a result of lower loan impairment charges against specific exposures. Collectively assessed new loan impairment allowances also declined, mainly in the UK personal lending book, as a result of improved delinquency rates in both the secured and unsecured portfolios, strengthened risk management practices and improved collections. In addition, lower new loan impairment allowances reflected lower levels of unsecured lending. Impaired loans of US$10.3bn were 7% lower than at 31 December 2010.

Releases and recoveries in Europe were US$580m, an increase of 61% compared with the first half of 2010 due to higher recoveries in the UK.

 

In Hong Kong, new loan impairment allowances fell by 37% compared with the first half of 2010. New individually assessed loan impairment allowances declined, reflecting fewer loan impairment charges against specific exposures, while collectively assessed allowances remained broadly flat. Impaired loans declined by 23% from 31 December 2010, reflecting debt restructuring, repayments and write-offs.

Releases and recoveries in Hong Kong were US$49m, in line with the first half of 2010.

New loan impairment allowances in Rest of Asia-Pacific decreased by 11% to US$266m. The decline reflected lower collectively assessed new loan impairment allowances, mainly in India, where lending balances fell as certain higher risk unsecured portfolios were managed down. This was partly offset by increases in collectively assessed new loan impairment allowances in other parts of the region. Individually assessed new loan impairment allowances increased, mainly in Australia, due to loan impairment charges raised against a small number of CMB exposures. Impaired loans in the region decreased by 11% from the end of 2010 to US$1.2bn at 30 June 2011, mainly in India due to the write-off of a previously impaired loan.

Releases and recoveries in the region decreased by 12%, mainly due to lower releases for cards and unsecured products.

In the Middle East and North Africa, new loan impairment allowances declined by 65% to US$177m in the first half of 2011. Individually assessed new loan impairment charges fell, as charges in 2011 were restricted to a small number of corporate exposures and due to the non-recurrence of a significant charge related to a single corporate exposure in the UAE. Collectively assessed new loan impairment allowances also declined, primarily in the UAE due to lower delinquencies as a result of an improvement in the credit environment. Impaired

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

loans decreased by 10% from 31 December 2010 to US$2.2bn due to the derecognition of a previously impaired loan in the UAE following debt restructuring.

Releases and recoveries in the region decreased by 26% to US$78m from the first half of 2010.

In North America, new loan impairment allowances declined markedly, reducing by 33% to US$3.2bn. In our Consumer Finance portfolios, the fall in new loan impairment allowances reflected a reduction in lending balances and an improvement in credit quality resulting in lower delinquency rates and higher recovery rates. This was partly offset by additional impairment charges as a result of changes in assumptions on the pace of recovery in house prices and delays in the timing of expected cash flows as a result of the temporary foreclosure suspension.

In our corporate and commercial portfolios, new loan impairment allowances also declined in the commercial real estate and middle market sectors, and lower write-offs in business banking reflected improved credit quality and lower delinquency levels. This was partially offset by a specific loan impairment charge associated with the downgrade of an individual commercial real estate loan. Releases and recoveries in North America declined by 45% to US$111m due to lower levels of payments on loans resulting in lower releases.

Impaired loans decreased by 13% from the end of 2010 to US$9.4bn, driven by the continued run-off of the Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services portfolios.

In Latin America, new loan impairment allowances increased by 3% to US$1.0bn. The increase in new loan impairment allowances was primarily in Brazil, driven by lending growth and higher delinquency partly offset by lower collective new loan impairment allowances reflecting the reduction in the size of the credit card portfolio in Mexico. Impaired loans were broadly in line with 31 December 2010 as an increase in Brazil reflecting increased delinquency and higher lending balances was broadly offset by a decline in Mexico following settlement of a previously impaired loan, and lower impaired loans in Argentina.

Releases and recoveries in Latin America increased by 51% from the first half of 2010 to US$218m, primarily in Brazil due to improved collections initiatives.

Securitisation exposures and other structured products

This section contains information about our exposure to the following:

 

 

asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s), including mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s) and related collateralised debt obligations (‘CDO’s);

 

 

direct lending at fair value through profit or loss;

 

 

monolines;

 

 

credit derivative product companies (‘CDPC’s);

 

 

leveraged finance transactions; and

 

 

representations and warranties related to mortgage sales and securitisation activities.

Business model

MBSs and other ABSs are held in Balance Sheet Management and as part of our investment portfolios in order to earn net interest income and management fees. Some are also held in the trading portfolio and hedged through credit derivative protection with the intention of earning the spread differential over the life of the instruments.

Our investment portfolios include securities investment conduits (‘SIC’s) and money market funds, as described in Note 21 on the Financial Statements. We also originate leveraged finance loans for the purpose of syndicating or selling them down to generate trading profit or holding them to earn interest margin over their lives.

These activities are not a significant part of GB&M’s ongoing activities. The purchase and securitisation of US mortgage loans and the secondary trading of US MBSs, which was conducted in our US MBS business, was discontinued in 2007.

Exposure in the first half of 2011

The first half of 2011 and, in particular, the second quarter saw renewed uncertainty and concerns over sovereign credit risk, and a more pessimistic outlook for the US housing market. However, despite these developments, the levels of write-downs and losses on our holdings of structured assets remained modest with net write-downs to the income statement of US$0.2bn in the first half of 2011 (first half of 2010: US$0.1bn net write-backs; second half of 2010: US$0.1bn net write-downs). Unrealised losses in our available-for-sale reserve continued to reduce due to increases in fair value and the principal amortisation of ABSs as repayments were received at par with the available-for-sale ABS reserve deficit down US$1.6bn to US$4.8bn.

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Overall exposure of HSBC

 

     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
     Carrying
      amount
US$bn
        

Including

sub-prime
and Alt-A
US$bn

         Carrying
      amount
US$bn
         Including
sub-prime
and Alt-A
US$bn
         Carrying
      amount
US$bn
         Including
sub-prime
and Alt-A
US$bn
 

 

ABSs

     72.9           8.1           72.6           9.4           73.9           8.5   

– fair value through profit or loss

     10.1           0.3           10.8           0.5           10.8           0.3   

– available for sale33

     54.7           6.8           53.2           7.5           54.7           7.1   

– held to maturity33

     2.1           0.2           2.4           0.2           2.2           0.2   

– loans and receivables

     6.0           0.8           6.2           1.2           6.2           0.9   

 

Loans at fair value through profit or loss

     1.1           0.9           1.9           1.5           1.6           1.2   
                                                               

 

Total ABS and direct lending at fair value through profit or loss

     74.0           9.0           74.5           10.9           75.5           9.7   

 

Less securities mitigated by credit derivatives with monolines and other financial institutions

     (8.4        (0.3        (8.6        (0.6        (8.3        (0.4
                                                               
     65.6           8.7           65.9           10.3           67.2           9.3   

Leveraged finance loans

     3.7                     5.2                     4.9             

– fair value through profit or loss

     0.1                     0.2                     0.3             

– loans and receivables

     3.6                     5.0                     4.6             
                                                               
  

 

 

 

69.3

 

  

       8.7           71.1           10.3           72.1           9.3   
                                                               

 

Exposure including securities mitigated by credit derivatives with monolines and other financial institutions

     77.7           9.0           79.7           10.9           80.4           9.7   

For footnote, see page 146.

 

ABSs classified as available for sale

Our principal holdings of available-for-sale ABSs are in GB&M through special purpose entities (‘SPE’s) which were established from the outset with the benefit of external investor first loss

protection support, together with positions held directly and by Solitaire Funding Limited (‘Solitaire’), where we have first loss risk.

The following table summarises our exposure to ABSs classified as available for sale.

 

 

Available-for-sale asset-backed securities exposure

 

     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
    

Directly

held/

Solitaire34
US$m

        

        SPEs

US$m

        

        Total

US$m

        

Directly

held/

Solitaire34
US$m

        

        SPEs

US$m

        

        Total

US$m

        

Directly

held/

Solitaire34
US$m

        

        SPEs

US$m

        

        Total

US$m

 

Total carrying amount of net principal exposure

     41,685           12,992           54,677           39,391           13,774           53,165           41,106           13,586           54,692   

Notional principal value of securities impaired

     3,426           2,371           5,797           2,710           2,372           5,082           3,015           2,399           5,414   

Carrying value of capital notes liability

               (333        (333                  (320        (320                  (254        (254

For footnote, see page 146.

 

 

122


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Movement in the available-for-sale (‘AFS’) reserve

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011         Half-year to 30 June 2010         Half-year to 31 December 2010  
   

Directly

held/

 Solitaire34

        SPEs         Total        

Directly

held/

 Solitaire34

                SPEs         Total        

Directly

held/

 Solitaire34

        SPEs         Total  
    US$m               US$m               US$m         US$m         US$m               US$m         US$m               US$m               US$m  

 

AFS reserve at beginning of period

    (4,102       (2,306       (6,408       (7,349       (4,864       (12,213       (4,914       (3,168       (8,082

Increase in fair value of securities

    618          355          973          1,678          1,051          2,729          497          492          989   

Impairment charge:

                                 

– borne by HSBC

    238                   238          277                   277          167                   167   

– allocated to capital note holders35

             137          137                   488          488                   43          43   

Repayment of capital

    142          94          236          301          88          389          239          99          338   

Other movements

    5          (24       (19       179          69          248          (91       228          137   
                                                                                       

 

AFS reserve at end of period

    (3,099       (1,744       (4,843       (4,914       (3,168       (8,082       (4,102       (2,306       (6,408
                                                                                       

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

Securities investment conduits

The total carrying amount of ABSs held through SPEs in the above table represents holdings in which significant first loss protection is provided through capital notes issued by SICs, excluding Solitaire.

At each reporting date, we assess whether there is any objective evidence of impairment in the value of the ABSs held by SPEs. Impairment charges incurred on these assets are offset by a credit to the impairment line for the amount of the loss allocated to capital note holders.

The economic first loss protection remaining at 30 June 2011 amounted to US$2.2bn (30 June 2010: US$2.2bn; 31 December 2010: US$2.2bn). On an IFRSs accounting basis, the carrying value of the liability for the capital notes at 30 June 2011 amounted to US$0.3bn (30 June 2010: US$0.3bn; 31 December 2010: US$0.3bn). The impairment charge recognised during the first half of 2011 amounted to US$137m (first half of 2010: US$488m; second half of 2010: US$43m).

At 30 June 2011, the available-for-sale reserve in respect of securities held by the SICs was a deficit of US$2.0bn (30 June 2010: US$3.4bn; 31 December 2010: US$2.7bn). Of this, US$1.7bn related to ABSs (30 June 2010: US$3.2bn; 31 December 2010: US$2.3bn).

Impairments recognised during the first half of 2011 from assets held directly or within Solitaire, in recognition of the first loss protection of US$1.2bn we provide through credit enhancement and from drawings against the liquidity facility we

provide, were US$238m (30 June 2010: US$277m; 31 December 2010: US$167m). The reduction in impairment charges compared with the first half of 2010 was due to the falling default rates in the underlying collateral pools. The level of impairment recognised in comparison with the deficit in the available-for-sale reserve was a reflection of the credit quality and seniority of the assets held.

Sub-prime and Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities

The assets which are most sensitive to possible future impairment are sub-prime and Alt-A residential MBSs. Available-for-sale holdings in these higher risk categories where HSBC does not benefit from significant first loss protection amounted to US$3.5bn at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: US$4.2bn; 31 December 2010: US$3.8bn). For these securities the cumulative fair value losses not recognised in the income statement at 30 June 2011 was US$1.2bn (30 June 2010: losses of US$3.3bn; 31 December 2010: losses of US$1.6bn). Other holdings in these higher risk categories classified as available-for-sale are held in vehicles where third party first loss protection exists, as described in the section on SICs, above.

Impairment methodologies

The accounting policy for impairment and indicators of impairment is set out on page 259 and for available-for-sale ABSs on page 131 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Impairment and cash loss projections

At 31 December 2010, management undertook a stress analysis to estimate further potential impairments and expected cash losses on the available-for-sale ABS portfolio. This exercise comprised a shift of projections of future loss severities, default rates and prepayment rates. The results of the analysis indicated that further impairment charges of some US$950m and expected cash losses of some US$250m could arise over the next two to three years.

At 30 June 2011, management re-performed the stress test. Management now estimates that accounting impairments of US$900m and cash losses of US$400m may arise over the remaining duration. The result reflects the deterioration in the outlook for the US economy at large and the US housing market in particular compared with previous stress projections. For example, housing prices are now projected to continue to fall further and for a longer period of time, and recover more slowly.

For the purposes of identifying impairment at the reporting date, the future projected cash flows reflect the effect of loss events that have occurred at or prior to the reporting date. For the purposes of

performing stress tests to estimate potential future impairment charges, the projected future cash flows reflect additional assumptions about future loss events after the balance sheet date.

This analysis makes assumptions in respect of the future behaviour of loss severities, default rates and prepayment rates. Movements in the parameters are not independent of each other. For example, increased default rates and increased loss severities, which would imply greater impairments, generally arise under economic conditions that give rise to reduced levels of prepayment, reducing the potential for impairment charges. Conversely, economic conditions which increase the rates of prepayment are generally associated with reduced default rates and decreased loss severities.

At 30 June 2011, the incurred and projected impairment charges, measured in accordance with accounting requirements, significantly exceeded the expected cash losses on the securities. Over the lives of the available-for-sale ABSs the cumulative impairment charges will converge towards the level of cash losses. In respect of the SICs, in particular, the capital notes held by third parties are expected to absorb the cash losses arising in the vehicles.

 

 

Carrying amount of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss

 

            Trading               Available
for sale
        Held to
       maturity
        Designated
  at fair value
through
profit
        Loans and
    receivables
        Total        

Of which
held through
consolidated

SPEs

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                     US$m         US$m  

At 30 June 2011

                         

Mortgage-related assets

                         

Sub-prime residential

    1,022          2,556                            598          4,176          2,696   

– direct lending

    830                                              830          560   

– MBSs and MBS CDOs36

    192          2,556                            598          3,346          2,136   

US Alt-A residential

    163          4,231          177                   255          4,826          3,417   

– direct lending

    80                                              80            

– MBSs36

    83          4,231          177                   255          4,746          3,417   

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises

                         

– MBSs36

    217          22,570          1,933                            24,720          17   

Other residential

    800          3,801                            990          5,591          2,332   

– direct lending

    188                                              188            

– MBSs36

    612          3,801                            990          5,403          2,332   

Commercial property

                         

– MBSs and MBS CDOs36

    552          8,119                   111          1,935          10,717          6,439   
                                                                   
    2,754          41,277          2,110          111          3,778          50,030          14,901   

Leveraged finance-related assets

                         

– ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    379          5,695                            399          6,473          4,450   

Student loan-related assets

                         

– ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    137          5,110                            151          5,398          4,411   

Other assets

                         

– ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    1,791          2,595                   6,053          1,637          12,076          1,783   
                                                                   
    5,061          54,677          2,110          6,164          5,965          73,977          25,545   
                                                                   

 

 

124


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

             Trading                Available
for sale
        Held to
        maturity
            Designated
at fair value
through
profit
        Loans and
    receivables
        Total        

Of which
held through
  consolidated

SPEs

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                      US$m         US$m  

At 30 June 2010

                         

Mortgage-related assets

                         

Sub-prime residential

    1,891          2,626                            658          5,175          3,077   

– direct lending

    1,438                                              1,438          883   

– MBSs and MBS CDOs36

    453          2,626                            658          3,737          2,194   

US Alt-A residential

    115          4,907          193                   536          5,751          3,720   

– direct lending

    102                                              102            

– MBSs36

    13          4,907          193                   536          5,649          3,720   

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises

                         

– MBSs36

    472          19,341          2,254                            22,067          347   

Other residential

    1,243          4,063                   59          1,303          6,668          2,771   

– direct lending

    348                                              348          36   

– MBSs36

    895          4,063                   59          1,303          6,320          2,735   

Commercial property

                         

– MBSs and MBS CDOs36

    751          8,111                   75          1,905          10,842          6,470   
                                                                   
    4,472          39,048          2,447          134          4,402          50,503          16,385   

Leveraged finance-related assets

                         

– ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    413          6,310                            516          7,239          4,173   

Student loan-related assets

                         

– ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    141          5,241                            144          5,526          4,192   

Other assets

                         

– ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    1,715          2,566                   5,852          1,116          11,249          2,439   
                                                                   
    6,741          53,165          2,447          5,986          6,178          74,517          27,189   
                                                                   

At 31 December 2010

                         

Mortgage-related assets

                         

Sub-prime residential

    1,297          2,565                            652          4,514          2,763   

– direct lending

    1,078                                              1,078          632   

– MBSs and MBS CDOs36

    219          2,565                            652          3,436          2,131   

US Alt-A residential

    180          4,545          191                   270          5,186          3,651   

– direct lending

    96                                              96            

– MBSs36

    84          4,545          191                   270          5,090          3,651   

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises

                         

– MBSs36

    657          21,699          2,032                            24,388          6   

Other residential

    1,075          4,024                            1,111          6,210          2,669   

– direct lending

    417                                              417            

– MBSs36

    658          4,024                            1,111          5,793          2,669   

Commercial property

                         

– MBSs and MBS CDOs36

    546          8,160                   111          1,942          10,759          6,441   
                                                                   
    3,755          40,993          2,223          111          3,975          51,057          15,530   

Leveraged finance-related assets

                         

– ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    392          5,418                            414          6,224          3,886   

Student loan-related assets

                         

– ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    163          5,178                            150          5,491          4,251   

Other assets

                         

– ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    1,936          3,103                   6,017          1,710          12,766          2,526   
                                                                   
    6,246          54,692          2,223          6,128          6,249          75,538          26,193   
                                                                   

For footnote, see page 146.

The above table excludes leveraged finance transactions, which are shown separately on page 132.

 

 

125


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011                     At 30 June 2011  
  Gross fair value
movements
  Realised                                 Credit                      
 

Income

statement38

       

Other
     compre-
hensive

income39

       

gains/
(losses) in
the income

statement40

           

    Reclassi-

fied41

       

Gross

 principal42

       

default
swap

gross

protection43

        Net
principal
   exposure
44
             Carrying
amount
45
 
  US$m         US$m         US$m             US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Mortgage-related assets

                               

Sub-prime residential

                               

Direct lending

    (12                1                     1,854                   1,854          830   

MBSs36

    (1       33                     93          4,851          305          4,546          3,087   

– high grade37

             37                     7          1,480          180          1,300          1,125   

– rated C to A

    (1       (7                  86          3,236          125          3,111          1,915   

– not publicly rated

             3                              135                   135          47   

MBS CDOs36

             3                     (1       78                   78          21   

– high grade37

                                          2                   2          1   

– rated C to A

             3                     (1       76                   76          20   

– not publicly rated

                                                                       
                               
                                                                               
    (13       36          1            92          6,783          305          6,478          3,938   
                                                                               

US Alt-A residential

                               

Direct lending

    1                                       90                   90          80   

MBSs36

             51          2            479          9,142          100          9,042          4,670   

– high grade37

             (4                  5          531          100          431          376   

– rated C to A

             55          2            472          8,549                   8,549          4,246   

– not publicly rated

                                 2          62                   62          48   
                               
                                                                               
    1          51          2            479          9,232          100          9,132          4,750   
                                                                               

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises

                               

MBSs36

                               

– high grade37

    1          75          2            68          23,815                   23,815          24,720   

Other residential

                               

Direct lending

    30                   21                     187                   187          188   

MBSs36

    2          44          1            (7       6,135                   6,135          5,403   

– high grade37

             43          1            (7       5,356                   5,356          4,786   

– rated C to A

    2          1                              613                   613          492   

– not publicly rated

                                          166                   166          125   
                               
                                                                               
    32          44          22            (7       6,322                   6,322          5,591   
                                                                               

Commercial property

                               

MBS and MBS CDOs36

    (1       311          2            (51       12,217          395          11,822          10,442   

– high grade37

    (1       84                     (12       4,185                   4,185          3,911   

– rated C to A

             228          2            (41       7,903          395          7,508          6,432   

– not publicly rated

             (1                  2          129                   129          99   

Leveraged finance-related assets

                               

ABSs and ABS CDOs36

             114                     (14       7,289          806          6,483          5,950   

 – high grade37

             122                     (12       6,382          384          5,998          5,507   

 – rated C to A

             (8                  (2       816          422          394          342   

 – not publicly rated

                                          91                   91          101   

Student loan-related assets

                               

ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    3          248          1            2          6,819          100          6,719          5,353   

 – high grade37

    3          59          1            4          3,754                   3,754          3,339   

 – rated C to A

             190                     (2       2,606          100          2,506          1,841   

 – not publicly rated

             (1                           459                   459          173   

Other assets

                               

ABS and ABS CDOs36

    19          94          10            23          14,799          7,924          6,875          4,806   

 – high grade37

    6          11          1            (5       10,056          7,255          2,801          2,146   

 – rated C to A

    14          80          8            28          4,226          669          3,557          2,310   

 – not publicly rated

    (1       3          1                     517                   517          350   
                               
                                                                               

 

Total

    42          973          40            592          87,276          9,630          77,646          65,550   
                                                                               

 

 

126


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2010         At 30 June 2010  
   

Gross fair value

movements

        Realised                             Credit                      
   

Income

statement38
US$m

       

Other
compre-
hensive

    income39
US$m

       

gains/
(losses) in
the income

statement40
US$m

       

    Reclassi-

fied41

US$m

       

Gross

  principal42
US$m

       

default

swap

gross

protection43
US$m

       

Net

principal

  exposure44
US$m

       

Carrying

  amount45
US$m

 

Mortgage-related assets

                             

Sub-prime residential

                             

Direct lending

    (15                (14                2,064                   2,064          1,438   

MBSs36

    329          186          52          315          5,268          456          4,812          3,142   

– high grade37

    2          102          2          38          1,968          331          1,638          1,423   

– rated C to A

    327          84          50          277          3,194          125          3,068          1,717   

– not publicly rated

                                        106                   106          2   

MBS CDOs36

    9          3          52                   676          14          662          31   

– high grade37

             2          52                   14                   14          16   

– rated C to A

    9          1                            524          14          510          13   

– not publicly rated

                                        138                   138          2   
                                                                             
    323          189          90          315          8,008          470          7,538          4,611   
                                                                             

US Alt-A residential

                             

Direct lending

                                        113                   113          102   

MBSs36

             359          9          884          11,384          100          11,284          5,580   

– high grade37

             29                   30          818          100          718          610   

– rated C to A

             323          9          855          10,381                   10,381          4,811   

– not publicly rated

             7                   (1       185                   185          159   
                                                                             
             359          9          884          11,497          100          11,397          5,682   
                                                                             

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises

                             

MBSs36

                             

– high grade37

    (2       415          (3       (63       21,271                   21,271          22,067   

Other residential

                             

Direct lending

    40                   16                   341                   341          348   

MBSs36

    116          108          22          4          7,141                   7,141          6,320   

– high grade37

    46          106          22          7          6,242                   6,242          5,580   

– rated C to A

    70                            (3       705                   705          633   

– not publicly rated

             2                            194                   194          107   
                                                                             
    156          108          38          4          7,482                   7,482          6,668   
                                                                             

Commercial property

                             

MBS and MBS CDOs36

    (163       946          (31       170          12,635          412          12,223          10,580   

– high grade37

    (174       601          (47       119          8,682          100          8,582          7,644   

– rated C to A

    12          345          15          48          3,821          312          3,509          2,838   

– not publicly rated

    (1                1          3          132                   132          98   

Leveraged finance-related assets

                             

ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    57          462          4          40          8,372          514          7,858          6,725   

– high grade37

    57          328          1          23          6,943          346          6,598          5,815   

– rated C to A

             134          3          17          1,383          168          1,214          864   

– not publicly rated

                                        46                   46          46   

Student loan-related assets

                             

ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    3          132          2          (3       7,317                   7,317          5,438   

– high grade37

    5          93          2          (2       4,898                   4,898          4,311   

– rated C to A

    (2       46                   (1       1,649                   1,649          835   

– not publicly rated

             (7                         770                   770          292   

Other assets

                             

ABS and ABS CDOs36

    (204       118          64          55          12,775          7,076          5,699          4,160   

– high grade37

    (312       (8       4          3          9,176          6,613          2,563          1,794   

– rated C to A

    107          131          50          52          2,784          463          2,321          1,758   

– not publicly rated

    1          (5       10                   815                   815          608   
                                                                             

Total

    170          2,729          173          1,402          89,357          8,572          80,785          65,931   
                                                                             

 

 

127


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss (continued)

 

 

    Half-year to 31 December 2010         At 31 December 2010  
   

Gross fair value

movements

        Realised                             Credit                      
   

Income

statement38
US$m

       

Other

compre-

hensive

    income39

US$m

       

gains/
(losses) in
the income

  statement40
US$m

       

    Reclassi-

fied41

US$m

       

Gross

  principal42
US$m

       

default

swap

gross

protection43
US$m

       

Net

principal

exposure44
US$m

       

Carrying

  amount45

US$m

 

Mortgage-related assets

                             

Sub-prime residential

                             

Direct lending

    (20                (6                2,233                   2,233          1,078   

MBSs36

    (271       127          (38       70          5,104          336          4,768          3,135   

– high grade37

    4          49          3          14          1,996          292          1,704          1,458   

– rated C to A

    (275       78          (43       56          3,006          44          2,962          1,645   

– not publicly rated

                      2                   102                   102          32   

MBS CDOs36

    (9       4          (52       (3       90          12          78          17   

– high grade37

             (2       (52                2                   2          1   

– rated C to A

    (9       5                   (3       86          12          74          14   

– not publicly rated

             1                            2                   2          2   
                                                                             
    (300       131          (96       67          7,427          348          7,079          4,230   
                                                                             

US Alt-A residential

                             

Direct lending

    (1                                  108                   108          96   

MBSs36

    4          216          (6       680          9,957          100          9,857          5,013   

– high grade37

             6          3          15          660          100          560          473   

– rated C to A

    4          216          (9       665          9,254                   9,254          4,503   

– not publicly rated

             (6                         43                   43          37   
                                                                             
    3          216          (6       680          10,065          100          9,965          5,109   
                                                                             

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises

                             

MBSs36

                             

– high grade37

    5          (189       (8       20          23,739                   23,739          24,388   

Other residential

                             

Direct lending

    23                   19                   424                   424          417   

MBSs36

    (110       55          (18       (11       6,571                   6,571          5,793   

– high grade37

    (41       43          (18       (14       5,841                   5,841          5,256   

– rated C to A

    (69       14                   3          648                   648          450   

– not publicly rated

             (2                         82                   82          87   
                                                                             
    (87       55          1          (11       6,995                   6,995          6,210   
                                                                             

Commercial property

                             

MBS and MBS CDOs36

    208          420          37          (58       12,625          421          12,204          10,493   

– high grade37

    179          (61       51          (48       6,341          15          6,326          5,791   

– rated C to A

    28          481          (13       (12       6,201          406          5,795          4,637   

– not publicly rated

    1                   (1       2          83                   83          65   

Leveraged finance-related assets

                             

ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    (52       (9       (4       (22       7,148          788          6,360          5,721   

– high grade37

    (54       (20       (1       (31       6,078          351          5,727          5,148   

– rated C to A

    2          11          (3       9          971          437          534          472   

– not publicly rated

                                        99                   99          101   

Student loan-related assets

                             

ABSs and ABS CDOs36

    4          98          1          (3       7,161          100          7,061          5,459   

– high grade37

    4          (49       1          (2       4,080                   4,080          3,626   

– rated C to A

             111                   (1       2,620          100          2,520          1,663   

– not publicly rated

             36                            461                   461          170   

Other assets

                             

ABS and ABS CDOs36

    206          267          (63       12          15,497          7,765          7,732          5,622   

– high grade37

    312          196          (4       (2       10,947          7,447          3,500          2,884   

– rated C to A

    (105       57          (49       (6       4,059          318          3,741          2,379   

– not publicly rated

    (1       14          (10       20          491                   491          359   
                                                                             

Total

    (13       989          (138       685          90,657          9,522          81,135          67,232   
                                                                             

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

 

128


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Analysis of exposures and significant movements

Sub-prime residential mortgage-related assets

Sub-prime residential mortage-related assets included US$2.8bn (30 June 2010: US$3.5bn; 31 December 2010: US$3.1bn) related to US-originated assets and US$1.1bn (30 June 2010: US$1.1bn; 31 December 2010: US$1.1bn) relating to UK non-conforming residential mortgage-related assets. US-originated assets represented US$1.5bn (30 June 2010: US$1.5bn; 31 December 2010: US$1.5bn) of the non-high grade assets held of US$2.0bn (30 June 2010: US$1.7bn; 31 December 2010: US$1.7bn), reflecting the higher quality of the UK-originated assets.

Gains on releases of impairment of US$2m on assets classified as available for sale were recognised in the first half of 2011 (30 June 2010: losses of US$100m; 31 December 2010: gains of US$52m). Of the above gains, first half gains of US$41m

(30 June 2010: losses of US$98m; 31 December 2010: gains of US$44m) occurred in the SICs and were allocated to the capital note holders.

US Alt-A residential mortgage-related assets

During the first half of 2011, further impairments of US$364m (30 June 2010: US$598m; 31 December 2010: US$286m) were recorded in respect of Alt-A mortgage-related assets. Of the impairment above, US$168m (30 June 2010: US$369m; 31 December 2010: US$81m) occurred in the SICs and was allocated to the capital note holders.

The following table shows the vintages of the collateral assets supporting our holdings of US sub-prime and Alt-A MBSs. Market prices for these instruments generally incorporate higher discounts for later vintages. The majority of our holdings of US sub-prime MBSs originated pre-2007; holdings of US Alt-A MBSs are more evenly distributed between pre-2007 vintages and those from 2007.

 

 

Vintages of US sub-prime and Alt-A mortgage-backed securities

 

   

Gross principal42 of US sub-prime

mortgage-backed securities at

       

Gross principal42 of US Alt-A

mortgage-backed securities at

 
            30 June                 30 June         31 December                 30 June                 30 June         31 December  
    2011         2010         2010         2011         2010         2010  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Mortgage vintage

                     

Pre-2006

    888          1,358          1,061          1,024          1,389          1,159   

2006

    1,687          2,074          1,822          4,361          5,499          5,147   

2007

    933          1,060          979          3,757          4,496          3,651   
                                                         
    3,508          4,492          3,862          9,142          11,384          9,957   
                                                         

For footnote, see page 146.

 

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises mortgage-related assets

During the first half of 2011, we increased our holdings of US Government agency and sponsored enterprises mortgage-related assets by US$0.3bn.

Other residential mortgage-related assets

The majority of our other residential mortgage-related assets were originated in the UK (30 June 2011: US$3.6bn; 30 June 2010: US$4.2bn; 31 December 2010: US$3.9bn). No impairments were recognised in respect of these UK-originated assets in the first half of 2011, nor throughout 2010, reflecting credit support within the asset portfolio.

Commercial property mortgage-related assets

Of our total of US$10.4bn (30 June 2010: US$10.6bn; 31 December 2010: US$10.5bn) of commercial property mortgage-related assets, US$4.9bn related to US originated assets (30 June 2010: US$5.4bn; 31 December 2010: US$5.2bn). Spreads continued to tighten on both US and non-US commercial property mortgage-related assets during the first half of 2011. Impairments of nil were recognised (30 June 2010: US$11m; 31 December 2010: write-backs of US$6m).

Leveraged finance-related assets

The majority of these assets related to US-originated exposures; 93% (30 June 2010: 86%; 31 December 2010: 90%) were high grade with no impairments recorded in the period.

 

 

 

129


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Student loan-related assets

Our holdings in student loan-related assets were US$5.4bn (30 June 2010: US$5.4bn; 31 December 2010: US$5.5bn). No impairments were recorded on student loan-related assets in the first half of 2011, nor throughout 2010.

Transactions with monoline insurers

HSBC’s exposure to derivative transactions entered into directly with monolines

Our principal exposure to monolines is through a number of OTC derivative transactions, mainly credit default swaps (‘CDS’s). We entered into these CDSs primarily to purchase credit protection against securities held at the time within the trading portfolio.

During the first half of 2011, the notional value of contracts with monolines was largely unchanged, but our overall credit exposure to monolines decreased as credit spreads narrowed. The table below sets out the fair value, essentially the

replacement cost, of the derivative transactions at 30 June 2011, and hence the amount at risk if the CDS protection purchased were to be wholly ineffective because, for example, the monoline insurer was unable to meet its obligations. To further analyse that risk, the value of protection purchased is shown subdivided between those monolines that were rated by S&P at ‘BBB– or above’ at 30 June 2011, and those that were ‘below BBB–’ (‘BBB–’ is the S&P cut-off for an investment grade classification). The ‘Credit risk adjustment’ column indicates the valuation adjustment taken against the net exposures, and reflects our best estimate of the likely loss of value on purchased protection arising from the deterioration in creditworthiness of the monolines. These valuation adjustments, which reflect a measure of the irrecoverability of the protection purchased, have been charged to the income statement. During the first half of 2011, the credit risk adjustment on derivative contracts with monolines decreased as the exposures decreased.

 

 

HSBC’s exposure to derivative transactions entered into directly with monoline insurers

 

   

               Notional

amount

       

Net exposure

before credit

risk adjustment46

       

Credit risk

         adjustment47

       

Net exposure

after credit

   risk adjustment

 
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

At 30 June 2011

             

Derivative transactions with monoline counterparties

             

Monolines – investment grade (BBB– or above)

    5,269          846          (85       761   

Monolines – sub-investment grade (below BBB–)

    2,224          539          (372       167   
                                     
    7,493          1,385          (457       928   
                                     

At 30 June 2010

             

Derivative transactions with monoline counterparties

             

Monolines – investment grade (BBB– or above)

    5,103          920          (92       828   

Monolines – sub-investment grade (below BBB–)

    2,464          751          (475       276   
                                     
    7,567          1,671          (567       1,104   
                                     

At 31 December 2010

             

Derivative transactions with monoline counterparties

             

Monolines – investment grade (BBB– or above)

    5,179          876          (88       788   

Monolines – sub-investment grade (below BBB–)

    2,290          648          (431       217   
                                     
    7,469          1,524          (519       1,005   
                                     

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

The above table can be analysed as follows. At 30 June 2011, HSBC had derivative transactions referenced to underlying securities with a notional value of US$7.5bn (30 June 2010: US$7.6bn; 31 December 2010: US$7.5bn), whose value at that date indicated a potential claim against the protection purchased from the monolines of some US$1.4bn (30 June 2010: US$1.7bn; 31 December 2010: US$1.5bn). On the basis of a credit assessment of the monolines, a provision of US$457m has been taken (30 June 2010: US$567m; 31 December 2010:

US$519m), leaving US$928m exposed (30 June 2010: US$1.1bn; 31 December 2010: US$1.0bn), of which US$761m is recoverable from monolines rated investment grade at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: US$828m; 31 December 2010: US$788m). The provisions taken imply in aggregate that 90 cents in the dollar will be recoverable from investment grade monolines and 31 cents in the dollar from non-investment grade monolines (30 June 2010: 90 cents and 37 cents, respectively;

 

 

 

130


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

31 December 2010: 90 cents and 33 cents, respectively).

For the CDSs, market prices are generally not readily available. Therefore the CDSs are valued on the basis of market prices of the referenced securities.

The credit risk adjustment against monolines is determined by one of a number of methodologies, dependent upon the internal credit rating of the monoline. Our assignment of internal credit ratings is based upon detailed credit analysis, and may differ from external ratings.

 

Credit risk adjustments for monolines

  For highly-rated monolines, the standard credit risk adjustment methodology (as described on page 190) applies, with the exception that the future exposure profile is deemed to be constant (equal to the current market value) over the weighted average life of the referenced security, and the credit risk adjustment cannot fall below 10% of the mark-to-market exposure.

  In respect of monolines where default has either occurred or there is a strong possibility of default in the near term, the adjustment is determined based on the estimated probabilities of various potential scenarios, and the estimated recovery in each case.

  For other monoline exposures, the credit risk adjustment follows the methodology for highly-rated monolines, adjusted to include the probability of a claim arising in respect of the referenced security, and applies implied probabilities of default where the likelihood of a claim is believed to be high.

HSBC’s monoline credit risk adjustment calculation utilises a range of approaches depending on the credit quality of the monoline. The net effect of utilising the methodology adopted for ‘highly-rated’ monolines across all monolines would be to reduce the credit risk adjustment by US$117m (30 June 2010: US$14m; 31 December 2010: US$94m). The net effect of utilising a methodology based on credit default swap spreads would be an increase in credit risk adjustment of US$49m (30 June 2010: increase of US$52m; 31 December 2010: increase of US$8m).

At 30 June 2011, US$1.2bn (30 June 2010: US$1.6bn; 31 December 2010: US$1.4bn) notional value of securities referenced by monoline CDS transactions with a market value of US$0.9bn (30 June 2010: US$1.2bn; 31 December 2010: US$1.0bn) were held in the loans and receivables category, having been included in the reclassification of financial assets described in Note 10 on the Financial Statements. At the date of reclassification, the market value of the assets was US$1.0bn. The reclassification resulted in an accounting asymmetry between the CDSs, which continue to be held at fair value through profit and loss, and the reclassified securities, which are accounted for on an amortised

cost basis. If the reclassifications had not occurred, the effect on the income statement for the half year to 30 June 2011 would have been an increase in profit of US$4m (first half of 2010: increase in profit of US$30m; second half of 2010: decrease in profit of US$33m). This amount represents the difference between the increase in market value of the securities during the first half of 2011 and the accretion recognised under the amortised cost method in the period.

HSBC’s exposure to direct lending and irrevocable commitments to lend to monolines

HSBC had no liquidity facilities to monolines at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: nil; 31 December 2010: nil).

HSBC’s exposure to debt securities which benefit from guarantees provided by monolines

Within both the trading and available-for-sale portfolios, we hold bonds that are ‘wrapped’ with a credit enhancement from a monoline. As the bonds are traded explicitly with the benefit of this enhancement, any deterioration in the credit profile of the monoline is reflected in market prices and, therefore, in the carrying amount of these securities at 30 June 2011. For wrapped bonds held in our trading portfolio, the mark-to-market movement has been reflected through the income statement. For wrapped bonds held in the available-for-sale portfolio, the mark-to-market movement is reflected in equity unless there is objective evidence of impairment, in which case the impairment loss is reflected in the income statement. No wrapped bonds were included in the reclassification of financial assets described in Note 10 on the Financial Statements.

HSBC’s exposure to Credit Derivative Product Companies

CDPCs are independent companies that specialise in selling credit default protection on corporate exposures. At 30 June 2011, HSBC had purchased from CDPCs credit protection with a notional value of US$4.8bn (30 June 2010: US$5.0bn; 31 December 2010: US$4.9bn) which had a fair value of US$226m (30 June 2010: US$374m; 31 December 2010: US$235m), against which a credit risk adjustment (a provision) of US$49m (30 June 2010: US$98m; 31 December 2010: US$63m) was held. At 30 June 2011, none of the exposure was to CDPCs with investment grade ratings (30 June 2010: 23%; 31 December 2010: nil).

 

 

 

131


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Leveraged finance transactions

Leveraged finance transactions include sub-investment grade acquisition or event-driven financing. The following table shows our exposure to leveraged finance transactions arising from primary transactions. Our additional exposure

to leveraged finance loans through holdings of ABSs from our trading and investment activities is shown in the table on page 124.

 

 

HSBC’s exposure to leveraged finance transactions

 

     Exposures at 30 June 2011          Exposures at 30 June 2010          Exposures at 31 December 2010  
     Funded48         

Un-

funded49

         Total          Funded48         

Un-

funded49

         Total          Funded48         

Un-

funded49

         Total  
     US$m          US$m              US$m          US$m          US$m              US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

Europe

     2,761           289           3,050           3,369           393           3,762           3,337           298           3,635   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

                                   63           24           87           17           22           39   

North America

     489           127           616           1,204           184           1,388           1,066           185           1,251   
                                                                                                
     3,250           416           3,666           4,636           601           5,237           4,420           505           4,925   
                                                                                                

Held within:

                                          

– loans and receivables

     3,249           356           3,605           4,633           450           5,083           4,199           393           4,592   

– fair value through profit or loss

     1           60           61           3           151           154           221           112           333   

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

We held leveraged finance commitments of US$3.8bn at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: US$5.5bn; 31 December 2010: US$5.1bn), of which US$3.3bn (30 June 2010: US$4.9bn; 31 December 2010: US$4.6bn) was funded.

As described in Note 10 on the Financial Statements, certain leveraged finance loans were reclassified from held for trading to loans and receivables. As a result, these loans are held at amortised cost subject to impairment and are not marked to market, and no net gains (30 June 2010: net losses of US$0.3bn; 31 December 2010: net gains of US$0.1bn) were taken to the income statement in the first half of 2011.

At 30 June 2011, our principal exposures were to companies in two sectors: US$1.5bn to data processing (30 June 2010: US$3.1bn; 31 December 2010: US$2.8bn) and US$1.8bn to communications and infrastructure (30 June 2010: US$1.7bn; 31 December 2010: US$1.8bn). During the first half of 2011, 99% of the total fair value movement not recognised was against exposures in these two sectors (30 June 2010: 99%; 31 December 2010: 99%).

Representations and warranties related to mortgage sales and securitisation activities

We have been involved in various activities related to the sale and securitisation of residential mortgages, which are not recognised on our balance sheet. These activities include:

 

 

the purchase of US$24bn by HSBC Bank USA, substantially all of which were originated by

   

non-HSBC entities, with a current outstanding balance of approximately US$9bn and securitisation of these by HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (‘HSI’) between 2005 and 2007;

 

 

HSI acting as underwriter for third-party issuance of private label MBSs with an original issuance value of US$37bn and a current outstanding balance of approximately US$16bn, most of which were sub-prime, as well as underwriting US$6bn of MBSs issued by HSBC Finance; and

 

 

the origination and sale by HSBC Bank USA of mortgage loans, primarily to government sponsored entities.

In sales and securitisations of mortgage loans, various representations and warranties regarding the loans may be made to purchasers of the mortgage loans and MBSs. In respect of the purchase and securitisation of third party originated mortgages and the underwriting of third-party MBSs, the obligation to repurchase loans in the event of a breach of loan level representations and warranties resides predominantly with the organisation that originated the loan. While certain of these originators are or may become financially impaired and, therefore, unable to fulfil their repurchase obligations, we do not believe we have significant exposure for repurchases on these loans.

At 30 June 2011, a liability of US$237m was recognised in respect of various representations and warranties relating to the origination and sale by HSBC Bank USA of mortgage loans, primarily to government sponsored entities (30 June 2010:

 

 

 

132


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

US$205m; 31 December 2010: US$262m). These relate to, among other things, the ownership of the loans, the validity of the liens, the loan selection and origination process, and the compliance to the origination criteria established by the agencies. In the event of a breach of our representations and warranties, HSBC Bank USA may be obliged to repurchase the loans with identified defects or to indemnify the buyers. The liability is estimated based on the level of outstanding repurchase demands, the level of outstanding requests for loan files and estimated future demands in respect of mortgages sold to date which are either two or more payments delinquent or are expected to become delinquent at an estimated conversion rate. Repurchase demands of US$103m were outstanding at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: US$160m; 31 December 2010: US$115m).

Participants in the US mortgage securitisation market that purchased and repackaged whole loans have been the subject of lawsuits and governmental and regulatory investigations and inquiries which have been directed at groups within the US mortgage market such as servicers, originators, underwriters, trustees or sponsors of securitisations. Further information is provided in Note 24 on the Financial Statements.

Risk elements in the loan portfolio

The disclosure of credit risk elements under the following headings reflects US accounting practice and classifications. The purpose of the disclosure is to present within the US disclosure framework those elements of the loan portfolios with a greater risk of loss. The three main classifications of credit risk elements presented are:

 

 

impaired loans;

 

 

unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal; and

 

 

troubled debt restructurings not included in the above.

Impaired loans

Loans are classified as impaired when there is objective evidence that not all contractual cash flows will be received. In accordance with IFRSs, we recognise interest income on assets after they have been written down as a result of an impairment loss.

Unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest

Loans that are subject to individual impairment assessment and are over 90 days past due as regards

principal and/or interest are classified as unimpaired loans when we expect to recover contractual cash flows in full.

Troubled debt restructurings

The SEC requires separate disclosure of any loans not included in the previous two categories whose terms have been modified to grant concessions other than are warranted by market conditions because of problems with the borrower. These are classified as ‘troubled debt restructurings’ (‘TDR’s). The definition of TDRs differs from the ‘Renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired’ quantified on page 108 insofar as for TDRs, the delinquency status of the loan following restructuring may continue to be past due not impaired or, where appropriate, impaired. In addition, where a restructure is on market terms, the classification of a loan as a TDR may be discontinued after the first year if the debt performs in accordance with the new terms.

TDRs are broadly unchanged compared with year-end 2010.

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘FASB’) issued an Accounting Standards Update, ‘Clarifications to Accounting for Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors’ (‘ASU’) which provides additional guidance to assist in determining whether a restructuring of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring (‘TDR’). As we report under IFRSs, the guidance will only affect the amounts disclosed by the Group as TDRs in accordance with SEC regulations and not the measurement of impairment allowances under IFRSs. The new guidance will be applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after 1 January 2011. Implementation of this ASU will result in significantly higher volumes of restructured loans, and in particular re-aged and modified accounts in the US, being reported as TDRs as at 31 December 2011. Although we are in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting this ASU, we expect that the impact to our disclosures on TDRs will be material. Additionally, we continue to review our current customer account management policies and practices in the US to determine if any changes will be made in future periods as a result of this guidance.

 

 

 

132a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Potential problem loans

Credit risk elements also cover potential problem loans. These are loans where information on possible credit problems among borrowers causes management to seriously doubt their ability to comply with the loan repayment terms. There are no potential problem loans other than those identified in the table of risk elements set out below, and as discussed in ‘Areas of special interest’ on page 98. ‘Areas of special interest’ includes further disclosure about certain homogeneous groups of loans which are collectively assessed for impairment and which represent our most significant exposure to potential problem loans. Collectively assessed loans and advances, as set out on page 115, although not classified as impaired until more than 90 days, are assessed collectively for losses that have been incurred but have not yet been individually identified. This policy is further described on page 256 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

 

 

132b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Analysis of risk elements in the loan portfolio by geographical region

 

    

At

         30 June
2011

US$m

        

At

         30 June
2010

US$m

        

At
31 December
2010

US$m

 

Impaired loans

            

Europe

     10,309           10,398           10,663   

Hong Kong

     514           818           665   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     1,210           1,147           1,324   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,215           1,998           2,453   

North America

     9,408           11,181           10,789   

Latin America

     2,523           2,573           2,390   
                              
     26,179           28,115           28,284   
                              

Unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest

            

Europe

     22           60           64   

Hong Kong

     3           4           7   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     17           15           40   

Middle East and North Africa

     185           194           264   

North America

     142           94           265   

Latin America

     3           15           3   
                              
     372           382           643   
                              

Troubled debt restructurings (not included in the classifications above)

            

Europe

     269           342           240   

Hong Kong

     182           235           205   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     160           173           198   

Middle East and North Africa

     391           94           50   

North America

     9,350           10,290           9,670   

Latin America

     1,394           1,378           1,319   
                              
     11,746           12,512           11,682   
                              

Trading loans classified as in default

            

North America

     245           512           412   
                              

Risk elements on loans

            

Europe

     10,600           10,800           10,967   

Hong Kong

     699           1,057           877   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     1,387           1,335           1,562   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,791           2,286           2,767   

North America

     19,145           22,077           21,136   

Latin America

     3,920           3,966           3,712   
                              
     38,542           41,521           41,021   
                              

Assets held for resale

            

Europe

     49           42           47   

Hong Kong

     4           6           2   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     7           6           5   

Middle East and North Africa

               2           2   

North America

     797           961           1,084   

Latin America

     119           130           121   
                              
     976           1,147           1,261   
                              

Total risk elements

            

Europe

     10,649           10,842           11,014   

Hong Kong

     703           1,063           879   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     1,394           1,341           1,567   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,791           2,288           2,769   

North America

     19,942           23,038           22,220   

Latin America

     4,039           4,096           3,833   
                              
     39,518           42,668           42,282   
                              
     %           %           %   

Loan impairment allowances as a percentage of risk elements on loans1

     49.3           54.1           49.8   

 

1 Ratio excludes trading loans classified as in default.

 

 

132c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Liquidity and funding

 

 

Liquidity and funding in the first half of 2011

     134   

Management of liquidity risk

     134   

HSBC Finance

     134   

Contingent liability risk

     135   

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due, or will have to do so at an excessive cost. The risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows.

There have been no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of liquidity and funding risks as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

Our liquidity and funding risk management framework

 

The objective of our liquidity framework is to allow us to withstand very severe liquidity stresses. It is designed to be adaptable to changing business models, markets and regulations.

 

We expect our operating entities to manage liquidity and funding risk on a standalone basis employing a centrally imposed framework and limit structure which is adapted to variations in business mix and underlying markets. Our operating entities are required to maintain strong liquidity positions and to manage the liquidity profiles of their assets, liabilities and commitments with the objective of ensuring that their cash flows are balanced under various severe stress scenarios and that all their anticipated obligations can be met when due.

 

LOGO    A summary of our current policies and practices regarding liquidity and funding is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 152.
 

 

 

133


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Liquidity and funding in the first half of 2011

We continued to have good access to debt capital markets during the first half of 2011, with Group entities issuing US$18bn of term debt securities in the public capital markets. The market’s focus on the eurozone sovereign debt problems did not restrict our term issuance during the period.

The liquidity position of the Group remained strong in the first half of 2011. Of particular note was the strong funding position of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, as reflected in the advances to core funding ratio in the table below, which allowed us to take advantage of loan growth opportunities in Asia while still maintaining ratios well below the Group’s average. Reduced lending opportunities in the US, combined with further growth in customer deposits in that region, caused the funding position in HSBC Bank USA to strengthen further.

Management of liquidity risk

Advances to core funding ratio

The three principal banking entities listed in the table below represented 61% of HSBC’s total core deposits at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: 60%; 31 December 2010: 60%). The table shows that loans and advances to customers in HSBC’s principal banking entities were overwhelmingly financed by reliable and stable sources of funding. HSBC would meet any unexpected net cash outflows by selling securities and accessing additional funding sources such as interbank or collateralised lending markets. The distinction between core and non-core deposits generally means that the Group’s measure of advances to core funding is more restrictive than that which can be inferred from the published financial statements.

 

 

HSBC’s principal banking entities – the management of liquidity risk

 

    

    Advances to core funding ratio

during half-year to:

        

Stressed one month coverage ratio

during half-year to:

 
    

30

  June

2011

%

        

30

  June

2010

%

        

31

December

2010

%

        

30

  June

2011

%

        

30

  June

2010

%

        

31

December

2010

%

 

 

HSBC Bank plc50

                           

Period-end

     99.7           107.3           103.0           115.9           107.4           111.1   

Maximum

     103.4           110.0           107.3           115.9           111.3           111.1   

Minimum

     98.4           105.0           102.6           109.4           103.2           107.4   

Average

     101.2           107.6           104.5           112.0           106.7           109.7   

 

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation50

                           

Period-end

     78.9           64.8           70.3           116.9           143.0           144.6   

Maximum

     78.9           64.8           70.3           144.6           165.4           148.3   

Minimum

     70.3           55.5           64.8           116.9           143.0           132.6   

Average

     75.1           59.7           67.7           128.4           154.9           141.9   

 

HSBC Bank USA

                           

Period-end

     81.4           95.7           98.3           117.0           110.7           108.5   

Maximum

     98.3           104.0           98.3           128.3           112.9           118.5   

Minimum

     79.8           95.7           94.2           108.5           105.3           108.5   

Average

     86.3           100.4           95.4           121.7           110.1           114.3   

 

Total of HSBC’s other principal banking entities51

                           

Period-end

     89.2           85.7           89.1           117.4           123.7           119.6   

Maximum

     89.8           87.2           89.1           120.8           126.5           123.7   

Minimum

     88.2           85.7           85.7           116.9           120.9           118.1   

Average

     89.2           86.6           87.2           118.8           123.7           121.0   

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

Stressed one month coverage ratio

The stressed one month coverage ratios tabulated above are derived from projected cash flow scenario analyses, described in the Appendix to Risk on page 152 and express the stressed cash inflows as a percentage of stressed cash outflows over a one month time horizon. Group sites are required to target a ratio of 100% or greater.

HSBC Finance

As HSBC Finance is unable to accept standard retail deposits, it takes funding from the professional markets and securitises assets. At 30 June 2011, US$56bn (30 June 2010: US$73bn; 31 December 2010: US$62bn) of HSBC Finance’s liabilities were drawn from professional markets, utilising a range of products, maturities and currencies.

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

HSBC Finance – funding

 

    

At

30 Jun

2011

US$bn

    

At

30 Jun

2010

US$bn

    

At

31 Dec

2010

US$bn

 

 

Maximum amounts of unsecured term funding maturing in any rolling:

        

3-month period

     5.1         5.2         5.1   

12-month period

     10.8         12.3         10.8   

Unused committed sources of secured funding52

     0.5         0.5         0.5   

Committed backstop lines from non-Group entities in support of CP programmes

     4.0         4.3         4.3   

For footnote, see page 146.

HSBC Finance uses a range of measures to monitor funding risk, including projected cash flow scenario analysis and caps placed on the amount of unsecured term funding that can mature in any rolling three-month and rolling 12-month periods. HSBC Finance also maintains access to committed sources of secured funding and has in place committed backstop lines for short-term refinancing commercial paper (‘CP’) programmes. A CP

programme is a short-term, unsecured funding tool used to manage day to day cash flow needs. In agreement with the rating agencies, issuance under this programme will not exceed 100% of committed bank backstop lines.

The need for HSBC Finance to refinance maturing term funding is mitigated by the continued run-down of its balance sheet.

Contingent liquidity risk

Contingent liquidity risk is the risk associated with the need to provide additional funds to clients. The client-originated exposure relates to multi-seller conduits, which were established to enable clients to access a flexible market-based source of finance (see page 212). HSBC-managed asset exposures are differentiated in that they relate to consolidated SICs which issue debt secured by ABSs (see page 211). Other conduit exposures relate to third-party sponsored conduits (see page 213). Single issuer liquidity facilities are provided directly to clients rather than via any form of conduit. These facilities are split by the addition of the five largest specific facilities and the single largest market sector.

 

 

The Group’s contractual exposures monitored under the contingent liquidity risk limit structure

 

           HSBC Bank               HSBC Bank USA          HSBC Bank Canada         

The Hongkong and

Shanghai Banking

Corporation

 
    

At

30 Jun

2011

US$bn

        

At

30 Jun

2010

US$bn

        

At

31 Dec

2010

US$bn

        

At

30 Jun

2011

US$bn

        

At

30 Jun

2010

US$bn

        

At

31 Dec

2010

US$bn

        

At

30 Jun

2011

US$bn

        

At

30 Jun

2010

US$bn

        

At

31 Dec

2010

US$bn

        

At

30 Jun

2011

US$bn

        

At

30 Jun

2010

US$bn

        

At

31 Dec

2010

US$bn

 

 

Conduits

                                                         

Client-originated assets

                                                         

– total lines

     9.2           7.3           7.8           1.2           5.1           4.0           0.7           0.1           0.2                     0.2             

– largest individual lines

     0.4           0.8           0.7           0.4           0.5           0.4           0.5           0.1           0.1                     0.2             

HSBC-managed assets53

     23.6           26.9           25.6                                                                                             

Other conduits

                                   1.1           1.3           1.4                                                               

 

Single-issuer liquidity facilities

                                                         

– five largest

     5.4           4.1           4.2           6.6           5.7           5.3           2.2           2.0           2.0           1.9           2.8           1.4   

– largest market sector

     9.8           6.8           8.4           5.1           4.4           4.9           4.3           3.5           3.8           2.6           2.9           2.4   

For footnote, see page 146.

 

 

135


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Market risk

 

 

Market risk in the first half of 2011

     136   

Trading and non-trading portfolios

     136   

Structural foreign exchange exposures

     138   

Sensitivity of net interest income

     139   

Defined benefit pension schemes

     140   

Additional market risk measures applicable only to the parent company

     140   

Market risk is the risk that movements in market factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices, will reduce our income or the value of our portfolios.

There have been no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of market risk as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

Exposure to market risk
Exposure to market risk is separated into two portfolios:

  Trading portfolios include positions arising from market-making and position-taking and others designated as marked to market.

  Non-trading portfolios include positions that primarily arise from the interest rate management of our retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments designated as available for sale and held to maturity, and exposures arising from our insurance operations (see page 142).
Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures
Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures in order to optimise return on risk while maintaining a market profile consistent with our status as one of the world’s largest banking and financial services organisations.
We use a range of tools to monitor and limit market risk exposures, including:

  sensitivity measures are used to monitor the market risk positions within each risk type;

  value at risk (‘VAR’) is a technique that estimates the potential losses that could occur on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence; and

  in recognition of VAR’s limitations we augment VAR with stress testing to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, though plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables.

The major contributor to the trading and non-trading VAR for the Group is Global Markets.

 

LOGO    A summary of our current policies and practices regarding market risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 153.

Market risk in the first half of 2011

During the first half of 2011 the market continued to be dominated by concerns over sovereign debt and its contagion effects. Middle East turmoil, coupled with the perception that the world economic recovery remained fragile, created volatility in financial markets. In addition, inflationary pressures remained in emerging markets.

The overall impact on VAR was limited, however, as historical data was superseded by less volatile current data in the VAR model.

Further details of trading exposures to eurozone countries under pressure are described on page 98.

Trading and non-trading portfolios

The following table provides an overview of the reporting of risks within this section:

 

     Portfolio  
     Trading          Non-trading  

Risk type

       

Foreign exchange and commodity

     VAR           VAR 54 

Interest rate

     VAR           VAR 55 

Equity

     VAR           Sensitivity   

Credit spread

     VAR           VAR 56 

For footnotes, see page 146.

Value at risk of the trading and non-trading portfolios

The VAR, both trading and non-trading, for the Group is below. Comparative data have been restated to include credit spread.

Value at risk

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2011

US$m

        

30 June

201057
US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

 

At period-end

     249.7           415.8           371.6   

Average

     289.5           294.4           418.1   

Minimum

     241.1           205.3           304.1   

Maximum

     403.2           482.0           556.3   

For footnote, see page 146.

During the first half of 2011, the reduction in VAR mainly came from the non-trading interest rate and credit portfolios. This reduction was the result of volatility rolling out of the historical market data in our VAR model, offset by a reduction in portfolio diversification.

 

 

 

136


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Daily distribution of Global Markets’ trading, Balance Sheet Management and other trading revenues58

 

     Half-year to  
    

      30 Jun

2011

US$m

        

      30 Jun

2010

US$m

        

  31 Dec

2010

US$m

 

Average daily revenue

     50.7           60.0           38.9   

Standard deviation59

     25.8           46.6           22.1   
                              

Ranges of most frequent daily revenues

     30 to 40           60 to 70          
 
30 to 40
40 to 50
  
  
                              
     days           days           days   

– daily occurrences

     25           21           24   

Days of negative revenue

     2           5           4   

For footnotes, see page 146.

Half-year to 30 June 2011

Number of days

LOGO

 

 

Half-year to 30 June 2010

Number of days

LOGO

Half-year to 31 December 2010

Number of days

LOGO

 

 

The daily VAR, both trading and non-trading, for the Group was as follows:

Daily VAR (trading and non-trading)

(US$m)

LOGO

For a description of HSBC’s fair value and price verification controls, see page 188.

Trading portfolios

Our control of market risk in the trading portfolios is based on a policy of restricting individual operations to trading within a list of permissible instruments authorised for each site by Group Risk, of enforcing new product approval procedures and of restricting trading in the more complex derivative products only to offices with appropriate levels of product expertise and robust control systems.

The VAR for trading intent activity within Global Markets (as analysed on page 138 by risk type) at 30 June 2011 (US$91.6m) was higher than at 31 December 2010 (US$80.8m) due to a reduction in the portfolio diversification benefit across asset classes. However, it was lower than the level at 30 June 2010 (US$117.7m) as the volatile historical market data rolled off.

Credit spread risk

At 30 June 2011, the Group credit spread VAR was US$43.5m (30 June 2010: US$91.7m; 31 December 2010: US$41.9m). Group credit spread VAR remained consistent with 31 December 2010 though it decreased compared with 30 June 2010 from the effect of volatile credit spread scenarios rolling off from the VAR calculation.

Credit spread risk also arises on credit derivative transactions entered into by Global Banking in order to manage the risk concentrations within our corporate loan portfolio and enhance capital efficiency.

At 30 June 2011, the credit VAR on these transactions was US$3.7m (30 June 2010: US$11.6m; 31 December 2010: US$12.3m). The mark-to-market of these transactions is reflected in the income statement.

 

 

 

137


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Gap risk

We did not incur any significant gap loss in the half-year to 30 June 2011.

Non-trading portfolios

The principal objective of market risk management of non-trading portfolios is to optimise net interest income.

 

 

VAR by risk type for trading intent activities60

 

   

Foreign
    exchange and

commodity

US$m

   

              Interest
rate

US$m

                    Equity
US$m
   

Credit

               spread61
US$m

   

Portfolio

 diversification62
US$m

                    Total63
US$m
 

At 30 June 2011

    10.3        67.0        4.1        38.7        (28.5     91.6   

At 30 June 2010

    21.7        43.3        3.8        91.7        (42.8     117.7   

At 31 December 2010

    24.9        49.5        13.0        39.1        (45.6     80.8   

Average

           

First half of 2011

    15.0        52.0        9.2        46.2        (28.8     93.6   

First half of 2010

    31.4        56.1        11.6        63.6        (39.3     123.3   

Second half of 2010

    23.1        47.3        6.9        60.4        (33.7     104.0   

Minimum

           

First half of 2011

    7.6        30.1        3.6        34.7               62.2   

First half of 2010

    13.2        43.3        2.9        40.9               93.6   

Second half of 2010

    8.0        34.7        3.5        33.7               55.0   

Maximum

           

First half of 2011

    26.8        80.2        17.2        56.2               143.9   

First half of 2010

    62.9        88.9        21.6        88.5               169.7   

Second half of 2010

    56.3        71.8        13.3        102.5               212.2   

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

Available-for-sale debt securities

At 30 June 2011, the sensitivity of equity capital to the effect of movements in credit spreads on our available-for-sale debt securities, including the gross exposure for the SICs consolidated within our balance sheet, based on credit spread VAR, was US$220m (30 June 2010: US$491m; 31 December 2010: US$299m). This sensitivity is calculated before taking into account losses which would have been absorbed by the capital note holders.

At 30 June 2011, the capital note holders can absorb the first US$2.2bn (30 June 2010: US$2.2bn; 31 December 2010: US$2.2bn) of any losses incurred by the SICs before we incur any equity losses.

Equity securities classified as available for sale

Fair values of equity securities

 

    

At

30 Jun

2011

US$bn

        

At

30 Jun

2010

US$bn

        

At

31 Dec

2010

US$bn

 

Private equity holdings

     2.9           4.2           2.8   

Funds invested for short- term cash management

     0.6           0.5           0.5   

Investment to facilitate ongoing business

     1.1           1.0           1.0   

Other strategic investments

     3.6           3.1           3.7   
                              

 

Total

  

 

 

 

8.2

 

  

    

 

 

 

8.8

 

  

    

 

 

 

8.0

 

  

                              

Investments in private equity are primarily made through managed funds that are subject to limits on the amount invested. Potential new commitments are subject to risk appraisal to ensure that industry and geographical concentrations remain within acceptable levels for the portfolio. Regular reviews are performed to substantiate the valuation of the investments within the portfolio and investments held to facilitate ongoing business, such as holdings in government-sponsored enterprises and local stock exchanges.

The fair value of the constituents of equity securities classified as available for sale can fluctuate considerably. A 10% reduction in the value of the available-for-sale equities at 30 June 2011 would have reduced equity by US$0.8bn (30 June 2010: US$0.9bn; 31 December 2010: US$0.8bn). HSBC’s policy for assessing impairment on available-for-sale equity securities is described on page 131 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

Structural foreign exchange exposures

Structural foreign exchange exposures represent net investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates, the functional currencies of which are currencies other than the US dollar. HSBC’s policies and procedures for managing these exposures are described on page 149 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

 

 

138


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Sensitivity of net interest income

There have been no material changes since 31 December 2010 to HSBC’s measurement and management of the sensitivity of net interest income to movements in interest rates.

The table below sets out the effect on future net interest income of an incremental 25 basis points parallel rise or fall in all yield curves worldwide at the beginning of each quarter during the 12 months from 1 July 2011. Assuming no management actions, a sequence of such rises would increase

planned net interest income for the 12 months to 30 June 2012 by US$1,020m (to 31 December 2011: US$882m), while a sequence of such falls would decrease planned net interest income by US$1,618m (to 31 December 2011: US$1,525m). These figures incorporate the effect of any option features in the underlying exposures.

Instead of assuming that all interest rates move together, HSBC groups its interest rate exposures into currency blocs whose rates are considered likely to move together. The sensitivity of projected net interest income, on this basis, is as follows:

 

 

Sensitivity of projected net interest income

 

    

US dollar

bloc

US$m

   

Rest of
Americas
bloc

US$m

   

Hong Kong
dollar

bloc

US$m

   

Rest of

Asia

bloc

US$m

   

Sterling

bloc

US$m

   

Euro

bloc

US$m

   

Total

US$m

 

Change in July 2011 to June 2012 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves at the beginning of each quarter of:

              

 

+ 25 basis points

     237        2        223        242        430        (114     1,020   

– 25 basis points

     (568     (6     (309     (196     (614     75        (1,618

Change in January 2011 to December 2011 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves at the beginning of each quarter of:

              

 

+ 25 basis points

     164        72        191        245        292        (82     882   

– 25 basis points

     (550     (68     (280     (143     (546     62        (1,525

 

The interest rate sensitivities set out in the table above are illustrative only and are based on simplified scenarios. The limitations of this analysis are discussed in the Appendix to Risk on page 153.

HSBC monitors the sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements on a monthly basis by assessing the expected reduction in

valuation of available-for-sale portfolios and cash flow hedges due to parallel movements of plus or minus 100 basis points in all yield curves. The table below describes the sensitivity of HSBC’s reported reserves to these movements and the maximum and minimum month-end figures during the period:

 

 

Sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements

 

               Impact in the preceding 6 months      
     US$m    

Maximum

US$m

   

Minimum

US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

      

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     (5,889     (6,178     (5,889

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     (3.7%     (3.9%     (3.7%

 

 

– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

  

 

 

 

6,081

 

  

 

 

 

 

6,329

 

  

 

 

 

 

6,081

 

  

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     3.8%        4.0%        3.8%   

 

 

At 30 June 2010

      

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     (4,714     (4,714     (3,096

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     (3.5%     (3.5%     (2.3%

 

– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     4,690        4,690        3,108   

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     3.5%        3.5%        2.3%   

 

 

At 31 December 2010

      

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     (6,162     (6,162     (4,549

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     (4.2%     (4.2%     (3.1%

 

 

– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

  

 

 

 

6,174

 

  

 

 

 

 

6,174

 

  

 

 

 

 

4,604

 

  

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     4.2%        4.2%        3.1%   

 

 

139


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

The sensitivities are illustrative only and are based on simplified scenarios. The table above shows the potential sensitivity of reserves to valuation changes in available-for-sale portfolios and from cash flow hedges following the pro forma movements in interest rates. These particular exposures form only a part of the Group’s overall interest rate exposures. The accounting treatment under IFRSs of the Group’s remaining interest rate exposures, while economically largely offsetting the exposures shown in the above table, does not require revaluation movements to go to reserves.

Defined benefit pension schemes

Market risk arises within HSBC’s defined benefit pension schemes to the extent that the obligations of the schemes are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows.

HSBC’s defined benefit pension schemes

 

    

At

30 Jun

2011

        

At

30 Jun

2010

        

At

31 Dec

2010

 
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

Liabilities (present value)

     33.7           30.0           32.6   
                              
  

 

 

 

%

 

  

    

 

 

 

%

 

  

    

 

 

 

%

 

  

 

Assets:

            

Equity investments

     20           20           20   

Debt securities

     69           67           66   

Other (including property)

     11           13           14   
                              
     100           100           100   
                              

Higher corporate bond yields in the UK in 2011 resulted in an increase of 10 basis points in the real discount rate (net of the increase in expected inflation) used to value the accrued benefits payable under the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (‘the Scheme’) funded defined benefit plan (‘the principal plan’), the Group’s largest plan. The effect of the discount rate change, and other market and actuarial movements in the first half of the year on the principal plan is set out in Note 5 on the Financial Statements.

For details of the latest actuarial valuation of the principal plan, see Note 7 on the Financial Statements in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

Additional market risk measures applicable only to the parent company

Interest repricing gap table

The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included within the Group VAR, but is managed on a repricing gap basis. The interest rate repricing gap table below analyses the full-term structure of interest rate mismatches within HSBC Holdings’ balance sheet. The change in the interest rate gap profile between 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2011 is predominantly due to new variable rate loans to HSBC entities.

 

 

Repricing gap analysis of HSBC Holdings

 

     Total         

Up to

1 year

         1-5 years          5-10 years          More than
10 years
         Non-
interest
bearing
 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

 

At 30 June 2011

                           

Total assets

     123,004           27,224           1,175           1,021           624           92,960   

Total liabilities and equity

     (123,004        (3,886        (12,468        (16,243        (13,373        (77,034

Off-balance sheet items sensitive to interest rate changes

               (18,990        10,033           6,315           3,535           (893
                                                               

 

Net interest rate risk gap

  

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

4,348

 

  

    

 

 

 

(1,260

 

    

 

 

 

(8,907

 

    

 

 

 

(9,214

 

    

 

 

 

15,033

 

  

                                                               

 

Cumulative interest rate gap

  

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

4,348

 

  

    

 

 

 

3,088

 

  

    

 

 

 

(5,819

 

    

 

 

 

(15,033

 

    

 

 

 

 

  

At 30 June 2010

                           

Total assets

     117,838           18,701           1,648           300           3,733           93,456   

Total liabilities and equity

     (117,838        (3,290        (9,844        (6,376        (20,455        (77,873

Off-balance sheet items sensitive to interest rate changes

               (15,302        6,724           3,899           3,794           885   
                                                               

 

Net interest rate risk gap

  

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

109

 

  

    

 

 

 

(1,472

 

    

 

 

 

(2,177

 

    

 

 

 

(12,928

 

    

 

 

 

16,468

 

  

                                                               

 

Cumulative interest rate gap

  

 

 

 

 

  

    

 

 

 

109

 

  

    

 

 

 

(1,363

 

    

 

 

 

(3,540

 

    

 

 

 

(16,468

 

    

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

140


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

    

Total

US$m

        

Up to

1 year
    US$m

         1-5 years
US$m
         5-10 years
US$m
         More than
10 years
US$m
        

Non-

    interest
bearing
US$m

 

At 31 December 2010

                           

Total assets

     119,341           21,475           1,175           2,354           1,336           93,001   

Total liabilities and equity

     (119,341        (3,016        (10,427        (14,330        (13,193        (78,375

Off-balance sheet items sensitive to interest rate changes

               (15,302        7,221           4,403           3,409           269   
                                                               

Net interest rate risk gap

               3,157           (2,031        (7,573        (8,448        14,895   
                                                               

Cumulative interest rate gap

               3,157           1,126           (6,447        (14,895          

 

Foreign exchange risk

Total foreign exchange VAR arising within HSBC Holdings was as follows:

HSBC Holdings – foreign exchange VAR

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2011

US$m

    

30 June
2010

US$m

    

31 December
2010

US$m

 

At period end

     43.4         55.3         40.4   

Average

     40.7         62.8         50.3   

Minimum

     38.2         52.7         40.2   

Maximum

     43.4         83.2         55.9   

The foreign exchange risk largely arises from loans to subsidiaries of a capital nature that are not denominated in the functional currency of either the provider or the recipient and which are accounted for as financial assets. Changes in the carrying amount of these loans due to foreign exchange rate differences are taken directly to HSBC Holdings’ income statement. These loans, and the associated foreign exchange exposures, are eliminated on a Group consolidated basis.

Operational risk

 

Operational risk is relevant to every aspect of our business, and covers a wide spectrum of issues, in particular legal, compliance, security and fraud. Losses arising from unauthorised activities, error, omission, inefficiency, fraud, systems failure or external events all fall within the definition of operational risk.

There have been no material changes to our policies and procedures for the management of operational risk as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

LOGO    A summary of our current policies and practices regarding operational risk and reputational risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on pages 156 and 157.

HSBC has continued to enhance its Operational Risk Management Framework including the use of the risk and control assessment process that provides business areas and functions with a forward-looking view of operational risks and an assessment of the effectiveness of controls, and a tracking mechanism for action plans so that they can proactively manage operational risks within acceptable levels.

Operational risk in the first half of 2011

During the first half of 2011, our top and emerging risk analysis included a number of risks which were of an operational nature:

 

 

challenges to our operating model in an economic downturn (in developed countries) and rapid growth (in emerging markets);

 

 

internet crime and fraud;

 

 

level of change creating operational complexity; and

 

 

information security.

There were no material issues relating to fraud and security during the period.

Reputational risk

 

The safeguarding of our reputation is of paramount importance to our continued prosperity and is the responsibility of every member of staff.

There have been no material changes to our objectives, policies and procedures for the management of reputational risk as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

 

 

141


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Risk management of insurance operations

 

 

HSBC’s bancassurance model

     142   

Insurance risk in the first half of 2011

     142   

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract

     144   

Insurance risk is the risk, other than financial risk, of loss transferred from the holder of the insurance contract to the issuer (HSBC).

There have been no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of insurance risk, including the risks relating to different life and non-life products, as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

LOGO    A summary of our policies and practices regarding insurance risk, and the main contracts we manufacture, is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 157.

HSBC’s bancassurance model

We operate a bancassurance model which provides insurance products for customers with whom we have a banking relationship. Insurance products are sold to all customer groups, mainly utilising retail branches, the internet and phone centres. RBWM customers attract the majority of sales and comprise the majority of policyholders.

Many of these insurance products are manufactured by our subsidiaries. This allows us to retain the risks and rewards associated with writing insurance contracts as both the underwriting profit and the commission paid by the manufacturer to the bank distribution channel are kept within the Group.

Where we consider it operationally more effective, third parties are engaged to manufacture insurance products for sale through our banking network. We work with a limited number of market-leading partners to provide the products. These arrangements earn us a commission.

Our bancassurance business operates in all six of our geographical regions with over 30 legal

entities, the majority of which are subsidiaries of banking legal entities, manufacturing insurance products.

The insurance contracts we sell primarily relate to core underlying banking activities, such as savings and investment products, and credit life products.

Our manufacturing business concentrates on personal lines, e.g. contracts written for individuals. This focus on the higher volume, lower individual value personal lines contributes to diversifying risk.

Insurance risk in the first half of 2011

The principal insurance risk we face is that, over time, the cost of acquiring and administering a contract, claims and benefits may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income. The cost of claims and benefits can be influenced by many factors, including mortality and morbidity experience, lapse and surrender rates and, if the policy has a savings element, the performance of the assets held to support the liabilities.

In respect of financial risks, subsidiaries manufacturing products with guarantees are usually exposed to falls in market interest rates and equity prices to the extent that the market exposure cannot be managed by utilising a discretionary bonus feature within the policy.

In January 2009, the Competition Commission (‘CC’) published its report into the PPI market in which it stipulated that short-term income protection (‘STIP’) products will also be subject to their remedies when sold in conjunction with or as a result of a referral following the sale of a loan or similar credit product. We have undertaken an analysis of the required changes to our STIP product and its sales processes resulting from the CC’s remedies. On 14 October 2010, the CC confirmed that it intended to proceed with a point of sale ban and this will come into effect on 6 April 2012.

The following tables analyse our insurance risk exposures by geographical region and by type of business. The exposures remain consistent with those observed at 31 December 2010.

 

 

 

142


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Analysis of life insurance risk – liabilities to policyholders64

 

         Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong

      US$m

        

      Rest of
Asia-

Pacific
US$m

         North
    America
US$m
         Latin
    America
US$m
        

Total

    US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

                           

Life (non-linked)

     1,621           19,957           997           992           2,282           25,849   

Insurance contracts with DPF65

     364           18,875           316                               19,555   

Credit life

     482                     51           34           2           569   

Annuities

     473                     72           749           1,699           2,993   

Term assurance and other long-term contracts

     302           1,082           558           209           581           2,732   

 

Life (linked)

     2,563           3,460           525                     5,184           11,732   

Investment contracts with DPF65,66

     24,652                     16                               24,668   
                                                               

 

Insurance liabilities to policyholders

     28,836           23,417           1,538           992           7,466           62,249   
                                                               

At 30 June 2010

                           

Life (non-linked)

     1,789           16,261           617           1,017           2,002           21,686   

Insurance contracts with DPF65

     286           15,663           240                               16,189   

Credit life

     664                     41           40           1           746   

Annuities

     409                     27           771           1,559           2,766   

Term assurance and other long-term contracts

     430           598           309           206           442           1,985   

 

Life (linked)

     1,785           2,875           422                     3,702           8,784   

Investment contracts with DPF65,66

     19,636                     35                               19,671   
                                                               

 

Insurance liabilities to policyholders

     23,210           19,136           1,074           1,017           5,704           50,141   
                                                               

 

At 31 December 2010

                           

Life (non-linked)

     1,679           17,989           789           1,004           2,122           23,583   

Insurance contracts with DPF65

     327           17,203           278                               17,808   

Credit life

     565                     72           36           2           675   

Annuities

     471                     31           760           1,622           2,884   

Term assurance and other long-term contracts

     316           786           408           208           498           2,216   

 

Life (linked)

     2,274           3,235           485                     4,502           10,496   

Investment contracts with DPF65,66

     22,052                     22                               22,074   
                                                               

 

Insurance liabilities to policyholders

     26,005           21,224           1,296           1,004           6,624           56,153   
                                                               

 

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

Analysis of non-life insurance risk – net written insurance premiums64,67

 

  

  

     Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong

US$m

         Rest of
Asia-
Pacific
US$m
         North
America
US$m
         Latin
America
US$m
        

Total

US$m

 

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                           

Accident and health

     19           91           5           1           20           136   

Motor

               8           15                     160           183   

Fire and other damage

     9           14           5           12           13           53   

Liability

               10           3                     1           14   

Credit (non-life)

     7                               27           1           35   

Marine, aviation and transport

               5           2                     12           19   

Other non-life insurance contracts

     6           18                     4           46           74   
                                                               

 

Total net written insurance premiums

     41           146           30           44           253           514   
                                                               

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     25           (67        (14        (7        (115        (178
                                                               

Half-year to 30 June 2010

                           

Accident and health

     45           85           4           1           19           154   

Motor

               7           15                     130           152   

Fire and other damage

     22           17           4           8           10           61   

Liability

               12           2                               14   

Credit (non-life)

     11                               28           1           40   

Marine, aviation and transport

     1           5           3                     8           17   

Other non-life insurance contracts

     13           18                     5           40           76   
                                                               

 

Total net written insurance premiums

     92           144           28           42           208           514   
                                                               

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (85        (61        (13        (3        (85        (247
                                                               

 

 

143


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

         Europe
US$m
        

Hong

Kong

    US$m

        

    Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

        

North

    America

US$m

        

Latin

    America

US$m

        

Total

    US$m

 

Half-year to 31 December 2010

                           

Accident and health

     33           89           4           2           18           146   

Motor

               8           13                     137           158   

Fire and other damage

     16           12           7           8           12           55   

Liability

               8           2                     2           12   

Credit (non-life)

     14                               25           1           40   

Marine, aviation and transport

     2           5           1                     10           18   

Other non-life insurance contracts

     7           21           1           4           44           77   
                                                               

 

Total net written insurance premiums

     72           143           28           39           224           506   
                                                               

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (84        (56        (12        (10        (116        (278
                                                               

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

Credit non-life insurance is concentrated in North America and Europe, and is originated in conjunction with the provision of loans. Following a decision taken to close the Consumer Lending network in the US, insurance products written in conjunction with this business are being run off.

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract

A principal tool we use to manage our exposure to insurance risk, in particular for life insurance contracts, is asset and liability matching.

The table below shows the composition of assets and liabilities and demonstrates that there were sufficient assets to cover the liabilities to policyholders at 30 June 2011.

 

 

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract

 

         Insurance contracts          Investment contracts                        
        

With

DPF

    US$m

        

Unit-

linked

    US$m

        

Annu-

ities

    US$m

        

Term

assur-

ance68
     US$m

        

  Non-life

US$m

        

With

DPF66

    US$m

        

Unit-

linked

    US$m

        

Other

    US$m

        

Other

  assets69
US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

                                                 

Financial assets

       19,436           10,962           2,734           3,233           2,434           24,112           8,771           4,038           7,371           83,091   
                                                                                                             

– trading assets

                                               34                                                   34   

– financial assets designated at fair value

       1,683           10,664           474           646           221           6,426           8,050           1,529           1,641           31,334   

– derivatives

       54           1           1           10           1           279           11           1           2           360   

– financial investments

       14,650                     1,929           2,061           1,169           16,178                     1,789           4,274           42,050   

– other financial assets

       3,049           297           330           516           1,009           1,229           710           719           1,454           9,313   
                                                                                                             

 

Reinsurance assets

       13           802           395           243           424                                         59           1,936   

PVIF70

                                                                                       4,186           4,186   

Other assets and investment properties

       216           10           26           363           208           557           23           51           697           2,151   
                                                                                                             

 

Total assets

       19,665           11,774           3,155           3,839           3,066           24,669           8,794           4,089           12,313           91,364   
                                                                                                             

 

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                                                 

– designated at fair value

                                                                   8,762           3,429                     12,191   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                                             485                     485   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

       19,555           11,732           2,993           3,301           2,202           24,668                                         64,451   

Deferred tax

       13                     22           6           6                               1           970           1,018   

Other liabilities

                                                                                       2,213           2,213   
                                                                                                             

 

Total liabilities

       19,568           11,732           3,015           3,307           2,208           24,668           8,762           3,915           3,183           80,358   

 

Total equity

                                                                                       11,006           11,006   
                                                                                                             

 

Total equity and liabilities71

       19,568           11,732           3,015           3,307           2,208           24,668           8,762           3,915           14,189           91,364   
                                                                                                             

 

 

144


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

         Insurance contracts    Investment contracts                     
        

With

DPF

    US$m

        

Unit-

    linked

US$m

        

      Annu-

ities

US$m

        

Term

assur-

    ance68
US$m

           Non-life
US$m
        

With

    DPF66
US$m

        

Unit-

linked
    US$m

        

Other

    US$m

        

Other

  assets69
US$m

         Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2010

                                                 

Financial assets

       16,070           7,947           2,686           2,379           2,025           19,273           6,944           3,988           6,825           68,137   
                                                                                                             

– trading assets

                                               10                                                   10   

– financial assets designated at fair value

       876           7,643           549           609           56           5,018           5,838           1,450           1,207           23,246   

– derivatives

       25                               1                     131           362           1           9           529   

– financial investments

       13,371                     1,743           1,196           645           13,478                     1,757           4,293           36,483   

– other financial assets

       1,798           304           394           573           1,314           646           744           780           1,316           7,869   
                                                                                                             

 

Reinsurance assets

       7           872           343           273           422                                         65           1,982   

PVIF70

                                                                                       2,966           2,966   

Other assets and investment properties

       192           6           18           436           215           398           17           45           648           1,975   
                                                                                                             

 

Total assets

       16,269           8,825           3,047           3,088           2,662           19,671           6,961           4,033           10,504           75,060   
                                                                                                             

 

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                                                 

– designated at fair value

                                                                   6,934           3,450                     10,384   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                                             413                     413   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

       16,189           8,784           2,766           2,731           2,375           19,671                                         52,516   

Deferred tax

       7                     19           3           5           1                     2           626           663   

Other liabilities

                                                                                       1,974           1,974   
                                                                                                             

 

Total liabilities

       16,196           8,784           2,785           2,734           2,380           19,672           6,934           3,865           2,600           65,950   

 

Total equity

                                                                                       9,110           9,110   
                                                                                                             

 

Total equity and liabilities71

       16,196           8,784           2,785           2,734           2,380           19,672           6,934           3,865           11,710           75,060   
                                                                                                             

 

At 31 December 2010

                                                 

Financial assets

       17,665           9,763           2,615           2,671           2,231           21,511           8,338           3,927           7,157           75,878   
                                                                                                             

– trading assets

                                               11                                                   11   

– financial assets designated at fair value

       1,206           9,499           413           523           180           5,961           7,624           1,486           1,452           28,344   

– derivatives

       53                     1           6                     229           7           1           4           301   

– financial investments

       14,068                     1,847           1,661           692           14,465                     1,804           4,495           39,032   

– other financial assets

       2,338           264           354           481           1,348           856           707           636           1,206           8,190   
                                                                                                             

 

Reinsurance assets

       10           760           400           263           432                                         79           1,944   

PVIF70

                                                                                       3,440           3,440   

Other assets and investment properties

       189           6           21           398           213           565           14           56           712           2,174   
                                                                                                             

 

Total assets

       17,864           10,529           3,036           3,332           2,876           22,076           8,352           3,983           11,388           83,436   
                                                                                                             

 

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                                                 

– designated at fair value

                                                                   8,321           3,379                     11,700   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                                             439                     439   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

       17,808           10,496           2,884           2,891           2,456           22,074                                         58,609   

Deferred tax

       11                     20           4           6                               1           793           835   

Other liabilities

                                                                                       2,075           2,075   
                                                                                                             

 

Total liabilities

       17,819           10,496           2,904           2,895           2,462           22,074           8,321           3,819           2,868           73,658   

 

Total equity

                                                                                       9,778           9,778   
                                                                                                             

 

Total equity and liabilities71

       17,819           10,496           2,904           2,895           2,462           22,074           8,321           3,819           12,646           83,436   
                                                                                                             

For footnotes, see page 146.

 

 

145


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Footnotes to Risk

Credit risk

 

1 The amount of the loan commitments reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved loan offers made by mailshots to personal customers. In addition to those amounts, there is a further maximum possible exposure to credit risk of US$159.5bn (30 June 2010: US$158.6bn; 31 December 2010: US$220.2bn), reflecting the full take-up of such irrevocable loan commitments. The take-up of such offers is generally at modest levels.
2 Residential mortgages include Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans of US$3.4bn at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: US$3.4bn; 31 December 2010: US$3.5bn).
3 Other personal loans and advances include second lien mortgages and other personal property-related lending.
4 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
5 Included within ‘Total gross loans and advances to customers’ (‘TGLAC’) is credit card lending of US$59bn (30 June 2010: US$61bn; 31 December 2010: US$62bn).
6 The numbers in North America include a reclassification within the corporate and commercial lending category to reflect a more accurate presentation of lending in the region.
7 The impairment allowances on loans and advances to banks relate to the geographical regions, Europe, Middle East and North Africa, and North America.
8 We have not reclassified any assets from the available-for-sale category as permitted by the 2008 amendment to IAS 39, ‘Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement’. The majority of our available-for-sale holdings in sovereign and agency debt of Italy of US$1.5bn is held to support insurance contracts which provide discretionary profit participation to policyholders. For such contracts, unrealised movements in liabilities are recognised in other comprehensive income, following the treatment of the unrealised movements on related available-for-sale assets. To the extent that the movements offset, no movement in the available-for-sale reserve is recognised.
9 Trading assets net of short positions.
10 Derivative assets net of collateral and derivative liabilities for which a legally enforceable right of offset exists.
11 Includes residential mortgages of HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance.
12 Comprising Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Middle East and North Africa, and Latin America.
13 Negative equity arises when the value of the property used to secure a loan is below the balance outstanding on the loan, generally based on values at the balance sheet date.
14 Loan-to-value ratios are generally based on values at the balance sheet date.
15 HSBC Finance lending is shown on a management basis and includes loans transferred to HSBC USA Inc. which are managed by HSBC Finance.
16 Interest-only (affordability mortgages) are loans which are classified as ‘interest only’ for an initial period before reverting to repayment. As a consequence, in the table ‘Mortgage lending products’ on page 105 these balances are included in the category ‘Affordability mortgages, including ARMs’.
17 Stated income lending forms a subset of total Mortgage Services lending across all categories.
18 By states which individually account for 5% or more of HSBC Finance’s US customer loan portfolio.
19 The average loss on sale of foreclosed properties is calculated as cash proceeds after deducting selling costs, commissions and other ancillary costs, minus the book value of the property when it was moved to assets held for sale divided by the book value of the property when it was moved to assets held for sale.
20 The average total loss on foreclosed properties sold during each quarter includes both the loss on sale and the cumulative write-downs recognised on the loans up to and upon classification as assets held for sale. This average total loss on foreclosed properties is expressed as a percentage of the book value of the property prior to its transfer to assets held for sale.
21 Percentages are expressed as a function of the relevant gross loans and receivables balance.
22 At 30 June 2011, 31 December 2010 and 30 June 2010, real estate secured delinquency included US$4.2bn, US$4.2bn and US$3.8bn, respectively, of loans that we carried at the lower of cost or net realisable value.
23 We observe the disclosure convention that, in addition to those classified as EL9 to EL10, retail accounts classified EL1 to EL8 that are delinquent by 90 days or more are considered impaired, unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired (see page 114, ‘Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments’).
24 The EL percentage is derived through a combination of PD and LGD, and may exceed 100% in circumstances where the LGD is above 100% reflecting the cost of recoveries.
25 Impairment allowances are not reported for financial instruments whereby the carrying amount is reduced directly for impairment and not through the use of an allowance account.
26 Impairment is not measured for assets held in trading portfolios or designated at fair value as assets in such portfolios are managed according to movements in fair value, and the fair value movement is taken directly to the income statement. Consequently, all such balances are reported under ‘Neither past due nor impaired’.
27 Loans and advances to customers include asset-backed securities that have been externally rated as strong (30 June 2011: US$4.1bn; 30 June 2010: US$4.2bn; 31 December 2010: US$4.1bn), good (30 June 2011: US$748m; 30 June 2010: US$1,039m; 31 December 2010: US$627m), satisfactory (30 June 2011: US$227m; 30 June 2010: US$223m; 31 December 2010: US$452m), sub-standard (30 June 2011: US$480m; 30 June 2010: US$511m; 31 December 2010: US$669m) and impaired (30 June 2011: US$49m; 30 June 2010: US$243m; 31 December 2010: US$29m).
28 Impaired loans and advances are those classified as CRR 9, CRR 10, EL 9 or EL 10 and all retail loans 90 days or more past due, unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired.
29 Collectively assessed loans and advances comprise homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant, and loans subject to individual assessment where no impairment has been identified on an individual basis, but on which a collective impairment allowance has been calculated to reflect losses which have been incurred but not yet identified.
30 Collectively assessed loans and advances not impaired are those classified as CRR1 to CRR8 and EL1 to EL8 but excluding retail loans 90 days past due.
31 Net of repo transactions, settlement accounts and stock borrowings.
32 As a percentage of loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers, as applicable.
33 Total includes holdings of ABSs issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.
34 ‘Directly held’ includes assets held by Solitaire where we provide first loss protection and assets held directly by the Group.

 

 

146


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

35 Impairment charges allocated to capital note holders represent impairments where losses would be borne by external third-party investors in the structures.
36 Mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s), asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s) and collateralised debt obligations (‘CDO’s).
37 High grade assets rated AA or AAA.
38 Gains or losses on the net principal exposure (footnote 44) recognised in the income statement as a result of changes in the fair value of the asset.
39 Fair value gains and losses on the net principal exposure (footnote 44) recognised in other comprehensive income as a result of the changes in the fair value of available-for-sale assets.
40 Realised fair value gains and losses on the net principal exposure (footnote 44) recognised in the income statement as a result of the disposal of assets or the receipt of cash flows from assets.
41 Reclassified from equity on impairment, disposal or payment. This includes impairment losses recognised in the income statement in respect of the net principal exposure (footnote 44) of available-for-sale assets. Payments are the contractual cash flows received on the assets.
42 The gross principal is the redemption amount on maturity or, in the case of an amortising instrument, the sum of the future redemption amounts through the residual life of the security.
43 A credit default swap (‘CDS’) gross protection is the gross principal of the underlying instrument that is protected by CDSs.
44 Net principal exposure is the gross principal amount of assets that are not protected by CDSs. It includes assets that benefit from monoline protection, except where this protection is purchased with a CDS.
45 Carrying amount of the net principal exposure.
46 Net exposure after legal netting and any other relevant credit mitigation prior to deduction of the credit risk adjustment.
47 Cumulative fair value adjustment recorded against exposures to OTC derivative counterparties to reflect their creditworthiness.
48 Funded exposures represent the loan amount advanced to the customer, less any fair value write-downs, net of fees held on deposit.
49 Unfunded exposures represent the contractually committed loan facility amount not yet drawn down by the customer, less any fair value write-downs, net of fees held on deposit.

Liquidity and funding

 

50 Figures provided for HSBC Bank plc and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation incorporate all overseas branches. Subsidiaries of these entities are not included unless there is unrestricted transferability of liquidity between the subsidiaries and the parent. The comparatives for the stressed one month coverage ratio during the half-year to 30 June 2010 have been revised upwards to better reflect intra-Group netting.
51 This comprises our main banking subsidiaries and, as such, includes businesses spread across a range of locations, in many of which we may require a higher ratio of advances to core funding to reflect local market conditions.
52 Unused committed sources of secured funding for which eligible assets were held.
53 HSBC-managed asset exposures relate to consolidated securities investment conduits, primarily Solitaire and Mazarin (see page 209). These vehicles issue debt secured by ABSs which are managed by HSBC. Of the total contingent liquidity risk under this category, US$8.9bn was already funded on-balance sheet at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: US$ 8.5bn; 31 December 2010: US$7.6bn) leaving a net contingent exposure of US$14.3bn (30 June 2010: US$18.4bn; 31 December 2010: US$18.0bn).

Market risk

 

54 The structural foreign exchange risk is monitored using sensitivity analysis (see page 138). The reporting of commodity risk is consolidated with foreign exchange risk and is not applicable to non-trading portfolios.
55 The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included in the Group VAR. The management of this risk is described on page 140.
56 Credit spread sensitivity is reported separately for insurance operations (see page 142).
57 We completed the introduction of credit spread within our VaR models globally during the first half of 2010. For the six months ended 30 June 2010, the average maximum and minimum included credit spread risk for the majority of our regions.
58 The effect of any month-end adjustments not attributable to a specific daily market move is spread evenly over the days in the month in question.
59 The standard deviation measures the variation of daily revenues about the mean value of those revenues.
60 Trading intent portfolios include positions arising from market-making and position taking.
61 Trading credit spread VAR was previously reported in the Group trading credit VAR. See page 137.
62 A negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification. As the maximum and minimum occur on different days for different risk types, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures.
63 The total VAR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects. It incorporates credit spread VAR.

Risk management of insurance operations

 

64 HSBC has no insurance manufacturing subsidiaries in the Middle East.
65 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) can give policyholders the contractual right to receive, as a supplement to their guaranteed benefits, additional benefits that may be a significant portion of the total contractual benefits, but whose amount and timing are determined by HSBC. These additional benefits are contractually based on the performance of a specified pool of contracts or assets, or the profit of the company issuing the contracts.
66 Although investment contracts with DPF are financial instruments, HSBC continues to account for them as insurance contracts as permitted by IFRS 4.
67 Net written insurance premiums represent gross written premiums less gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers.
68 Term assurance includes credit life insurance.
69 Other assets comprise shareholder assets.
70 Present value of in-force long-term insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF.
71 Does not include associated insurance companies, Ping An, SABB Takaful Company or Bao Viet, or joint venture insurance companies, Hana Life and Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited.

 

 

147


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Appendix – Risk policies and practices

 

This appendix describes the significant policies and practices employed by HSBC in managing our credit risk, liquidity and funding, market risk, operational risk, reputational risk and insurance risk.

Managing risk

 

HSBC’s approach to risk is encapsulated within our risk appetite framework. It is approved by the Group Risk Committee and the Board. For further details of activities of the Group Risk Committee see pages 197 to 201 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

The framework is maintained at Group, regional, global business and customer group levels, operating through governance bodies, processes and metrics designed to assist in risk management. Risk appetite statements define, at various levels of the business, the qualitative and quantitative expressions of the risks which HSBC is prepared to embrace in alignment with its strategy and business plans. Quantitative metrics are assigned to five key categories: earnings, capital and liquidity, impairments and expected losses, risk category and diversification and scenario stress testing. Measurement against the metrics serves to:

 

 

guide underlying business activity, ensuring it is aligned to risk appetite statements;

 

 

determine risk-adjusted remuneration;

 

 

enable the key underlying assumptions to be monitored and, where necessary, adjusted through subsequent business planning cycles; and

 

 

promptly identify business decisions needed to mitigate risk.

Risk governance

 

Our strong risk governance reflects the importance placed by the Board on shaping the Group’s risk strategy and managing risks effectively. It is supported by a clear policy framework of risk ownership, by the cascading from the Group Management Board (‘GMB’) of balanced scorecards that align business and risk objectives, and by the accountability of all staff for identifying, assessing and managing risks within the scope of their assigned responsibilities. This personal accountability, reinforced by the governance structure, experience and mandatory learning, helps to foster a disciplined and constructive culture of risk management and control throughout HSBC.

During the period we developed a new operating model for the global risk function. The new model integrates Compliance within Global Risk, establishes risk roles for RBWM and CMB in alignment with other global businesses and broadens the responsibility of Fraud and Security Risk. The new model is designed to enable the end-to-end management of risk in a consistent manner.

Scenario stress testing

We conduct a range of Group stress testing scenarios including, but not limited to, severe global economic downturn, country, sector and counterparty failures and a variety of projected major operational risk events. The outcomes of the stress scenarios are used to assess the potential impact on demand for regulatory capital against its supply. We also participate, where appropriate, in scenario analyses requested by regulatory bodies.

In addition to the suite of risk scenarios considered for the Group, each major HSBC subsidiary conducts regular macro-economic and event-driven scenario analyses specific to its region.

Stress testing is also used by the market risk discipline to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of events or movements in a set of financial variables.

Credit risk

 

Credit risk management

The Credit Risk department fulfils the role of an independent credit control unit as part of the Global Risk function in GMO. Its risk management and internal control procedures are designed for all stages of the economic and financial cycles, including the current environment, and there were no significant changes during the first half of 2011. Full details of the roles and responsibilities of the Credit Risk management function and the policies and procedures for managing credit risk are set out on page 197 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

 

148


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Principal objectives of our credit risk management

 

 

to maintain across HSBC a strong culture of responsible lending and a robust risk policy and control framework;

 

 

to both partner and challenge our businesses in defining, implementing and continually re-evaluating our risk appetite under actual and scenario conditions; and

 

 

to ensure there is independent, expert scrutiny of credit risks, their costs and their mitigation.

Collateral and other credit enhancements

Collateral held against financial instruments is described in more detail below.

Loans and advances

Although collateral can be an important mitigant of credit risk, it is our policy to lend on the basis of the customer’s capacity to repay rather than to rely on the value of security offered. Depending on the customer’s standing and the type of product, facilities may be provided unsecured.

We employ the following principal collateral types:

 

 

in the personal sector, mortgages over residential properties;

 

 

in the commercial and industrial sector, charges over business assets such as premises, stock and debtors;

 

 

in the commercial real estate sector, charges over the properties being financed; and

 

 

in the financial sector, charges over financial instruments such as cash, debt securities and equities in support of trading facilities.

In addition, credit derivatives and securitisation structures are used to hedge or transfer credit risk within our loan portfolio.

Derivatives

The International Swaps and Derivatives Association (‘ISDA’) Master Agreement is our preferred agreement for documenting derivatives activity. It provides the contractual framework within which dealing activity across a full range of OTC products is conducted, and contractually binds both parties to apply close-out netting across all outstanding transactions covered by an agreement if either party defaults or another pre-agreed termination event occurs. It is common, and our preferred practice, for the parties to execute a Credit Support Annex (‘CSA’) in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement. Under a CSA, collateral is passed between the parties to mitigate the counterparty risk inherent in outstanding positions. The majority of our CSAs are with financial institutional clients.

Treasury, other eligible bills and debt securities

Debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured except for ABSs and similar instruments, which are secured by pools of financial assets.

Items in the course of collection from other banks

Settlement risk arises in any situation where a payment in cash, securities or equities is made in the expectation of a corresponding receipt of cash, securities or equities. Daily settlement limits are established for counterparties to cover the aggregate of our transactions with each one on any single day. We substantially mitigate settlement risk on many transactions, particularly those involving securities and equities, by settling through assured payment systems or on a delivery-versus-payment basis.

Concentration of exposure

Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of counterparties or exposures have comparable economic characteristics, or such counterparties are engaged in similar activities or operate in the same geographical areas or industry sectors, so that their collective ability to meet contractual obligations is uniformly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. We use a number of controls and measures to minimise undue concentration of exposure in our portfolios across industry, country and customer groups. These include portfolio and counterparty limits, approval and review controls, and stress testing.

Wrong-way risk is an aggravated form of concentration risk and arises when there is a strong correlation between the counterparty’s probability of default and the mark-to-market value of the underlying transaction. We use a range of

 

 

149


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

procedures to monitor and control wrong-way risk, including requiring entities to obtain prior approval before undertaking wrong-way risk transactions outside pre-agreed guidelines.

Forbearance strategies and renegotiated loans

A range of forbearance strategies are employed in order to improve the management of customer relationships, maximise collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid foreclosure or repossession. Our policies and practices are based on criteria which, in the judgement of local management, indicate that repayment is likely to continue.

Forbearance arrangements include extended payment terms, a reduction in interest or principal repayments, approved external debt management plans, debt consolidations, the deferral of foreclosures, other modifications, and loan restructures. These management policies and practices typically provide the customer with terms and conditions that are more favourable than those provided initially. Such arrangements could include cases where an account is reset as up-to-date without full repayment of all the arrears. In the US, this is referred to as a ‘re-age’. Loans that have been reset as up-to-date are not disclosed as past due unless the account subsequently experiences further payment defaults.

Loan restructures are our most common forbearance arrangements, the majority of which are loan modifications and re-ages applied to real estate loans within consumer finance portfolios in the US. Modification occurs when the terms of a loan are changed either temporarily or permanently. Modification may also lead to a re-ageing of the account, although an account may be re-aged without any modification to the original terms and conditions of the loan. It is our practice in the US to defer past due interest on re-aged real estate and personal non-credit card accounts to the end of the loan period. We do not accrue interest on these past due interest payments.

Our credit risk management policy sets out restrictions on the number and frequency of restructures, the minimum period an account must have been opened before any restructure can be considered, and the number of qualifying payments that must be received before an account may be considered restructured and up-to-date. The application of this policy varies according to the nature of the market, the product and the management of customer relationships through the occurrence of exceptional events.

Loans that are subject to restructuring may only be classified as restructured and up-to-date once a specified number and/or amount of qualifying payments have been received. These qualifying payments are set at a level appropriate to the nature of the loan and the customer’s ability to make the repayment going forward. Typically the receipt of two or more qualifying payments is required within a certain period, generally 60 days (in the case of HSBC Finance, in certain circumstances, for example where debt has been restructured in bankruptcy proceedings, fewer or no payments may be required). Loans that have been restructured and would otherwise have been past due or impaired are classified as renegotiated.

Renegotiated loans are segregated from other parts of the loan portfolio for collective impairment assessment, to reflect the higher rates of losses often encountered in this segment of the portfolio. When empirical evidence indicates an increased propensity to default and higher losses on such accounts, such as for re-aged loans in the US, the use of roll-rate methodology ensures these factors are taken into account when calculating impairment allowances.

The carrying amount of loans that have been classified as renegotiated retain this classification until maturity or derecognition. Where a loan is restructured as part of a forbearance strategy and the restructuring results in derecognition of the existing loan, such as in some debt consolidations, the new loan is disclosed as renegotiated. Interest is recorded on renegotiated loans on the basis of new contractual terms following renegotiation.

Credit quality of financial instruments

The five credit quality classifications defined on page 114 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010 describe the credit quality of our lending, debt securities portfolios and derivatives. These classifications each encompass a range of more granular, internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale and retail lending business, as well as the external ratings attributed by external agencies to debt securities.

There is no direct correlation between the internal and external ratings at granular level, except to the extent each falls within a single quality classification.

 

 

150


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Credit quality classification

 

   

        Debt securities

and other bills

       

Wholesale lending

and derivatives

        Retail lending  
   

External

credit rating

       

Internal

credit rating

       

Probability of

default %

       

Internal

credit rating23

       

Expected

loss %

 

Quality classification

                 

Strong

    A– and above          CRR1 to CRR2          0 – 0.169          EL1 to EL2          0 – 0.999   

Good

    BBB+ to BBB–          CRR3          0.170 – 0.740          EL3          1.000 – 4.999   

Satisfactory

   
 
BB+ to B+ and
unrated
  
  
      CRR4 to CRR5          0.741 – 4.914          EL4 to EL5          5.000 – 19.999   

Sub-standard

    B and below          CRR6 to CRR8          4.915 – 99.999          EL6 to EL8          20.000 – 99.999   

Impaired

    Impaired          CRR9 to CRR10          100          EL9 to EL10          100+ or defaulted 24 

For footnotes, see page 146.

Nature of HSBC’s securitisation and other structured exposures

MBSs are securities that represent interests in groups of mortgages and provide investors with the right to receive cash from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal). An MBS, which references mortgages with different risk profiles, is classified according to the highest risk class.

CDOs are securities backed by a pool of bonds, loans or other assets such as ABSs. CDOs may include exposure to sub-prime or Alt-A mortgage assets where these are part of the underlying assets or reference assets. As there is often uncertainty surrounding the precise nature of the underlying collateral supporting CDOs, all CDOs supported by residential mortgage-related assets are classified as sub-prime. Our holdings of ABSs and CDOs and direct lending positions, and the categories of mortgage collateral and lending activity, are described below.

 

Categories of

ABSs and CDOs

   Definition    Classification
Sub-prime   

Loans to customers who have limited credit histories, modest incomes or high debt-to-income ratios or have experienced credit problems caused by occasional delinquencies, prior charge-offs, bankruptcy or other credit-related actions.

 

   For US mortgages, standard US credit scores are primarily used to determine whether a loan is sub-prime; for non-US mortgages, management judgement is used.

US Home Equity Lines

of Credit (‘HELoC’s)

  

A form of revolving credit facility provided to customers, which is supported by a first or second lien charge over residential property.

 

   Holdings of HELoCs are classified as sub-prime.
US Alt-A    Lower risk loans than sub-prime, but they share higher risk characteristics than lending under fully conforming standard criteria.   

US credit scores and the completeness of documentation held (such as proof of income), are considered when determining whether an Alt-A classification is appropriate. Non sub-prime mortgages in the US are classified as Alt-A if they are not eligible for sale to the major US Government mortgage agencies or sponsored entities.

 

US Government agency

and sponsored

enterprises mortgage-

related assets

  

Securities that are guaranteed by US Government agencies such as the Government National Mortgage Association (‘Ginnie Mae’), or by US Government sponsored entities including the Federal National Mortgage Association (‘Fannie Mae’) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (‘Freddie Mac’).

 

   Holdings of US Government agency and US Government sponsored enterprises’ mortgage-related assets are classified as prime exposures.

UK non-conforming

mortgages

  

UK mortgages that do not meet normal lending criteria. Examples include mortgages where the expected level of documentation is not provided (such as income with self-certification), or where poor credit history increases risk and results in pricing at a higher than normal lending rate.

 

   UK non-conforming mortgages are treated as sub-prime exposures.
Other mortgages   

Residential mortgages, including prime mortgages, that do not meet any of the classifications described above.

 

   Prime residential mortgage-related assets are included in this category.

 

 

151


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Our exposure to non-residential mortgage-related ABSs and direct lending includes securities with collateral relating to:

 

 

commercial property mortgages;

 

 

leveraged finance loans;

 

 

student loans; and

 

 

other assets, such as securities with other receivable-related collateral.

Liquidity and funding

 

The management of liquidity and funding is primarily undertaken locally in our operating entities in compliance with practices and limits set by the Risk Management Meeting. These limits vary according to the depth and the liquidity of the markets in which the entities operate. Our general policy is that each banking entity should be self-sufficient in funding its own operations.

Primary sources of funding

Current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice form a significant part of our funding, and we place considerable importance on maintaining their stability. For deposits, stability depends upon preserving depositor confidence in our capital strength and liquidity, and on competitive and transparent pricing.

We also access professional markets in order to obtain funding for non-banking subsidiaries that do not accept deposits, to align asset and liability maturities and currencies and to maintain a presence in local money markets. In aggregate, our banking entities are liquidity providers to the interbank market, placing significantly more funds with other banks than they borrow.

The main operating subsidiary that does not accept deposits is HSBC Finance, which is funded principally by taking term funding in the professional markets.

The management of liquidity risk

We use a number of principal measures to manage liquidity risk, as described below.

Advances to core funding ratio

We emphasise the importance of core customer deposits as a source of funds to finance lending to customers, and discourage reliance on short-term professional funding. This is achieved by placing limits on banking entities which restrict their ability to increase loans and advances to customers without corresponding growth in core customer deposits or long term debt funding; this measure is referred to as the ‘advances to core funding’ ratio.

Advances to core funding ratio limits are set by the Risk Management Meeting and monitored by Group Finance. The ratio describes current loans and advances to customers as a percentage of the total of core customer deposits and term funding with a remaining term to maturity in excess of one year. Loans and advances to customers which are part of reverse repurchase arrangements, and where we receive securities which are deemed to be liquid, are excluded from the advances to core funding ratio.

Stressed one month coverage ratio

The stressed one month coverage ratios are derived from projected cash flow scenario analyses, and express the stressed cash inflows as a percentage of stressed cash outflows over a one month time horizon. Group sites are required to target a ratio of 100% or greater.

Projected cash flow scenario analysis

We use a number of standard projected cash flow scenarios designed to model both Group-specific and market-wide liquidity crises in which the rate and timing of deposit withdrawals and drawdowns on committed lending facilities are varied, and the ability to access interbank funding and term debt markets and to generate funds from asset portfolios are restricted. The scenarios are modelled by all Group banking entities and by HSBC Finance. The appropriateness of the assumptions under each scenario is regularly reviewed. In addition to our standard projected cash flow scenarios, individual entities are required to design their own scenarios to reflect specific local market conditions, products and funding bases.

 

 

152


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Limits for cumulative net cash flows under stress scenarios are set for each banking entity and for HSBC Finance. Both ratio and cash flow limits reflect the local market place, the diversity of funding sources available and the concentration risk from large depositors. Compliance with entity level limits is monitored centrally by Group Finance and reported regularly to the Risk Management Meeting.

Contingent liquidity risk

In the normal course of business, we provide customers with committed facilities, including committed backstop lines to conduit vehicles we sponsor and standby facilities to corporate customers. These facilities increase our funding requirements when customers choose to raise drawdown levels above their normal utilisation rates. The liquidity risk consequences of increased levels of drawdown are analysed in the form of projected cash flows under different stress scenarios. The Risk Management Meeting also sets limits for non-cancellable contingent funding commitments by entity after due consideration of each entity’s ability to fund them. The limits are split according to the borrower, the liquidity of the underlying assets and the size of the committed line.

Market risk

 

Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures

The management of market risk is principally undertaken in Global Markets using risk limits approved by the GMB. Limits are set for portfolios, products and risk types, with market liquidity being a primary factor in determining the level of limits set. Group Risk, an independent unit within GMO, is responsible for our market risk management policies and measurement techniques. Each major operating entity has an independent market risk management and control function which is responsible for measuring market risk exposures in accordance with the policies defined by Group Risk, and monitoring and reporting these exposures against the prescribed limits on a daily basis.

Each operating entity is required to assess the market risks arising on each product in its business and to transfer them to either its local Global Markets unit for management, or to separate books managed under the supervision of the local Asset and Liability Management Committee (‘ALCO’). Our aim is to ensure that all market risks are consolidated within operations that have the necessary skills, tools, management and governance to manage them professionally. In certain cases where the market risks cannot be fully transferred, we use simulation modelling to identify the impact of varying scenarios on valuations and net interest income.

We employ a range of tools to monitor and limit market risk exposures. These include sensitivity analysis, value at risk and stress testing.

Sensitivity analysis

We use sensitivity measures to monitor the market risk positions within each risk type, for example, the present value of a basis point movement in interest rates for interest rate risk. Sensitivity limits are set for portfolios, products and risk types, with the depth of the market being one of the principal factors in determining the level of limits set.

Value at risk

VAR is a technique that estimates the potential losses that could occur on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence.

The VAR models we use are based predominantly on historical simulation. These models derive plausible future scenarios from past series of recorded market rates and prices, taking account of inter-relationships between different markets and rates such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates. The models also incorporate the effect of option features on the underlying exposures.

Our historical simulation models assess potential market movements with reference to data from the past two years and calculate VAR to a 99% confidence level and for a one-day holding period.

We routinely validate the accuracy of our VAR models by back-testing the actual daily profit and loss results, adjusted to remove non-modelled items such as fees and commissions, against the corresponding VAR numbers. Statistically, we would expect to see losses in excess of VAR only 1% of the time over a one-year period. The actual number of excesses over this period can therefore be used to gauge how well the models are performing.

 

 

153


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Although a valuable guide to risk, VAR should always be viewed in the context of its limitations. For example:

 

 

the use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future events may not encompass all potential events, particularly those which are extreme in nature;

 

 

the use of a one-day holding period assumes that all positions can be liquidated or the risks offset in one day. This may not fully reflect the market risk arising at times of severe illiquidity, when a one-day holding period may be insufficient to liquidate or hedge all positions fully;

 

 

the use of a 99% confidence level, by definition, does not take into account losses that might occur beyond this level of confidence;

 

 

VAR is calculated on the basis of exposures outstanding at the close of business and therefore does not necessarily reflect intra-day exposures; and

 

 

VAR is unlikely to reflect loss potential on exposures that only arise under significant market moves.

Stress testing

In recognition of the limitations of VAR, we augment it with stress testing to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, although plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables.

The process is governed by the Stress Testing Review Group forum which, in conjunction with regional risk managers, determines the scenarios to be applied at portfolio and consolidated levels, as follows:

 

 

sensitivity scenarios, consider the impact of any single risk factor or set of factors that are unlikely to be captured within the VAR models, such as the break of a currency peg;

 

 

technical scenarios, consider the largest move in each risk factor, without consideration of any underlying market correlation;

 

 

hypothetical scenarios, consider potential macro economic events, for example, a global flu pandemic; and

 

 

historical scenarios, which incorporate historical observations of market movements during previous periods of stress which would not be captured within VAR.

Stress testing results provide senior management with an assessment of the financial effect such events would have on our profit.

Trading portfolios

Credit spread risk

The risk associated with movements in credit spreads is primarily managed through sensitivity limits, stress testing and VAR.

Credit spread risk also arises on credit derivative transactions entered into by Global Banking in order to manage the risk concentrations within the corporate loan portfolio and so enhance capital efficiency. The mark-to-market of these transactions is reflected in the income statement.

Gap risk

Even for transactions that are structured to render the risk to HSBC negligible under a wide range of market conditions or events, there exists a remote possibility that a significant gap event could lead to loss. A gap event could arise from a significant change in market price with no accompanying trading opportunity, with the result that the threshold is breached beyond which the risk profile changes from no risk to full exposure to the underlying structure. Such movements may occur, for example, when, in reaction to an adverse event or unexpected news announcement, the market for a specific investment becomes illiquid, making hedging impossible.

Given their characteristics, these transactions make little or no contribution to VAR or to traditional market risk sensitivity measures. We capture their risks within our stress testing scenarios and monitor gap risk on an ongoing basis. We regularly consider the probability of gap loss, and fair value adjustments are booked against this risk.

 

 

154


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

ABS/MBS exposures

The ABS/MBS exposures within the trading portfolios are managed within sensitivity and VAR limits as described on page 145 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010, and are included within the stress testing scenarios described above.

Non-trading portfolios

The principal objective of market risk management of non-trading portfolios is to optimise net interest income.

Interest rate risk in non-trading portfolios arises principally from mismatches between the future yield on assets and their funding cost, as a result of interest rate changes. Analysis of this risk is complicated by having to make assumptions on embedded optionality within certain product areas such as the incidence of mortgage prepayments, and from behavioural assumptions regarding the economic duration of liabilities which are contractually repayable on demand such as current accounts.

Our control of market risk in the non-trading portfolios is based on transferring the risks to the books managed by Global Markets or the local ALCO. The net exposure is typically managed through the use of interest rate swaps within agreed limits. The VAR for these portfolios is included within the Group VAR.

Sensitivity of net interest income

A principal part of our management of market risk in non-trading portfolios is to monitor the sensitivity of projected net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios (simulation modelling). We aim, through our management of market risk in non-trading portfolios, to mitigate the effect of prospective interest rate movements which could reduce future net interest income, while balancing the cost of such hedging activities on the current net revenue stream.

For simulation modelling, entities use a combination of scenarios relevant to their local businesses and markets and standard scenarios which are required throughout HSBC. The latter are consolidated to illustrate the combined pro forma effect on our consolidated portfolio valuations and net interest income.

Projected net interest income sensitivity figures represent the effect of the pro forma movements in net interest income based on the projected yield curve scenarios and the Group’s current interest rate risk profile. This effect, however, does not incorporate actions which would probably be taken by Global Markets or in the business units to mitigate the effect of interest rate risk. In reality, Global Markets seeks proactively to change the interest rate risk profile to minimise losses and optimise net revenues. The projections also assume that interest rates of all maturities move by the same amount (although rates are not assumed to become negative in the falling rates scenario) and, therefore, do not reflect the potential impact on net interest income of some rates changing while others remain unchanged. In addition, the projections take account of the effect on net interest income of anticipated differences in changes between interbank interest rates and interest rates linked to other bases (such as Central Bank rates or product rates over which the entity has discretion in terms of the timing and extent of rate changes). The projections make other simplifying assumptions, including that all positions run to maturity.

Projecting the movement in net interest income from prospective changes in interest rates is a complex interaction of structural and managed exposures. Our exposure to the effect of movements in interest rates on our net interest income arises in two main areas: core deposit franchises and Global Markets. This is described more fully in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

Defined benefit pension schemes

Market risk arises within our defined benefit pension schemes to the extent that the obligations of the schemes are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows. Pension scheme obligations fluctuate with changes in long-term interest rates, inflation, salary levels and the longevity of scheme members. Pension scheme assets include equities and debt securities, the cash flows of which change as equity prices and interest rates vary. There is a risk that market movements in equity prices and interest rates could result in asset values which, taken together with regular ongoing contributions, are insufficient over time to cover the level of projected obligations and these, in turn, could increase with a rise in inflation and members living longer. Management, together with the trustees who act on behalf of the pension scheme beneficiaries, assess these risks using reports prepared by independent external actuaries, take action and, where appropriate, adjust investment strategies and contribution levels accordingly.

 

 

155


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Operational risk

 

The objective of our operational risk management is to manage and control operational risk in a cost effective manner within targeted levels of operational risk consistent with our risk appetite, as defined by the GMB.

A formal governance structure provides oversight over the management of operational risk. A Global Operational Risk and Control Committee, which reports to the Risk Management Meeting, meets at least quarterly to discuss key risk issues and review the effective implementation of our operational risk management framework.

In each of our subsidiaries, business managers are responsible for maintaining an acceptable level of internal control, commensurate with the scale and nature of operations. They are responsible for identifying and assessing risks, designing controls and monitoring the effectiveness of these controls. The operational risk management framework helps managers to fulfil these responsibilities by defining a standard risk assessment methodology and providing a tool for the systematic reporting of operational loss data.

A centralised database is used to record the results of the operational risk management process. Operational risk self-assessments are input and maintained by business units. To ensure that operational risk losses are consistently reported and monitored at Group level, all Group companies are required to report individual losses when the net loss is expected to exceed US$10,000.

Further details of our approach to operational risk management can be found in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010, supplemented by the Capital and Risk Management Pillar 3 Disclosures as at 31 December 2010.

Legal risk

Each operating company is required to have processes and procedures in place to manage legal risk that conform to our standards.

Legal risk falls within the definition of operational risk and includes:

 

 

contractual risk, which is the risk that the rights and/or obligations of an HSBC company within a contractual relationship are defective;

 

 

dispute risk, which is made up of the risks that an HSBC company is subject to when it is involved in or managing a potential or actual dispute;

 

 

legislative risk, which is the risk that an HSBC company fails to adhere to the laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates; and

 

 

non-contractual rights risk, which is the risk that an HSBC company’s assets are not properly owned or are infringed by others, or an HSBC company infringes another party’s rights.

We have a global legal function to assist management in controlling legal risk. The function provides legal advice and support. The GMO Legal department oversees the global legal function and is headed by a Group General Counsel. There are legal departments in 58 of the countries in which we operate. There are also regional legal functions in each of Europe, North America, Latin America, the Middle East and North Africa and Asia-Pacific headed by Regional General Counsels.

Compliance risk

All Group companies are required to observe the letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice. These rules, regulations, other standards and Group policies include those relating to anti-money laundering, counter terrorist financing and sanctions compliance.

The Group Compliance function supports line management in ensuring that there are adequate policies and procedures, and is responsible for maintaining adequate resources to mitigate compliance risk. The GMO Compliance department oversees the global compliance function and is headed by the Head of Group Compliance who in turn reports to the Group Chief Risk Officer. There are compliance teams in all of the countries where we operate. These compliance teams are principally overseen by Regional Compliance Officers located in Europe, North America, Latin America, the Middle East and North Africa and Asia-Pacific.

Group Compliance policies and procedures require the prompt identification and escalation to GMO Compliance of all actual or suspected breaches of any law, rule, regulation, Group policy or other relevant requirement. These escalation procedures are supplemented by a requirement for the submission of compliance certificates at the half-year and year-end by all Group companies detailing any known breaches as above. The contents of these escalation

 

 

156


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

and certification processes are used for reporting to the Risk Management Meeting, the Group Risk Committee and the Board and disclosure in the Annual Report and Accounts and Interim Report, if appropriate.

Global security and fraud risk

Security and fraud risk issues are managed at Group level by Global Security and Fraud Risk. This unit, which has responsibility for physical risk, fraud, information and contingency risk, and security and business intelligence is fully integrated within the central GMO Risk function. This enables management to identify and mitigate the permutations of these and other non-financial risks to its business lines across the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Reputational risk

 

Reputational risks can arise from a wide variety of causes, including environmental, social and governance risks and operational risk events. As a banking group, our good reputation depends upon the way in which we conduct our business, but it can also be affected by the way in which our clients conduct themselves in such areas.

A Group Reputational Risk Committee (‘GRRC’) has been established to bring focus to activities that could attract reputational risk. The primary role of the GRRC is to consider areas and activities presenting significant reputational risk and, where appropriate, to make recommendations to the Risk Management Meeting and the GMB for policy or procedural changes to mitigate such risk. Reputational Risk Committees have also been established in each of our geographical regions. These committees ensure that reputational risks are considered at a regional as well as Group level. Minutes from the regional committees are tabled at GRRC. A wider description of HSBC’s management of reputational risk is provided on page 172 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

Insurance risk

 

Overview of insurance products

The main contracts we manufacture are listed below:

Life insurance business

 

 

life insurance contracts with DPF;

 

 

credit life insurance business;

 

 

annuities;

 

 

term assurance and critical illness policies;

 

 

linked life insurance;

 

 

investment contracts with DPF;

 

 

unit-linked investment contracts; and

 

 

other investment contracts (including pension contracts written in Hong Kong).

Non-life insurance business

Non-life insurance contracts include motor, fire and other damage to property, accident and health, repayment protection and commercial insurance.

The management of insurance risk

Life and non-life business insurance risks are controlled by high-level policies and procedures set centrally, taking into account where appropriate local market conditions and regulatory requirements. Formal underwriting, reinsurance and claims-handling procedures designed to ensure compliance with regulations are applied, supplemented with stress testing.

As well as exercising underwriting controls, we use reinsurance as a means of mitigating exposure to insurance risk, in particular to aggregations of catastrophe risk. When we manage our exposure to insurance risk through the use of third-party reinsurers, the associated revenue and manufacturing profit is ceded to them. Although reinsurance provides a means of managing insurance risk, such contracts expose us to credit risk, the risk of default by the reinsurer.

HSBC’s management of insurance risk, including the risks relating to different life and non-life products, is described on page 156 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

 

157


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

 

Capital

 

Capital management

Our approach to capital management is driven by our strategic and organisational requirements, taking into account the regulatory, economic and commercial environment in which we operate.

It is our objective to maintain a strong capital base to support the development of our business and to meet regulatory capital requirements at all times. To achieve this, our policy is to hold capital in a range of different forms and from diverse sources. All capital raising is agreed with major subsidiaries as part of their individual and the Group’s overall capital management processes.

Our policy is underpinned by a capital management framework, which enables us to manage our capital in a consistent and aligned manner. The framework, which is approved by the GMB annually, incorporates a number of different capital measures including market capitalisation, invested capital, economic capital and regulatory capital.

 

Capital measures

  market capitalisation is the stock market value of the company;

  invested capital is the equity capital invested in HSBC by our shareholders;

  economic capital is the internally calculated capital requirement which we deem necessary to support the risks to which we are exposed at a confidence level consistent with a target credit rating of AA; and

  regulatory capital is the capital which we are required to hold in accordance with the rules established by the FSA for the consolidated Group and by our local regulators for individual Group companies.

The following risks managed through the capital management framework have been identified as material: credit, market, operational, interest rate risk in the banking book, pension fund, insurance and residual risks.

We incorporate stress testing in the capital management framework, and it is important in understanding the sensitivities of the core assumptions in our capital plans to the adverse effect of extreme, but plausible, events. Stress testing allows us to formulate our response, including risk mitigation actions, in advance of conditions starting to exhibit the stress scenarios identified. The actual market stresses which occurred throughout the financial system during recent years have been used to inform our capital planning process and further develop the stress scenarios we employ.

In addition to our internal stress tests, others are carried out, both at the request of regulators and by

the regulators themselves using their prescribed assumptions. We take into account the results of all such regulatory stress testing when undertaking our internal capital management assessment.

The responsibility for global capital allocation principles and decisions rests with the GMB. Through our structured internal governance processes, we maintain discipline over our investment and capital allocation decisions and seek to ensure that returns on investment are adequate after taking account of capital costs. Our strategy is to allocate capital to businesses on the basis of their economic profit generation, regulatory and economic capital requirements and cost of capital.

Our capital management process is articulated in the annual Group capital plan which is approved by the Board. The plan is drawn up with the objective of maintaining both an appropriate amount of capital and an optimal mix between the different components of capital. HSBC Holdings and its major subsidiaries raise non-equity tier 1 capital and subordinated debt in accordance with our guidelines on market and investor concentration, cost, market conditions, timing, capital composition and maturity profile. Application of the eligibility requirements for non-equity tier 1 and tier 2 instruments under Basel III has not been clearly defined in the UK. We have therefore not issued any non-equity capital securities in the first half of 2011. Each of our subsidiaries manages its own capital to support its planned business growth and meet its local regulatory requirements within the context of the approved annual Group capital plan. In accordance with our capital management framework, capital generated by subsidiaries in excess of planned requirements is returned to HSBC Holdings, normally by way of dividends.

HSBC Holdings is the primary provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries and also provides tier 2 capital to subsidiaries where necessary. These investments are substantially funded by HSBC Holdings’ own capital issuance and profit retention. As part of its capital management process, HSBC Holdings seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the composition of its capital and that of its investment in subsidiaries.

Capital measurement and allocation

The FSA supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis and therefore receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets capital requirements for, the Group as a whole. Individual banking subsidiaries are directly regulated by their local banking

 

 

 

158


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

supervisors, who set and monitor their capital adequacy requirements.

 

Regulatory and accounting consolidations

 

The basis of consolidation for financial accounting purposes is described on page 251 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010 and differs from that used for regulatory purposes. Investments in banking associates are equity accounted in the financial accounting consolidation, whereas their exposures are proportionally consolidated for regulatory purposes. Subsidiaries and associates engaged in insurance and non-financial activities are excluded from the regulatory consolidation and are deducted from regulatory capital. The regulatory consolidation does not include SPEs where significant risk has been transferred to third parties. Exposures to these SPEs are risk-weighted as securitisation positions for regulatory purposes.

We calculate capital at a Group level using the Basel II framework of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. However, local regulators are at different stages of implementation and local reporting may still be on a Basel I basis, notably in the US. In most jurisdictions, non-banking financial subsidiaries are also subject to the supervision and capital requirements of local regulatory authorities.

Basel II is structured around three ‘pillars’: minimum capital requirements, supervisory review process and market discipline. The Capital Requirements Directive (‘CRD’) implemented Basel II in the EU and the FSA then gave effect to the CRD by including the latter’s requirements in its own rulebooks.

Regulatory capital

Our capital is divided into two tiers:

 

 

tier 1 capital is divided into core tier 1 and other tier 1 capital. Core tier 1 capital comprises shareholders’ equity and related non-controlling interests. The book values of goodwill and intangible assets are deducted from core tier 1 capital and other regulatory adjustments are made for items reflected in shareholders’ equity which are treated differently for the purposes of capital adequacy. Qualifying capital instruments such as non-cumulative perpetual preference shares and hybrid capital securities are included in other tier 1 capital; and

 

 

tier 2 capital comprises qualifying subordinated loan capital, related non-controlling interests, allowable collective impairment allowances and unrealised gains arising on the fair valuation of equity instruments held as available for sale. Tier 2 capital also includes reserves arising from the revaluation of properties.

To ensure the overall quality of the capital base, the FSA’s rules set limits on the amount of hybrid

capital instruments that can be included in tier 1 capital relative to core tier 1 capital, and also limits overall tier 2 capital to no more than tier 1 capital.

Pillar 1 capital requirements

Pillar 1 covers the capital resources requirements for credit risk, market risk and operational risk. Credit risk includes counterparty credit risk and securitisation requirements. These requirements are expressed in terms of risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s).

Credit risk capital requirements

Basel II applies three approaches of increasing sophistication to the calculation of pillar 1 credit risk capital requirements. The most basic level, the standardised approach, requires banks to use external credit ratings to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties and group other counterparties into broad categories and apply standardised risk weightings to these categories. The next level, the internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) foundation approach, allows banks to calculate their credit risk capital requirements on the basis of their internal assessment of the probability that a counterparty will default (‘PD’), but subjects their quantified estimates of exposure at default (‘EAD’) and loss given default (‘LGD’) to standard supervisory parameters. Finally, the IRB advanced approach allows banks to use their own internal assessment in determining PD and quantifying EAD and LGD.

The capital resources requirement, which is intended to cover unexpected losses, is derived from a formula specified in the regulatory rules, which incorporates PD, LGD, EAD and other variables such as maturity and correlation. Expected losses under the IRB approaches are calculated by multiplying PD by EAD and LGD. Expected losses are deducted from capital to the extent that they exceed total accounting impairment allowances.

For credit risk, with the FSA’s approval, we have adopted the IRB advanced approach for the majority of our business, with the remainder on either IRB foundation or standardised approaches.

For consolidated Group reporting, the FSA’s rules permit the use of other regulators’ standardised approaches where they are considered equivalent. The use of other regulators’ IRB approaches is subject to the agreement of the FSA. Under our Basel II rollout plans, a number of our Group companies and portfolios are in transition to advanced IRB approaches. At June 2011, portfolios in much of Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

 

 

159


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

and North America were on advanced IRB approaches. Others remain on the standardised or foundation approaches under Basel II, pending definition of local regulations or model approval, or under exemptions from IRB treatment.

Counterparty credit risk

Counterparty credit risk arises for OTC derivatives and securities financing transactions. It is calculated in both the trading and non-trading books and is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction may default before completing the satisfactory settlement of the transaction. Three approaches to calculating counterparty credit risk and determining exposure values are defined by Basel II: standardised, mark-to-market and internal model method. These exposure values are used to determine capital requirements under one of the credit risk approaches: standardised, IRB foundation and IRB advanced.

We use the mark-to-market and internal model method approaches for counterparty credit risk. Our longer-term aim is to migrate more positions from the mark-to-market to the internal model method approach.

Securitisation

Securitisation positions in the trading book are treated in the same way as other market risk positions.

For non-trading book securitisation positions, Basel II specifies two methods for calculating credit risk requirements, these being the standardised and IRB approaches. Both approaches rely on the mapping of rating agency credit ratings to risk weights, which range between 7% and 1,250%. Positions that would otherwise be weighted at 1,250% are deducted from capital.

Within the IRB approach, we use the Ratings Based Method for the majority of our non-trading book securitisation positions, and the Internal Assessment Approach for unrated liquidity facilities and programme-wide enhancements for asset-backed securitisations.

Market risk capital requirement

The market risk capital requirement is measured, with the FSA’s permission, using VAR models, or the standard rules prescribed by the FSA.

We use both VAR and standard rules approaches for market risk. Our aim is to migrate more positions from standard rules to VAR.

Operational risk capital requirement

Basel II includes a capital requirement for operational risk, again utilising three levels of sophistication. The capital required under the basic indicator approach is a simple percentage of gross revenues, whereas under the standardised approach it is one of three different percentages of gross revenues allocated to each of eight defined business lines. Both these approaches use an average of the last three financial years’ revenues. Finally, the advanced measurement approach uses banks’ own statistical analysis and modelling of operational risk data to determine capital requirements.

We have adopted the standardised approach in determining our operational risk capital requirements.

Pillar 2 capital requirements

The second pillar of Basel II (Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process) involves both firms and regulators taking a view on whether a firm should hold additional capital against risks not covered in pillar 1. Part of the pillar 2 process is the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process which is the firm’s self assessment of the levels of capital that it needs to hold. The pillar 2 process culminates in the FSA providing firms with Individual Capital Guidance (‘ICG’). The ICG is set as a capital resources requirement higher than that required under pillar 1. In 2011, this is expected to be supplemented by an additional Capital Planning Buffer, set by the FSA, to cover capital demand should economic conditions worsen considerably against the current outlook.

Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

Pillar 3 of Basel II is related to market discipline and aims to make firms more transparent by requiring them to publish specific, prescribed details of their risks, capital and risk management under the Basel II framework. Our pillar 3 disclosures for the year ended 31 December 2010 were published as a separate document on the Group Investor Relations website.

 

 

 

160


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Capital structure

 

    

At

           30 June
2011

US$m

        

At

           30 June
2010

US$m

        

At
31 December
2010

US$m

 

Composition of regulatory capital

            

Tier 1 capital

            

Shareholders’ equity

     154,652           136,719           142,746   

Shareholders’ equity per balance sheet1

     160,250           135,943           147,667   

Preference share premium

     (1,405        (1,405        (1,405

Other equity instruments

     (5,851        (5,851        (5,851

Deconsolidation of special purpose entities2

     1,658           8,032           2,335   

Non-controlling interests

     3,871           3,949           3,917   

Non-controlling interests per balance sheet

     7,287           7,380           7,248   

Preference share non-controlling interests

     (2,445        (2,391        (2,426

Non-controlling interest transferred to tier 2 capital

     (507        (676        (501

Non-controlling interest in deconsolidated subsidiaries

     (464        (364        (404

Regulatory adjustments to the accounting basis

     888           (3,079        1,794   

Unrealised (gains)/losses on available-for-sale debt securities3

     3,290           (797        3,843   

Own credit spread

     (773        (1,779        (889

Defined benefit pension fund adjustment4

     1,211           1,940           1,676   

Reserves arising from revaluation of property and unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities

     (3,085        (2,500        (3,121

Cash flow hedging reserve

     245           57           285   

Deductions

     (33,649        (30,753        (32,341

Goodwill capitalised and intangible assets

     (29,375        (26,398        (28,001

50% of securitisation positions

     (1,274        (1,754        (1,467

50% of tax credit adjustment for expected losses

     126           269           241   

50% of excess of expected losses over impairment allowances

     (3,126        (2,870        (3,114
                              

Core tier 1 capital

     125,762           106,836           116,116   

Other tier 1 capital before deductions

     18,339           17,577           17,926   

Preference share premium

     1,405           1,405           1,405   

Preference share non-controlling interests

     2,445           2,391           2,426   

Hybrid capital securities

     14,489           13,781           14,095   

Deductions

     (988        (345        (863

Unconsolidated investments5

     (1,114        (614        (1,104

50% of tax credit adjustment for expected losses

     126           269           241   
                              

Tier 1 capital

     143,113           124,068           133,179   
                              

Tier 2 capital

            

Total qualifying tier 2 capital before deductions

     50,544           48,170           52,713   

Reserves arising from revaluation of property and unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities

     3,085           2,500           3,121   

Collective impairment allowances6

     2,772           3,526           3,109   

Perpetual subordinated debt

     2,782           2,982           2,781   

Term subordinated debt

     41,605           38,862           43,402   

Non-controlling interest in tier 2 capital

     300           300           300   

Total deductions other than from tier 1 capital

     (19,873        (17,352        (18,337

Unconsolidated investments5

     (15,471        (12,727        (13,744

50% of securitisation positions

     (1,274        (1,754        (1,467

50% of excess of expected losses over impairment allowances

     (3,126        (2,870        (3,114

Other deductions

     (2        (1        (12
                              

Total regulatory capital

     173,784           154,886           167,555   
                              

Risk-weighted assets

            

Credit risk

     947,525           839,079           890,696   

Counterparty credit risk

     52,985           57,323           50,175   

Market risk

     44,456           52,964           38,679   

Operational risk

     123,563           125,898           123,563   
                              

Total

     1,168,529           1,075,264           1,103,113   
                              

For footnotes, see page 164.

 

 

161


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

Capital structure (continued)

 

    

           At 30 June
2011

%

        

           At 30 June
2010

%

        

At 31 December
2010

%

 

Capital ratios

            

Core tier 1 ratio

     10.8           9.9           10.5   

Tier 1 ratio

     12.2           11.5           12.1   

Total capital ratio

     14.9           14.4           15.2   

 

Source and application of tier 1 capital

 

            
     Half-year to  
    

30 June
2011

US$m

        

30 June
2010

US$m

        

31 December
2010

US$m

 

Movement in tier 1 capital

            

Opening tier 1 capital

     133,179           122,157           124,068   

Contribution to tier 1 capital from profit for the period

     9,315           6,030           7,188   

Consolidated profits attributable to shareholders of the parent company

     9,215           6,763           6,396   

Removal of own credit spread net of tax

     100           (733        792   

Net dividends

     (2,672        (1,678        (2,149

Dividends

     (4,006        (3,261        (3,089

Add back: shares issued in lieu of dividends

     1,334           1,583           940   

Decrease/(increase) in goodwill and intangible assets deducted

     (1,374        2,282           (1,603

Ordinary shares issued

     13           61           119   

Hybrid capital securities issued net of redemptions

               2,368             

Foreign currency translation differences

     4,471           (6,002        5,476   

Other

     181           (1,150        80   
                              

Closing tier 1 capital

     143,113           124,068           133,179   
                              

Movement in risk-weighted assets

            

At beginning of period

     1,103,113           1,133,168           1,075,264   

Movements

     65,416           (57,904        27,849   
                              

At end of period

     1,168,529           1,075,264           1,103,113   
                              

 

Movement in tier 1 capital

We complied with the FSA’s capital adequacy requirements through 2010 and the first half of 2011. Internal capital generation contributed US$6.6bn to tier 1 capital, being profits attributable to shareholders of the parent company after taking account of own credit spread and net dividends. Tier 1 capital was further strengthened by foreign currency translation differences of US$4.5bn, partly offset by an increase in goodwill of US$1.4bn also due to exchange movements.

Movement in risk-weighted assets

RWAs increased by US$65.4bn or 6% in the first half of 2011. Foreign currency translation effects are estimated to have increased RWAs by US$16.2bn, mainly as a result of the weakening of the US dollar, particularly against sterling and the euro. Of the underlying rise of US$49.2bn, US$40.6bn was due to credit risk, predominantly reflecting the growth in lending in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America. Market risk RWAs rose by US$5.8bn and counterparty credit risk RWAs by

US$2.8bn, largely as a result of increased trading volumes.

Future developments

The regulation and supervision of financial institutions continues to undergo significant change in response to the global financial crisis. In December 2010, the Basel Committee issued final rules in two documents: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems and International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring, which together are commonly referred to as ‘Basel III’.

The minimum common equity tier 1 requirement of 4.5% and additional capital conservation buffer requirement of 2.5%, will be phased in sequentially from 1 January 2013, becoming fully effective on 1 January 2019. Any additional countercyclical capital buffer requirements will also be phased in, starting in 2016, in parallel with the capital conservation buffer to a maximum level of 2.5% effective on 1 January 2019, although individual jurisdictions may choose to

 

 

 

162


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

implement larger countercyclical capital buffers. The leverage ratio will be subject to a supervisory monitoring period, which commenced on 1 January 2011, and a parallel run period which will run from 1 January 2013 until 1 January 2017. Further calibration of the leverage ratio will be carried out in the first half of 2017, with a view to migrating to a pillar 1 requirement from 1 January 2018.

On 1 June 2011, the Basel Committee issued a revised version of A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems that set out the finalised capital treatment for counterparty credit risk in bilateral trades.

On 20 July 2011, the European Commission published proposals for a new Regulation and Directive, which collectively are known as CRD IV, to give effect to the Basel III framework in the EU. The measures are subject to agreement by the European Parliament, the Council and EU member states. We will continue to assess the impact of these new proposals on HSBC’s capital position.

The Basel Committee has increased the capital requirements for the trading book and complex securitisation exposures, under what is commonly known as Basel 2.5, which are due to take effect from 31 December 2011.

On 13 January 2011, the Basel Committee issued further minimum requirements to ensure that all classes of capital instruments fully absorb losses at the point of non-viability before taxpayers are exposed to loss. Instruments issued on or after 1 January 2013 may only be included in regulatory capital if the new requirements are met. The capital treatment of securities issued prior to this date will be phased out over a 10-year period commencing on 1 January 2013.

The Basel Committee issued a consultative document on 19 July 2011, Global systemically important banks: Assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement. It sets out the assessment methodology for global systematically important banks (‘G-SIBs’) which is based on an indicator-based approach and comprises five broad categories: size, interconnectedness, lack of substitutability, global (cross-jurisdictional) activity and complexity. Those banks designated as G-SIBs will be required to hold a minimum amount of loss absorbency capital depending on their relative systemic importance. This requirement ranges from 1% to 2.5% and will be met with common equity tier 1 capital. An additional 1% surcharge will be applied to banks, if any, exceeding a certain level of systemic importance relative to their peers, as a disincentive to materially grow their

operations further. These requirements will be phased-in in parallel with the capital conservation and countercyclical capital buffers between 1 January 2016 and 31 December 2018, becoming fully effective on 1 January 2019.

Impact of Basel 2.5 and Basel III

In order to provide some insight into the possible effects of the new Basel 2.5 and Basel III rules on HSBC, we have estimated the pro forma common equity tier 1 ratio of the Group on the basis of our interpretation of those rules, as they would apply at 1 January 2019, but based on the position at 30 June 2011.

Our estimate includes mitigating actions planned by management, but does not take account of any future retained earnings. On this basis, the resulting common equity tier 1 ratio would be lower than the Basel II core tier 1 ratio by some 170 basis points, comprising 270bps gross impact less 100bps from mitigating action planned by management. The estimated impact is subject to change as further clarification emerges around the practical application and interpretation of the requirements.

The Basel 2.5 changes, which are due to take effect from 31 December 2011, primarily relate to market risk amendments. These changes are estimated to reduce the common equity tier 1 capital ratio by 50bps. We expect to be able to reduce this impact by 20bps by running off non-core and legacy positions and actively managing the correlation trading portfolio and the market risk capital requirement.

The Basel III changes, which will be progressively phased in, relate to increased capital deductions, new regulatory adjustments and increases in RWAs. We estimate that the initial introduction of these rules on 1 January 2013, on a pro forma basis, will result in a reduction in the common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 90bps. We plan to mitigate this impact by 40bps, over the period between 1 January 2012 and 31 December 2013, by continuing the actions mentioned above, and by active management of the counterparty credit risk capital requirement. The remainder of the Basel III changes, mainly relating to regulatory adjustments, will be phased in over the period from 1 January 2014 up to 31 December 2018 with a further reduction in the common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 130bps, partly off-set by an estimated 40bps through the continued run-off of non-core portfolios and legacy positions. This phase includes the majority of the unconsolidated investments that we previously deducted from capital, together with

 

 

 

163


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Interim Management Report (continued)

 

  

 

changes to the treatment of deferred tax assets and the 50% of excess of expected loss over impairment allowances previously deducted from total capital.

Further uncertainty remains regarding any capital requirements which may be imposed on the Group over the period to 1 January 2019 in respect of the countercyclical capital buffer and any additional regulatory requirements for G-SIBs.

Under the Basel III rules as they will apply from 1 January 2019, we believe that ultimately the level for the common equity tier 1 ratio of the Group may lie in the range 9.5% to 10.5%. This exceeds the minimum requirement for common equity tier 1 capital plus the capital conservation buffer. HSBC has a strong track record of capital generation and actively manages its RWAs.

 

 

Footnotes to Capital

 

1 Includes externally verified profits for the half-year to 30 June 2011.
2 Mainly comprises unrealised losses on available-for-sale debt securities within SPEs which are excluded from the regulatory consolidation.
3 Under FSA rules, unrealised gains/losses on debt securities net of tax must be excluded from capital resources.
4 Under FSA rules, the defined benefit liability may be substituted with the additional funding that will be paid into the relevant schemes over the following five year period.
5 Mainly comprise investments in insurance entities.
6 Under FSA rules, collective impairment allowances on loan portfolios on the standardised approach are included in tier 2 capital.

 

 

164


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Board of Directors and Senior Management

 

  

Directors

 

D J Flint, CBE, Group Chairman

Age 56. Group Chairman and chairman of the Nomination Committee since December 2010. Joined HSBC as Group Finance Director in 1995 and served as Chief Financial Officer, Executive Director, Risk and Regulation from February 2010 to December 2010. A director of The Hong Kong Association since 6 February 2011. Former appointments include: a non-executive director of BP p.l.c. from 2005 to 14 April 2011; co-chairman of the Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group III in 2008; chairman of the Financial Reporting Council’s review of the Turnbull Guidance on Internal Control in 2004; member of the Accounting Standards Board; member of the Standards Advisory Council of the International Accounting Standards Board from 2001 to 2004; served on the Large Business Forum on Tax and Competitiveness and the Consultative Committee of the Large Business Advisory Board of HM Revenue and Customs; and a former partner in KPMG.

Mr Flint has extensive governance experience gained through membership of the Boards of HSBC and BP as well as considerable knowledge of finance and risk management in banking, multinational financial reporting, treasury and securities trading operations. In 2006 he was honoured with a CBE in recognition of his services to the finance industry. He is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland and the Association of Corporate Treasurers and he is a Fellow of The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.

S T Gulliver, Group Chief Executive

Age 52. Group Chief Executive and chairman of the Group Management Board since 1 January 2011. An executive Director since 2008. Joined HSBC in 1980. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000 and a Group Managing Director in 2004. Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited since 1 January 2011. Chairman of HSBC France and of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA. Former appointments include: Deputy chairman of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG and a member of its Supervisory Board from 2006 until 7 June 2011; Chairman, Europe, Middle East and Global Businesses from April 2010 to December 2010; Chairman of HSBC Bank plc from April 2010 to December 2010; HSBC Bank Middle East Limited from February 2010 to December 2010; Head of Global Banking and Markets from 2006 to 2010 and co-head from 2003 to 2006; Head of Global Markets from 2002 to 2003; and Head of Treasury and Capital Markets in Asia-Pacific from 1996 to 2002.

Mr Gulliver is a career banker with over 30 years’ international experience with HSBC. He has held a number of key roles in the Group’s operations worldwide, including in London, Hong Kong, Tokyo, Kuala Lumpur and the United Arab Emirates. He played a leading role in developing and expanding Global Banking and Markets, the wholesale banking division of the Group with operations in over 65 countries and territories.

S A Catz

Age 49. President and Chief Financial Officer of Oracle Corporation. A non-executive Director since 2008. Managing Director of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette from 1997 to 1999. Joined Oracle in 1999 and appointed to the Board of Directors in 2001.

Ms Catz brings to the Board a background in international business leadership, having helped transform Oracle into the largest producer of business management software and the world’s leading supplier of software for information management.

L M L Cha, GBS

Age 61. Non-executive Deputy Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. A non-executive Director since 1 March 2011 and a member of the Corporate Sustainability Committee since 3 May 2011. A non-official member of the Executive Council of Hong Kong SAR. Director of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited, Tata Consultancy Services Limited and China Telecom Corporation Limited. Chairman of the ICAC Advisory Committee on Corruption and of the University Grants Committee in Hong Kong. Vice-chairman of the International Advisory Council of the China Securities Regulatory Commission and a Hong Kong delegate to the 11th National People’s Congress of China. A member of the Advisory Board of the Yale School of Management, and Millstein Center of Corporate Governance and Performance at Yale University and a Senior International Advisor for Foundation Asset Management Sweden AB. Former appointments include: a non-executive director of Bank of Communications Co., Ltd., Baoshan Iron and Steel Co. Limited and Johnson Electric Holdings Limited. A member of the State Bar of California. She was awarded a Silver Bauhinia Star in 2001 and a Gold Bauhinia Star in 2009 by the Hong Kong Government for her public service.

Mrs Cha brings to the Board extensive regulatory and policy making experience in the finance and securities sector in Hong Kong and mainland China. Mrs Cha was Vice Chairman of the China Securities Regulatory Commission (‘CSRC’) from 2001 to 2004. She was appointed to the post by the State Council and became the first person outside mainland China to join the Central Government of the People’s Republic of China at the vice-ministerial rank. Prior to her post at the CSRC, Mrs Cha worked in the Securities and Futures Commission in Hong Kong from 1991 to 2000, becoming its Deputy Chairman in 1998. During her career she has worked in the US and Asia.

 

 

 

165


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

 

  

 

M K T Cheung, GBS, OBE

Age 63. Non-executive chairman of the Airport Authority Hong Kong. A non-executive Director since 2009 and a member of the Group Audit Committee since March 2010. A non-executive director of Hang Seng Bank Limited and HKR International Limited. A non-official member of the Executive Council of the Hong Kong SAR. Non-executive chairman of the Council of the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology. A director of The Association of Former Council Members of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and The Hong Kong International Film Festival Society Limited. Former appointments include: a non-executive director of Sun Hung Kai Properties Limited and Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of KPMG Hong Kong; and a Council Member of the Open University of Hong Kong. Awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star by the Hong Kong Government in 2008.

Dr Cheung brings to the Board a background in international business and financial accounting, particularly in greater China and the wider Asian economy. He retired from KPMG Hong Kong in 2003 after more than 30 years’ distinguished service with the firm. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

J D Coombe

Age 66. Non-executive chairman of Hogg Robinson Group plc. A non-executive Director since 2005 and chairman of the Group Audit Committee since July 2010. A member of the Remuneration Committee and, since February 2010, the Group Risk Committee. A non-executive director of Home Retail Group plc, council member of The Royal Academy of Arts and a Trustee of the Royal Academy Trust. Former appointments include: executive director and Chief Financial Officer of GlaxoSmithKline plc; non-executive director of GUS plc; a member of the Supervisory Board of Siemens AG; chairman of The Hundred Group of Finance Directors; and a member of the Accounting Standards Board.

Mr Coombe brings to the Board a background in international business, financial accounting and the pharmaceutical industry. As Chief Financial Officer of GlaxoSmithKline he had responsibility for the Group’s financial operations globally. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

R A Fairhead

Age 49. Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Financial Times Group Limited. A non-executive Director since 2004. Chairman of the Group Risk Committee since February 2010. A member of the Group Audit Committee, having

ceased to be chairman in July 2010. A member of the Nomination Committee. A director of Pearson plc and a non-executive director of The Economist Newspaper Limited. A non-executive member of the board of the UK Government’s Cabinet Office. Former appointments include: Executive Vice President, Strategy and Group Control of Imperial Chemical Industries plc; Finance Director of Pearson plc; and chairman and a director of Interactive Data Corporation.

Mrs Fairhead brings to the Board a background in international industry, publishing, finance and general management. As the former Finance Director of Pearson plc she oversaw the day to day running of the finance function and was directly responsible for global financial reporting and control, tax and treasury. She has a Master’s in Business Administration from the Harvard Business School.

A A Flockhart, CBE

Age 59. Chairman, Europe, Middle East, Africa, Latin America, Commercial Banking and Chairman of HSBC Bank plc since 1 January 2011. An executive Director since 2008. Joined HSBC in 1974. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2002 and a Group Managing Director in 2006. Chairman of HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) Limited and a director of HSBC Bank Australia Limited and HSBC Bank Middle East Limited since 7 July 2011. Former appointments include: Chief Executive Officer of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 2007 to February 2010; a director of Hang Seng Bank Limited; President and Group Managing Director Latin America and the Caribbean; Chief Executive Officer, Mexico; Senior Executive Vice-President, Commercial Banking, HSBC Bank USA, N.A.; Managing Director of The Saudi British Bank; Chairman, Personal and Commercial Banking and Insurance; and a member of the Visa Asia Pacific Senior Advisory Council, Visa Inc.

Mr Flockhart is a career banker, being an emerging markets specialist with over 35 years’ experience with HSBC across Latin America, the Middle East, US and Asia. In 2007 he was honoured with a CBE in recognition of his services to British business and charitable services and institutions in Mexico.

J W J Hughes-Hallett, SBS

Age 61. Chairman of John Swire & Sons Limited. A non-executive Director since 2005. A member of the Nomination Committee and, since February 2010, of the Group Risk Committee. A non-executive director and former chairman of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited and Swire Pacific Limited. A trustee of the Dulwich Picture Gallery and the Esmée Fairbairn Foundation. A member of The Hong Kong Association and the Governing Board of the

 

 

 

166


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

 

  

 

Courtauld Institute of Art. A former member of the Group Audit Committee and a non-executive director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1999 to 2004. Awarded the Silver Bauhinia Star by the Hong Kong Government in 2004.

Mr Hughes-Hallett brings to the Board a background in financial accounting and the management of a broad range of businesses in a number of international industries, including aviation, insurance, property, shipping, manufacturing and trading in the Far East, UK, US and Australia. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

W S H Laidlaw

Age 55. Chief Executive Officer of Centrica plc. A non-executive Director since 2008. A member of the Remuneration Committee. A member of the UK Prime Minister’s Business Advisory Group and the Lead Non-executive Board Member of the Department for Transport. Former appointments include Executive Vice President of Chevron Corporation; a non-executive director of Hanson PLC; Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Oil plc; and President and Chief Operating Officer of Amerada Hess Corporation.

Mr Laidlaw brings to the Board significant international experience, particularly in the energy sector, having had responsibility for businesses in four continents. He has a Master’s in Business Administration from INSEAD.

J R Lomax

Age 66. Former Deputy Governor, Monetary Stability, at the Bank of England and a member of the Monetary Policy Committee. A non-executive Director since 2008. A member of the Group Audit Committee since 2009 and of the Group Risk Committee since February 2010. A non-executive director of The Scottish American Investment Company PLC, Reinsurance Group of America Inc., Arcus European Infrastructure Fund GP LLP and BAA Limited. A director of the Council of Imperial College, London and a member of the Board of the Royal National Theatre. President of the Institute of Fiscal Studies. Former appointments include: Deputy Governor of the Bank of England; Permanent Secretary at the UK Government Departments for Transport and Work and Pensions and the Welsh Office; and Vice President and Chief of Staff to the President of the World Bank.

Ms Lomax brings to the Board business experience in both the public and private sectors and a deep knowledge of the operation of the UK government and the financial system.

I J Mackay, Group Finance Director

Age 49. An executive Director since December 2010. Joined HSBC in 2007. A Director of Hang Seng Bank Limited until December 2010. Chief Financial Officer, Asia Pacific from 2009 to December 2010 and Chief Financial Officer, North America from 2007 to 2009. Former appointments include: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Consumer Finance and Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Healthcare – Global Diagnostic Imaging.

Mr Mackay has extensive financial and international experience. He has worked in London, Paris, US and Asia. He is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland.

G Morgan, CM

Age 65. Non-executive Chairman of SNC-Lavalin Group Inc. A non-executive Director since 2006. A member of the Remuneration Committee. A member of the Board of Trustees of The Fraser Institute and the Manning Centre for Building Democracy. A non-executive director of HSBC Bank Canada from 1996 to 2006. Former appointments include Founding President, Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of EnCana Corporation; director of Alcan Inc.; and director of Lafarge North America, Inc.

Mr Morgan brings to the Board a background in technical, operational, financial and management positions and has led large international companies in the energy and engineering sectors. He has been recognised as Canada’s most respected Chief Executive Officer in a national poll of Chief Executives. He is currently a business columnist for Canada’s largest national newspaper. He was appointed a Member of the Order of Canada in December 2010 for his contributions as a business and community leader and as a philanthropist.

N R N Murthy, CBE

Age 64. Chairman and Chief Mentor and former Chief Executive Officer of Infosys Limited. A non-executive Director since 2008. Chairman of the Corporate Sustainability Committee since May 2010. A director of the United Nations Foundation. Former appointments include: a director of Unilever plc and a non-executive director of DBS Group Holdings Limited, DBS Bank Limited and New Delhi Television Limited.

Mr Murthy brings to the Board experience in information technology, corporate governance and education, particularly in India. He founded Infosys Limited in India in 1981 and was its Chief Executive Officer for 21 years. Under his leadership, Infosys established a global footprint and was listed on NASDAQ in 1999. During his career he has worked in France and India.

 

 

 

167


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

 

  

 

 

Sir Simon Robertson, Deputy Chairman, senior independent non-executive Director

Age 70. Non-executive chairman of Rolls-Royce Group plc and the founder member of Simon Robertson Associates LLP. A non-executive Director since 2006. Senior independent non-executive Director since 2007 and Deputy Chairman since December 2010. A member of the Nomination Committee. A non-executive director of Berry Bros. & Rudd Limited, The Economist Newspaper Limited and Royal Opera House Covent Garden Limited. A trustee of the Eden Project Trust and of the Royal Opera House Endowment Fund. Former appointments include: Managing Director of Goldman Sachs International and chairman of Dresdner Kleinwort Benson.

Sir Simon brings to the Board a background in international corporate advisory with a wealth of experience in mergers and acquisitions, merchant banking, investment banking and financial markets. During his career he has worked in France, Germany, the UK and the US. In June 2010, he was honoured with a knighthood in recognition of his services to business.

J L Thornton

Age 57. A non-executive Director since 2008. Chairman of the Remuneration Committee since May 2010. Non-executive chairman and a director of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. since 2008. Professor and director of the Global Leadership Program at the Tsinghua University School of Economics and Management. Chairman of the Brookings Institution Board of Trustees. A non-executive director of Ford Motor Company, News Corporation, Inc. and China Unicom (Hong Kong) Limited. A director of National Committee on

United States-China Relations and a Trustee of Asia Society, China Institute, The China Foreign Affairs University, the Palm Beach Civic Association and the United World College of East Africa Trust. A member of the Council on Foreign Relations, the China Securities Regulatory Commission International Advisory Committee and China Reform Forum International Advisory Committee. Former appointments include: a non-executive director of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited; Intel Corporation, Inc.; and President of the Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

Mr Thornton brings to the Board experience that bridges developed and developing economies and the public and private sectors. He has a deep knowledge of financial services and education systems, particularly in Asia. During his 23 year career with Goldman Sachs, he played a key role in the firm’s global development and was Chairman of Goldman Sachs Asia.

Sir Brian Williamson, CBE

Age 66. A non-executive Director since 2002. A member of the Nomination Committee, having ceased to be its chairman in February 2010. A director of NYSE Euronext. Former appointments include: chairman of Electra Private Equity plc, London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange and Gerrard Group plc; a director of Climate Exchange plc; and a non-executive director of Resolution plc, the Financial Services Authority and the Court of The Bank of Ireland.

Sir Brian brings to the Board extensive experience in money and bond markets, insurance, private equity, futures, options and commodities trading internationally. He established the London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange in the 1980s and led the Exchange’s development of its electronic trading platform in the mid-1990s. He was the first chairman of Resolution plc, established to consolidate life assurance business in the UK. He is a member of the Guild for International Bankers.

 

Independent non-executive Director
 

 

 

168


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

 

  

 

 

Secretary

 

R G Barber

Age 60. Group Company Secretary since 1986. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006. Joined HSBC in 1980. Company Secretary of HSBC Holdings plc since 1990. Chairman of the Disclosure Committee. A member of the Listing Authority Advisory Committee of the Financial Services Authority and of the Primary Markets Group of the London Stock Exchange. Former appointments include: Corporation Secretary of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Company Secretary of HSBC Bank plc.

Adviser to the Board

 

D J Shaw

Age 65. An Adviser to the Board since 1998. Solicitor. A former partner in Norton Rose. A director of HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited, HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA and HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA. An independent non-executive director of Kowloon Development Company Limited and Shui On Land Limited.

Group Managing Directors

 

A Almeida

Age 55. Group Head of Human Resources and Corporate Sustainability. A Group Managing Director since 2008. Joined HSBC in 1992. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2007. Former appointments include: Global Head of Human Resources for Global Banking and Markets, Global Private Banking, Global Transaction Banking and HSBC Amanah.

E Alonso

Age 56. Group Managing Director and Head of HSBC Latin America and the Caribbean. A Group Managing Director since 2008. Joined HSBC in 1997. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006. Chairman of Grupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V., HSBC México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero HSBC and HSBC Bank (Panamá) S.A. Chief Executive Officer and a director of HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) Limited and director of HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A. Former appointments include: director of HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. – Banco Múltiplo; Managing Director of HSBC Serviços e Participaçoes Ltda; and HSBC (Brasil) Administradora de Consorcio Ltda.

S Assaf

Age 51. Chief Executive, Global Banking and Markets. A Group Managing Director since 1 January 2011. Joined HSBC France in 1994. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2008. A director of HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E. Ceased to be a director of HSBC Global Asset Management Limited on 24 June 2011. Former appointments include: Head of Global Markets and Head of Global Markets for Europe, Middle East and Africa.

R E T Bennett

Age 59. Group General Counsel. A Group Managing Director since 3 May 2011. Joined HSBC in 1979. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1998. A director of HSBC Finance (Netherlands) and HSBC IM Pension Trust Limited. Former appointments include: Head of Group Legal & Compliance and Head of Legal & Compliance, Asia Pacific.

N S K Booker

Age 52. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. A Group Managing Director since August 2010. Joined HSBC in 1981. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2004. Chairman of HSBC Bank USA, National

 

 

 

169


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

 

  

 

Association, HSBC Financial Corporation and HSBC USA Inc. A director of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. and HSBC Bank Canada. Former appointments include: Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation; Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited; and Chief Executive Officer, India.

A M Keir

Age 52. Global Head of Commercial Banking. A Group Managing Director since 1 January 2011. Joined HSBC in 1981. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006. Ceased to be a director of HSBC Bank A.S. on 1 April 2011. Former appointments include: Group General Manager, Commercial Banking, Europe; Global Co-Head, Global Commercial Banking; and Global Co-Head of the Group’s commercial banking activities.

M M Moses

Age 53. Group Chief Risk Officer. A Group Managing Director since December 2010. Joined HSBC in 2005. Appointed a Group General Manager in May 2010. A director of HSBC Insurance (Bermuda) Limited. Former appointments include: Chief Financial and Risk Officer, Global Banking and Markets.

S P O’Sullivan

Age 55. Chief Operating Officer. Appointed a Group Managing Director with effect from 30 July 2011. Joined HSBC in 1980. Appointed Group General Manager and Chief Technology and Services Officer, UK in January 2010 and Group Chief Technology and Services Officer from 11 January 2011. Former appointments include: Chief Operating Officer (UK), Chairman of HSBC Securities (Canada) Inc. and HSBC Trust Company (UK) Limited; Chief Operating Officer (Canada); and a director of HSBC Bank plc, HFC Bank Limited and Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc.

B Robertson

Age 57. Chief Executive, HSBC Bank plc. A Group Managing Director since 2008. Joined HSBC in 1975. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2003. Chairman of HSBC Life (UK) Limited and a director of HSBC Bank plc. Former appointments include: Group Chief Risk Officer; Group General Manager, Group Credit and Risk; and Head of Global Banking and Markets for North America.

P A Thurston

Age 57. Chief Executive, Retail Banking and Wealth Management. A Group Managing Director since 2008. Joined HSBC in 1975. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2003. A director of HSBC Bank plc. A director of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA since 21 March 2011 and of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited since 20 April 2011. Former appointments include: Chief Executive of HSBC Bank plc and Chairman of HSBC Life (UK) Limited.

P T S Wong

Age 59. Chief Executive, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. A Group Managing Director since February 2010. Joined HSBC and appointed a Group General Manager in 2005. Chairman of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited since 17 June 2011 and of HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad. Vice Chairman of HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Ltd. A non-executive director of Hang Seng Bank Limited, Bank of Communications Co., Ltd and Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. An independent non-executive director of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited. Former appointments include: a director of HSBC Bank Australia Limited.

 

 

 

170


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

  

Consolidated income statement for the half-year to 30 June 2011

 

          Half-year to  
         

            30 June

2011

       

             30 June

2010

       

31 December

2010

 
    Notes     US$m         US$m         US$m  
           

 

Interest income

      31,046          28,686          29,659   

Interest expense

      (10,811       (8,929       (9,975

Net interest income

      20,235          19,757          19,684   
           

 

Fee income

      10,944          10,405          10,712   

Fee expense

      (2,137       (1,887       (1,875

Net fee income

      8,807          8,518          8,837   
           

 

Trading income excluding net interest income

      3,231          2,309          2,371   

Net interest income on trading activities

      1,581          1,243          1,287   

Net trading income

      4,812          3,552          3,658   
           

 

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

      (494       1,125          (1,383

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

      394          (40       1,518   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

      (100       1,085          135   

Gains less losses from financial investments

      485          557          411   

Dividend income

      87          59          53   

Net earned insurance premiums

      6,700          5,666          5,480   

Other operating income

      1,285          1,478          1,084   
                             

Total operating income

      42,311          40,672          39,342   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

      (6,617       (5,121       (6,646
                             

Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

      35,694          35,551          32,696   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

      (5,266       (7,523       (6,516
                             

Net operating income

      30,428          28,028          26,180   
                             

Employee compensation and benefits

      (10,521       (9,806       (10,030

General and administrative expenses

      (8,419       (7,014       (8,142

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

      (805       (834       (879

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

      (765       (457       (526
                             

Total operating expenses

      (20,510       (18,111       (19,577
                             

Operating profit

      9,918          9,917          6,603   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

      1,556          1,187          1,330   
                             

Profit before tax

      11,474          11,104          7,933   

Tax expense

    6        (1,712       (3,856       (990
                             

Profit for the period

      9,762          7,248          6,943   
                             

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

      9,215          6,763          6,396   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

      547          485          547   
          US$         US$         US$  

Basic earnings per ordinary share

    4        0.51          0.38          0.35   

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

    4        0.50          0.38          0.34   

The accompanying notes on pages 179 to 218 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnote, see page 178.

 

 

171


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the half-year to 30 June 2011

 

    Half-year to  
                30 June                       30 June         31 December  
    2011         2010         2010  
    US$m         US$m         US$m  

Profit for the period

    9,762          7,248          6,943   

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

         

Available-for-sale investments

    1,136          4,206          1,629   

– fair value gains/(losses)

    1,378          4,698          1,670   

– fair value (gains)/losses transferred to income statement on disposal

    (529       (574       (600

– amounts transferred to the income statement in respect of impairment losses

    287          678          440   

– income taxes

             (596       119   

Cash flow hedges

    40          (45       (226

– fair value gains/(losses)

    231          (1,687       1,509   

– fair value (gains)/losses transferred to income statement

    (196       1,644          (1,808

– income taxes

    5          (2       73   

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans

    (19       (60       (1

– before income taxes

    (18       (82       22   

– income taxes

    (1       22          (23

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

    (146       73          34   

Exchange differences

    4,404          (6,128       5,561   

Income tax attributable to exchange differences

    165                     
                           

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period, net of tax

    5,580          (1,954       6,997   
                           

Total comprehensive income for the period

    15,342          5,294          13,940   
                           

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to:

         

– shareholders of the parent company

    14,728          4,901          13,186   

– non-controlling interests

    614          393          754   
                           
    15,342          5,294          13,940   
                           

The accompanying notes on pages 179 to 218 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnote, see page 178.

 

 

172


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

Consolidated balance sheet at 30 June 2011

 

     Notes   

At

30 June
2011

US$m

        

At

30 June

2010

US$m

        

At
31 December
2010

US$m

 

Assets

               

Cash and balances at central banks

        68,218           71,576           57,383   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

        15,058           11,195           6,072   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

        19,745           18,364           19,057   

Trading assets

   7      474,950           403,800           385,052   

Financial assets designated at fair value

   11      39,565           32,243           37,011   

Derivatives

   12      260,672           288,279           260,757   

Loans and advances to banks

        226,043           196,296           208,271   

Loans and advances to customers

        1,037,888           893,337           958,366   

Financial investments

   13      416,857           385,471           400,755   

Other assets

        47,503           42,140           43,251   

Current tax assets

        1,487           1,070           1,096   

Prepayments and accrued income

        12,556           11,586           11,966   

Interests in associates and joint ventures

        18,882           15,701           17,198   

Goodwill and intangible assets

        32,028           27,859           29,922   

Property, plant and equipment

        11,594           13,291           11,521   

Deferred tax assets

        7,941           6,246           7,011   
                                 

Total assets

              2,690,987                 2,418,454           2,454,689   
                                 

Liabilities and equity

               

Liabilities

               

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

        19,745           18,364           19,057   

Deposits by banks

        125,479           127,316           110,584   

Customer accounts

        1,318,987           1,147,321           1,227,725   

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

        16,317           11,976           6,663   

Trading liabilities

   15      385,824           274,836           300,703   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

   16      98,280           80,436           88,133   

Derivatives

   12      257,025           287,014           258,665   

Debt securities in issue

        149,803           153,600           145,401   

Other liabilities

        31,583           71,732           28,050   

Current tax liabilities

        2,629           2,558           1,804   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

        64,451           52,516           58,609   

Accruals and deferred income

        13,432           12,174           13,906   

Provisions

   17      3,027           1,828           2,138   

Deferred tax liabilities

        1,157           1,264           1,093   

Retirement benefit liabilities

        2,958           3,949           3,856   

Subordinated liabilities

        32,753           28,247           33,387   
                                 

Total liabilities

        2,523,450           2,275,131           2,299,774   
                                 

Equity

               

Called up share capital

        8,909           8,755           8,843   

Share premium account

        8,401           8,423           8,454   

Other equity instruments

        5,851           5,851           5,851   

Other reserves

        31,085           18,721           25,414   

Retained earnings

        106,004           94,193           99,105   
                                 

Total shareholders’ equity

        160,250           135,943           147,667   

Non-controlling interests

        7,287           7,380           7,248   
                                 

Total equity

        167,537           143,323           154,915   
                                 

Total equity and liabilities

        2,690,987           2,418,454           2,454,689   
                                 

The accompanying notes on pages 179 to 218 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnote, see page 178.

 

 

173


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the half-year to 30 June 2011

 

          Half-year to  
     Notes   

        30 June
2011

US$m

        

        30 June
2010

US$m

        

31 December
2010

US$m

 

Cash flows from operating activities

               

Profit before tax

        11,474           11,104           7,933   

Adjustments for:

               

– net gain from investing activities

        (544        (1,111        (587

– share of profit in associates and joint ventures

        (1,556        (1,187        (1,330

– other non-cash items included in profit before tax

   19      8,825           9,553           9,334   

– change in operating assets

   19      (92,560        14,130           (27,397

– change in operating liabilities

   19      130,301           (1,389        43,661   

– elimination of exchange differences2

        (16,046        17,993           (19,792

– dividends received from associates

        246           198           243   

– contributions paid to defined benefit plans

        (588        (2,899        (422

– tax paid

        (1,709        (247        (2,046
                                 

Net cash generated from operating activities

        37,843           46,145           9,597   
                                 

Cash flows from investing activities

               

Purchase of financial investments

        (156,596        (199,567        (141,635

Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments

        153,407           178,272           143,574   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

        (665        (739        (1,794

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

        194           3,338           1,035   

Proceeds from the sale of loan portfolios

                  929           3,314   

Net purchase of intangible assets

        (893        (521        (658

Net cash outflow from acquisition of subsidiaries

                  (34        (52

Net cash inflow from disposal of subsidiaries

        5           191           275   

Net cash outflow from acquisition of or increase in stake of associates

        (39        (563        (1,026

Net cash outflow from the deconsolidation of funds

                            (19,566

Proceeds from disposal of associates and joint ventures

        11           171           83   
                                 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (4,576        (18,523        (16,450
                                 

Cash flows from financing activities

               

Issue of ordinary share capital

        13                     180   

Issue of other equity instruments

                  3,718             

Net sales of own shares for market-making and investment purposes

        27           61           102   

(Purchases)/sales of own shares to meet share awards and share option awards

        (27        19           (8

On exercise of share options

                  61           (59

Subordinated loan capital issued

                  1,329           3,152   

Subordinated loan capital repaid

        (2,574        (2,408        (67

Net cash outflow from change in stake in subsidiaries

                            (229

Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders of the parent company

        (2,192        (2,126        (1,315

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

        (321        (329        (266

Dividends paid to holders of other equity instruments

        (286        (134        (279
                                 

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities

        (5,360        191           1,211   
                                 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

        27,907           27,813           (5,642

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

        274,076           250,766           265,910   

Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents

        10,368           (12,669        13,808   
                                 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

   19      312,351           265,910           274,076   
                                 

The accompanying notes on pages 179 to 218 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnotes, see page 178.

 

 

174


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the half-year to 30 June 2011

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2011  
                                            Other reserves3                                
    Called up
share
capital
US$m
       

Share

premium4
US$m

        Other
equity
    instru-
ments
US$m
       

  Retained

earnings
3,5,6 US$m

        Available-
for-sale
fair value
reserve
US$m
       

Cash flow

hedging

reserve7
US$m

        Foreign
   exchange
reserve
US$m
       

Merger

 reserve5,8
US$m

        Total
share-
   holders’
equity
US$m
       

Non-

controlling

interests
US$m

        Total
equity
US$m
 

At 1 January 2011

    8,843          8,454          5,851          99,105          (4,077       (285       2,468          27,308          147,667          7,248          154,915   

Profit for the period

                               9,215                                              9,215          547          9,762   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               (144       1,146          40          4,471                   5,513          67          5,580   

Available-for-sale investments

                                        1,146                                     1,146          (10       1,136   

Cash flow hedges

                                                 40                            40                   40   

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans

                               2                                              2          (21       (19

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                               (146                                           (146                (146

Exchange differences

                                                          4,471                   4,471          98          4,569   
                                                                                                           

Total comprehensive income for the period

                               9,071          1,146          40          4,471                   14,728          614          15,342   

Shares issued under employee share plans

    1          12                                                                13                   13   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon4

    65          (65                1,334                                              1,334                   1,334   

Dividends to shareholders

                               (4,006                                           (4,006       (413       (4,419

Tax credits on dividends

                               64                                              64                   64   

Own shares adjustment

                               (225                                           (225                (225

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               588                                              588                   588   

Income taxes on share-based payments

                               36                                              36                   36   

Other movements

                               37          14                                     51          1          52   

Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries

                                                                                     (261       (261

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                                                                                     98          98   
                                                                                                           

At 30 June 2011

    8,909          8,401          5,851          106,004          (2,917       (245       6,939          27,308          160,250          7,287          167,537   
                                                                                                           

 

 

175


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the half-year to 30 June 2011 (continued)

 

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2010  
                                            Other reserves3                                
   

Called up
share

capital
US$m

       

Share

premium4
US$m

       

Other

      equity

instru-

ments

US$m

       

Retained

    earnings

3,5,6

US$m

       

Available-
for-sale

fair value
reserve
US$m

       

Cash flow

    hedging

reserve7
US$m

        Foreign
  exchange
reserve
US$m
       

Merger

  reserve5,8
US$m

       

Total

share-
    holders’
equity

US$m

       

Non-

controlling

interests
US$m

        Total equity
US$m
 

At 1 January 2010

    8,705          8,413          2,133          88,737          (9,965       (26       2,994          27,308          128,299          7,362          135,661   

Profit for the period

                               6,763                                              6,763          485          7,248   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               28          4,151          (39       (6,002                (1,862       (92       (1,954

Available-for-sale investments

                                        4,151                                     4,151          55          4,206   

Cash flow hedges

                                                 (39                         (39       (6       (45

Actuarial losses on defined benefit plans

                               (45                                           (45       (15       (60

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                               73                                              73                   73   

Exchange differences

                                                          (6,002                (6,002       (126       (6,128
                                                                                                           

Total comprehensive income for the period

                               6,791          4,151          (39       (6,002                4,901          393          5,294   

Shares issued under employee share plans

    3          58                                                                61                   61   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon4

    47          (48                1,584                                              1,583                   1,583   

Capital securities issued during the period9

                      3,718                                                       3,718                   3,718   

Dividends to shareholders

                               (3,261                                           (3,261       (409       (3,670

Tax credits on dividends

                               54                                              54                   54   

Own shares adjustment

                               80                                              80                   80   

Exercise and lapse of share options and vesting of share awards

                               (119                                           (119                (119

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               371                                              371                   371   

Income taxes on share-based payments

                               (14                                           (14                (14

Other movements

                               (30       294          8          (2                270          (1       269   

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                                                                                     35          35   
                                                                                                           

At 30 June 2010

    8,755          8,423          5,851          94,193          (5,520       (57       (3,010       27,308          135,943          7,380          143,323   
                                                                                                           

 

 

176


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

    Half-year to 31 December 2010  
                                            Other reserves3                                
   

Called up
share

capital
US$m

       

Share

premium4
US$m

       

Other

      equity

instru-

ments

US$m

       

Retained

    earnings

3,5,6

US$m

        Available-
for-sale
fair value
reserve
US$m
       

Cash flow

    hedging

reserve7
US$m

        Foreign
  exchange
reserve
US$m
       

Merger

  reserve5,8
US$m

       

Total

share-
    holders’

equity

US$m

       

Non-

controlling

interests
US$m

       

Total

equity

US$m

 

At 1 July 2010

    8,755          8,423          5,851          94,193          (5,520       (57       (3,010       27,308          135,943          7,380          143,323   

Profit for the period

                               6,396                                              6,396          547          6,943   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               21          1,520          (227       5,476                   6,790          207          6,997   

Available-for-sale investments

                                        1,520                                     1,520          109          1,629   

Cash flow hedges

                                                 (227                         (227       1          (226

Actuarial losses on defined benefit plans

                               (13                                           (13       12          (1

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                               34                                              34                   34   

Exchange differences

                                                          5,476                   5,476          85          5,561   
                                                                                                           

Total comprehensive income for period

                               6,417          1,520          (227       5,476                   13,186          754          13,940   

Shares issued under employee share plans

    9          110                                                                119                   119   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon4

    79          (79                940                                              940                   940   

Dividends to shareholders

                               (3,089                                           (3,089       (316       (3,405

Tax credits on dividends

                               68                                              68                   68   

Own shares adjustment

                               94                                              94                   94   

Exercise and lapse of share options and vesting of share awards

                               119                                              119                   119   

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               441                                              441                   441   

Other movements

                               (28       (77       (1       2                   (104       4          (100

Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries

                                                                                     (436       (436

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                               (50                                           (50       (138       (188
                                                                                                           

At 31 December 2010

    8,843          8,454          5,851          99,105          (4,077       (285       2,468          27,308          147,667          7,248          154,915   
                                                                                                           

Dividends per ordinary share at 30 June 2011 were US$0.21 (30 June 2010: US$0.18; 31 December 2010: US$0.16).

The accompanying notes on pages 179 to 218 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnotes, see page 178.

 

 

177


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Footnotes to Financial Statements

 

1 The following tables also form an integral part of these financial statements: ‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ (page 92), ‘Gross loans and advances by industry sector’ (page 93), ‘Gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region’, (page 93), ‘Movement in impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers and banks’ (page 117), and Composition of regulatory capital within ‘Capital structure’ (page 161).
2 Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.
3 The movement in reserves relating to equity-settled share-based payment arrangements is recognised in ‘Retained earnings’ in the ‘Consolidated statement of change in equity’, with effect from 1 January 2011. Previously, it was disclosed separately in a ‘Share-based payment reserve’ within ‘Other reserves’. Comparative data have been restated accordingly. The adjustment reduced ‘Other reserves’ and increased ‘Retained earnings’ by US$1,765m at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: US$1,268m; 31 December 2010; US$1,755m). There was no effect on basic or diluted earnings per share following this change.
4 No deduction (30 June 2010: US$1m; 31 December 2010: nil) in respect of issue costs incurred during the period is included in share premium.
5 Cumulative goodwill amounting to US$5,138m has been charged against reserves in respect of acquisitions of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 1998, including US$3,469m charged against the merger reserve arising on the acquisition of HSBC Bank. The balance of US$1,669m was charged against retained earnings.
6 Retained earnings include 77,926,453 (US$968m) of own shares held within HSBC’s insurance business, retirement funds for the benefit of policyholders or beneficiaries within employee trusts for the settlement of shares expected to be delivered under employee share schemes or bonus plans, and the market-making activities in Global Markets (30 June 2010: 127,950,817 (US$1,578m); 31 December 2010: 123,331,979 (US$1,799m)).
7 Amounts transferred to the income statement in respect of cash flow hedges include US$345m gain (30 June 2010: US$129m loss; 31 December 2010: US$734m gain) taken to ‘Net interest income’ and US$149m loss (30 June 2010: US$1,515m loss; 31 December 2010: US$1,074m gain) taken to ‘Net trading income’.
8 Statutory share premium relief under Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 (the ‘Act’) was taken in respect of the acquisition of HSBC Bank in 1992, HSBC France in 2000 and HSBC Finance in 2003 and the shares issued were recorded at their nominal value only. In HSBC’s consolidated financial statements the fair value differences of US$8,290m in respect of HSBC France and US$12,768m in respect of HSBC Finance were recognised in the merger reserve. The merger reserve created on the acquisition of HSBC Finance subsequently became attached to HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited (‘HOHU’), following a number of intra-Group reorganisations. At 30 June 2011, nil (30 June 2010: nil; 31 December 2010: nil) was transferred from this reserve to retained earnings as a result of impairment in HSBC Holdings’ investment in HOHU. During 2009, pursuant to Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985, statutory share premium relief was taken in respect of the rights issue and US$15,796m was recognised in the merger reserve. The merger reserve includes the deduction of US$614m in respect of costs relating to the rights issue, of which US$149m was subsequently transferred to the income statement. Of this US$149m, US$121m was a loss arising from accounting for the agreement with the underwriters as a contingent forward contract. The merger reserve excludes the loss of US$344m on a forward foreign exchange contract associated with hedging the proceeds of the rights issue.
9 During June 2010, HSBC Holdings issued US$3,800m of Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities, Series 2 (‘capital securities’), on which there were US$82m of external issuance costs and US$23m of intra-Group issuance costs which are classified as equity under IFRSs. The capital securities are exchangeable at HSBC Holdings’ option into non-cumulative US dollar preference shares on any coupon payment date. Interest on the capital securities is paid quarterly and may be deferred at the discretion of HSBC Holdings. The capital securities may only be redeemed at the option of HSBC Holdings.

 

 

178


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

  

Note

 

 

  1

  

Basis of preparation

     179   
 

  2

  

Accounting policies

     181   
 

  3

  

Dividends

     182   
 

  4

  

Earnings per share

     182   
 

  5

  

Post-employment benefits

     183   
 

  6

  

Tax expense

     185   
 

  7

  

Trading assets

     187   
 

  8

  

Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value

     188   
 

  9

  

Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value

     196   
 

10

  

Reclassification of financial assets

     198   
 

11

  

Financial assets designated at fair value

     199   
 

12

  

Derivatives

     200   
 

13

  

Financial investments

     203   

Note

 

 

14

  

Assets held for sale

     205   
 

15

  

Trading liabilities

     206   
 

16

  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     206   
 

17

  

Provisions

     206   
 

18

  

Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities

     207   
 

19

  

Notes on the statement of cash flows

     208   
 

20

  

Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees

     209   
 

21

  

Special purpose entities

     209   
 

22

  

Segmental analysis

     214   
 

23

  

Goodwill impairment

     214   
 

24

  

Legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory matters

     214   
 

25

  

Events after the balance sheet date

     218   
 

26

  

Interim Report 2011 and statutory accounts

     218   
 

 

1 Basis of preparation

 

 

(a) Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards

The interim consolidated financial statements of HSBC have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of the Financial Services Authority and IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’ (‘IAS 34’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the EU.

The consolidated financial statements of HSBC at 31 December 2010 were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the IASB and as endorsed by the EU. EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ from IFRSs as issued by the IASB if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2010, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2010 affecting the consolidated financial statements at that date, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC. Accordingly, HSBC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2010 were prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

At 30 June 2011, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the period ended 30 June 2011 affecting these interim consolidated financial statements, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC.

IFRSs comprise accounting standards issued by the IASB and its predecessor body as well as interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) and its predecessor body.

During the period ended 30 June 2011, HSBC adopted a number of interpretations and amendments to standards which had an insignificant effect on these interim consolidated financial statements.

 

(b) Presentation of information

In accordance with HSBC’s policy to provide meaningful disclosures that help investors and other stakeholders understand the Group’s performance, financial position and changes thereto, the information provided in the Notes on the Financial Statements and the Interim Management Report goes beyond the minimum levels required by accounting standards, statutory and regulatory requirements and listing rules. In particular, HSBC has adopted the British Bankers’ Association Code for Financial Reporting Disclosure (‘the BBA Code’). The BBA Code aims to increase the quality and comparability of banks’ disclosures and sets out five disclosure principles together with supporting guidance. In line with the principles of the BBA Code, HSBC assesses the applicability and relevance of good practice recommendations issued from time to time by relevant regulators and standard setters, enhancing disclosures where appropriate.

HSBC’s consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars which is also HSBC Holdings’ functional currency. HSBC Holdings’ functional currency is the US dollar because the US dollar and currencies linked to it are the most significant currencies relevant to the underlying transactions, events and conditions of its subsidiaries, as well as representing a significant proportion of its funds generated from financing activities.

 

 

179


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency in its consolidated financial statements because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts and funds its business.

 

(c) Comparative information

These interim consolidated financial statements include comparative information as required by IAS 34, the UK Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules and the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

 

(d) Use of estimates and assumptions

The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and assumptions about future conditions. The use of available information and the application of judgement are inherent in the formation of estimates; actual results in the future may differ from those reported. Management believes that HSBC’s critical accounting policies where judgement is necessarily applied are those which relate to impairment of loans and advances, goodwill impairment, the valuation of financial instruments, the impairment of available-for-sale financial assets and deferred tax assets. These critical accounting policies are described on pages 33 to 36 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

(e) Consolidation

The interim consolidated financial statements of HSBC comprise the financial statements of HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries. The method adopted by HSBC to consolidate its subsidiaries is described on pages 251 to 252 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

(f) Future accounting developments

At 30 June 2011, a number of standards and interpretations, and amendments thereto, had been issued by the IASB which are not yet effective for these consolidated financial statements, the most significant of which are described below. The IASB is continuing to work on projects on insurance, revenue recognition and lease accounting, which together with IFRS 9 and the standards described below, represent widespread and significant changes to accounting requirements from 2013.

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ is described on pages 252 and 253 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010, including the second and third phases in the IASB’s project to replace IAS 39, which address the impairment of financial assets measured at amortised cost and hedge accounting. The IASB did not finalise the replacement of IAS 39 by its stated target of June 2011, and the IASB and the US Financial Accounting Standards Board have agreed to extend the timetable beyond this date to permit further work and consultation with stakeholders. As a consequence, the IASB is consulting on its proposal to change the effective date of IFRS 9 to 1 January 2015 to facilitate the adoption of the entire replacement of IAS 39. The EU is not expected to endorse IFRS 9 until the completed standard is available. Therefore, HSBC remains unable to provide a date by which it plans to apply IFRS 9 and it remains impracticable to quantify the impact of IFRS 9 as at the date of publication of these consolidated financial statements.

Standards issued by the IASB but not endorsed by the EU

In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ (‘IFRS 10’), IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ (‘IFRS 11’) and IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities’ (‘IFRS 12’). The standards are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 with early adoption permitted. IFRSs 10 and 11 are to be applied retrospectively.

Under IFRS 10, there will be one approach for determining consolidation for all entities, based on the concept of power, variability of returns and their linkage. This will replace the current approach which emphasises legal control or exposure to risks and rewards, depending on the nature of the entity. IFRS 11 places more focus on rights and obligations than on legal form, and introduces the concept of a joint operation. IFRS 12 includes the disclosure requirements for subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates and introduces new requirements for unconsolidated structured entities.

HSBC is currently assessing the impact of these new IFRSs, but it is impracticable to quantify their effect as at the date of publication of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

180


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

In May 2011, the IASB also issued IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ (‘IFRS 13’). This standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 with early adoption permitted. IFRS 13 is required to be applied prospectively from the beginning of the first annual period in which it is applied. The disclosure requirements of IFRS 13 do not require comparative information to be provided for periods prior to initial application.

IFRS 13 establishes a single source of guidance for all fair value measurements required or permitted by IFRSs. The standard clarifies the definition of fair value as an exit price, which is defined as a price at which an orderly transaction to sell the asset or to transfer the liability would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions, and enhances disclosures about fair value measurement.

HSBC is currently assessing the impact of this new IFRS but it is impracticable to quantify its effect as at the date of publication of these consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ (‘IAS 19 revised’). The revised standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 with early adoption permitted. IAS 19 revised must be applied retrospectively.

The most significant amendment for HSBC is the replacement of interest cost and expected return on plan assets by a finance cost component comprising the net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset. This finance cost component is determined by applying the same discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation to the net defined benefit liability or asset. The difference between the actual return on plan assets and the return included in the finance cost component in the income statement will be presented in other comprehensive income. The effect of this change is to increase the pension expense by the difference between the current expected return on plan assets and the return calculated by applying the relevant discount rate.

Based on an initial estimate of the impact of this particular amendment on the 2010 consolidated financial statements, the change would decrease pre-tax profit, with no effect on the pension liability. The effect on total operating expenses and pre-tax profit is not expected to be material. The effect at the date of adoption will depend on market interest rates, rates of return and the actual mix of scheme assets at that time.

 

  (g) Changes in composition of the Group

There were no material changes in the composition of the Group.

 

2 Accounting policies

 

The accounting policies adopted by HSBC for these interim consolidated financial statements are consistent with those described on pages 253 to 270 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010, with the exception of the presentation of the consolidated statement of changes in equity which no longer includes a separate ‘Share-based payment reserve’ which has now been incorporated into retained earnings. The methods of computation applied by HSBC for these interim consolidated financial statements are consistent with those applied for the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

 

181


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

3 Dividends

 

The Directors declared after the end of the period a second interim dividend in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2011 of US$0.09 per ordinary share, a distribution of approximately US$1,604m which will be payable on 6 October 2011. No liability is recorded in the financial statements in respect of this dividend.

Dividends to shareholders of the parent company

 

    Half-year to  
    30 June 2011         30 June 2010   31 December 2010  
    Per
    share
US$
        Total
    US$m
        Settled
in scrip
US$m
        Per
    share
US$
        Total
    US$m
       

Settled

in scrip
US$m

        Per
    share
US$
        Total
    US$m
       

Settled

in scrip
US$m

 

Dividends declared on ordinary shares

                                 

In respect of previous year:

                                 

– fourth interim dividend

    0.12          2,119          1,130          0.10          1,733          838                              

In respect of current year:

                                 

– first interim dividend

    0.09          1,601          204          0.08          1,394          746                              

– second interim dividend

                                                          0.08          1,402          735   

– third interim dividend

                                                          0.08          1,408          205   
                                                                                       
    0.21          3,720          1,334          0.18          3,127          1,584          0.16          2,810          940   
                                                                                       

Quarterly dividends on preference shares classified as equity

                                 

March dividend

    15.50          22              15.50          22                             

June dividend

    15.50          23              15.50          23                             

September dividend

                                                15.50          22       

December dividend

                                                15.50          23       
                                                                     
    31.00          45              31.00          45              31.00          45       
                                                                     

Quarterly coupons on capital securities classified as equity1

                                 

January coupon

    0.508          44              0.508          44                             

March coupon

    0.500          76                                                   

April coupon

    0.508          45              0.508          45                             

June coupon

    0.500          76                                                   

July coupon

                                                0.508          45       

September coupon

                                                0.450          68       

October coupon

                                                0.508          45       

December coupon

                                                0.500          76       
                                                                     
    2.016          241              1.016          89              1.966          234       
                                                                     

 

1 HSBC Holdings issued Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities of US$3,800m in June 2010.

On 15 July 2011, HSBC paid a further coupon on the capital securities of US$0.508 per security, a distribution of US$45m. No liability is recorded in the financial statements in respect of this coupon payment.

 

4 Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share was calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held. Diluted earnings per ordinary share was calculated by dividing the basic earnings, which require no adjustment for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held, plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

 

182


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company

 

     Half-year to  
    

      30 June

2011

US$m

        

      30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

 

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

     9,215           6,763           6,396   

Dividend payable on preference shares classified as equity

     (45        (45        (45

Coupon payable on capital securities classified as equity

     (241        (89        (234
                              

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company

     8,929           6,629           6,117   
                              

Basic and diluted earnings per share

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2011          Half-year to 30 June 2010          Half-year to 31 December 2010  
    

    Profit

US$m

        

Number

of shares

(millions)

        

Amount

per share

US$

        

      Profit

US$m

        

Number

of shares

(millions)

        

Amount

per share

US$

        

Profit

     US$m

        

Number

of shares

(millions)

        

Amount

per share

US$

 

 

Basic1

     8,929           17,631           0.51           6,629           17,310           0.38           6,117           17,496           0.35   

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares

          266                     202                     256        
                                                                              

Diluted2

  

 

 

 

8,929

 

  

       17,897           0.50           6,629           17,512           0.38           6,117           17,752           0.34   
                                                                              

 

1 Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding.
2 Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding assuming dilution.

 

5 Post-employment benefits

 

Included within ‘Employee compensation and benefits’ are components of net periodic benefit cost related to HSBC’s defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefits, as follows:

 

     Half-year to  
    

      30 June

2011

US$m

        

      30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

 

Current service cost

     287           291           273   

Interest cost

     892           811           835   

Expected return on plan assets

     (919        (717        (825

Past service cost

     (581        8           3   

Gains on curtailments

               (148        (3

(Gains)/losses on settlements

               1           (3
                              

 

Total (income)/expense

  

 

 

 

(321

 

       246           280   
                              

HSBC revalues its defined benefit post-employment plans each year at 31 December, in consultation with the plans’ local actuaries. The assumptions underlying the calculations are used to determine the expected income statement charge for the year going forward. At 30 June each year, HSBC revalues all plan assets to current market prices. HSBC also reviews the assumptions used to calculate the defined benefit obligations (the liabilities of the plans) and updates the carrying amount of the obligations if there have been significant changes as a consequence of changes in assumptions.

Retirement benefit liabilities for the Group have reduced from US$3.9bn at 31 December 2010 to US$3.0bn at 30 June 2011, US$0.7bn of this reduction being in respect of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme funded defined benefit plan (‘the principal plan’). A small net retirement benefit asset was recognised for the principal plan as at 30 June 2011 as a result of this reduction, which was mainly due to the change in indexation of deferred pensions, discussed below, and changes in actuarial assumptions.

Changes in actuarial assumptions increased the defined benefit obligation for the principal plan by US$36m, recognised directly in other comprehensive income as an actuarial loss. The net increase resulted from an increase in inflation assumptions and the effect of changes to assumed commutation factors, less the effect of an increase in the nominal discount rate. However, the actual return on the plan assets of the principal plan was higher than the expected return by US$179m, recognised as an actuarial gain directly in other comprehensive income.

 

 

183


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

A change in indexation for deferred pensions was one of the most significant reasons for the reduction in the defined benefit of the principal plan. The expected cash flows of the principal plan were historically projected by reference to the Retail Prices Index (‘RPI’) swap curve in calculating the liability recognised. The Occupational Pensions (Revaluation) Order 2010 confirmed the UK government's intention to move to using the Consumer Prices Index (‘CPI’) rather than RPI as the inflation measure for determining the minimum pension increases to be applied to the statutory index-linked features of retirement benefits. Historical annual CPI increases have generally been lower than annual RPI increases. The rules of the principal plan prescribe that annual increases for pensions in payment are in line with RPI, but for deferred pensions, i.e. pensions for members of the scheme who have left HSBC employment but whose pensions are yet to commence, are linked to the statutory index prior to retirement. However, consistent with communications to Scheme members, HSBC has historically used RPI in calculating the pension liability for deferred pensions.

In May 2011, the trustee of the principal plan communicated to scheme members the impact on scheme benefits of the UK government’s announcement. At 30 June 2011, HSBC used CPI in calculating the pension liability recognised, which resulted in a reduction of the principal plan’s liabilities in respect of deferred pensioners of US$587m. A corresponding gain was recognised as a credit to past service cost and is included within ‘Employee compensation and benefits’ in the income statement.

The discount rates used to calculate HSBC’s obligations under its defined benefit pension and post-employment healthcare plans were as follows:

Discount rates

 

    

At

      30 June

2011

%

        

At

      30 June

2010

%

        

At

31 December

2010

%

 

 

UK

     5.60           5.40           5.40   

Hong Kong

     2.28           2.29           2.85   

US

     5.35           5.45           5.41   

Jersey

     5.40           5.70           5.40   

Mexico

     7.50           7.50           7.50   

Brazil

     11.00           11.25           10.51   

France

     5.00           4.50           4.75   

Canada

     5.75           5.75           5.45   

Switzerland

     2.60           2.60           2.60   

Germany

     5.00           4.50           5.00   

The inflation rate used to calculate the principal plan obligation at 30 June 2011 was 3.8%. (30 June 2010: 3.5%; 31 December 2010: 3.7%). Other than described above, there were no material changes to other assumptions.

Actuarial gains and losses

 

     Half-year to  
    

      30 June

2011

US$m

        

30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

 

Experience losses on plan liabilities

     (36        (17        (410

Experience gains on plan assets

     162           956           1,216   

Losses from changes in actuarial assumptions

     (128        (1,038        (773

Other movements1

     (16        17           (11
                              

 

Total net actuarial gains/(losses)

     (18        (82        22   
                              

 

1 Other movements include changes in the effect of the limit on plan surpluses.

Actuarial gains and losses comprise experience adjustments on plan assets and liabilities as well as adjustments arising from changes in actuarial assumptions. The experience gains and losses on plan assets arise as a result of the difference between the expected returns on the plan assets and the actual movement in the value of the plan assets during the period. The changes in actuarial assumptions arise as a result of changes in the plan assumptions, primarily discount rates and inflation rates, as previously described.

 

 

184


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Total cumulative net actuarial losses, including the cumulative effect of the limit on plan surpluses recognised in equity at 30 June 2011, were US$4,738m (30 June 2010: US$4,742m cumulative losses; 31 December 2010: US$4,720m cumulative losses). Of this the cumulative effect of the limit on plan surpluses was US$65m (30 June 2010: US$29m; 31 December 2010: US$47m).

On 17 June 2010, HSBC Bank plc agreed with the Trustee to accelerate the reduction of the deficit of the plan with a special contribution of £1,760m (US$2,638m) in June 2010 followed by a revised payment schedule in the following years, as shown below:

 

    

Revised

plan

US$m1

        

Revised

plan

£m

 

 

2016

     792           495   

2017

     1,008           630   

2018

     1,008           630   

 

1 The payment schedule was agreed with the Trustee in pounds sterling and the equivalent US dollar amounts are shown at the exchange rate effective as at 30 June 2011.

The next actuarial valuation of the principal plan is due to be made as at 31 December 2011.

As disclosed in ‘Related party transactions’ on page 368 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010, the principal plan entered into collateralised swap transactions with HSBC to manage the inflation and interest rate sensitivity of the Scheme’s pension obligations. At 30 June 2011, the swaps had a positive fair value of US$2,457m to the Scheme (30 June 2010: US$1,891m positive to the Scheme; 31 December 2010: US$2,173m positive to the Scheme). All swaps were executed at prevailing market rates and within standard market bid-offer spreads.

 

6 Tax expense

 

 

     Half-year to  
    

      30 June

2011

US$m

        

30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

 

Current tax

            

UK corporation tax charge

     230           609           (226

Overseas tax1

     1,694           2,439           889   
                              
     1,924           3,048           663   

 

Deferred tax

            

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     (212        808           327   
                              

 

Tax expense

     1,712           3,856           990   
                              

 

Effective tax rate

     14.9        34.7        12.5

 

1 Overseas tax included Hong Kong profits tax of US$453m (first half of 2010: US$426m; second half of 2010: US$536m). Subsidiaries in Hong Kong provided for Hong Kong profits tax at the rate of 16.5% (2010: 16.5%) on the profits for the period assessable in Hong Kong. Other overseas subsidiaries and overseas branches provided for taxation at the appropriate rates in the countries in which they operate.

The following table reconciles the overall tax expense which would apply if all profits had been taxed at the UK corporation tax rate of 26.5% (2010: 28%):

 

 

185


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June 2011          30 June 2010          31 December 2010  
           US$m                    %                US$m                      %          US$m          %  

 

Analysis of tax expense

                           

Taxation at UK corporation tax rate of 26.5% (2010: 28%)

     3,041           26.5           3,109           28.0           2,221           28.0   

Effect of taxing overseas profits in principal locations at different rates

     (275        (2.4        (326        (2.9        (418        (5.3

Adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities

     522           4.5           (20        (0.2        20           0.2   

Deferred tax temporary differences not provided/ (previously not recognised)

     (1,008        (8.8        8           0.1           (14        (0.2

Low income housing tax credits

     (42        (0.4        (44        (0.4        (42        (0.5

Effect of profit in associates and joint ventures

     (412        (3.6        (332        (3.0        (373        (4.7

Tax effect of intra-Group transfer of subsidiary

                         1,590           14.3           (374        (4.7

Effect of gains arising from dilution of interests in associates

     (48        (0.4                            (53        (0.6

Non taxable income

     (179        (1.5        (164        (1.5        (210        (2.6

Gains not subject to tax

     (5                  (180        (1.6        (95        (1.2

Permanent disallowables

     95           0.8           99           0.9           177           2.2   

Effect of bank payroll tax

                         91           0.8           (12        (0.2

Change in tax rates

     2                                         31           0.4   

Local taxes and overseas withholding tax

     117           1.0           38           0.3           23           0.3   

Other items

     (96        (0.8        (13        (0.1        109           1.4   
                                                               

 

Overall tax expense

     1,712           14.9           3,856           34.7           990           12.5   
                                                               

The effective tax rate for the first half of 2011 was 14.9% compared with 34.7% for the first half of 2010. The lower tax charge in the first half of 2011 included the benefit of deferred tax recognised in respect of foreign tax credits, partly offset by a current tax charge in respect of prior periods in a number of jurisdictions. The tax charge in the first half of 2010 included US$1.6bn attributable to a taxable gain arising from an internal reorganisation within our North American operations.

The UK government has announced that the main rate of corporation tax for the year beginning 1 April 2011 will reduce by 2 percentage points from 28% to 26% to be followed over a period of three years by further 1 percentage point reductions to 23% for the year beginning 1 April 2014. This results in a weighted average rate of 26.5% for 2011 (2010: 28%). It is not expected that the proposed future rate reductions will have a significant effect on the UK net deferred tax asset recognised at 30 June 2011 of US$237m.

For the period ended 30 June 2011, HSBC’s share of associates’ tax on profit was US$418m (30 June 2010: US$356m; 31 December 2010: US$418m), which is included within share of profit in associates and joint ventures in the income statement.

Of the total net deferred tax assets of US$6.8bn at 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010: US$5.0bn; 31 December 2010: US$5.9bn), US$5.2bn (30 June 2010: US$3.5bn; 31 December 2010: US$4.0bn) arose in respect of HSBC’s US operations where there has been a recent history of losses. Management’s updated analysis is consistent with the assumption that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable income to support the deferred tax assets that have been recognised in respect of the US operations as at 30 June 2011.

 

 

186


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

7 Trading assets

 

 

    

At

       30 June

2011

US$m

        

At

       30 June

2010

US$m

        

At

31 December

2010

US$m

 

 

Trading assets:

            

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

     338,455           315,137           284,940   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

     136,495           88,663           100,112   
                              
  

 

 

 

474,950

 

  

       403,800           385,052   
                              

Treasury and other eligible bills

     23,899           22,236           25,620   

Debt securities

     208,805           194,390           168,268   

Equity securities

     36,718           27,360           41,086   
                              

 

Trading securities valued at fair value

     269,422           243,986           234,974   

Loans and advances to banks

     100,134           77,434           70,456   

Loans and advances to customers

     105,394           82,380           79,622   
                              
  

 

 

 

474,950

 

  

       403,800           385,052   
                              

Trading securities valued at fair value1

 

    

At

       30 June

2011

US$m

        

At

       30 June

2010

US$m

        

At

31 December

2010

US$m

 

 

US Treasury and US Government agencies2

     23,849           22,774           20,239   

UK Government

     30,535           11,874           17,036   

Hong Kong Government

     7,228           14,325           11,053   

Other government

     110,691           79,177           92,826   

Asset-backed securities3

     3,742           4,381           3,998   

Corporate debt and other securities

     56,659           84,095           48,736   

Equity securities

     36,718           27,360           41,086   
                              
  

 

 

 

269,422

 

  

       243,986           234,974   
                              

 

1 Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$40,033m (30 June 2010: US$35,424m; 31 December 2010: US$37,170m), of which US$8,311m (30 June 2010: US$8,399m; 31 December 2010: US$8,330m) are guaranteed by various governments.
2 Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
3 Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Treasury and US Government agencies.

Trading securities listed on a recognised exchange and unlisted

 

    

Treasury

and other

eligible bills
US$m

        

Debt

    securities

US$m

        

Equity

    securities

US$m

        

Total

        US$m

 

 

Fair value at 30 June 2011

                 

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     205           149,912           35,944           186,061   

Unlisted2

     23,694           58,893           774           83,361   
                                         
  

 

 

 

23,899

 

  

       208,805           36,718           269,422   
                                         

Fair value at 30 June 2010

                 

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     2,097           146,713           26,900           175,710   

Unlisted2

     20,139           47,677           460           68,276   
                                         
  

 

 

 

22,236

 

  

       194,390           27,360           243,986   
                                         

Fair value at 31 December 2010

                 

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     698           113,878           40,098           154,674   

Unlisted2

     24,922           54,390           988           80,300   
                                         
  

 

 

 

25,620

 

  

       168,268           41,086           234,974   
                                         

 

1 Included within listed securities are US$3,080m (30 June 2010: US$3,384m; 31 December 2010: US$3,254m) of investments listed in Hong Kong.
2 Unlisted treasury and other eligible bills primarily comprise treasury bills not listed on a recognised exchange but for which there is a liquid market.

 

 

187


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Loans and advances to banks held for trading

 

   

At

30 June
2011

US$m

       

At

30 June

2010

US$m

       

At
31 December
2010

US$m

 

Reverse repos

    60,833          43,820          45,771   

Settlement accounts

    19,465          12,843          5,226   

Stock borrowing

    7,374          5,793          6,346   

Other

    12,462          14,978          13,113   
                           
 

 

 

 

100,134

 

  

   

 

 

 

77,434

 

  

   

 

 

 

70,456

 

  

                           
Loans and advances to customers held for trading          
   

At

        30 June
2011

US$m

       

At

         30 June
2010

US$m

       

At
31 December
2010

US$m

 

Reverse repos

    50,540          36,330          46,366   

Settlement accounts

    28,274          22,039          7,516   

Stock borrowing

    12,452          12,487          11,161   

Other

    14,128          11,524          14,579   
                           
 

 

 

 

105,394

 

  

   

 

 

 

82,380

 

  

   

 

 

 

79,622

 

  

                           

 

8 Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value

 

The accounting policies which determine the classification of financial instruments and the use of assumptions and estimation in valuing them are described on pages 253 to 270 and 34 to 36, respectively, of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.

The following table sets out the financial instruments carried at fair value.

Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation

 

          Valuation techniques        
   

          Quoted

market

price

Level 1

US$m

   

Using

    observable

inputs

Level 2

US$m

   

With

significant

unobservable

inputs

Level 3

US$m

   

Total

            US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

       

Assets

       

Trading assets

    303,025        165,224        6,701        474,950   

Financial assets designated at fair value

    24,805        14,118        642        39,565   

Derivatives

    1,337        255,511        3,824        260,672   

Financial investments: available for sale

    225,469        162,711        8,592        396,772   

 

Liabilities

       

Trading liabilities

    165,552        207,126        13,146        385,824   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

    27,570        70,110        600        98,280   

Derivatives

    1,521        252,154        3,350        257,025   

 

At 30 June 2010

       

Assets

       

Trading assets

    258,303        139,855        5,642        403,800   

Financial assets designated at fair value

    19,043        12,151        1,049        32,243   

Derivatives

    1,844        281,705        4,730        288,279   

Financial investments: available for sale

    181,160        177,447        7,951        366,558   

 

Liabilities

       

Trading liabilities

    126,435        139,961        8,440        274,836   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

    28,271        51,689        476        80,436   

Derivatives

    1,612        281,126        4,276        287,014   

 

 

188


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

            Valuation techniques         
    

Quoted

market

price

Level 1
US$m

    

Using

observable

inputs

Level 2
US$m

    

With

significant

unobservable

inputs

Level 3
US$m

     Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2010

           

Assets

           

Trading assets

     224,613         154,750         5,689         385,052   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     23,641         12,783         587         37,011   

Derivatives

     2,078         254,718         3,961         260,757   

Financial investments: available for sale

     214,276         158,743         8,237         381,256   

Liabilities

           

Trading liabilities

     124,874         164,436         11,393         300,703   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     22,193         65,370         570         88,133   

Derivatives

     1,808         253,051         3,806         258,665   

The increase in Level 1 assets and liabilities reflects a significant increase in settlement account balances, which vary considerably in proportion with the level of trading activity. The increase in Level 1 assets also reflects increased holdings of debt securities, driven by higher issuances of and customer demand for government and government agency debt securities. A rise in short bond positions, which was in line with the growth in the Rates portfolio, contributed to the increase in Level 1 and Level 2 trading liabilities. The increase in Level 2 assets reflects higher reverse repo balances used to cover short positions, notably in Europe, North America and Latin America, and an increase in repo balances contributed to the growth in Level 2 liabilities.

There were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 in the period.

Control framework

Fair values are subject to a control framework designed to ensure that they are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk-taker. To this end, ultimate responsibility for the determination of fair values lies with Finance, which reports functionally to the Group Finance Director. Finance establishes the accounting policies and procedures governing valuation, and is responsible for ensuring compliance with all relevant accounting standards.

Further details of the control framework are included on pages 308 to 309 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

Determination of fair value

Fair values are determined according to the following hierarchy:

 

 

Level 1 – quoted market price: financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

 

 

Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs: financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.

 

 

Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs: financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market. In the event that the market for a financial instrument is not active, a valuation technique is used. Further details on fair values determined using valuation techniques are included on pages 309 to 310 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

HSBC has, for swaps with collateralised counterparties and in significant currencies, adopted a discounting curve that reflects the overnight interest rate (‘OIS discounting’). Prior to 2010, in line with market practice, discount curves did not reflect this overnight interest rate component but were based on a term LIBOR rate. During the period, HSBC applied an OIS discounting curve to an expanded range of significant currencies in line with evolving market practice. The financial effect of this change was not significant.

 

 

189


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Fair value adjustments

Fair value adjustments are adopted when HSBC considers that there are additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated within the valuation model. The magnitude of fair value adjustments depends upon many entity-specific factors, and therefore fair value adjustments may not be comparable across the banking industry.

HSBC classifies fair value adjustments as either ‘risk-related’ or ‘model-related’. The majority of these adjustments relate to Global Banking and Markets.

Movements in the level of fair value adjustments do not necessarily result in the recognition of profits or losses within the income statement. For example, as models are enhanced, fair value adjustments may no longer be required. Similarly, fair value adjustments will decrease when the related positions are unwound, but this may not result in profit or loss.

Global Banking and Markets fair value adjustments

 

   

At

        30 June

2011

US$m

       

At

        30 June
2010

US$m

       

At
31 December
2010

US$m

 

Type of adjustment

         

Risk-related

    1,934          2,243          2,171   
                           

Bid-offer

    623          560          620   

Uncertainty

    110          162          136   

Credit risk adjustment

    1,192          1,493          1,355   

Other

    9          28          60   
                           

Model-related

    351          447          389   
                           

Model limitation

    344          367          383   

Other

    7          80          6   
                           

Inception profit (Day 1 P&L reserves) (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

279

 

  

      256          250   
                           
 

 

 

 

2,564

 

  

      2,946          2,810   
                           

Fair value adjustments declined by US$246m during the period. The most significant movement was a reduction of US$163m in credit risk adjustment driven by a variety of factors including reduction in exposure to monoline insurers and credit derivative product companies and inclusion of mandatory break clauses within the calculation methodology.

Detailed descriptions of risk-related and model-related adjustments are provided on page 311 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

Credit risk adjustment methodology

HSBC calculates a separate credit risk adjustment for each HSBC legal entity, and within each entity for each counterparty to which the entity has exposure. The calculation of the monoline credit risk adjustment and sensitivity to different methodologies that could be applied is described on page 131. Of the total credit risk adjustment at 30 June 2011 of US$1,192m (30 June 2010: US$1,493m; 31 December 2010: US$1,355m), US$735m (30 June 2010: US$926m; 31 December 2010: US$836m) relates to the credit risk adjustment taken against non-monoline counterparties. The methodology for calculating the credit risk adjustment for non-monoline counterparties is described below.

HSBC calculates the credit risk adjustment by applying the probability of default of the counterparty to the expected positive exposure to the counterparty and multiplying the result by the loss expected in the event of default. The calculation is performed over the life of the potential exposure.

The probability of default is based on HSBC’s internal credit rating for the counterparty, taking into account how credit ratings may deteriorate over the duration of the exposure through the use of historical rating transition matrices. For most products, to calculate the expected positive exposure to a counterparty, HSBC uses a simulation methodology to incorporate the range of potential exposures across the portfolio of transactions with the counterparty over the life of an instrument. The simulation methodology includes credit mitigants such as counterparty netting agreements and collateral agreements with the counterparty. A standard loss given default assumption of 60% is

 

 

190


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

generally adopted. HSBC does not adjust derivative liabilities for HSBC’s own credit risk, such an adjustment is often referred to as a ‘debit valuation adjustment’.

For certain types of exotic derivatives where the products are not currently supported by the simulation, or for derivative exposures in smaller trading locations where the simulation tool is not yet available, HSBC adopts alternative methodologies. These may involve mapping to the results for similar products from the simulation tool or where such a mapping approach is not appropriate, a simplified methodology is used, generally following the same principles as the simulation methodology. The calculation is applied at a trade level, with more limited recognition of credit mitigants such as netting or collateral agreements than used in the simulation methodology described previously.

The methodologies do not, in general, account for ‘wrong-way risk’. Wrong-way risk arises where the underlying value of the derivative prior to any credit risk adjustment is positively correlated to the probability of default of the counterparty. Where there is significant wrong-way risk, a trade specific approach is applied to reflect the wrong-way risk within the valuation.

HSBC includes all third party counterparties in the credit risk adjustment calculation and does not net credit risk adjustments across HSBC Group entities. During the period, there were no material changes made by HSBC to the methodologies used to calculate the credit risk adjustment.

Fair value valuation bases

Financial instruments measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs – Level 3

 

    Assets         Liabilities  
         Available
for sale
US$m
        Held for
         trading
US$m
       

Designated
at fair value

through

profit or loss
US$m

          Derivatives
US$m
        Held for
        trading
US$m
       

  Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss
US$m

          Derivatives
US$m
 

At 30 June 2011

                         

Private equity including strategic investments

    3,915          88          178                                       

Asset-backed securities

    1,711          1,093                                                

Leveraged finance

                                                          10   

Loans held for securitisation

             806                                                

Structured notes

             74                            12,453                     

Derivatives with monolines

                               930                              

Other derivatives

                               2,894                            3,340   

Other portfolios

    2,966          4,640          464                   693          600            
                                                                   
 

 

 

 

8,592

 

  

      6,701          642          3,824          13,146          600          3,350   
                                                                   

At 30 June 2010

                         

Private equity including strategic investments

    3,672          195          396                                       

Asset-backed securities

    1,903          659                                                

Leveraged finance

             42                                              18   

Loans held for securitisation

             1,127                                                

Structured notes

                                        7,786                     

Derivatives with monolines

                               1,104                              

Other derivatives

                               3,626                            4,258   

Other portfolios

    2,376          3,619          653                   654          476            
                                                                   
 

 

 

 

7,951

 

  

      5,642          1,049          4,730          8,440          476          4,276   
                                                                   

At 31 December 2010

                         

Private equity including strategic investments

    4,057          278          120                                       

Asset-backed securities

    1,949          566                                                

Leveraged finance

                                                          11   

Loans held for securitisation

             1,043                                                

Structured notes

                                        10,667                     

Derivatives with monolines

                               1,005                              

Other derivatives

                               2,956                            3,787   

Other portfolios

    2,231          3,802          467                   726          570          8   
                                                                   
 

 

 

 

8,237

 

  

      5,689          587          3,961          11,393          570          3,806   
                                                                   

 

 

191


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Private equity including strategic investments

HSBC’s private equity strategic investments are generally classified as available for sale and are not traded in active markets. In the absence of an active market, an investment’s fair value is estimated on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk profile, prospects and other factors, as well as by reference to market valuations for similar entities quoted in an active market, or the price at which similar companies have changed ownership.

Asset-backed securities

While quoted market prices are generally used to determine the fair value of these securities, valuation models are used to substantiate the reliability of the limited market data available and to identify whether any adjustments to quoted market prices are required. For ABSs including residential MBSs, the valuation uses an industry standard model and the assumptions relating to prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity based on collateral type, and performance, as appropriate. The valuations output is benchmarked for consistency against observable data for securities of a similar nature.

Loans, including leveraged finance and loans held for securitisation

Loans held at fair value are valued from broker quotes and/or market data consensus providers when available. In the absence of an observable market, the fair value is determined using valuation techniques. These techniques include discounted cash flow models, which incorporate assumptions regarding an appropriate credit spread for the loan, derived from other market instruments issued by the same or comparable entities.

Structured notes

The fair value of structured notes valued using a valuation technique is derived from the fair value of the underlying debt security, and the fair value of the embedded derivative is determined as described in the paragraph below on derivatives.

Trading liabilities valued using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs principally comprised equity-linked structured notes, which are issued by HSBC and provide the counterparty with a return that is linked to the performance of certain equity securities, and other portfolios. The notes are classified as level 3 due to the unobservability of parameters such as long-dated equity volatilities and correlations between equity prices, between equity prices and interest rates and between interest rates and foreign exchange rates.

Derivatives

OTC (i.e. non-exchange traded) derivatives are valued using valuation models. Valuation models calculate the present value of expected future cash flows, based upon ‘no-arbitrage’ principles. For many vanilla derivative products, such as interest rate swaps and European options, the modelling approaches used are standard across the industry. For more complex derivative products, there may be some differences in market practice. Inputs to valuation models are determined from observable market data wherever possible, including prices available from exchanges, dealers, brokers or providers of consensus pricing. Certain inputs may not be observable in the market directly, but can be determined from observable prices via model calibration procedures or estimated from historical data or other sources. Examples of inputs that may be unobservable include volatility surfaces, in whole or in part, for less commonly traded option products, and correlations between market factors such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices. The valuation of derivatives with monolines is discussed on page 130.

Derivative products valued using valuation techniques with significant unobservable inputs included certain types of correlation products, such as foreign exchange basket options, equity basket options, foreign exchange interest rate hybrid transactions and long-dated option transactions. Examples of the latter are equity options, interest rate and foreign exchange options and certain credit derivatives. Credit derivatives include certain tranched CDS transactions.

Reconciliation of fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

The following table provides a reconciliation of the movement between opening and closing balances of Level 3 financial instruments, measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs:

 

 

192


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Movement in Level 3 financial instruments

 

         Assets          Liabilities  
             Available
for sale
US$m
               Held for
trading
US$m
        

Designated
at fair value

through

profit or loss

US$m

        

  Derivatives

US$m

        

      Held for

trading

US$m

        

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss

US$m

        

  Derivatives

US$m

 

 

At 1 January 2011

       8,237           5,689           587           3,961           11,393           570           3,806   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss

       187           (112        12           (43        71           12           298   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income1

       182           68           (4        47           199           18           92   

Purchases

       1,277           908           132                     (89                    

New issuances

                                               3,401                       

Sales

       (417        (323        (16                                        

Settlements

       (815        (104        (4        (145        (1,561                  (736

Transfers out

       (885        (273        (75        (139        (565                  (362

Transfers in

       826           848           10           143           297                     252   
                                                                            

 

At 30 June 2011

       8,592           6,701           642           3,824           13,146           600           3,350   
                                                                            

 

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 30 June 2011

       54           (146        12           131           103           12           382   
                                                                            

 

At 1 January 2010

       10,214           6,420           1,224           4,453           8,774           507           5,192   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss

       112           131           41           199           (245        (8        (431

Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income1

       198           (181        (36        (133        (325        (23        (24

Purchases

       1,428           419           36                                           

New issuances

                                               1,730                       

Sales

       (960        (1,044        (28                                        

Settlements

       (173        18           (6        (92        (823                  (407

Transfers out

       (4,731        (339        (304        (442        (1,165                  (423

Transfers in

       1,863           218           122           745           494                     369   
                                                                            

 

At 30 June 2010

       7,951           5,642           1,049           4,730           8,440           476           4,276   
                                                                            

 

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 30 June 2010

       70           74           42           720           (246        (8        105   
                                                                            

 

 

193


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Movement in Level 3 financial instruments (continued)

 

         Assets          Liabilities  
        

    Available

for sale

US$m

        

      Held for

trading

US$m

        

Designated

at fair value

through profit

or loss

US$m

        

  Derivatives

US$m

        

      Held for

trading

US$m

        

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss

US$m

           Derivatives
US$m
 

 

At 1 July 2010

       7,951           5,642           1,049           4,730           8,440           476           4,276   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss

       233           27           22           (874        411           (3        191   

Total gains recognised in other comprehensive income1

       420           80                     23           168           97           117   

Purchases

       2,280           439           45                     (356                    

New issuances

                                               2,295                       

Sales

       (1,501        (499        20                                           

Settlements

       (859        (17        (16        156           (125                  (413

Transfers out

       (2,334        (290        (590        (227        (585                  (580

Transfers in

       2,047           307           57           153           1,145                     215   
                                                                            

 

At 31 December 2010

       8,237           5,689           587           3,961           11,393           570           3,806   
                                                                            

 

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 December 2010

       113           116           17           268           180           (14        361   
                                                                            

 

1 Included in ‘Available-for-sale investments: Fair value gains/(losses)’ and ‘Exchange differences’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

There were few significant movements in Level 3 assets or liabilities during the period. Purchases of available-for-sale securities reflects the acquisition of corporate bonds across a range of geographies. New issuances of trading liabilities were driven primarily by equity structured note issuances and settlements of trading liabilities reflect structured note maturities during the period.

Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives

As discussed above, the fair value of financial instruments are, in certain circumstances, measured using valuation techniques that incorporate assumptions that are not evidenced by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument and are not based on observable market data. The following table shows the sensitivity of these fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions:

Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions

 

     Reflected in profit or loss   

Reflected in other

comprehensive income

 
    

  Favourable

changes
US$m

         Unfavourable
changes
US$m
        

  Favourable

changes
US$m

        

Unfavourable

changes
US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

                 

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1

     414           (310                    

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value

     72           (64                    

Financial investments: available for sale

                         673           (711
                                         
  

 

 

 

486

 

  

       (374        673           (711
                                         

At 30 June 2010

                 

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1

     661           (637                    

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value

     116           (103                    

Financial investments: available for sale

                         595           (573
                                         
  

 

 

 

777

 

  

       (740        595           (573
                                         

At 31 December 2010

                 

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1

     554           (444                    

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value

     77           (75                    

Financial investments: available for sale

                         763           (744
                                         
  

 

 

 

631

 

  

       (519        763           (744
                                         

 

1 Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities are presented as one category to reflect the manner in which these financial instruments are risk-managed.

 

 

194


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

The decrease in the effect of changes in significant unobservable inputs in relation to derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities during the period primarily reflected greater certainty in pricing of structured credit transactions as a number of trades were unwound and the residual maturity of the portfolio reduced, as well as greater certainty in a number of structured rates transactions. The decrease in the effect of changes in significant unobservable inputs for available-for-sale assets arose from increased pricing certainty in respect of ABSs.

Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions by Level 3 instrument type

 

     Reflected in profit or loss   

Reflected in other

comprehensive income

 
    

  Favourable

changes
US$m

         Unfavourable
changes
US$m
        

  Favourable

changes
US$m

        

Unfavourable

changes
US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

                 

Private equity including strategic investments

     103           (57        368           (368

Asset-backed securities

     3           (3        130           (124

Leveraged finance

                                     

Loans held for securitisation

     5           (5                    

Structured notes

     16           (16                    

Derivatives with monolines

     117                                 

Other derivatives

     126           (169                    

Other portfolios

     116           (124        175           (219
                                         
  

 

 

 

486

 

  

       (374        673           (711
                                         

 

At 30 June 2010

                 

Private equity including strategic investments

     69           (59        356           (340

Asset-backed securities

     18           (11        131           (134

Leveraged finance

     1           (1                    

Loans held for securitisation

     10           (10                    

Structured notes

     24           (33                    

Derivatives with monolines

     116           (85                    

Other derivatives

     328           (370                    

Other portfolios

     211           (171        108           (99
                                         
  

 

 

 

777

 

  

       (740        595           (573
                                         

 

At 31 December 2010

                 

Private equity including strategic investments

     112           (71        383           (383

Asset-backed securities

     8           (8        179           (181

Leveraged finance

                                     

Loans held for securitisation

     8           (8                    

Structured notes

     18           (16                    

Derivatives with monolines

     94           (8                    

Other derivatives

     256           (258                    

Other portfolios

     135           (150        201           (180
                                         
  

 

 

 

631

 

  

       (519        763           (744
                                         

Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined on the basis of changes in the value of the instrument as a result of varying the levels of the unobservable parameters using statistical techniques. When parameters are not amenable to statistical analysis, quantification of uncertainty is judgemental.

When the fair value of a financial instrument is affected by more than one unobservable assumption, the above table reflects the most favourable or most unfavourable change from varying the assumptions individually.

In respect of private equity investments, in many of the methodologies the principal assumption is the valuation multiple to be applied to the main financial indicators. This may be determined with reference to multiples for comparable listed companies and includes discounts for marketability.

For ABSs, the principal assumptions in the models are based on benchmark information about prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severities and the historical performance of the underlying assets.

For leveraged finance, loans held for securitisation and derivatives with monolines the principal assumption concerns the appropriate value to be attributed to the counterparty credit risk. This requires estimation of exposure at default, probability of default and recovery in the event of default. For loan transactions, assessment of exposure at default is straightforward. For derivative transactions, a future exposure profile is generated on the basis of current market data.

 

 

195


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Probabilities of default and recovery levels are estimated using available evidence, which may include financial information, historical experience, CDS spreads and consensus recovery levels.

For structured notes and other derivatives, principal assumptions concern the value to be attributed to future volatility of asset values and the future correlation between asset values. These principal assumptions include credit volatilities and correlations used in the valuation of structured credit derivatives (including leveraged credit derivatives). For such unobservable assumptions, estimates are based on available market data, which may include the use of a proxy method to derive a volatility or a correlation from comparable assets for which market data is more readily available, and/or an examination of historical levels.

 

9 Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value

 

The accounting policies which determine the classification of financial instruments and the use of assumptions and estimation in valuing them are described on pages 253 to 270 and 34 to 36, respectively, of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

Fair values of financial instruments which are not carried at fair value on the balance sheet

 

     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
    

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value

US$m

        

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value

US$m

        

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value

US$m

 

Assets

                           

Loans and advances to banks

     226,043           226,150           196,296           196,122           208,271           208,311   

Loans and advances to customers

     1,037,888           1,011,319           893,337           864,274           958,366           934,444   

Financial investments:

                           

– debt securities

     19,883           21,320           18,788           20,075           19,386           20,374   

– treasury and other eligible bills

     202           202           125           125           113           113   

 

Liabilities

                           

Deposits by banks

     125,479           125,492           127,316           127,286           110,584           110,563   

Customer accounts

     1,318,987           1,318,873           1,147,321           1,148,229           1,227,725           1,227,428   

Debt securities in issue

     149,803           149,947           153,600           152,820           145,401           145,417   

Subordinated liabilities

     32,753           32,931           28,247           27,978           33,387           33,161   

 

Fair values of financial instruments held for sale which are not carried at fair value on the balance sheet

 

  

     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
    

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value

US$m

        

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value

US$m

        

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value

US$m

 

Assets classified as held for sale

                           

Loans and advances to banks and customers

     62           62           40           40           116           116   

Financial investments: debt securities

                         70           70                       

The following is a list of financial instruments whose carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value because, for example, they are short-term in nature or reprice to current market rates frequently:

Assets

Cash and balances at central banks

Items in the course of collection from other banks

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

Endorsements and acceptances

Short-term receivables within ‘Other assets’

Accrued income

Liabilities

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

Investment contracts with discretionary participation features within ‘Liabilities under insurance contracts’

Endorsements and acceptances

Short-term payables within ‘Other liabilities’

Accruals

 

 

196


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Analysis of loans and advances to customers by geographical segment

 

     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
    

Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value US$m

        

    Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value

      US$m

        

    Carrying

amount
US$m

        

Fair

value

      US$m

 

Loans and advances to customers

                           

Europe

     486,331           478,660           407,226           400,580           435,799           430,333   

Hong Kong

     159,370           157,859           114,075           114,265           140,691           140,699   

Rest of Asia-Pacific

     121,429           121,069           91,672           91,616           108,731           108,582   

Middle East and North Africa

     25,694           25,781           23,394           23,389           24,626           24,539   

North America

     179,262           162,704           208,141           185,643           190,532           172,522   

Latin America

     65,802           65,246           48,829           48,781           57,987           57,769   
                                                               
  

 

 

 

1,037,888

 

  

       1,011,319           893,337           864,274           958,366           934,444   
                                                               

Valuation

The calculation of fair value incorporates HSBC’s estimate of the amount at which financial assets could be exchanged, or financial liabilities settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction. It does not reflect the economic benefits and costs that HSBC expects to flow from the instruments’ cash flows over their expected future lives. Other reporting entities may use different valuation methodologies and assumptions in determining fair values for which no observable market prices are available, so comparisons of fair values between entities may not be meaningful and users are advised to exercise caution when using this data.

Following the recent market disruption, there remains a significant reduction in the secondary market demand for US consumer lending assets. Uncertainty over the extent and timing of future credit losses, together with a near absence of liquidity for non-prime ABSs and loans, continued to be reflected in a lack of bid prices at 30 June 2011. It is not possible from the indicative market prices that are available to distinguish between the relative discount to nominal value within the fair value measurement that reflects cash flow impairment due to expected losses to maturity, and the discount that the market is demanding for holding an illiquid asset. Under impairment accounting for loans and advances, there is no requirement to adjust carrying value to reflect illiquidity as HSBC’s intention is to fund assets until the earlier of prepayment, charge-off or repayment on maturity. The fair value, by contrast, reflects both incurred loss and loss expected through the life of the asset, a discount for illiquidity and a credit spread which reflects the market’s current risk preferences. This usually differs from the credit spread applicable in the market at the time the loan was underwritten and funded.

The estimated fair values at 30 June 2011, 30 June 2010 and 31 December 2010 of loans and advances to customers in North America reflect the combined effect of these conditions. As a result, the fair values are substantially lower than the carrying amount of customer loans held on-balance sheet. Accordingly, the fair values reported do not reflect HSBC’s estimate of the underlying long-term value of the assets.

Fair values of the assets and liabilities set out below are estimated for the purpose of disclosure as follows:

Loans and advances to banks and customers

The fair value of loans and advances is based on observable market transactions, where available. In the absence of observable market transactions, fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow models.

Performing loans are grouped, as far as possible, into homogeneous pools segregated by maturity and interest rates and the contractual cash flows are generally discounted using HSBC’s estimate of the discount rate that a market participant would use in valuing instruments with similar maturity, re-pricing and credit risk characteristics.

The fair value of a loan portfolio reflects both loan impairments at the balance sheet date and estimates of market participants’ expectations of credit losses over the life of the loans. For impaired loans, fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows over the time period they are expected to be recovered.

Financial investments

The fair values of listed financial investments are determined using bid market prices. The fair values of unlisted financial investments are determined using valuation techniques that take into consideration the prices and future earnings streams of equivalent quoted securities.

 

 

197


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Deposits by banks and customer accounts

For the purpose of estimating fair value, deposits by banks and customer accounts are grouped by remaining contractual maturity. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows, applying current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair value of a deposit repayable on demand is assumed to be the amount payable on demand at the balance sheet date.

Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities

Fair values are determined using quoted market prices at the balance sheet date where available, or by reference to quoted market prices for similar instruments.

The fair values in this note are stated at a specific date and may be significantly different from the amounts which will actually be paid on the maturity or settlement dates of the instruments. In many cases, it would not be possible to realise immediately the estimated fair values given the size of the portfolios measured. Accordingly, these fair values do not represent the value of these financial instruments to HSBC as a going concern.

 

10 Reclassification of financial assets

 

During the second half of 2008, HSBC reclassified US$15.3bn and US$2.6bn of financial assets from the held-for-trading category to the loans and receivables and available-for-sale classifications, respectively, as permitted by the relevant amendment to IAS 39. The accounting policy for reclassifications is set out on page 255 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010. No further reclassifications were undertaken by HSBC.

Reclassified financial assets

 

     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
     Carrying
amount
US$m
        

Fair

value

    US$m

         Carrying
amount
US$m
        

Fair

value

    US$m

        

Carrying
amount

US$

        

Fair

value

    US$m

 

Reclassified to loans and receivables

                           

Asset-backed securities

     5,664           4,928           6,172           4,947           5,892           4,977   

Trading loans – commercial mortgage loans

     559           529           484           440           522           493   

Leveraged finance and syndicated loans

     2,337           2,087           5,015           4,338           4,533           4,166   
                                                               
     8,560           7,544           11,671           9,725           10,947           9,636   

Reclassified to available for sale

                           

Corporate debt and other securities

     64           62           103           103           91           91   
                                                               
  

 

 

 

8,624

 

  

       7,606           11,774           9,828           11,038           9,727   
                                                               

The following table shows the fair value gains and losses, income and expense recognised in the income statement in respect of reclassified assets and the gains and losses that would have been recognised if no reclassification had taken place.

Effect of reclassifying and not reclassifying financial assets

 

     Financial assets reclassified to:             
     loans and receivables         

available

for sale

            
    

Asset-backed

securities
US$m

        

Trading loans

– commercial

mortgage

loans

US$m

        

Leveraged

  finance and

syndicated

loans

US$m

        

Total

          US$m

        

    Corporate

debt and

other

securities
US$m

        

Total

          US$m

 

Half-year to 30 June 2011

                           

Recorded in the income statement1

     118           14           93           225           8           233   

Assuming no reclassification2

     375           15           158           548           (10        538   
                                                               

 

Net effect of reclassification

     (257        (1        (65        (323        18           (305
                                                               

 

Attributable to:

                           

Europe

     (245        (1        (39        (285        18           (267

North America

     (12                  (20        (32                  (32

Middle East and North Africa

                         (6        (6                  (6

 

 

198


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

     Financial assets reclassified to:             
     loans and receivables         

available

for sale

            
     Asset-backed
securities
US$m
        

Trading loans

– commercial

mortgage

loans

US$m

        

Leveraged

      finance and

syndicated

loans

US$m

        

Total

          US$m

        

      Corporate

debt and

other

securities
US$m

        

Total

           US$m

 

Half-year to 30 June 2010

                           

Recorded in the income statement1

     214           12           177           403           55           458   

Assuming no reclassification2

     538           10           (170        378           69           447   
                                                               

Net effect of reclassification

     (324        2           347           25           (14        11   
                                                               

Attributable to:

                           

Europe

     (247        2           176           (69        (13        (82

North America

     (77                  110           33           (1        32   

Middle East and North Africa

                         61           61                     61   

Half-year to 31 December 2010

                           

Recorded in the income statement1

     21           17           169           207           1           208   

Assuming no reclassification2

     370           35           477           882           (10        872   
                                                               

Net effect of reclassification

     (349        (18        (308        (675        11           (664
                                                               

Attributable to:

                           

Europe

     (280        (18        (199        (497        11           (486

North America

     (69                  (61        (130                  (130

Middle East and North Africa

                         (48        (48                  (48

 

1 ‘Income and expense’ recorded in the income statement represents the accrual of the effective interest rate and, for the first half of 2011, includes US$15m in respect of impairment (first half of 2010: write-back of US$25m; second half of 2010: US$31m).
2 Effect on the income statement during the period had the reclassification not occurred.

 

11 Financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

    

At

      30 June

2011

US$m

        

At

      30 June

2010

US$m

        

At

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Financial assets designated at fair value:

            

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

     39,526           32,239           36,990   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

     39           4           21   
                              
     39,565           32,243           37,011   
                              

Treasury and other eligible bills

     207           249           159   

Debt securities

     18,496           16,153           18,248   

Equity securities

     19,588           13,893           17,418   
                              

Securities designated at fair value

     38,291           30,295           35,825   

Loans and advances to banks

     355           1,149           315   

Loans and advances to customers

     919           799           871   
                              
     39,565           32,243           37,011   
                              

Securities designated at fair value1

 

    

At

      30 June

2011

US$m

        

At

      30 June

2010

US$m

        

At

31 December

2010

US$m

 

US Treasury and US Government agencies2

     87           49           78   

UK Government

     739           1,119           1,304   

Hong Kong Government

     152           155           151   

Other government

     4,762           3,206           4,130   

Asset-backed securities3

     6,164           5,986           6,128   

Corporate debt and other securities

     6,799           5,887           6,616   

Equity securities

     19,588           13,893           17,418   
                              
  

 

 

 

38,291

 

  

       30,295           35,825   
                              

 

 

199


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

1 Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$9,746m (30 June 2010: US$9,643m; 31 December 2010: US$10,185m), of which US$46m (30 June 2010: US$46m; 31 December 2010: US$48m) are guaranteed by various governments.
2 Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
3 Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Treasury and US Government agencies.

Securities listed on a recognised exchange and unlisted

 

    

Treasury

and other

eligible bills
US$m

        

Debt

  securities
US$m

        

Equity

  securities
US$m

        

Total

    US$m

 

Fair value at 30 June 2011

                 

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     6           3,605           13,521           17,132   

Unlisted

     201           14,891           6,067           21,159   
                                         
     207           18,496           19,588           38,291   
                                         

Fair value at 30 June 2010

                 

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     105           3,252           9,358           12,715   

Unlisted

     144           12,901           4,535           17,580   
                                         
     249           16,153           13,893           30,295   
                                         

Fair value at 31 December 2010

                 

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     21           4,168           12,548           16,737   

Unlisted

     138           14,080           4,870           19,088   
                                         
     159           18,248           17,418           35,825   
                                         

 

1 Included within listed securities are US$668m (30 June 2010: US$544m; 31 December 2010: US$756m) of investments listed in Hong Kong.

 

12 Derivatives

 

Fair values of derivatives by product contract type

 

     Assets          Liabilities  
     Trading
US$m
         Hedging
US$m
         Total US$m          Trading
US$m
         Hedging
US$m
         Total US$m  

At 30 June 2011

                           

Foreign exchange

     71,280           1,550           72,830           71,621           175           71,796   

Interest rate

     283,315           2,236           285,551           277,545           3,577           281,122   

Equities

     15,348                     15,348           17,416                     17,416   

Credit

     19,284                     19,284           18,613                     18,613   

Commodity and other

     1,084                     1,084           1,503                     1,503   
                                                               

Gross total fair values

     390,311           3,786           394,097           386,698           3,752           390,450   
                                                   

Netting

               (133,425                  (133,425
                                       

Total

               260,672                     257,025   
                                       

At 30 June 2010

                           

Foreign exchange

     60,502           775           61,277           61,269           879           62,148   

Interest rate

     311,491           3,461           314,952           306,571           4,250           310,821   

Equities

     15,381                     15,381           17,805                     17,805   

Credit

     26,223                     26,223           25,227                     25,227   

Commodity and other

     927                     927           1,494                     1,494   
                                                               

Gross total fair values

     414,524           4,236           418,760           412,366           5,129           417,495   
                                                   

Netting

               (130,481                  (130,481
                                       

Total

               288,279                     287,014   
                                       

 

 

200


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

     Assets          Liabilities  
         Trading
US$m
             Hedging
US$m
        

    Total

US$m

             Trading
US$m
             Hedging
US$m
        

Total

    US$m

 

At 31 December 2010

                           

Foreign exchange

     65,905           1,304           67,209           67,564           340           67,904   

Interest rate

     278,364           2,764           281,128           273,222           3,909           277,131   

Equities

     13,983                     13,983           14,716                     14,716   

Credit

     20,907                     20,907           20,027                     20,027   

Commodity and other

     1,261                     1,261           2,618                     2,618   
                                                               

Gross total fair values

     380,420           4,068           384,488           378,147           4,249           382,396   
                                                   

Netting

               (123,731                  (123,731
                                       

Total

               260,757                     258,665   
                                       

Derivative assets were largely unchanged during the first half of 2011, as higher client activity drove an increase in fair value of foreign exchange contracts, offset by greater netting from increased trades through clearing houses where the settlement arrangements satisfied the IFRSs netting criteria.

A description of HSBC’s determination of the fair values of financial instruments, including derivatives, is provided on page 312 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

Trading derivatives

The notional contract amount of derivatives held for trading purposes indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk. The 18% increase in the notional amounts of HSBC’s derivative assets during the first half of 2011 was primarily driven by an increase in the market of open interest rate and foreign exchange contracts, reflecting increased trading volumes in the period.

Notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes by product type

 

    

At

30 June

2011

US$m

        

At

30 June

2010

US$m

        

At

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Foreign exchange

     4,440,515           3,373,419           3,692,798   

Interest rate

     21,305,123           16,377,107           18,104,141   

Equities

     400,877           240,954           294,587   

Credit

     1,091,052           1,147,016           1,065,218   

Commodity and other

     97,825           77,683           82,856   
                              
     27,335,392           21,216,179           23,239,600   
                              

Credit derivatives

The notional contract amount of credit derivatives of US$1,091bn (30 June 2010: US$1,147bn; 31 December 2010: US$1,065bn) consisted of protection bought of US$539bn (30 June 2010: US$571bn; 31 December 2010: US$530bn) and protection sold of US$552bn (30 June 2010: US$576bn; 31 December 2010: US$535bn).

HSBC manages the credit risk arising on buying and selling credit derivative protection by including the related credit exposures within its overall credit limit structure for the relevant counterparty. Trading of credit derivatives is restricted to a small number of offices within the major centres which have the control infrastructure and market skills to manage effectively the credit risk inherent in the products. The credit derivative business operates within the market risk management framework described on page 136.

Derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs

The difference between the fair value at initial recognition (the transaction price) and the value that would have been derived had valuation techniques used for subsequent measurement been applied at initial recognition, less subsequent releases, is as follows.

 

 

201


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Unamortised balance of derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs

 

     Half-year to  
    

    30 June

2011

US$m

        

    30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Unamortised balance at beginning of period

     250           260           256   

Deferral on new transactions

     161           223           108   

Recognised in the income statement during the period:

            

– amortisation

     (74        (48        (58

– subsequent to unobservable inputs becoming observable

     (38        (14        (3

– maturity or termination, or offsetting derivative

     (25        (134        (29

Exchange differences

     9           (21        6   

Risk hedged

     (4        (10        (30
                              

Unamortised balance at end of period1

     279           256           250   
                              

 

1 This amount is yet to be recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Hedging instruments

The notional contract amounts of these instruments indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.

Notional contract amounts of derivatives held for hedging purposes by product type

 

     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
    

Cash flow

hedge
US$m

        

Fair value

hedge
US$m

        

Cash flow

hedge

US$m

        

Fair value

hedge

US$m

        

Cash flow

hedge

US$m

        

Fair value

hedge

US$m

 

Foreign exchange

     11,476           1,403           11,143           1,748           10,599           1,392   

Interest rate

     340,773           74,434           241,552           51,734           282,412           62,757   
                                                               
     352,249           75,837           252,695           53,482           293,011           64,149   
                                                               

 

Fair value hedges

 

Fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges

 

  

  

     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
         Assets
US$m
        

Liabilities

US$m

             Assets
US$m
        

Liabilities

US$m

             Assets
US$m
        

Liabilities

US$m

 

Foreign exchange

     236                     120                     153             

Interest rate

     427           2,351           136           2,285           443           2,226   
                                                               
     663           2,351           256           2,285           596           2,226   
                                                               

Gains/(losses) arising from fair value hedges

 

     Half-year to  
    

    30 June

2011

US$m

        

    30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Gains/(losses):

            

– on hedging instruments

     (794        (1,249        419   

– on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk

     722           1,266           (398
                              
     (72        17           21   
                              

The gains and losses on ineffective portions of fair value hedges are recognised immediately in ‘Net trading income’.

 

 

202


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Cash flow hedges

Fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

 

     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
           Assets
US$m
         Liabilities
US$m
               Assets
US$m
           Liabilities
US$m
               Assets
US$m
           Liabilities
US$m
 

Foreign exchange

     1,314           175           655           879           1,151           340   

Interest rate

     1,809           1,226           3,325           1,965           2,321           1,683   
                                                               
     3,123           1,401           3,980           2,844           3,472           2,023   
                                                               

The gains and losses on ineffective portions of such derivatives are recognised immediately in ‘Net trading income’. During the period to 30 June 2011, a gain of US$2m was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness (first half of 2010: loss of US$24m; second half of 2010: gain of US$15m).

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

The Group applies hedge accounting in respect of certain consolidated net investments. Hedging is undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts or by financing with currency borrowings.

At 30 June 2011, the fair values of outstanding financial instruments designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations were liabilities of US$30m (30 June 2010: assets of US$3m and liabilities of US$38m; 31 December 2010: liabilities of US$34m), and notional contract values of US$1,251m (30 June 2010: US$617m; 31 December 2010: US$644m).

No ineffectiveness was recognised in ‘Net trading income’ for the period ended 30 June 2011 (both halves of 2010: nil).

 

13 Financial investments

 

 

    

At

        30 June
2011

US$m

        

At

        30 June
2010

US$m

        

At
31 December
2010

US$m

 

Financial investments:

            

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

     385,126           361,931           369,597   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

     31,731           23,540           31,158   
                              
     416,857           385,471           400,755   
                              

Carrying amount and fair values of financial investments

 

     At 30 June 2011          At 30 June 2010          At 31 December 2010  
         Carrying
amount
US$m
        

Fair

value

    US$m

             Carrying
amount
US$m
        

Fair

value

    US$m

             Carrying
amount
US$m
        

Fair

value

    US$m

 

Treasury and other eligible bills

     61,664           61,664           61,275           61,275           57,129           57,129   

– available for sale

     61,462           61,462           61,150           61,150           57,016           57,016   

– held to maturity

     202           202           125           125           113           113   

Debt securities

     346,986           348,423           315,367           316,654           335,643           336,632   

– available for sale

     327,103           327,103           296,579           296,579           316,257           316,257   

– held to maturity

     19,883           21,320           18,788           20,075           19,386           20,375   

Equity securities

                           

– available for sale

     8,207           8,207           8,829           8,829           7,983           7,983   
                                                               
     416,857           418,294           385,471           386,758           400,755           401,744   
                                                               

 

 

203


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Financial investments at amortised cost and fair value1

 

    Amortised
cost
       

Fair

value

 
    US$m         US$m  

At 30 June 2011

     

US Treasury

    37,584          37,697   

US Government agencies2

    21,910          22,500   

US Government sponsored entities2

    4,669          4,958   

UK Government

    30,034          30,787   

Hong Kong Government

    31,700          31,734   

Other government

    125,452          126,088   

Asset-backed securities3

    37,835          32,292   

Corporate debt and other securities

    122,521          124,031   

Equities

    5,849          8,207   
                 
    417,554          418,294   
                 

At 30 June 2010

     

US Treasury

    24,162          24,756   

US Government agencies2

    18,418          19,051   

US Government sponsored entities2

    5,016          5,278   

UK Government

    27,339          28,191   

Hong Kong Government

    35,447          35,443   

Other government

    94,320          95,478   

Asset-backed securities3

    42,534          34,010   

Corporate debt and other securities

    134,393          135,722   

Equities

    6,568          8,829   
                 
    388,197          386,758   
                 

At 31 December 2010

     

US Treasury

    37,380          37,255   

US Government agencies2

    20,895          21,339   

US Government sponsored entities2

    5,029          5,267   

UK Government

    31,069          31,815   

Hong Kong Government

    29,770          29,793   

Other government

    108,947          109,806   

Asset-backed securities3

    39,845          33,175   

Corporate debt and other securities

    124,704          125,311   

Equities

    5,605          7,983   
                 
          403,244                401,744   
                 

 

1 Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions with a carrying amount of US$98,472m (30 June 2010: US$115,836m; 31 December 2010: US$99,733m), of which US$37,929m (30 June 2010: US$45,171m; 31 December 2010: US$38,862m) are guaranteed by various governments. The fair value of the debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions at 30 June 2011 was US$98,939m (30 June 2010: US$116,316m; 31 December 2010: US$100,070m).
2 Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
3 Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Government agencies and sponsored entities.

Financial investments listed on a recognised exchange and unlisted

 

   

Treasury

and other

eligible bills
available
for sale

       

Treasury

and other

eligible bills

held to

maturity

       

Debt

securities

available

for sale

       

Debt

securities

held to

maturity

       

Equity

securities

available

for sale

        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Carrying amount at 30 June 2011

                     

Listed on a recognised exchange1

    2,049                   152,844          4,237          690          159,820   

Unlisted2

    59,413          202          174,259          15,646          7,517          257,037   
                                                         
    61,462          202          327,103          19,883          8,207          416,857   
                                                         

Carrying amount at 30 June 2010

                     

Listed on a recognised exchange1

    3,394          125          139,398          3,142          524          146,583   

Unlisted2

    57,756                   157,181          15,646          8,305          238,888   
                                                         
    61,150          125                296,579                  18,788                    8,829                385,471   
                                                         

 

 

204


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

    

Treasury

and other

eligible bills
available
for sale

US$m

        

Treasury

and other

eligible bills

held to

maturity
US$m

        

Debt

securities

available

for sale
US$m

        

Debt

securities

held to

maturity
US$m

        

Equity

securities

available

for sale
US$m

        

Total

US$m

 

Carrying amount at 31 December 2010

                           

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     1,400                     138,374           4,182           851           144,807   

Unlisted2

     55,616           113           177,883           15,204           7,132           255,948   
                                                               
     57,016           113           316,257           19,386           7,983           400,755   
                                                               

 

1 The fair value of listed held-to-maturity debt securities at 30 June 2011 was US$4,483m (30 June 2010: US$3,302m; 31 December 2010: US$4,332m). Included within listed investments were US$3,125m (30 June 2010: US$1,668m; 31 December 2010: US$1,902m) of investments listed in Hong Kong.
2 Unlisted treasury and other eligible bills available for sale primarily comprise treasury bills not listed on a recognised exchange but for which there is a liquid market.

Maturities of investments in debt securities at their carrying amount

 

   

At

         30 June

2011

US$m

       

At

          30 June

2010

US$m

       

At

 31 December

2010

US$m

 

Remaining contractual maturities of total debt securities:

         

1 year or less

    110,240          74,101          92,961   

5 years or less but over 1 year

    116,145          138,240          124,596   

10 years or less but over 5 years

    56,531          42,770          56,926   

over 10 years

    64,070          60,256          61,160   
                           
    346,986          315,367          335,643   
                           

Remaining contractual maturities of debt securities available for sale:

         

1 year or less

    108,930          73,411          91,939   

5 years or less but over 1 year

    109,498          131,587          117,931   

10 years or less but over 5 years

    49,501          36,301          50,113   

over 10 years

    59,174          55,280          56,274   
                           
    327,103          296,579          316,257   
                           

Remaining contractual maturities of debt securities held to maturity:

         

1 year or less

    1,310          690          1,022   

5 years or less but over 1 year

    6,647          6,653          6,665   

10 years or less but over 5 years

    7,030          6,469          6,813   

over 10 years

    4,896          4,976          4,886   
                           
    19,883          18,788          19,386   
                           

 

14    Assets held for sale

 
   
   

At

         30 June

2011

US$m

       

At

          30 June

2010

US$m

       

At

 31 December

2010

US$m

 

Disposal groups

    445                   530   

Non-current assets held for sale

    1,154          1,426          1,461   

– interest in associates

             85            

– property, plant and equipment

    1,055          1,224          1,342   

– financial assets

    96          110          116   

– other

    3          7          3   
                           

Total assets held for sale

    1,599          1,426          1,991   
                           

Disposal groups

At 30 June 2011, disposal groups included:

 

 

US$124m related to the sale of the Mexican pension funds management business. Associated liabilities of US$11m were included in ‘Other liabilities’. Neither a gain nor a loss was recognised on reclassifying the assets as held for sale. The transaction is expected to complete in the third quarter of 2011.

 

 

US$303m related to the sale of a majority interest in the Middle East private equity fund management business

 

 

205


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

to the unit’s senior management team. Associated liabilities of US$30m were included in ‘Other liabilities’. A loss of US$7m was recognised on reclassifying the assets as held for sale. The transaction is expected to complete in the second half of 2011.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment classified as held for sale principally results from the repossession of property that had been pledged as collateral by customers. These assets are expected to be disposed of within 12 months of acquisition. The majority arose within the geographical segment, North America.

Neither a gain nor a loss was recognised on reclassifying these assets as held for sale during the period.

 

15 Trading liabilities

 

 

    

At

           30 June

2011

US$m

        

At

          30 June

2010

US$m

        

At

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Deposits by banks

     54,651           52,639           38,678   

Customer accounts

     166,974           102,919           125,684   

Other debt securities in issue

     37,746           28,782           33,726   

Other liabilities – net short positions in securities

     126,453           90,496           102,615   
                              
     385,824           274,836           300,703   
                              

At 30 June 2011, the cumulative amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a gain of US$202m (30 June 2010: gain of US$374m; 31 December 2010: gain of US$142m).

 

16 Financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

    

At

          30 June

2011

US$m

        

At

          30 June

2010

US$m

        

At

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Deposits by banks and customer accounts

     6,515           6,360           6,527   

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts

     12,191           10,384           11,700   

Debt securities in issue

      55,885           41,042           46,091   

Subordinated liabilities

     18,920           18,763           19,395   

Preferred securities

     4,769           3,887           4,420   
                              
     98,280           80,436           88,133   
                              

The carrying amount at 30 June 2011 of financial liabilities designated at fair value was US$2,144m more than the contractual amount at maturity (30 June 2010: US$1,987m more; 31 December 2010: US$1,631m more). At 30 June 2011, the cumulative amount of the change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a gain of US$1,114m (30 June 2010: gain of US$2,571m; 31 December 2010: gain of US$1,279m).

 

17 Provisions

 

 

     Half-year to  
    

          30 June

2011

US$m

        

          30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December
2010

US$m

 

Balance at beginning of period

     2,138              1,965           1,828   

Additional provisions/increase in provisions

     1,090           245           567   

Provisions utilised

     (207        (210        (354

Amounts reversed

     (153        (87        (45

Exchange differences and other movements

     159           (85        142   
                              

Balance at end of period

      3,027           1,828              2,138   
                              

Provisions include US$1,998m (30 June 2010: US$990m; 31 December 2010: US$1,257m) relating to legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory matters, US$426m (30 June 2010: US$313m; 31 December 2010:

 

 

206


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

US$405m) relating to costs arising from contingent liabilities and contractual commitments; and US$98m (30 June 2010: US$117m; 31 December 2010: US$118m) relating to provisions for onerous property contracts.

 

18 Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities

 

The following is an analysis, by remaining contractual maturities at the reporting date, of asset and liability line items that combine amounts within one year, and after one year. Trading assets and liabilities are excluded because they are not held for collection or settlement over the period of contractual maturity.

 

     Due within
one year
US$m
         Due after
more than
one year
US$m
        

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2011

            

Assets

            

Financial assets designated at fair value

     3,064           36,501           39,565   

Loans and advances to banks

     216,034           10,009           226,043   

Loans and advances to customers

     482,370           555,518           1,037,888   

Financial investments

     172,407           244,450           416,857   

Other financial assets

     24,822           5,692           30,514   
                              
     898,697           852,170           1,750,867   
                              

Liabilities

            

Deposits by banks

     118,505           6,974           125,479   

Customer accounts

     1,272,152           46,835           1,318,987   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     9,670           88,610           98,280   

Debt securities in issue

     82,747           67,056           149,803   

Other financial liabilities

     27,494           4,606           32,100   

Subordinated liabilities

     575           32,178           32,753   
                              
     1,511,143           246,259           1,757,402   
                              

At 30 June 2010

            

Assets

            

Financial assets designated at fair value

     3,887           28,356           32,243   

Loans and advances to banks

     188,946           7,350           196,296   

Loans and advances to customers

     405,218           488,119           893,337   

Financial investments

     135,608           249,863           385,471   

Other financial assets

     21,205           5,766           26,971   
                              
     754,864           779,454           1,534,318   
                              

Liabilities

            

Deposits by banks

     122,026           5,290           127,316   

Customer accounts

     1,103,851           43,470           1,147,321   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     7,773           72,663           80,436   

Debt securities in issue

     89,012           64,588           153,600   

Other financial liabilities

     69,905           5,705           75,610   

Subordinated liabilities

     381           27,866           28,247   
                              
     1,392,948           219,582           1,612,530   
                              

At 31 December 2010

            

Assets

            

Financial assets designated at fair value

     3,030           33,981           37,011   

Loans and advances to banks

     200,098           8,173           208,271   

Loans and advances to customers

     424,713           533,653           958,366   

Financial investments

     149,954           250,801           400,755   

Other financial assets

     19,417           5,519           24,936   
                              
     797,212           832,127           1,629,339   
                              

Liabilities

            

Deposits by banks

     105,462           5,122           110,584   

Customer accounts

     1,181,095           46,630           1,227,725   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     10,141           77,992           88,133   

Debt securities in issue

     86,096           59,305           145,401   

Other financial liabilities

     24,865           4,792           29,657   

Subordinated liabilities

     791           32,596           33,387   
                              
     1,408,450           226,437           1,634,887   
                              

 

 

207


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

19 Notes on the statement of cash flows

 

 

     Half-year to  
    

        30 June
2011

US$m

        

        30 June

2010

US$m

        

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Other non-cash items included in profit before tax

            

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     1,631           1,442           1,359   

Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates

     (181        (188          

Revaluations on investment property

     (38        8           (101

Share-based payment expense

     588           371           441   

Loan impairment losses gross of recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     6,011           7,976           7,083   

Provisions

     937           158           522   

Impairment of financial investments

     339           40           65   

Charge/(credit) for defined benefit plans

     (321        246           280   

Accretion of discounts and amortisation of premiums

     (141        (500        (315
                              
     8,825           9,553           9,334   
                              

Change in operating assets

            

Change in prepayments and accrued income

     (590        839           (382

Change in net trading securities and net derivatives

     7,079           20,176           40,161   

Change in loans and advances to banks

     (6,738        (8,515        13,728   

Change in loans and advances to customers

     (85,132        (3,812        (75,471

Change in financial assets designated at fair value

     (2,480        5,460           (5,306

Change in other assets

     (4,699        (18        (127
                              
     (92,560        14,130           (27,397
                              

Change in operating liabilities

            

Change in accruals and deferred income

     (474        (1,016        1,732   

Change in deposits by banks

     14,895           2,444           (16,732

Change in customer accounts

     91,262           (11,714        80,405   

Change in debt securities in issue

     4,402           6,583           (8,078

Change in financial liabilities designated at fair value

     11,285           342           5,317   

Change in other liabilities

     8,931           1,972           (18,983
                              
     130,301           (1,389        43,661   
                              

Interest and dividends

            

Interest paid

     (12,644        (9,932        (11,473

Interest received

     33,578           31,397           32,299   

Dividends received

     376           380           183   
    

At

30 June
2011

US$m

        

At

30 June

2010

US$m

        

At

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Cash and cash equivalents

            

Cash and balances at central banks

     68,218           71,576           57,383   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     15,058           11,195           6,072   

Loans and advances to banks of one month or less

     215,381           171,022           189,197   

Treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months

     30,011           24,093           28,087   

Less: items in the course of transmission to other banks

     (16,317        (11,976        (6,663
                              
     312,351           265,910           274,076   
                              

 

 

208


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

20 Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees

 

 

    

At

        30 June
2011

US$m

        

At

        30 June

2010

US$m

        

At

31 December

2010

US$m

 

Contingent liabilities and guarantees

            

Guarantees and irrevocable letters of credit pledged as collateral security

     75,281           66,140           71,157   

Other contingent liabilities

     356           173           166   
                              
     75,637           66,313           71,323   
                              

Commitments

            

Documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions

     13,616           10,618           12,051   

Forward asset purchases and forward forward deposits placed

     66           29           30   

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend

     646,493           538,063           590,432   
                              
     660,175           548,710           602,513   
                              

The above table discloses the nominal principal amounts of contingent liabilities, commitments and guarantees; mainly credit-related instruments including both financial and non-financial guarantees and commitments to extend credit. Contingent liabilities arising from legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory matters against the Group are disclosed in Note 24. Nominal principal amounts represent the amounts at risk should contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default. The amount of the loan commitments shown above reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved loan offers made by mailshots to personal customers. As a significant proportion of guarantees and commitments is expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the nominal principal amounts is not representative of future liquidity requirements.

Financial Services Compensation Scheme

The Financial Services Compensation Scheme (‘FSCS’) has provided compensation to consumers following the collapse of a number of deposit takers. The compensation paid out to consumers is currently funded through loans from the Bank of England and HM Treasury. HSBC Bank could be liable to pay a proportion of the outstanding borrowings that the FSCS has borrowed from HM Treasury which at 1 March 2011 stood at approximately £20bn (US$30bn). Currently, the levy paid by the bank represents its share of the interest on these borrowings. The accrual at 30 June 2011 was US$157m in respect of the 2010/11 and 2011/12 levy years (30 June 2010: US$207m in respect of the 2009/10 and 2010/11 levy years; 31 December 2010: US$144m in respect of the 2010/11 and 2011/12 levy years).

The ultimate FSCS levy to the industry as a result of the collapses cannot currently be estimated reliably as it is dependent on various uncertain factors including the potential recoveries of assets by the FSCS and changes in the interest rate, the level of protected deposits and the population of FSCS members at the time.

 

21 Special purpose entities

 

HSBC enters into certain transactions with customers in the ordinary course of business which involve the establishment of special purpose entities (‘SPE’s) to facilitate or secure customer transactions. HSBC structures that utilise SPEs are authorised centrally when they are established to ensure appropriate purpose and governance. The activities of SPEs administered by HSBC are closely monitored by senior management.

SPEs are assessed for consolidation in accordance with the accounting policy set out on page 251 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

 

 

209


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Total consolidated assets held by SPEs by balance sheet classification

 

   

      Conduits

US$bn

       

      Securit-

isations

US$bn

       

Money

market

funds

        US$bn

       

Non-money

market

investment

funds

US$bn

       

Total

        US$bn

 

At 30 June 2011

                 

Cash

    0.7          0.5                   0.3          1.5   

Trading assets

    0.1          0.6          0.3          0.5          1.5   

Financial assets designated at fair value

    0.1                            7.9          8.0   

Derivatives

             0.3                            0.3   

Loans and advances to banks

             0.9                            0.9   

Loans and advances to customers

    9.7          20.2                            29.9   

Financial investments

    29.6                                     29.6   

Other assets

    1.9          0.2                            2.1   
                                               
    42.1          22.7          0.3          8.7          73.8   
                                               

At 30 June 2010

                 

Cash

                               0.4          0.4   

Trading assets

             0.9          44.4          0.7          46.0   

Financial assets designated at fair value

    0.1                            5.3          5.4   

Derivatives

             0.9                            0.9   

Loans and advances to banks

    0.2                                     0.2   

Loans and advances to customers

    9.6          29.7                            39.3   

Financial investments

    30.9                                     30.9   

Other assets

    2.1                                     2.1   
                                               
    42.9          31.5          44.4          6.4          125.2   
                                               

At 31 December 2010

                 

Cash

    1.0          0.7                   0.3          2.0   

Trading assets

    0.1          0.6          0.4          0.5          1.6   

Financial assets designated at fair value

    0.1                            6.4          6.5   

Derivatives

             0.3                            0.3   

Loans and advances to banks

             1.4                            1.4   

Loans and advances to customers

    8.4          22.2                            30.6   

Financial investments

    30.5          0.1                            30.6   

Other assets

    1.6          0.4                   0.4          2.4   
                                               
    41.7          25.7          0.4          7.6          75.4   
                                               

HSBC’s maximum exposure to SPEs

The following table shows the total assets of the various types of SPEs and the amount of funding provided by HSBC to these SPEs. The table also shows HSBC’s maximum exposure to the SPEs and, within that exposure, the liquidity and credit enhancements provided by HSBC. The maximum exposures to SPEs represent HSBC’s maximum possible risk exposure that could occur as a result of the Group’s arrangements and commitments to SPEs. The maximum amounts are contingent in nature, and may arise as a result of drawdowns under liquidity facilities, where these have been provided, and any other funding commitments, or as a result of any loss protection provided by HSBC to the SPEs. The conditions under which such exposure might arise differ depending on the nature of each SPE and HSBC’s involvement with it.

 

 

210


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Total assets of consolidated and unconsolidated SPEs and HSBC’s funding and maximum exposure

 

    Consolidated SPEs         Unconsolidated SPEs  
   

Total

assets

        US$bn

       

Funding

provided

    by HSBC

US$bn

       

Liquidity

   and credit

enchance-

ments

US$bn

       

HSBC’s

   maximum

exposure

US$bn

       

Total

assets

        US$bn

       

Funding

provided

   by HSBC

US$bn

       

HSBC’s

maximum

exposure

US$bn

 

At 30 June 2011

                         

Conduits

    42.1          28.4          38.1          49.9                              
                         

Securities investment conduits

    31.6          28.0          23.2          35.0                              

Multi-seller conduits

    10.5          0.4          14.9          14.9                              
                         

Securitisations

    22.7          1.9          0.1          4.3          9.0                   0.4   

Money market funds

    0.3          0.3                   0.3          93.7          0.9          0.9   
                         

Constant net asset value funds

                                        69.2          0.7          0.7   

Other

    0.3          0.3                   0.3          24.5          0.2          0.2   
                         

Non-money market investment funds

    8.7          8.4                   8.4          288.7          1.6          1.6   

Other

                                        19.2          9.4          4.3   
                                                                   
    73.8          39.0          38.2          62.9          410.6          11.9          7.2   
                                                                   

At 30 June 2010

                         

Conduits

    42.9          31.1          39.6          52.4                              
                         

Securities investment conduits

    32.9          30.5          26.9          39.7                              

Multi-seller conduits

    10.0          0.6          12.7          12.7                              
                         

Securitisations

    31.5          2.5          0.1          5.9          10.0                     

Money market funds

    44.4          1.2                   1.2          55.2          0.3          0.3   
                         

Constant net asset value funds

    43.9          0.7                   0.7          30.3          0.1          0.1   

Other

    0.5          0.5                   0.5          24.9          0.2          0.2   
                         

Non-money market investment funds

    6.4          6.1                   6.1          237.4          1.4          1.4   

Other

                                        19.3          8.8          3.4   
                                                                   
    125.2          40.9          39.7          65.6          321.9          10.5          5.1   
                                                                   

At 31 December 2010

                         

Conduits

    41.7          28.6          38.3          50.5                              
                         

Securities investment conduits

    32.2          28.6          25.6          37.8                              

Multi-seller conduits

    9.5                   12.7          12.7                              
                         

Securitisations

    25.7          1.9          0.1          4.7          9.9                     

Money market funds

    0.4          0.4                   0.4          95.8          0.7          0.7   
                         

Constant net asset value funds

                                        74.9          0.5          0.5   

Other

    0.4          0.4                   0.4          20.9          0.2          0.2   
                         

Non-money market investment funds

    7.6          6.9                   6.9          274.7          1.7          1.7   

Other

                                        19.0          9.4          3.7   
                                                                   
    75.4          37.8          38.4          62.5          399.4          11.8          6.1   
                                                                   

Conduits

HSBC sponsors and manages two types of conduits: securities investment conduits (‘SIC’s) and multi-seller conduits.

Securities investment conduits

Solitaire, HSBC’s principal SIC, purchases highly rated ABSs to facilitate tailored investment opportunities. At 30 June 2011, Solitaire held US$11.8bn of ABSs (30 June 2010: US$12.0bn; 31 December 2010: US$11.7bn). These are included within the disclosures of ABS ‘held through consolidated SPEs’ on page 124. HSBC’s other SICs, Mazarin Funding Limited (‘Mazarin’), Barion Funding Limited (‘Barion’) and Malachite Funding Limited (‘Malachite’), evolved from the restructuring of HSBC’s sponsored structured investment vehicles (‘SIV’s) in 2008.

Solitaire

Commercial Paper (‘CP’) issued by Solitaire benefits from a 100% liquidity facility provided by HSBC. At 30 June 2011, US$8.9bn of Solitaire’s assets were funded by the draw-down of the liquidity facility (30 June 2010: US$8.5bn; 31 December 2010: US$7.6bn). HSBC is exposed to credit losses on the drawn amounts.

 

 

211


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

HSBC’s maximum exposure represents the risk that HSBC may be required to fund the vehicle in the event the CP is redeemed without reinvestment from third parties. At 30 June 2011 this amounted to US$15.9bn (30 June 2010: US$18.0bn; 31 December 2010: US$16.8bn).

Mazarin

HSBC is exposed to the par value of Mazarin’s assets through the provision of a liquidity facility equal to the lesser of the amortised cost of issued senior debt and the amortised cost of non-defaulted assets. At 30 June 2011, this amounted to US$10.2bn (30 June 2010: US$12.1bn; 31 December 2010: US$11.6bn). First loss protection is provided through the capital notes issued by Mazarin, which are substantially all held by third parties.

At 30 June 2011, HSBC held 1.3% of Mazarin’s capital notes (30 June 2010: 1.3%; 31 December 2010: 1.3%) which have a par value of US$17m (30 June 2010: US$17m; 31 December 2010: US$17m) and a carrying amount of US$0.6m (30 June 2010: US$0.6m; 31 December 2010: US$0.6m).

Barion and Malachite

HSBC’s primary exposure to these SICs is represented by the amortised cost of the debt required to support the non-cash assets of the vehicles. At 30 June 2011, this amounted to US$8.9bn (30 June 2010: US$9.6bn; 31 December 2010: US$9.4bn). First loss protection is provided through the capital notes issued by these vehicles, which are substantially all held by third parties.

At 30 June 2011, HSBC held 3.8% of the capital notes issued by these vehicles (30 June 2010: 3.8%; 31 December 2010: 3.7%) which have a par value of US$36.3m (30 June 2010: US$34m; 31 December 2010: US$35m) and a carrying amount of US$2m (30 June 2010: US$1.9m; 31 December 2010: US$2m).

Multi-seller conduits

These vehicles were established for the purpose of providing access to flexible market-based sources of finance for HSBC’s clients.

HSBC’s maximum exposure is equal to the transaction-specific liquidity facilities offered to the multi-seller conduits. First loss protection is provided by the originator of the assets, and not by HSBC, through transaction-specific credit enhancements. A layer of secondary loss protection is provided by HSBC in the form of programme-wide enhancement facilities.

The following table sets out the weighted average life of the asset portfolios for the above mentioned conduits:

Weighted average life of portfolios

 

Weighted average life (years)         Solitaire             Other SICs             Total SICs        

Total multi-

seller conduits

 

At 30 June 2011

    5.9          4.2          4.9          2.1   

At 30 June 2010

    5.8          3.9          4.6          2.1   

At 31 December 2010

    5.1          4.0          4.4          1.8   

Securitisations

HSBC uses SPEs to securitise customer loans and advances that it has originated in order to diversify its sources of funding for asset origination and for capital efficiency purposes. The loans and advances are transferred by HSBC to the SPEs for cash, and the SPEs issue debt securities to investors to fund the cash purchases.

HSBC’s maximum exposure is the aggregate of any holdings of notes issued by these vehicles and the reserve account positions intended to provide credit support under certain pre-defined circumstances to senior note holders.

In addition, HSBC uses SPEs to mitigate the capital absorbed by some of the customer loans and advances it has originated. Credit derivatives are used to transfer the credit risk associated with these customer loans and advances to an SPE, using securitisations commonly known as synthetic securitisations by which the SPE writes credit default swap protection to HSBC. The SPE is funded by the issuance of notes with the cash held as collateral against the credit default protection. From a UK regulatory perspective, the credit protection issued by the SPE in respect of the customer loans allows the risk weight of the loans to be replaced by the risk weight of the collateral in the SPE and as a result mitigates the capital absorbed by the customer loans. Any notes issued by the SPE and held by HSBC attract

 

 

212


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

the appropriate risk weight under the relevant regulatory regime. These SPEs are consolidated when HSBC is exposed to the majority of risks and rewards of ownership.

Money market funds

HSBC has established and manages a number of money market funds which provide customers with tailored investment opportunities within narrow and well-defined objectives.

The majority of these money market funds are Constant Net Asset Value funds (‘CNAV’), which invest in shorter-dated and highly-rated money market securities with the objective of providing investors with a highly liquid and secure investment.

In December 2010, management determined that it was no longer appropriate to consolidate certain CNAV funds which HSBC had previously consolidated in September 2008. Further details are included on pages 363 and 364 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

HSBC’s maximum exposure to money market funds is represented by HSBC’s investment in the units of each fund, which at 30 June 2011 amounted to US$1.2bn (30 June 2010: US$1.5bn; 31 December 2010: US$1.1bn).

Non-money market investment funds

HSBC has established a large number of non-money market investment funds to enable customers to invest in a range of assets, typically equities and debt securities.

HSBC’s maximum exposure to non-money market investment funds is represented by its investment in the units of each fund which at 30 June 2011 amounted to US$10.0bn (30 June 2010: US$7.5bn; 31 December 2010: US$8.6bn).

Other

HSBC also establishes SPEs in the normal course of business for a number of purposes, for example, structured credit transactions for customers, to provide finance to public and private sector infrastructure projects, and for asset and structured finance transactions.

In certain transactions, HSBC is exposed to risk often referred to as gap risk. Gap risk typically arises in transactions where the aggregate potential claims against the SPE by HSBC pursuant to one or more derivatives could be greater than the value of the collateral held by the SPE and securing such derivatives. HSBC often mitigates such gap risk by incorporating in the SPE transaction features which allow for deleveraging, a managed liquidation of the portfolio, or other mechanisms including trade restructuring or unwinding the trade. Following the inclusion of such risk reduction mechanisms, HSBC has, in certain circumstances, retained all or a portion of the underlying exposure in the transaction. In these circumstances, HSBC assesses whether the exposure retained causes a requirement under IFRSs to consolidate the SPE. When this retained exposure represents ABSs, it has been included in ‘Securitisation exposures and other structured products’ on page 121.

Third-party sponsored SPEs

Through standby liquidity facility commitments, HSBC has exposure to third-party sponsored SIVs, conduits and securitisations under normal banking arrangements on standard market terms. These exposures are not considered significant to HSBC’s operations.

Additional off-balance sheet arrangements and commitments

Additional off-balance sheet commitments such as financial guarantees, letters of credit and commitments to lend are disclosed in Note 20.

Leveraged finance transactions

Loan commitments in respect of leveraged finance transactions are accounted for as derivatives where it is HSBC’s intention to sell the loan after origination. Further information is provided on page 132.

 

 

213


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

 

22 Segmental analysis

 

The basis of identifying segments and measuring segmental results is set out on page 296 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010. There have been no material changes to the segments identified since 31 December 2010.

 

   

Europe

US$m

       

Hong

Kong

US$m

       

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

US$m

       

MENA

US$m

       

North

America

US$m

       

Latin

America

US$m

       

Intra-

HSBC

items

US$m

       

Total

US$m

 

Net operating income

                             

Half-year to:

                             

30 June 2011

    10,167          5,389          5,248          1,137          5,191          4,863          (1,567       30,428   

30 June 2010

    11,220          4,833          4,351          750          4,446          3,895          (1,467       28,028   

31 December 2010

    8,510          5,255          4,442          1,033          4,306          4,292          (1,658       26,180   

Profit/(loss) before tax

  

Half-year to:

                             

30 June 2011

    2,147          3,081          3,742          747          606          1,151                   11,474   

30 June 2010

    3,521          2,877          2,985          346          492          883                   11,104   

31 December 2010

    781          2,815          2,917          546          (38       912                   7,933   

Total assets

 

  

At 30 June 2011

    1,379,308             474,044             298,590               58,038             529,386             163,611            (211,990         2,690,987   

At 30 June 2010

    1,280,698          410,991          244,624          49,637          495,408          121,885          (184,789       2,418,454   

At 31 December 2010

    1,249,527          429,565          278,062          52,757          492,487          139,938          (187,647       2,454,689   

 

23 Goodwill impairment

 

It is HSBC’s policy to test goodwill allocated to each cash-generating unit (‘CGU’) for impairment as at 1 July each year. Goodwill is also tested for impairment whenever there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired.

The allocation of goodwill to CGUs is described on page 333 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010.

There was no indication of impairment in the period to 30 June 2011 and therefore goodwill has not been retested.

 

24 Legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory matters

 

HSBC is party to legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions including the UK, EU and the US arising out of its normal business operations. Apart from the matters described below, HSBC considers that none of these matters is material, either individually or in the aggregate. HSBC recognises a provision for a liability in relation to these matters when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle an obligation which has arisen as a result of past events, and for which a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. While the outcome of these matters is inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory matters as at 30 June 2011 (see Note 17, Provisions).

Securities litigation

As a result of an August 2002 restatement of previously reported consolidated financial statements and other corporate events, including the 2002 settlement with 46 State Attorneys General relating to real estate lending practices, Household International (now HSBC Finance) and certain former officers were named as defendants in a class action law suit, Jaffe v Household International Inc, et al No 2. C 5893 (N.D.Ill, filed 19 August 2002). The complaint asserted claims under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, on behalf of all persons who acquired and disposed of Household International common stock between 30 July 1999 and 11 October 2002. The claims alleged that the defendants knowingly or recklessly made false and misleading statements of material fact relating to Household’s Consumer Lending operations, including collections, sales and lending practices, some of which ultimately led to the 2002 State settlement agreement, and facts relating to accounting practices evidenced by the restatement. Following a jury trial concluded in April 2009, which was decided partly in favour of the plaintiffs, the Court issued a ruling on 22 November 2010 within the second phase of the case to determine actual damages, that claim forms should be mailed to class members, and also set out a method for calculating damages for class members

 

 

214


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

who filed claims. As previously reported, lead plaintiffs, in court filings in March 2010, estimated that damages could range ‘somewhere between US$2.4bn to US$3.2bn to class members’, before pre-judgement interest.

Class members had until 24 May 2011 to file claims. In filings with the Court, plaintiffs indicated that the Court-appointed claims administrator has made a preliminary determination that 45,332 of the claimants have an allowed loss, and that the ‘preliminary, estimated damages for these potential class members, subject to revision as duplicate claims are identified and supplemental information is received, exceeds US$2bn’. All submitted claims are subject to a validation process that, as indicated in the plaintiffs’ filings, will not be completed until December 2011. Once the claims administration process is complete, plaintiffs are expected to ask the Court to assess pre-judgement interest to be included as part of the Court’s final judgement.

Despite the jury verdict and the 22 November 2010 ruling, HSBC continues to believe that it has meritorious grounds for appeal of one or more of the rulings in the case, and intends to seek an appeal of the Court’s final judgement, which could involve a substantial amount. Upon appeal, HSBC Finance will be required to provide security for the judgement in order to suspend its execution while the appeal is ongoing by depositing cash in an interest-bearing escrow account or posting an appeal bond in the amount of the judgement (including any pre-judgement interest awarded).

Given the complexity and uncertainties associated with the actual determination of damages, including the outcome of any appeals, there is a wide range of possible damages. HSBC believes it has meritorious grounds for appeal on matters of both liability and damages and will argue on appeal that damages should be nil or a relatively insignificant amount. If the Appeals Court partially accepts or rejects HSBC’s arguments, the cost of damages, including pre-judgement interest, could be higher, and may lie in a range from a relatively insignificant amount to somewhere in the region of US$3bn.

Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC

In December 2008, Bernard L. Madoff (‘Madoff’) was arrested for running a Ponzi scheme and a trustee was appointed for the liquidation of his firm, Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’), an SEC-registered broker-dealer and investment adviser. Since his appointment, the trustee has been recovering assets and processing claims of Madoff Securities customers. Madoff subsequently pleaded guilty to various charges and is serving a 150 year prison sentence. He has acknowledged, in essence, that while purporting to invest his customers’ money in securities and, upon request, return their profits and principal, he in fact never invested in securities and used other customers’ money to fulfil requests for the return of profits and principal. The relevant US authorities are continuing their investigations into his fraud, and have brought charges against others.

Various non-US HSBC companies provided custodial, administration and similar services to a number of funds incorporated outside the US whose assets were invested with Madoff Securities.

Based on information provided by Madoff Securities, as at 30 November 2008, the purported aggregate value of these funds was US$8.4bn, an amount that includes fictitious profits reported by Madoff. Based on information available to HSBC to date, we estimate that the funds’ actual transfers to Madoff Securities minus their actual withdrawals from Madoff Securities during the time that HSBC serviced the funds totalled approximately US$4.3bn.

Plaintiffs (including funds, fund investors, and the Madoff Securities trustee) have commenced Madoff-related proceedings against numerous defendants in a multitude of jurisdictions. Various HSBC companies have been named as defendants in suits in the US, Ireland, Luxembourg, and other jurisdictions. The suits (which include US class actions) allege that the HSBC defendants knew or should have known of Madoff’s fraud and breached various duties to the funds and fund investors.

One of the funds HSBC companies provided custodial and administration services for was Thema International Fund plc, a limited liability company incorporated and authorised in Ireland as a UCITS fund under the European Communities (Undertaking for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities) Regulations 1985. HSBC estimates that the purported net asset value of Thema International Fund plc as at 30 November 2008 was US$1.1bn and that Thema International Fund plc’s actual transfers to Madoff Securities minus its actual withdrawals were approximately US$312m. On 7 June 2011, HSBC Securities Services (Ireland) Limited, HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Ireland) Limited, HSBC Holdings plc and, subject to the granting of leave to effect a proposed pleading amendment, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. entered into an agreement, without any admission of wrongdoing or liability, to settle the action pending in the US District Court for the Southern District of New York, relating to Thema

 

 

215


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

International Fund plc. The settlement is subject to various conditions to its effectiveness and the HSBC defendants may terminate the settlement in certain circumstances. The payment to be made by the HSBC defendants is US$62.5m.

In December 2010, the Madoff Securities trustee commenced suits against various HSBC companies in the US bankruptcy court and in the English High Court. The US action (which also names certain funds, investment managers, and other entities and individuals) seeks US$9bn in damages and additional recoveries from HSBC and the various co-defendants. It seeks damages against HSBC for allegedly aiding and abetting Madoff’s fraud and breach of fiduciary duty. In July 2011, after withdrawing the case from the Bankruptcy Court in order to decide certain threshold issues, the US District Court Judge dismissed the trustee’s various common law claims on the grounds that the trustee lacks standing to assert them. The trustee may appeal this ruling. The District Court returned the case to the US Bankruptcy Court for further proceedings on the remaining claims. Those claims seek, pursuant to US bankruptcy law, recovery of unspecified amounts received by HSBC from funds invested with Madoff, including amounts that HSBC received when it redeemed units HSBC held in the various funds. HSBC acquired those fund units in connection with financing transactions HSBC had entered into with various clients. The trustee’s US bankruptcy law claims also seek recovery of fees earned by HSBC for providing custodial, administration and similar services to the funds. The trustee’s English action seeks recovery of unspecified transfers of money from Madoff Securities to or through HSBC, on the ground that the HSBC defendants actually or constructively knew of Madoff’s fraud.

In July 2011, one of the clients with whom HSBC entered into a Madoff-related financing transaction commenced suit in the US seeking to rescind the transaction and recover approximately US$16m it paid to HSBC in connection with the transaction.

Between October 2009 and March 2011, Fairfield Sentry Limited and Fairfield Sigma Limited (‘Fairfield’), funds whose assets were directly or indirectly invested with Madoff Securities, commenced multiple suits in the British Virgin Islands (‘BVI’) and the US against numerous fund shareholders, including various HSBC companies that acted as nominees for clients of HSBC’s private banking business and other clients who invested in the Fairfield funds. The Fairfield actions seek restitution of amounts paid to the defendants in connection with share redemptions, on the ground that such payments were made by mistake, based on inflated values resulting from Madoff’s fraud, and some actions also seek recovery of the share redemptions under BVI insolvency law.

There are many factors which may affect the range of possible outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of the various Madoff-related proceedings, including but not limited to the circumstances of the fraud, the multiple jurisdictions in which the proceedings have been brought and the number of different plaintiffs and defendants in such proceedings. Many of the cases where HSBC companies are named as a defendant are at an early stage. For these reasons, among others, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to estimate reliably the aggregate liabilities, or ranges of liabilities, that might arise as a result of all such claims but they could be significant. In any event, HSBC considers that it has good defences to these claims and will continue to defend them vigorously.

Payment Protection Insurance

On 10 August 2010 the FSA published Policy Statement 10/12 (‘PS 10/12’) on the assessment and redress of Payment Protection Insurance (‘PPI’) complaints. On 8 October 2010, an application for Judicial Review was issued by the British Bankers’ Association (‘BBA’) acting on behalf of a group of UK banks, which included HSBC Bank, seeking an order to quash PS 10/12 and also Guidance issued by the Financial Ombudsman Service (‘FOS’) on handling PPI complaints. The Judicial Review application was heard by the Court in January 2011.

On 20 April 2011, the High Court issued an adverse judgement on the Judicial Review application. Subsequently the BBA, acting on behalf of its members, confirmed that it would not appeal the judgement. HSBC Bank accepts the High Court’s decision and is working with the FSA and the FOS in order to ensure all PPI complaints are handled and, where appropriate, redressed in accordance with PS 10/12.

There are many factors affecting the resulting financial impact of the judgement, including the effect of the decision on the nature and volume of customer complaints; and the extent to which HSBC Bank might be required to take action, and the nature of any such action, in relation to non-complainants. The extent of any redress that may be required as a result of the decision to uphold PS 10/12 and the FOS Guidance will also depend on the facts and circumstances of each individual customer’s case. For these reasons, there is currently a high degree of uncertainty as to the eventual costs of redress for this matter. There is a provision of US$509m as at 30 June 2011 in respect of the estimated liability for redress in respect of the possible mis-selling of PPI policies in previous years.

 

 

216


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

US mortgage-related investigations

In April 2011, HSBC Bank USA entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and HSBC Finance and HSBC North America entered into a similar consent order with the Federal Reserve Board following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry residential mortgage foreclosure practices. These consent orders require prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent orders. These consent orders require a review of foreclosures from January 2009 to December 2010 to determine if any customer was financially injured as a result of an error in the foreclosure process. An independent consultant has been retained to conduct that review, and remediation, including restitution, may be required if a customer is found to have been financially injured. HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance and HSBC North America continue to work with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Reserve Board to define and address the requirements of the consent orders.

These consent orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance or HSBC North America by bank regulatory, governmental or law enforcement agencies, such as the US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’) or State Attorneys General, which could include the imposition of fines and actions to recover civil money penalties and other financial penalties relating to the activities that were the subject of the consent orders. The Federal Reserve Board has indicated in a press release relating to the financial services industry in general that it believes monetary sanctions are appropriate for the enforcement actions and that it plans to announce monetary penalties. An increase in private litigation concerning these practices is also possible. While it is possible that civil money penalties will be imposed on HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance or HSBC North America, HSBC is unable at this time to estimate reliably the amounts, or range of possible amounts, of any such penalties, or claims arising from any private litigation.

Media reports suggest that the five largest US mortgage servicers are engaged in discussions with bank regulators, the DoJ and State Attorneys General regarding a broader settlement with respect to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices, and that the settlement will involve a substantial payment. Following the conclusion of these discussions and the announcement of any such settlement with the five largest servicers, it is expected that the next nine largest mortgage servicers, including HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance, will be approached regarding a settlement although the timing and proposed terms of such settlement discussions are not presently known.

Participants in the US mortgage securitisation market that purchased and repackaged whole loans have been the subject of lawsuits and governmental and regulatory investigations and inquiries, which have been directed at groups within the US mortgage market, such as servicers, originators, underwriters, trustees or sponsors of securitisations, and at particular participants within these groups. HSBC Bank USA has received subpoenas from the Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’) and DoJ seeking production of documents and confirmation relating to its involvement and the involvement of its affiliates in specified private-label residential mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’) transactions as an issuer, sponsor, underwriter, depositor, trustee, custodian or servicer. As the industry’s residential mortgage foreclosure issues continue, HSBC Bank USA has taken title to an increasing number of foreclosed homes as trustee on behalf of various securitisation trusts. As record owner of these properties, HSBC Bank USA has been sued by municipalities and tenants alleging various violations of law, including laws regarding property upkeep and tenants rights. While HSBC believes and continues to maintain that the obligations at issue and the related liability are properly those of the servicer of each trust, HSBC continues to receive significant and adverse publicity in connection with these and similar matters. In addition, HSBC Securities Inc. has been named as defendant in a small number of actions in its role as underwriter in specified private-label residential MBS offerings, which generally allege that the offering documents for securities issued by securitisation trusts contained material misstatements and omissions, including statements regarding the underwriting standards governing the underlying mortgage loans. HSBC expects this level of focus will continue and, potentially, intensify, so long as the US real estate markets continue to be distressed. As a result, HSBC Group companies may be subject to additional litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny related to its participation in the US mortgage securitisation market, either individually or as a member of a group. HSBC is unable to estimate reliably the financial effect of any action or litigation relating to these matters. As situations develop it is possible that any related claims could be significant.

Other US regulatory and law enforcement investigations

In October 2010, HSBC Bank USA entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the indirect parent of that company, HSBC North America, entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Federal Reserve Board. These actions require improvements for an effective compliance risk management programme across the Group’s US businesses, including US Bank Secrecy Act (‘BSA’) and Anti

 

 

217


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

 

  

 

Money Laundering (‘AML’) compliance. Steps continue to be taken to address the requirements of these Orders and to ensure that compliance and effective policies and procedures are maintained. Various HSBC Group companies are the subject of ongoing investigations, including Grand Jury subpoenas and other requests for information, by US Government agencies, including the US Attorney’s Office, the DoJ and the New York County District Attorney’s Office. These investigations pertain to, among other matters, HSBC Bank USA’s bank note and dollar clearing services and their compliance with BSA and AML controls, as well as various HSBC Group companies’ compliance with Office of Foreign Asset Control (‘OFAC’) requirements, and whether various HSBC Group companies acted appropriately in relation to certain customers who had US tax reporting requirements and various HSBC Group companies’ adherence to the US broker dealer rules when dealing with US securities. In April 2011, HSBC Bank USA received a summons from the US Internal Revenue Service directing HSBC Bank USA to produce records identifying US taxpayers with bank accounts at the offices of an HSBC Group company and continues to work with the US Internal Revenue Service to meet their requirements.

The consent cease and desist orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance, or HSBC North America by bank regulatory or law enforcement agencies, including actions to recover civil money penalties, fines and other financial penalties relating to activities which were the subject of the cease and desist orders. In addition, it is likely that there could be some form of formal enforcement action in respect of some or all of the ongoing investigations. Actual or threatened enforcement actions against other financial institutions for breaches of BSA, AML and OFAC requirements have resulted in settlements involving fines and penalties, some of which have been significant depending on the individual circumstances of each action. The ongoing investigations are at an early stage. Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to determine the terms on which the ongoing investigations will be resolved or the timing of such resolution or for HSBC to estimate reliably the amounts, or range of possible amounts, of any fines and/or penalties. As matters progress, it is possible that any fines and/or penalties could be significant.

Investigations into the setting of London interbank offered rates

Various regulators and enforcement authorities around the world including in the UK, the US and the EU, are conducting investigations related to certain past submissions made by panel banks to the BBA in connection with the setting of London interbank offered rates (‘LIBOR’). As HSBC Bank is a panel bank, HSBC and/or its subsidiaries have received requests from these various regulators for information and are cooperating with their enquiries. In addition, HSBC and other panel banks have been named recently in several putative class action lawsuits filed by private parties in the US with respect to the setting of LIBOR. These ongoing matters are at an early stage. Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these regulatory investigations or putative class action lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact, if any, on HSBC.

 

25 Events after the balance sheet date

 

On 31 July 2011, we announced that we had reached an agreement with First Niagara Bank, N.A. to sell 195 retail branches, including certain loans, deposits and related branch premises, primarily located in upstate New York, for consideration of a premium equal to 6.67% of the deposits to be transferred at closing. Based on 31 May 2011 balances, the consideration would represent approximately US$1.0bn. This will result in a gain upon closing of the transaction. Branch premises will be sold for fair value and loans and other transferred assets will be sold at their book values. The all-cash transaction is expected to close in early 2012, subject to regulatory approvals, including approval by the acquirer’s regulator. The branches held approximately US$15.0bn in deposits and US$2.8bn in loans as of 31 May 2011.

A second interim dividend for the financial year ending 31 December 2011 was declared by the Directors after 30 June 2011, as described in Note 3.

 

26 Interim Report 2011 and statutory accounts

 

The information in this Interim Report 2011 is unaudited and does not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of section 434 of the Companies Act 2006. The Interim Report 2011 was approved by the Board of Directors on 1 August 2011. The statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2010 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales in accordance with section 447 of the Companies Act 2006. The auditor has reported on those accounts. Its report was unqualified; did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report; and did not contain a statement under section 498(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006.

 

 

218


Table of Contents

This page is intentionally left blank.

 

219


Table of Contents

This page is intentionally left blank.

 

220


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Additional Information

 

  

Shareholder information

 

1   Directors’ interests    221
2   Directors’ fees    224
3   Employee share option plans    224
4   Notifiable interests in share capital    228
5   Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares    228
6   First interim dividend for 2011    228
7   Second interim dividend for 2011    228
8   Proposed interim dividends for 2011    229
  9   Interim Management Statement    229
10   Final results    229
11   Corporate governance    229
12   Going concern basis    230
12   Telephone and online share dealing service    230
14   Stock symbols    230
15   Copies of Interim Report 2011 and shareholder enquiries and communications    230
 

 

1 Directors’ interests

 

According to the register of Directors’ interests maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the Directors of HSBC Holdings at 30 June 2011 had the following interests, all beneficial unless otherwise stated, in the shares and loan capital of HSBC and its associated corporations:

Directors’ interests

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

                At 30 June 2011  
    

At
1 January

2011

        

Beneficial

owner

        

Child

under 18

or spouse

        

Jointly

with

another

person

         Trustee         

Total

interests1

 

J D Coombe

     20,341           20,736                                         20,736   

R A Fairhead

     21,300                               21,300                     21,300   

D J Flint

     178,681           237,460                               34,422 2         271,882   

A A Flockhart

     230,112           62,605                               337,461           400,066   

S T Gulliver

     2,731,077           2,553,592           177,496                               2,731,088   

J W J Hughes-Hallett

     39,577                                         46,952 2         46,952   

W S H Laidlaw

     30,948           29,877                               1,416 2         31,293   

I J Mackay

     34,217           104,007                                         104,007   

G Morgan

     81,166           82,742                                         82,742   

Sir Simon Robertson

     176,373           8,789                               167,750 2         176,539   

J L Thornton

     10,250                     10,250 3                             10,250   

Sir Brian Williamson

     37,607           38,338                                         38,338   

 

1 Details of executive Directors’ other interests in ordinary shares arising from the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans, the HSBC Share Plan and HSBC Share Plan 2011 are set out on the following pages. At 30 June 2011, the aggregate interests under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50, including interests arising through employee share plans, were: D J Flint – 621,280; A A Flockhart – 1,399,379; S T Gulliver – 4,854,243; and I J Mackay – 440,635. Each Director’s total interests represent less than 0.03% of the shares in issue.
2 Non-beneficial.
3 Interest of spouse in 2,050 listed American Depositary Shares (‘ADS’), which are categorised as equity derivatives under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Each ADS represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50.

L M L Cha has an interest as beneficial owner in US$300,000 6.5% Subordinated Notes 2036 issued by HSBC Holdings plc, which she has held throughout the period since her appointment on 1 March 2011.

As a director of HSBC France, S T Gulliver has an interest as beneficial owner in one share of €5 in that company (representing less than 0.01% of the shares in issue), which he held throughout the period. He has waived his right to receive dividends on this share and has undertaken to transfer it to HSBC on ceasing to be a director of HSBC France.

 

 

221


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Additional Information (continued)

 

  

 

Savings-related share option plans, the HSBC Share Plan and the HSBC Share Plan 2011

HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

     Date of
award
  

Exercise

price

     Exercisable         

      Held at

1 Jan

    

      Held at

30 Jun

 
           from 1      until           2011         2011   

D J Flint

   25 Apr 2007      £6.1760         1 Aug 2012        31 Jan 2013           2,650         2,650   

A A Flockhart

   29 Apr 2009      £3.3116         1 Aug 2014        31 Jan 2015           4,529         4,529   

I J Mackay

   30 Apr 2008    US$ 11.8824         1 Aug 2011        31 Jan 2012           1,531         1,531   

The HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans are all-employee share plans under which eligible HSBC employees may be granted options to acquire shares. Employees may make contributions of up to £250 (or equivalent) each month over a period of one, three or five years which may be used on the first, third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract, at the employee’s election, to exercise the options. The plans help align the interests of employees with the creation of shareholder value and, as such, exercise of the options is not subject to any performance conditions. The options were awarded for nil consideration and are exercisable at a 20% discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date. No options lapsed during the period. There are no performance criteria conditional upon which the outstanding options are exercisable and there have been no variations to the terms and conditions since the awards were made. The market value per ordinary share at 30 June 2011 was £6.18. The highest and lowest market values per share during the period were £7.31 and £6.01. Market value is the middle market closing price derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the relevant date. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the options are categorised as unlisted physically settled equity derivatives.

 

1 May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.

Awards of Performance Shares

HSBC Share Plan

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

            Year in         

Awards

held at

        

Awards vested during

period1,2

    

Awards

held at

 
    

Date of

award

    

which

awards

vested

        

1 Jan

2011

         Number3     

Monetary

value

£000

    

30 Jun

2011

 

D J Flint

     3 Jun 2008         2011           470,596           102,184         662           

A A Flockhart

     3 Jun 2008         2011           160,474           34,844         226           

S T Gulliver

     3 Jun 2008         2011           69,917           15,181         98           

Vesting of these awards of Performance Shares was subject to the achievement of the corporate performance conditions set out on pages 226 to 228 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2010. Interests in awards of Performance Shares are categorised under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong as the interests of a beneficiary of a trust.

 

1 The performance conditions of the total shareholder return element of the award were partially met and the following part of the awards vested on 4 April 2011, when the market value per share was £6.48: D J Flint, 101,003 shares; A A Flockhart, 34,442 shares; and S T Gulliver, 15,006 shares. The following awards representing the fourth interim dividend for 2010 vested on 5 May 2011 when the market value per share was £6.46: D J Flint, 1,181 shares; A A Flockhart, 402 shares; and S T Gulliver, 175 shares. The market value per share on the date of the award, 3 June 2008, was £8.56. Market value is the middle market closing price derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the relevant date.
2 The performance conditions for the earnings per share, the economic profit element and the remaining part of the total shareholder return element of the award were not met and, under the terms of the Plan, the following awards were forfeited on 4 April 2011: D J Flint, 373,193 shares; A A Flockhart, 127,259 shares; and S T Gulliver, 55,445 shares. As a consequence, there was no entitlement to the fourth interim dividend for 2010 on the forfeited shares.
3 Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.

 

 

222


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Additional Information (continued)

 

  

 

Awards of Restricted Shares

HSBC Share Plan

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

               

Year in

which

        

  Awards

held at

   

Awards made during

period

        

Awards vested during

period

        

  Awards

held at

 
     Date of           awards           1 Jan                Monetary                Monetary           30 Jun   
     award           may vest           2011           Number           value           Number           value           20111   
                         £000                £000        

D J Flint

     1 Mar 2010           2011-2013 2         316,252                               105,162 3         713           216,007   
     15 Mar 2011           2011-2014                     215,383 4         1,391           86,153 5         557           130,741   

A A Flockhart

     3 Mar 2008           2011           15,572                               15,875 6         102             
     2 Mar 2009           2012           514,960                                                   524,970   
     1 Mar 2010           2011-2013 2         305,806                               101,688 3         689           208,872   
     15 Mar 2011           2011-2014                     139,079 4         898           55,632 5         359           84,423   

S T Gulliver

     3 Mar 2008           2009-2011           192,796                               194,270 7         1,317             
     1 Mar 2010           2011-2013 2         1,355,371                               450,694 3         3,056           925,751   
     15 Mar 2011           2012-2014                     800,000 8         5,168                               809,360   

I J Mackay

     31 Jul 2007           2009-2011 9         47,679                                                   48,606   
     31 Mar 2008           2011           46,252                               47,152 10         302             
     2 Mar 2009           2012           100,309                                                   102,258   
     1 Mar 2010           2011-2013 2         59,262                               19,706 3         134           40,477   
     15 Mar 2011           2011-2014                     58,103 4         375           23,241 5         150           35,269   

Vesting of Restricted Share awards is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. The vesting date may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. death or retirement. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests in Restricted Share awards granted in 2007 and 2008 are categorised as the interests of a beneficiary of a trust and interests in Restricted Share awards granted in 2009, 2010 and 2011 are categorised as the interests of a beneficial owner.

 

1 Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.
2 33% of the award vests on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of the award, with the balance vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the award.
3 At the date of vesting, 28 February 2011, the market value per share was £6.78. The market value per share on the date of the award, 1 March 2010, was £6.82. Market value is the middle market closing price derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the relevant date.
4 At the date of the award, 15 March 2011, the market value per share was £6.46. The number of shares comprises a deferred award and non-deferred award of Restricted Shares. In respect of the deferred award, 33% vests on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of the award, with the balance vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the award.
5 The non-deferred award vested immediately on 15 March 2011 and is subject to a 6 month retention period. At the date of vesting, the market value per share was £6.46.
6 15,691 shares vested on 31 March 2011 when the market value per share was £6.41. The market value per share on the date of the award, 3 March 2008, was £7.90. An award of 184 shares representing the fourth interim dividend for 2011 vested on 5 May 2011 when the market value per share was £6.46.
7 At the date of vesting, 28 February 2011, the market value per share was £6.78. The market value per share on the date of the award, 3 March 2008, was £7.90.
8 At the date of the award, 15 March 2011, the market value per share was £6.46. The number of shares comprises a deferred award of Restricted Shares. 33% of the award vests on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of the award, with the balance vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the award.
9 33% of the award vests on each of the second and third anniversaries of the date of the award, with the balance vesting on the fourth anniversary of the date of the award.
10 46,606 shares vested on 31 March 2011 when the market value per share was £6.41. The market value per share on the date of the award, 31 March 2008, was £8.30. An award of 546 shares representing the fourth interim dividend for 2011 vested on 5 May 2011 when the market value per share was £6.46.

HSBC Share Plan 2011

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

   

Date of

award

        

Year in

which

awards

  may vest

        

      Awards

held at

1 Jan

2011

        

Awards made during

period1

        

    Awards

held at

30 Jun

2011

 
                            Monetary        
                       Number           value        
                                                £000             

A A Flockhart

    23 Jun 2011           2016                     176,519           1,061           176,519   

S T Gulliver

    23 Jun 2011           2016                     388,044           2,332           388,044   

I J Mackay

    23 Jun 2011           2016                     108,487           652           108,487   

The Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’) is the long-term incentive plan under the HSBC Share Plan 2011. Vesting of GPSP awards is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. Any shares (net of tax) which the Director becomes entitled to on the vesting date are subject to a retention requirement until cessation of employment. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests in awards are categorised as the interests of a beneficial owner.

 

 

223


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Additional Information (continued)

 

  

 

 

1 Conditional awards of shares made under the GPSP. At the date of award, 23 June 2011, the market value per share was £6.01.

No Directors held any short position as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong in the shares and loan capital of HSBC Holdings and its associated corporations. Save as stated above, none of the Directors had an interest in any shares or debentures of HSBC Holdings or any associated corporation at the beginning or at the end of the period, and none of the Directors or members of their immediate families were awarded or exercised any right to subscribe for any shares or debentures in any HSBC corporation during the period. Since the end of the period, the interests of each of the following Directors have increased by the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares shown against their name:

Increase in Directors’ interests since 30 June 2011

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

    

Beneficial

owner

        

Child

under 18

or spouse1

         Trustee1  

J D Coombe

     183 1                     

D J Flint

     3,151 2                   303 3 

A A Flockhart

     7,766 4                   2,974   

S T Gulliver

     15,298 5         6             

W S H Laidlaw

     263 1                     

I J Mackay

     1,999 5                     

G Morgan

     729 1                     

Sir Simon Robertson

     77 1                     

Sir Brian Williamson

     338 1                     

 

1 Scrip dividend.
2 Comprises the automatic reinvestment of dividend income by an Individual Savings Account manager (50 shares), the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Incentive Plan through regular monthly contributions (21 shares), the automatic reinvestment of dividend income on shares held in the plan (22 shares) and scrip dividends on Performance Share awards and Restricted Share awards granted under the HSBC Share Plan (3,058 shares).
3 Non-beneficial.
4 Comprises scrip dividend on ordinary shares (551 shares) and on Performance Share awards and Restricted Share awards granted under the HSBC Share Plan (7,215 shares).
5 Scrip dividend on Performance Share awards and Restricted Share awards granted under the HSBC Share Plan.

 

2 Directors’ fees

 

At the Annual General Meeting in 2011, shareholders approved an increased fee of £95,000 per annum payable to each non-executive Director with effect from 1 January 2011. In addition, the Board approved an increased fee of £45,000 per annum for the senior independent non-executive Director and the following increased fees for service on Board Committees with effect from 1 January 2011:

Board Committee fees

 

     Chairman          Member  
     £000          £000  

Group Audit Committee

     50           30   

Group Risk Committee

     50           30   

Remuneration Committee

     50           30   

Nomination Committee

     40           25   

Corporate Sustainability Committee

     40           25   

 

3 Employee share option plans

 

To help align the interests of employees with those of shareholders, options are granted under all-employee share option plans. The following are particulars of outstanding options, including those held by employees working under employment contracts that are regarded as ‘continuous contracts’ for the purposes of the Hong Kong Employment Ordinance. The options were granted for nil consideration. No options have been granted to substantial shareholders, suppliers of goods or services, or in excess of the individual limit for each share plan. No options were cancelled by HSBC during the period. Share options may also be granted under the HSBC Share Plan 2011, which replaced the HSBC Share Plan on 27 May 2011, following shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting. No share options have been granted under this plan.

 

 

224


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Additional Information (continued)

 

  

 

A summary for each plan of the total number of the options which were awarded, exercised or lapsed during the period is shown in the tables below. Further details required to be disclosed pursuant to Chapter 17 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited are available on our website at www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘Investor Relations’, then ‘Governance’ then ‘Share Plans’, and on the website of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited at www.hkex.com.hk or can be obtained upon request from the Group Company Secretary, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ. Particulars of options held by Directors of HSBC Holdings are set out on page 222.

All-employee share option plans

All employees employed within the Group on the first working day of the year may be granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under shareholder-approved all-employee share option plans. Options under the plans are usually exercisable after one, three or five years.

The exercise of the options may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, for example, on retirement, and may be extended in certain circumstances, for example, on the death of a participant, the executors may exercise the options up to six months beyond the normal exercise period. The middle market closing price per HSBC Holdings ordinary share quoted on the London Stock Exchange, as derived from the Daily Official List on 19 April 2011, the day before options were awarded in 2011, was £6.41.

HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

Dates of award         

Exercise price

(£)

         Exercisable         

At

1 Jan

         Awarded
during
         Exercised
during
         Lapsed
during
        

At

30 Jun

 
from          to          from          to          from          to          2011          period          period1          period          2011  
 
 
24 May
2005
  
  
      
 
    20 Apr
2011
  
  
         3.3116             6.6870          
 
1 Aug
2010
  
  
      
 
    31 Jan
2017
  
  
       67,737,865           7,742,930           500,322           2,715,360           72,265,113   

 

1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £6.73.

The fair value of options granted in the period under the Plan was US$17m.

HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

Dates of award          Exercise price          Exercisable         

At

1 Jan

         Awarded
during
         Exercised
during
         Lapsed
during
        

At

30 Jun

 
from          to          from          to          from          to          2011          period          period1          period          2011  
 
 
24 May
2005
  
  
      
 
    20 Apr
2011
  
  
      

 

(£)

3.3116

  

  

      

 

(£)

6.6870

  

  

      
 
1 Aug
2010
  
  
      
 
    31 Jan
2017
  
  
       28,660,942           7,557,671           203,621           1,927,545           34,087,447   
 
 
26 Apr
2006
  
  
      
 
20 Apr
2011
  
  
      
 
(US$)
4.8876
  
  
      

 

(US$)

12.0958

  

  

      
 
1 Aug
2010
  
  
      
 
31 Jan
2017
  
  
       10,899,415           2,189,050           53,538           1,091,500           11,943,427   
 
 
26 Apr
2006
  
  
      
 
20 Apr
2011
  
  
      

 

(€)

3.6361

  

  

      

 

(€)

9.5912

  

  

      
 
1 Aug
2010
  
  
      
 
31 Jan
2017
  
  
       3,128,508           581,297           702           138,029           3,571,074   
 
 
26 Apr
2006
  
  
      
 
20 Apr
2011
  
  
      
 
(HK$)
37.8797
  
  
      

 

(HK$)

94.5057

  

  

      
 
1 Aug
2010
  
  
      
 
31 Jan
2017
  
  
       47,428,892           5,127,912           94,411           1,395,499           51,066,894   

 

1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £6.75.

The fair value of options granted in the period under the Plan was US$33m.

Fair values of options granted under all-employee share option plans in 2011, estimated at the date of grant of the share option, are calculated using a Black-Scholes model.

The expected life of options depends on the behaviour of option holders, which is incorporated into the option model on the basis of historic observable data. The fair values calculated are inherently subjective and uncertain due to the assumptions made and the limitations of the model used. The significant weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the options granted in 2011 were as follows:

 

 

225


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Additional Information (continued)

 

  

 

 

     1-year
savings-related
share option
plan
    

3-year

savings-related
share option
plans

    

5-year

savings-related
share option
plans

 

Risk-free interest rate (%)1

     0.8         1.7         2.5   

Expected life (years)2

     1         3         5   

Expected volatility (%)3

     25         25         25   

 

1 The risk-free interest rate was determined from the UK gilts zero-coupon yield curve for the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan. A similar yield curve was used for the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International.
2 Expected life is not a single input parameter but a function of various behavioural assumptions.
3 Expected volatility is estimated by considering historic average HSBC share price volatility and implied volatility for traded options over HSBC shares of similar maturity to those of the employee options.

Expected dividend yield was determined to be 4.5% per annum, in line with consensus analyst forecasts.

Discretionary Share Plans

There have been no awards of discretionary share options under employee share plans since 30 September 2005.

HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan1

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

Dates of award     Exercise price
(£)
    Exercisable    

At

1 Jan

        Exercised
during
    Lapsed
during
   

At

30 Jun

 
  from        to        from        to        from        to        2011        period2        period        2011   
 
 
23 Apr
2001
  
  
   
 
20 Apr
2005
  
  
    6.0216        7.9806       
 
23 Apr
2004
  
  
   
 
20 Apr
2015
  
  
    153,189,587        641,241        30,165,926        122,382,420   

 

1 The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan expired on 26 May 2005. No options have been granted under the Plan since that date.
2 The weighted average closing price of the ordinary shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £6.91.

HSBC Share Plan

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

Date of award    

Exercise

price

(£)

    Exercisable    

At

1 Jan

   

Exercised

during

   

  Lapsed

during

   

At

30 Jun

 
      from        to        2011        period        period        2011   
  30 Sep 2005        7.9911        30 Sep 2008        30 Sep 2015          86,046                            86,046   

Subsidiary company share plans

HSBC Private Bank France

When it was acquired in 2000, HSBC Private Bank France operated employee share option plans under which options could be granted over its shares. No options under the plan have been granted since the acquisition and no further options will be granted under the plan. The following are details of options to acquire shares in HSBC Private Bank France.

HSBC Private Bank France

Shares of €2

 

Dates of award     Exercise price
(€)
    Exercisable    

At

1 Jan

        Exercised
during
    Lapsed
during
    At 30 Jun  
  from        to        from        to        from        to        2011        period1        period        20111   
 
 
15 May
2001
  
  
   
 
1 Oct
2002
  
  
    20.80        22.22       
 
15 May
2002
  
  
   
 
1 Oct
2012
  
  
      287,100                 141,525                145,575   

 

1 Following exercise of the options, the HSBC Private Bank France shares are exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the ratio of 2.099984 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Private Bank France share. At 30 June 2011, The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 held 989,502 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC Private Bank France shares arising from the exercise of these options.

 

 

226


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Additional Information (continued)

 

  

 

HSBC Finance

Following the acquisition of HSBC Finance in 2003, all outstanding options and equity-based awards over HSBC Finance common shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as the share exchange offer for the acquisition of HSBC Finance (2.675 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Finance common share) and the exercise prices per share were adjusted accordingly. No further options will be granted under the plans.

The following are details of options and equity-based awards to acquire shares in HSBC Holdings. At 30 June 2011, the HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 held 2,335,315 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and 1,445 American Depositary Shares, each of which represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, which may be used to satisfy the exercise of employee share options.

HSBC Finance: 1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

Dates of award     Exercise price
(US$)
    Exercisable    

At

1 Jan

        Exercised
during
    Lapsed
during
   

At

30 Jun

 
  from        to        from        to        from        to        2011        period        period        2011   
 
 
12 Nov
2001
  
  
   
 
20 Nov
2002
  
  
    9.29        18.62       
 
12 Nov
2002
  
  
   
 
20 Nov
2012
  
  
    11,117,826                         –        11,117,826   

HSBC Bank Bermuda

Following the acquisition of HSBC Bank Bermuda in 2004, all outstanding options over HSBC Bank Bermuda shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares based on the consideration of US$40 for each HSBC Bank Bermuda share and the average closing price of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, for the five business days preceding the closing date of the acquisition. No further options will be granted under any of these plans.

All outstanding options over HSBC Bank Bermuda shares vested on completion of the acquisition. The following are details of options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. At 30 June 2011, the HSBC (Bank of Bermuda) Employee Benefit Trust 2004 held 2,108,830 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be used to satisfy the exercise of employee share options.

HSBC Bank Bermuda: Executive Share Option Plan 1997

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

Date of award  

                                 Exercise

price

(US$)

    Exercisable    

At

1 Jan

   

Exercised

during

   

Lapsed

during

    At
    30 Jun
 
      from        until        2011        period        period        2011   
11 Jan 2001     12.44       
 
11 Jan
2002
  
  
   
 
11 Jan
2011
  
  
      61,901               61,901          

HSBC Bank Bermuda: Share Option Plan 2000

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

Dates of award     Exercise price
(US$)
    Exercisable    

At

1 Jan

    Exercised
during
    Lapsed
during
   

At

30 Jun

 
  from        to        from        to        from        to        2011        period        period        2011   
 

 

11 Jan

2001

  

  

   
 
21 Apr
2003
  
  
    9.32        15.99       
 
11 Jan
2002
  
  
   
 
21 Apr
2013
  
  
      2,250,966                 802,468          1,448,498   

HSBC Bank Bermuda: Directors’ Share Option Plan

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

 

Dates of award     Exercise price
(US$)
    Exercisable    

At

1 Jan

    Exercised
during
      Lapsed
during
   

At

30 Jun

 
  from        to        from        to        from        to        2011        period        period        2011   
 
 
28 Mar
2001
  
  
   
 
3 Apr
2003
  
  
    13.73        13.95       
 
28 Mar
2002
  
  
   
 
3 Apr
2012
  
  
          26,166               9,285                16,881   

 

 

227


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Additional Information (continued)

 

  

 

 

4 Notifiable interests in share capital

 

As at 30 June 2011, the following disclosures of major holdings of voting rights had been received by HSBC Holdings (and have not been subsequently amended or withdrawn) pursuant to the requirements of rule 5 of the FSA Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules:

 

 

Legal & General Group Plc gave notice on 9 March 2010 that it had a direct interest on 8 March 2010 in 696,851,431 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 3.99% of the total voting rights at that date; and

 

 

BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 9 December 2009 that on 7 December 2009 it had the following: an indirect interest in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of 1,142,439,457; qualifying financial instruments with 705,100 voting rights that may be acquired if the instruments are exercised or converted; and financial instruments with similar economic effect to qualifying financial instruments which refer to 234,880 voting rights, each representing 6.56%, 0.0041% and 0.0013% respectively of the total voting rights at that date.

As at 30 June 2011, according to the register maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong:

 

 

JPMorgan Chase & Co. gave notice on 27 May 2011 that on 24 May 2011 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,226,942,153 shares; a short position of 131,511,811 shares; and a lending pool of 890,915,822 shares, each representing 6.89%, 0.74% and 5.00% respectively of the ordinary shares in issue at that date; and

 

 

BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 13 May 2011 that on 11 May 2011 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,060,826,866 shares and a short position of 25,971,269 shares, each representing 5.95% and 0.15% respectively of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.

 

5 Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares

 

Except for dealings as intermediaries by HSBC Bank plc and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, which are members of a European Economic Area exchange, neither HSBC Holdings nor any subsidiary undertaking has bought, sold or redeemed any securities of HSBC Holdings during the six months to 30 June 2011.

 

6 First interim dividend for 2011

 

The first interim dividend for 2011 of US$0.09 per ordinary share was paid on 6 July 2011.

 

7 Second interim dividend for 2011

 

The Directors have declared a second interim dividend for 2011 of US$0.09 per ordinary share. The second interim dividend will be payable on 6 October 2011 to holders of record on 18 August 2011 on the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register and 19 August 2011 on the Principal Register in the United Kingdom or the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register. The dividend will be payable in cash, US dollars, sterling or Hong Kong dollars, or a combination of these currencies, at the forward exchange rates quoted by HSBC Bank plc in London at or about 11.00 am on 26 September 2011, and with a scrip dividend alternative. Particulars of these arrangements will be sent to shareholders on or about 31 August 2011 and elections must be received by 21 September 2011.

The dividend will be payable on ordinary shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for Euronext Paris, on 6 October 2011 to the holders of record on 19 August 2011. The dividend will be payable by Euroclear France in cash in euros at the forward exchange rate quoted by HSBC France on 26 September 2011, or as a scrip dividend alternative. Particulars of these arrangements will be announced through Euronext Paris on 16 August and 24 August 2011.

The dividend will be payable on ADSs each of which represents five ordinary shares, on 6 October 2011 to holders of record on 19 August 2011. The dividend of US$0.45 per ADS will be payable by the depositary in cash, in US dollars and with a scrip dividend alternative of new ADSs. Particulars of these arrangements will be mailed to ADS holders on or about 31 August 2011. Elections must be received by the depositary on or before 21 September 2011. Alternatively, the cash dividend may be invested in additional ADSs for participants in the dividend reinvestment plan operated by the depositary.

Ordinary shares will be quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong, Paris and Bermuda on 17 August 2011. The ADSs will be quoted ex-dividend in New York on 17 August 2011.

 

 

228


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Additional Information (continued)

 

  

 

Any person who has acquired ordinary shares registered on the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register but who has not lodged the share transfer with the Hong Kong Branch Registrar should do so before 4.00pm on 18 August 2011 in order to receive the dividend.

Any person who has acquired ordinary shares registered on the Principal Register in the United Kingdom or on the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register of shareholders but who has not lodged the share transfer with the Principal Registrar or the Bermuda Overseas Branch Registrar respectively, should do so before 4.00pm on 19 August 2011 in order to receive the dividend.

Removals of ordinary shares may not be made to or from the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register on 19 August 2011. Accordingly any person who wishes to remove ordinary shares to the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register must lodge the removal request with the Principal Registrar in the United Kingdom or the Bermuda Branch Registrar by 4.00pm on 17 August 2011; any person who wishes to remove ordinary shares from the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register must lodge the removal request with the Hong Kong Branch Registrar by 4.00pm on 18 August 2011.

Transfers of ADSs must be lodged with the depositary by 12 noon on 19 August 2011 in order to receive the dividend.

 

8 Proposed interim dividends for 2011

 

The Board has adopted a policy of paying quarterly dividends on the ordinary shares. Under this policy it is intended to have an annual pattern of three equal interim dividends with a variable fourth interim dividend. The proposed timetables for dividends payable on the ordinary shares in respect of 2011 that have not yet been declared are:

 

    

Third interim

dividend for 2011

     Fourth interim
dividend for 2011
 

Announcement

     7 November 2011         27 February 2012   

Shares quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong, Paris and Bermuda

     23 November 2011         14 March 2012   

ADSs quoted ex-dividend in New York

     23 November 2011         14 March 2012   

Record date in Hong Kong

     24 November 2011         15 March 2012   

Record date in London, New York, Paris and Bermuda1

     25 November 2011         16 March 2012   

Payment date

     18 January 2012         2 May 2012   

 

1 Removals to and from the Overseas Branch Register of shareholders in Hong Kong will not be permitted on these dates.

 

9 Interim Management Statement

 

An Interim Management Statement is expected to be issued on 9 November 2011.

 

10 Final results

 

The results for the year to 31 December 2011 are expected to be announced on Monday 27 February 2012.

 

11 Corporate governance

 

HSBC is committed to high standards of corporate governance.

HSBC Holdings has complied throughout the six months to 30 June 2011 with the applicable code provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council and the Code on Corporate Governance Practices in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, save that the Group Risk Committee (all the members of which are independent non-executive Directors), which was established in accordance with the recommendations of the Report on Governance in UK banks and other financial industry entities, is responsible for the oversight of internal control (other than internal financial control) and risk management systems (Hong Kong code provisions C.3.3 paragraphs (f), (g) and (h)). If there were no risk committee, these matters would be the responsibility of an audit committee.

The Board of HSBC Holdings has adopted a code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities by Directors. The code of conduct complies with The Model Code in the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority and with The Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (‘Hong Kong Model Code’) set out in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, save that The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited has granted certain waivers from strict compliance with the Hong Kong Model Code. The waivers granted by The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited primarily take into account accepted practices in

 

 

229


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Additional Information (continued)

 

  

 

the UK, particularly in respect of employee share plans. Following specific enquiry, each Director has confirmed that he or she has complied with the code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities throughout the period.

There have been no material changes to the information disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2010 in respect of the number and remuneration of employees, remuneration policies, bonus and share option plans and training schemes save that shareholders approved the HSBC Share Plan 2011 at the 2011 Annual General Meeting.

The biographies of Directors on pages 165 to 170 and part 2 of this Additional Information Section on page 221 include changes during 2011 and the updated information required pursuant to rule 13.51B (1) of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

 

12 Going concern basis

 

The financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Group and parent company have the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions, including projections of future profitability, cash flows and capital resources. Further information relevant to the assessment is provided elsewhere in this Interim Report 2011.

In particular, HSBC’s principal activities and strategic direction are described in the Overview section and challenges and uncertainties, as well as HSBC’s exposure to credit, liquidity and market risks, are described in the Risk section. Details of capital management and allocation are described in the Capital section.

 

13 Telephone and online share dealing service

 

For shareholders on the Principal Register who are resident in the UK, Channel Islands or Isle of Man with a UK, Channel Islands or Isle of Man postal address, and who hold an HSBC Bank personal current account, the HSBC InvestDirect share dealing service is available for buying and selling HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Details are available from: HSBC InvestDirect, PO Box 1683, Frobisher House, Nelson Gate, Southampton, SO15 9DG, UK telephone : 08456 080 848, overseas telephone: + 44 (0) 1226 261090, textphone: 18001 08456 088 877, web: www.hsbc.co.uk/shares.

 

14 Stock symbols

 

HSBC Holdings plc ordinary shares of US$0.50 trade under the following stock symbols:

 

London Stock Exchange   HSBA  
Hong Kong Stock Exchange   5  
New York Stock Exchange (ADS)   HBC  
Euronext Paris   HSB  
Bermuda Stock Exchange   HSBC  

 

15 Copies of the Interim Report 2011 and shareholder enquiries and communications

 

Further copies of the Interim Report 2011 may be obtained from Group Communications, HSBC Holdings plc, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, United Kingdom; from Group Communications (Asia), The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong; from Internal Communications, HSBC – North America, 26525 North Riverwoods Boulevard, Mettawa, Illinois 60045, USA; or from the HSBC website, www.hsbc.com.

Shareholders may at any time choose to receive corporate communications in printed form or to receive a notification of their availability on HSBC’s website. To receive future notifications of the availability of a corporate communication on HSBC’s website by email, or revoke or amend an instruction to receive such notifications by email, go to www.hsbc.com/ecomms. If you provide an email address to receive electronic communications from HSBC, we will also send notifications of your dividend entitlements by email. If you received a notification of the availability of this document on HSBC’s website and would like to receive a printed copy, or if you would like to receive future corporate communications in printed form, please write or send an email to the appropriate Registrars at the address given below. Printed copies will be provided without charge.

Any enquiries relating to your shareholdings on the share register, for example transfers of shares, change of name or address, lost share certificates or dividend cheques, should be sent to the Registrars at the address given below. The

 

 

230


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Additional Information (continued)

 

  

 

Registrars offer an online facility, Investor Centre, which enables shareholders to manage their shareholding electronically.

 

Principal Register   Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register   Bermuda Overseas Branch Register

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions

Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS99 6ZZ

United Kingdom

 

Computershare Hong Kong Investor

    Services Limited

Rooms 1712-1716, 17th Floor

Hopewell Centre

183 Queen’s Road East

Hong Kong

 

Investor Relations Team

HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited

6 Front Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

Telephone: +44 (0) 870 702 0137

Email via website:

www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus

Investor Centre:

www.computershare.com/investor/uk

 

Telephone: +852 2862 8555

Email: hsbc.ecom@computershare.com.hk

 

Investor Centre:

www.computershare.com/hk/investors

 

Telephone: +1 441 299 6737

Email: hbbm.shareholder.services@hsbc.bm

 

Investor Centre:

www.computershare.com/investor/bm

Any enquiries relating to ADSs should be sent to the depositary, The Bank of New York Mellon, at:

BNY Mellon Shareowner Services

PO Box 358516

Pittsburgh

PA 15252-8516

USA

Telephone (US): +1 877 283 5786

Telephone (international): 201 680 6825

Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com

Website: www.bnymellon.com/shareowner

Any enquiries relating to shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for Euronext Paris, should be sent to the paying agent:

HSBC France

103 avenue des Champs Elysées

75419 Paris Cedex 08

France

Telephone: +33 1 40 70 22 56

Email: ost-agence-des-titres-hsbc-reims.hbfr-do@hsbc.fr

Website: www.hsbc.fr

A Chinese translation of this and future documents may be obtained on request from the Registrars. Please also contact the Registrars if you have received a Chinese translation of this document and do not wish to receive such translations in the future.

LOGO

Persons whose shares are held on their behalf by another person may have been nominated to receive communications from HSBC pursuant to section 146 of the UK Companies Act 2006 (‘nominated person’). The main point of contact for a nominated person remains the registered shareholder (for example your stockbroker, investment manager, custodian or other person who manages the investment on your behalf). Any changes or queries relating to a nominated person’s personal details and holding (including any administration thereof) must continue to be directed to the registered shareholder and not HSBC’s Registrars. The only exception is where HSBC, in exercising one of its powers under the UK Companies Act 2006, writes to a nominated person directly for a response.

 

 

231


Table of Contents

 

 

 

This page is intentionally left blank

 

 

 

 

 

232


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Glossary

 

  

 

Abbreviation    Brief description

A

  
ABS1    Asset-backed security
ADS    American Depositary Share
Advance    HSBC Advance, a global banking proposition for the mass-affluent segment of customers
AIEA    Average interest-earning assets
ALCO    Asset and Liability Management Committee
AML    Anti-money laundering
ARM1    Adjustable-rate mortgage
ASF    Asset and Structured Finance

B

  
Bank of Communications    Bank of Communications Co., Limited, one of China’s largest banks
Bao Viet    BaoViet Holdings, an insurance and financial services company in Vietnam
Barion    Barion Funding Limited, a term funding vehicle
Basel Committee    Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
Basel I    1988 Basel Capital Accord
Basel II1    2006 Basel Capital Accord
Basel III1    Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules
BBA    British Bankers’ Association
bps    Basis points. One basis point is equal to one-hundredth of a percentage point

C

  
CARD Act    Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure Act, US
CD    Certificate of deposit
CDS1    Credit default swap
CDO1    Collateralised debt obligation
CDPC1    Credit derivative product companies
CGU    Cash-generating unit
CMB    Commercial Banking, a customer group
CNAV1    Constant Net Asset Value
CP1    Commercial paper
CPI    Consumer price index
CRR1    Customer risk rating

D

  
DPF    Discretionary participation feature of insurance and investment contracts

E

  
EAD1    Exposure at default
EL1    Expected loss
EPS    Earnings per share
EU    European Union

F

  
Fannie Mae    Federal National Mortgage Association, US
Freddie Mac    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, US
FSA    Financial Services Authority (UK)
FTSE    Financial Times Stock Exchange index

G

  
G20    Leaders, finance ministers and central bank governors of the Group of Twenty countries
GB&M    Global Banking and Markets, a global business
GDP    Gross domestic product
Ginnie Mae    Government National Mortgage Association, US
Global Markets    HSBC’s treasury and capital markets services in Global Banking and Markets
GMB    Group Management Board
GMO    Group Management Office
GPB    Global Private Banking, a global business
Group    HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
G-SIB    Global systemically important bank
G-SIFI    Global systemically important financial institution

 

 

233


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Glossary (continued)

 

  

 

Abbreviation    Brief description

H

  
Hang Seng Bank    Hang Seng Bank Limited, one of Hong Kong’s largest banks
HELoC1    Home equity lines of credit
HFC    HFC Bank Limited, the UK-based consumer finance business acquired through the acquisition of HSBC Finance by HSBC
HIBOR    Hong Kong Interbank Offer Rate
HKMA    Hong Kong Monetary Authority
Hong Kong    Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China
HSBC    HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
HSBC Assurances    HSBC Assurances, comprising Erisa S.A., the French life insurer, and Erisa I.A.R.D., the property and casualty insurer (together, formerly Erisa)
HSBC Bank    HSBC Bank plc, formerly Midland Bank plc
HSBC Bank Argentina    HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.
HSBC Bank Bermuda    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited, formerly The Bank of Bermuda Limited
HSBC Bank Malaysia    HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad
HSBC Bank Middle East    HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, formerly The British Bank of the Middle East
HSBC Bank USA    HSBC’s retail bank in the US, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (formerly HSBC Bank USA, Inc.)
HSBC Finance    HSBC Finance Corporation, the US consumer finance company (formerly Household International, Inc.)
HSBC France    HSBC’s French banking subsidiary, formerly CCF S.A.
HSBC Holdings    HSBC Holdings plc, the parent company of HSBC
HSBC Private Bank (Suisse)    HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) S.A., HSBC’s private bank in Switzerland

I

  
IAS    International Accounting Standards
IASB    International Accounting Standards Board
IFRIC    International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee
IFRSs    International Financial Reporting Standards
Industrial Bank    Industrial Bank Co. Limited, a national joint-stock bank in mainland China held by Hang Seng Bank
IRB1    Internal ratings-based

K

  
KPMG    KPMG Audit Plc and its affiliates

L

  
LGD1    Loss given default
LIBOR    London Interbank Offered Rate
Losango    Losango Promoções e Vendas Ltda, the Brazilian consumer finance company

M

  
M&S Money    Marks and Spencer Retail Financial Services Holdings Limited
Madoff Securities    Bernard L Madoff Investment Securities LLC
Mainland China    People’s Republic of China excluding Hong Kong
Malachite    Malachite Funding Limited, a term funding vehicle
Mazarin    Mazarin Funding Limited, an asset-backed CP conduit
MBS1    US mortgage-backed security
MENA    Middle East and North Africa
Monoline1    Monoline insurance company
MSCI    Morgan Stanley Capital International index
MTN1    Medium-term notes

N

  
NYSE    New York Stock Exchange

O

  
OFAC    Office of Foreign Assets Control
OIS1    Overnight Index Swap
OTC1    Over-the-counter

 

 

234


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Glossary (continued)

 

  

 

Abbreviation    Brief description

P

  
PD1    Probability of default
Performance Shares1    Awards of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under employee share plans that are subject to corporate performance conditions
Ping An    Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited, the second-largest life insurer in the People’s Republic of China
PPI    Payment protection insurance product
Premier    HSBC Premier, HSBC’s premium global banking service
PVIF    Present value of in-force long-term insurance business

R

  
RBWM    Retail Banking and Wealth Management, a customer group
Repo1    Sale and repurchase transaction
Restricted Shares1    Awards of Restricted Shares define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally between one and three years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment
Reverse repo    Security purchased under commitments to sell
RPI    Retail price index (UK)
RoRWA    Return on average risk weighted assets
RWA1    Risk-weighted assets

S

  
S&P    Standard and Poor’s rating agency
SEC    Securities and Exchange Commission (US)
SIC    Securities investment conduit
SIV1    Structured investment vehicle
SME    Small and medium-sized enterprise
Solitaire    Solitaire Funding Limited, a special purpose entity managed by HSBC
SPE1    Special purpose entity
STIP    Short-term income protection insurance product

T

  
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation    The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, the founding member of the HSBC Group

U

  
UAE    United Arab Emirates
UK    United Kingdom
US    United States of America

V

  
VAR1    Value at risk

 

1 For full definitions, see page 236.

 

 

235


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Glossary (continued)

 

  

 

Term    Definition

A

  
Adjustable-rate mortgages (‘ARM’s)   

Mortgage loans in the US on which the interest rate is periodically changed based on a reference price. These are included within ‘affordability mortgages’.

Affordability mortgages   

Mortgage loans where the customer’s monthly payments are set out at a low initial rate, either variable or fixed, before resetting to a higher rate once the introductory period is over.

Agency exposures   

Exposures to near or quasi-government agencies including public sector entities fully owned by governments carrying out non-commercial activities, provincial and local government authorities, development banks and funds set up by government.

Alt-A   

A US description for loans regarded as lower risk than sub-prime, but with higher risk characteristics than lending under normal criteria.

Arrears   

Customers are said to be in arrears (or in a state of delinquency) when they are behind in fulfilling their obligations, with the result that an outstanding loan is unpaid or overdue. When a customer is in arrears, the total outstanding loans on which payments are overdue are described as delinquent.

Asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s)   

Securities that represent an interest in an underlying pool of referenced assets. The referenced pool can comprise any assets which attract a set of associated cash flows but are commonly pools of residential or commercial mortgages.

B

  
Back-testing   

A statistical technique used to monitor and assess the accuracy of a model, and how that model would have performed had it been applied in the past.

Bail-in/Bail-inable debt   

Bail-in refers to the imposition of losses at the point of non-viability (but before insolvency) on bank liabilities (‘bail-inable debt’) that are not exposed to losses while the institution remains a viable, going concern. Whether by way of write-down or conversion into equity, this has the effect of recapitalising the bank (although it does not provide any new funding).

Basel II   

The capital adequacy framework issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2006 in the form of the ‘International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards’.

Basel III   

In December 2010, the Basel Committee issued final rules ‘Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems’ and ‘Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring’. Together these documents present the Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules with the goal of promoting a more resilient banking sector. The new requirements will be phased in starting 1 January 2013 with full implementation by 1 January 2019.

C

  
Capital conservation buffer   

A capital buffer, prescribed by regulators under Basel III, and designed to ensure banks build up capital buffers outside periods of stress which can be drawn down as losses are incurred. Should a bank’s capital levels fall within the capital conservation buffer range, dividends and share buybacks, discretionary payments on non-equity capital instruments and discretionary bonus payments to staff will be constrained by the regulators.

Capital planning buffer   

A capital buffer, prescribed by the FSA under Basel II, and designed to ensure banks build up capital buffers outside periods of stress which can be drawn down as losses are incurred. Should a bank’s capital levels fall within the capital planning buffer range, a period of heightened regulatory interaction would be triggered.

Collateralised debt obligation (‘CDO’)   

A security issued by a third-party which references ABSs and/or certain other related assets purchased by the issuer. CDOs may feature exposure to sub-prime mortgage assets through the underlying assets.

Collectively assessed impairment   

Impairment assessment on a collective basis for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant and to cover losses which have been incurred but have not yet been identified on loans subject to individual assessment.

Commercial paper (‘CP’)   

An unsecured, short-term debt instrument issued by a corporation, typically for the financing of accounts receivable, inventories and meeting short-term liabilities. The debt is usually issued at a discount, reflecting prevailing market interest rates.

Commercial real estate   

Any real estate investment, comprising buildings or land, intended to generate a profit, either from capital gain or rental income.

Common equity tier 1 capital   

The highest quality form of regulatory capital under Basel III that comprises common shares issued and related share premium, retained earnings and other reserves excluding the cash flow hedging reserve, less specified regulatory adjustments.

Conduits   

HSBC sponsors and manages multi-seller conduits and securities investment conduits (‘SIC’s). The multi-seller conduits hold interests in diversified pools of third-party assets such as vehicle loans, trade receivables and credit card receivables funded through the issuance of short-dated commercial paper and supported by a liquidity facility. The SICs hold predominantly asset-backed securities referencing such items as commercial and residential mortgages, vehicle loans and credit card receivables funded through the issuance of both long-term and short-term debt.

Constant net asset value fund (‘CNAV’)   

A fund that prices its assets on an amortised cost basis, subject to the amortised book value of the portfolio remaining within 50 basis points of its market value.

Contractual maturities   

The date on which the final payment (principal or interest) of any financial instrument is due to be paid, at which point all the remaining outstanding principal and interest have been repaid.

Core tier 1 capital   

The highest quality form of regulatory capital that comprises total shareholders’ equity and related non-controlling interests, less goodwill and intangible assets and certain other regulatory adjustments.

 

 

236


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Glossary (continued)

 

  

 

Term    Definition
Countercyclical capital buffer   

A capital buffer, prescribed by regulators under Basel III, which aims to ensure that capital requirements take account of the macro-financial environment in which banks operate. This will provide the banking sector with additional capital to protect it against potential future losses, when excess credit growth in the financial system as a whole is associated with an increase in system-wide risk.

Credit default swap (‘CDS’)   

A derivative contract whereby a buyer pays a fee to a seller in return for receiving a payment in the event of a defined credit event (e.g. bankruptcy, payment default on a reference asset or assets, or downgrades by a rating agency) on an underlying obligation (which may or may not be held by the buyer).

Credit derivative product company (‘CDPC’)   

Independent company that specialises in selling credit default protection on corporate exposures in the form of credit derivatives.

Credit enhancements   

Facilities used to enhance the creditworthiness of financial obligations and cover losses due to asset default.

Credit risk   

Risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet a payment obligation under a contract. It arises mainly from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from products such as guarantees, derivatives and debt securities.

Credit risk adjustment   

An adjustment to the valuation of OTC derivative contracts to reflect the creditworthiness of OTC derivative counterparties.

Credit risk mitigation   

A technique to reduce the credit risk associated with an exposure by application of credit risk mitigants such as collateral, guarantee and credit protection.

Credit risk spread   

The premium over the benchmark or risk-free rate required by the market to accept a lower credit quality. The yield spread between securities with the same coupon rate and maturity structure but with different associated credit risks. The yield spread rises as the credit rating worsens.

Customer deposits   

Money deposited by account holders. Such funds are recorded as liabilities.

Customer risk rating (‘CRR’)   

A scale of 23 grades measuring internal obligor probability of default.

D

  
Debt restructuring   

A restructuring by which the terms and provisions of outstanding debt agreements are changed. This is often done in order to improve cash flow and the ability of the borrower to repay the debt. It can involve altering the repayment schedule as well as debt or interest charge reduction.

Debt securities   

Financial assets on the Group’s balance sheet representing certificates of indebtedness of credit institutions, public bodies or other undertakings, excluding those issued by central banks.

Debt securities in issue   

Transferable certificates of indebtedness of the Group to the bearer of the certificates. These are financial liabilities of the Group and include certificates of deposits.

Delinquency   

See ‘Arrears’.

E

  
Economic capital   

The internally calculated capital requirement which is deemed necessary by HSBC to support the risks to which it is exposed at a confidence level consistent with a target credit rating of AA.

Economic profit   

The difference between the return on financial capital invested by shareholders and the cost of that capital. Economic profit may be expressed as a whole number or as a percentage.

Equity risk   

The risk arising from positions, either long or short, in equities or equity-based instruments, which create exposure to a change in the market price of the equities or equity instruments.

Expected loss (‘EL’)   

A regulatory calculation of the amount expected to be lost on an exposure using a 12-month time horizon and downturn loss estimates. EL is calculated by multiplying the Probability of Default (a percentage) by the Exposure at Default (an amount) and Loss Given Default (a percentage).

Exposure   

A claim, contingent claim or position which carries a risk of financial loss.

Exposure at default (‘EAD’)   

The amount expected to be outstanding after any credit risk mitigation, if and when the counterparty defaults. EAD reflects drawn balances as well as allowance for undrawn amounts of commitments and contingent exposures.

F

  
Fair value adjustment   

An adjustment to the fair value of a financial instrument which is determined using a valuation technique (level 2 and level 3) to include additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated within the valuation model.

First lien   

A security interest granted over an item of property to secure the repayment of a debt that places its holder first in line to collect repayment from the sale of the underlying collateral in the event of a default on the debt.

Forbearance strategies   

Strategies that are employed in order to improve the management of customer relationships, maximise collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid foreclosure or repossession. Such arrangements include extended payment terms, a reduction in interest or principal repayments, approved external debt management plans, debt consolidations, the deferral of foreclosures, and loan restructures (which includes loan modifications and re-ages).

Funded exposures   

A funded exposure is one where the notional amount of a contract is or has been exchanged.

Funding risk   

A form of liquidity risk arising when the liquidity needed to fund illiquid asset positions cannot be obtained at the expected terms and when required.

 

 

237


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Glossary (continued)

 

  

 

Term    Definition

G

  
Government-sponsored enterprises (‘GSE’s)   

A group of financial services enterprises created by the US Congress. Their function is to reduce the cost of capital for certain borrowing sectors of the economy, and to make them more efficient and transparent. Examples in the residential mortgage borrowing segment are Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. GSEs carry the implicit backing, but are not direct obligations, of the US Government.

GPSP awards   

Awards that define the number HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally five years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment. The shares to which the employee becomes entitled are subject to a retention requirement until cessation of employment.

H

  
Historical rating transition matrices (‘HRTM’)   

HRTMs show the probability of a counterparty with a particular rating moving to a different rating over a defined time horizon.

Home Equity Lines of Credit (‘HELoC’s)   

A form of revolving credit facility provided to US customers, which is supported by a first or second lien charge over residential property.

I

  
Impaired loans   

Loans where the Group does not expect to collect all the contractual cash flows or expects to collect them later than they are contractually due.

Impairment allowances   

Management’s best estimate of losses incurred in the loan portfolios at the balance sheet date.

Individually assessed impairment   

Exposure to loss is assessed on all individually significant accounts and all other accounts that do not qualify for collective assessment.

Insurance risk   

A risk, other than a financial risk, transferred from the holder of a contract to the insurance provider. The principal insurance risk is that, over time, the combined cost of claims, administration and acquisition of the contract may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income.

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process   

The Group’s own assessment of the levels of capital that it needs to hold through an examination of its risk profile from regulatory and economic capital viewpoints.

Internal Model Method (‘IMM’)   

One of three approaches defined by Basel II to determine exposure values for counterparty credit risk.

Internal ratings-based approach (‘IRB’)   

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal, rather than supervisory, estimates of risk parameters.

Invested capital   

Equity capital invested in HSBC by its shareholders.

IRB advanced approach   

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal PD, LGD and EAD models.

IRB foundation approach   

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal PD models but with supervisory estimates of LGD and conversion factors for the calculation of EAD.

ISDA   

International Swaps and Derivatives Association.

ISDA Master agreement   

Standardised contract developed by ISDA used as an umbrella contract under which bilateral derivatives contracts are entered into.

K

  
Key management personnel   

Directors and Group Managing Directors of HSBC Holdings.

L

  
Level 1 – quoted market price   

Financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs   

Financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.

Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs   

Financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

Leveraged finance   

Funding provided for entities with higher than average indebtedness, which typically arises from sub-investment grade acquisitions or event-driven financing.

Leverage ratio   

A measure, prescribed by regulators under Basel III, which is the ratio of tier 1 capital to total exposures. Total exposures include on-balance sheet items, off-balance sheet items and derivatives, and should generally follow the accounting measure of exposure. This supplementary measure to the risk-based capital requirements is intended to constrain the build-up of excess leverage in the banking sector.

Liquidity risk   

The risk that HSBC does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due, or will have to do so at an excessive cost. This risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows.

Loan modification   

An account management action that results in a change to the original terms and conditions of a loan either temporarily or permanently without resetting its delinquency status, except in case of a ‘modification re-age’ where delinquency status is also reset to up-to-date. Account modifications may include revisions to one or more terms of the loan including, but not limited to, a change in interest rate, extension of the amortisation period, reduction in payment amount and partial forgiveness or deferment of principal.

Loan-to-value ratio (‘LTV’)   

A mathematical calculation that expresses the amount of the loan as a percentage of the value of security. A high LTV indicates that there is less cushion to protect the lender against house price falls or increases in the loan if repayments are not made and interest is added to the outstanding loan balance.

 

 

238


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Glossary (continued)

 

  

 

Term    Definition
Loss given default (‘LGD’)   

The estimated ratio (percentage) of the loss on an exposure to the amount outstanding at default (EAD) upon default of a counterparty.

Loss severity   

The realised amount of losses incurred (including ancillary amounts owed) when a loan is foreclosed or disposed of through the arrangement with the borrower. The loss severity is represented as a percentage of the outstanding loan balance.

M

  
Market risk   

The risk that movements in market risk factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices, will reduce income or portfolio values.

Medium term notes (‘MTN’s)   

Notes issued by corporates across a range of maturities. MTNs are frequently issued by corporates under MTN Programmes whereby notes are offered on a regular and continuous basis to investors.

Monoline insurers (‘monolines’)   

Entities which specialise in providing credit protection to the holders of debt instruments in the event of default by the debt security counterparty. This protection is typically held in the form of derivatives such as CDSs referencing the underlying exposures held.

Mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s)   

Securities that represent interests in groups of mortgages, which may be on residential or commercial properties. Investors in these securities have the right to cash received from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal). When the MBS references mortgages with different risk profiles, the MBS is classified according to the highest risk class.

Mortgage-related assets   

Assets which are referenced to underlying mortgages.

Mortgage vintage   

The year a mortgage was originated.

N

  
Negative equity mortgages   

Equity is the value of the asset less the outstanding balance on the loan. Negative equity arises when the value of the property purchased is below the balance outstanding on the loan.

Net asset value per share   

Total shareholders’ equity, less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities, divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue.

Net interest income   

The amount of interest received or receivable on assets net of interest paid or payable on liabilities.

Net principal exposure   

The gross principal amount of a financial asset after taking account of credit protection purchased but excluding the effect of any counterparty credit valuation adjustment to that protection. It includes assets that benefit from monoline protection, except where this protection is purchased with a CDS.

Non-conforming mortgages   

US mortgages that do not meet normal lending criteria. Examples include mortgages where the expected level of documentation is not provided (such as with income self-certification), or where poor credit history increases the risk and results in pricing at a higher than normal lending rate.

O

  
Overnight Index Swap (‘OIS’) discounting   

A method of valuing collateralised interest rate derivatives which uses a discount curve that reflects the overnight interest rate typically earned or paid in respect of collateral received.

Operational risk   

The risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, including legal risk.

Over-the-counter (‘OTC’)   

A bilateral transaction (e.g. derivatives) that is not exchange traded and that is valued using valuation models.

P

  
Past due loans and advances   

Loans on which repayments are overdue.

Performance Shares   

Awards that define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled subject to satisfaction of corporate performance conditions.

Prime   

A US description for mortgages granted to the most creditworthy category of borrowers.

Private equity investments   

Equity securities in operating companies not quoted on a public exchange, often involving the investment of capital in private companies or the acquisition of a public company that results in its delisting.

Probability of default (‘PD’)   

The probability that an obligor will default within a one-year time horizon.

R

  
Re-age   

A US account management action that results in the resetting of the contractual delinquency status of an account to up-to-date, without full repayment of all the arrears, upon fulfilment of certain requirements which indicate that payments are expected to be made in accordance with the contractual terms. It is our practice in the US to defer past due interest on re-aged real estate and personal non-credit card accounts to the end of the loan period.

Refi rate   

The refi (or refinancing) rate is set by the European Central Bank (‘ECB’) and is the price banks pay to borrow from the ECB.

Regulatory capital   

The capital which HSBC holds, determined in accordance with rules established by the FSA for the consolidated Group and by local regulators for individual Group companies.

Renegotiated loans   

Loans whose terms have been renegotiated and are treated as up-to-date loans for measurement purposes once the specified number and/or amount of qualifying payments required under the new arrangements have been received.

 

 

239


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Glossary (continued)

 

  

 

Term    Definition
Restricted Shares   

Awards that define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally between one and three years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment. The shares to which the employee becomes entitled may be subject to a retention requirement.

Retail loans   

Money lent to individuals rather than institutions. This includes both secured and unsecured loans such as residential mortgages, overdrafts and credit card balances.

Return on equity   

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders divided by average invested capital.

Risk appetite   

An assessment of the types and quantum of risks to which HSBC wishes to be exposed.

Risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s)   

Calculated by assigning a degree of risk expressed as a percentage (risk weight) to an exposure in accordance with the applicable Standardised or IRB approach rules.

S

  
Sale and repurchase agreement (‘repo’)   

A repo is a short-term funding agreement that allows a borrower to create a collateralised loan by selling a financial asset to a lender. As part of the agreement the borrower commits to repurchase the security at a date in the future repaying the proceeds of the loan. For the party on the other end of the transaction (buying the security and agreeing to sell in the future) it is a reverse repurchase agreement or a reverse repo.

Seasoning   

The emergence of credit loss patterns in portfolios over time.

Second lien   

A security interest granted over an item of property to secure the repayment of a debt that is issued against the same collateral as a first lien but that is subordinate to it. In the case of default, repayment for this debt will only be received after the first lien has been repaid.

Securitisation   

A transaction or scheme whereby the credit risk associated with an exposure, or pool of exposures, is tranched and where payments to investors in the transaction or scheme are dependent upon the performance of the exposure or pool of exposures. A traditional securitisation involves the transfer of the exposures being securitised to an SPE which issues securities. In a synthetic securitisation, the tranching is achieved by the use of credit derivatives and the exposures are not removed from the balance sheet of the originator.

Single-issuer liquidity facility   

A liquidity or stand-by line provided to a corporate customer which is different from a similar line provided to a conduit funding vehicle.

Sovereign exposures   

Exposures to governments, ministries, departments of governments, embassies, consulates and exposures on account of cash balances and deposits with central banks.

Special purpose entities (‘SPE’s)   

A corporation, trust or other non-bank entity, established for a narrowly defined purpose, including for carrying on securitisation activities. The structure of the SPE and its activities are intended to isolate its obligations from those of the originator and the holders of the beneficial interests in the securitisation.

Standardised approach   

In relation to credit risk, a method for calculating credit risk capital requirements using External Credit Assessment Institutions (‘ECAI’) ratings and supervisory risk weights. In relation to operational risk, a method of calculating the operational capital requirement by the application of a supervisory defined percentage charge to the gross income of eight specified business lines.

Structured finance / notes   

An instrument whose return is linked to the level of a specified index or the level of a specified asset. The return on a structured note can be linked to equities, interest rates, foreign exchange, commodities or credit. Structured notes may or may not offer full or partial capital protection in the event of a decline in the underlying index or asset.

Structured Investment Vehicles (‘SIV’s)   

Special purpose entities which invest in diversified portfolios of interest-earning assets, generally funded through issues of commercial paper, medium-term notes and other senior debt to take advantage of the spread differentials between the assets in the SIV and the funding cost.

Student loan related assets   

Securities with collateral relating to student loans.

Subordinated liabilities   

Liabilities which rank after the claims of other creditors of the issuer in the event of insolvency or liquidation.

Sub-prime   

A US description for customers with high credit risk, for example those who have limited credit histories, modest incomes, high debt-to-income ratios, high loan-to-value ratios (for real estate secured products) or have experienced credit problems caused by occasional delinquencies, prior charge-offs, bankruptcy or other credit-related problems.

T

  
Tier 1 capital   

A component of regulatory capital, comprising core tier 1 and other tier 1 capital. Other tier 1 capital includes qualifying capital instruments such as non-cumulative perpetual preference shares and hybrid capital securities.

Tier 2 capital   

A component of regulatory capital, comprising qualifying subordinated loan capital, related non-controlling interests, allowable collective impairment allowances and unrealised gains arising on the fair valuation of equity instruments held as available-for-sale. Tier 2 capital also includes reserves arising from the revaluation of properties.

Troubled debt restructuring   

A US description for restructuring a debt whereby the creditor for economic or legal reasons related to a debtor’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider.

 

 

240


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Glossary (continued)

 

  

 

Term    Definition

U

  
Unfunded exposures   

An exposure where the notional amount of a contract has not been exchanged.

US government agency and US government sponsored enterprises mortgage-related assets   

Securities that are guaranteed by US government agencies such as Ginnie Mae, or by US government sponsored entities including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

V

  
Value-at-risk (‘VAR’)   

A measure of the loss that could occur on risk positions as a result of adverse movements in market risk factors (e.g. rates, prices, volatilities) over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence.

W

  
Wholesale lending   

Money lent to sovereign borrowers, banks, non-bank financial institutions and corporate entities.

Write-down   

Reduction in the carrying value of an asset due to impairment or fair value movements.

Wrong-way risk   

An adverse correlation between the counterparty’s probability of default and the mark-to-market value of the underlying transaction.

 

 

241


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Index

 

  

A

Accounting

future developments 180

policies 181

standards 88

Areas of special interest 98

Asset-backed securities 121, 124, 155

Assets

by customer group and global business 29

by geographical region 41

held for sale 205

held in custody and under administration 80

maturity analysis 207

movement in 26

trading 187

underlying/reported reconciliation 27

Associates and joint ventures 24

B

Balance sheet

consolidated 25, 173

data 25, 37d, 38, 46, 52, 59, 65, 71, 77

movement 26

underlying/reported reconciliation 27

Basel II, 2.5, III 159, 163

Basis of preparation 9, 179

Bonus arrangements (deferred) 80

C

Capital

buffers 86

future developments 162

management 158

measurement and allocation 158

quality 86

regulatory 159, 162

structure 161

Cash flow

consolidated statement 174

notes 208

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements 3a

Challenges and uncertainties 84

Client assets 36

Collateral 90

Commercial Banking 32, 37b

Comparative information 180

Compliance with IFRSs 179

Composition of Group (changes in) 181

Conduits 211

Constant currency 10

Contents – inside front cover

Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and financial guarantee contracts 209

Copies of the Interim Report 2011 230

Corporate governance 229

Credit derivative product companies 131

Credit quality 110

Credit risk 89

credit exposure 89, 90, 92

Customer accounts by country 28b

Customer groups and global businesses 29, 38

D

Daily distribution of trading revenues 137

Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares 228

Defined terms – Inside front cover

Derivatives 91, 200

by product contract type 201

hedging instruments 202

trading and credit 201

Directors

biographies 165

fees 224

interests 221

responsibility statement 219

Dividends 182, 228

E

Earnings per share 2, 171, 182

Economic background

Europe 42

Hong Kong 49

Latin America 74

Middle East and North Africa 62

North America 68

Rest of Asia-Pacific 55

Economic profit/(loss) 28

Equity 27, 175

Equity securities available for sale 138

Estimates and assumptions 180

Europe

assets 41

balance sheet data 46

customer accounts 28b

economic background 42

impairment allowances 115, 120

loans and advances 95

profit before tax 41, 42 43, 46

review of performance 42

risk-weighted assets 41

underlying/reported profit 79a

Eurozone exposures 98

Events after the balance sheet date 218

F

Fair values

control framework 189

of financial instruments at fair value 188

of financial instruments not at fair value 196

valuation bases 191

Fee income (net) 16

Final results 229

Financial assets

designated at fair value 18, 199

reclassification 198

Financial highlights 2

Financial instruments

at fair value 188

credit quality 110, 150

Financial investments 203

Financial liabilities designated at fair value 206

Footnotes 81, 146, 164, 178

Forbearance strategies 108, 150

Foreclosed properties in US 108

Foreign exchange rates 25

Funds under management 80

G

Gains less losses from financial investments 19

Geographical regions 41

Glossary 233

Global Banking and Markets 34, 37c

ABSs classified as AFS 122

balance sheet data 37d

management view 35

Global Private Banking 36, 37e

Going concern 230

Goodwill impairment 214

Group Chairman’s Statement 4

Group Chief Executive’s Review 6

Group Managing Directors 169

H

Highlights 1

Hong Kong

assets 41

balance sheet data 52

 

 

 

242


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Index (continued)

 

  

 

customer accounts 28b

economic background 49

impairment allowances 115, 120

loans and advances 95

profit before tax 41, 49, 50, 52

review of performance 49

risk-weighted assets 41

underlying/reported profit 79b

HSBC Finance 109, 135

I

Impairment

allowances and charges 89, 115

by geographical region 115

by industry 93

charges and other credit risk provisions 118

impaired loans 115

Income from financial instruments designated at fair value (net) 18

Income statement (consolidated) 13, 171

Independent Commission on Banking 87

Insurance 142, 157

balance sheet by type of contract 144

claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders (net) 21

net earned premiums 19

risk management 142

Interest-earning assets 15

Interest income (net) 15

sensitivity 139, 155

Interest rate repricing gap 140

Interim Management Statement 9

Interim Report 2010 218

L

Latin America

assets 41

balance sheet data 77

customer accounts 28b

economic background 74

impairment allowances 115, 120

loans and advances 95

profit before tax 41, 74, 75, 77

review of performance 74

risk-weighted assets 41

underlying/reported profit 79f

Legal proceedings 214

Legal risk 156

Leveraged finance transactions 132

Liabilities

financial liabilities designated at fair value 206

maturity analysis 207

movement in 26

trading 206

underlying/reported reconciliation 27

LIBOR investigation 218

Liquidity and funding 133, 152

contingent liquidity risk 135

Loans and advances

by country/region 93, 95, 197

by credit quality 110

by industry sector 91, 93

delinquency in the US 108

exposure 89

impaired 115

mortgage lending 104

past due but not impaired 114

personal lending 101, 107

renegotiated 108

to banks 97, 99

to customers 2, 93, 95

to sovereigns 99

wholesale lending 98

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 21, 89

M

Madoff 215

Margin 15

Market capitalisation 3

Market risk 136, 153

measures applicable to parent 140

Merlin agreement 33, 43

Middle East and North Africa

areas of special interest 101

balance sheet data 65

customer accounts 28b

economic background 62

impairment allowances 115, 120

loans and advances 95

profit/(loss) before tax 41, 62, 63, 65

review of performance 62

risk-weighted assets 41

underlying/reported profit 79d

Money market funds 213

Monoline insurers 130

Mortgage lending 104

N

Non-trading portfolios 136

North America

assets 41

balance sheet data 71

customer accounts 28b

economic background 68

impairment allowances 115, 120

loans and advances 95

profit/(loss) before tax 41, 68, 69, 71

review of performance 68

risk-weighted assets 41

underlying/reported profit 79e

Notifiable interests in share capital 228

O

Off-balance sheet arrangements 213

Offsets 90

Operating expenses 23

Operating income (net) 2

Operating income (other) 20

Operational risk 141, 156

‘Other’ customer group 37, 37f

P

Payment protection insurance 216

Pension scheme 140, 155

Personal lending 101, 107

Pillar 1, 2 and 3 159, 160

Post-employment benefits 183

Preferred securities 25

Presentation of information 179

Principal activities 8

Profit before tax

attributable 2, 171

by country 43, 56, 63, 69, 75

by customer group and global business 29, 30, 32, 38, 46, 52

by geographical region 41, 42, 46, 52, 59, 65, 71, 77

consolidated 2

underlying/reported reconciliations 10

Provisions 206

R

Ratios

advances to core funding 134

capital 2, 25

cost efficiency 3, 23, 42, 49, 55, 62, 68, 74

 

 

 

 

243


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

Index (continued)

 

  

 

credit coverage 3

dividends per share 2

earnings per share 2

earnings to combined fixed charges 28a

net assets per share 2, 25

performance 3

return on average risk-weighted assets 30, 32, 34, 36, 42, 49, 55, 62, 68, 74

returns 2

stressed one month coverage 134

Regulation and supervision (challenges) 85

Related parties 80

Reputational risk 141, 157

Rest of Asia-Pacific

assets 41

balance sheet data 59

customer accounts 28b

economic background 55

impairment allowances 115, 120

loans and advances 95

profit before tax 41, 55, 56, 59

review of performance 57

risk-weighted assets 41

underlying/reported profit 79c

Retail Banking and Wealth Management 30, 37a

Review of performance 30, 32, 34, 36, 42, 49, 57, 62, 68

Risk policies and practices 148

Risks

compliance 156

contingent liquidity 135

credit 89, 148, 190

credit spread 137, 154

elements in the loan portfolio 132a

foreign exchange 141

gap 138, 154

governance 148

insurance operations 142, 157

legal 156

liquidity and funding 134, 152

managing risk 83, 148

market 136, 153

operational 141, 156

pension 140, 155

profile 83

reputational 141, 157

security and fraud 157

top and emerging 9

Risk-weighted assets 25, 29, 41, 162

S

Securitisation 121, 151

Segmental analysis 214

Senior management 169

Sensitivity

projected net interest income 155

Share capital – notifiable interests 228

Shareholder enquiries 230

Share information 3

Share option plans 222

Directors 222

subsidiary company plans 225

HSBC Bank Bermuda 227

HSBC Finance 227

HSBC Private Bank France 226

Directors’ interests 221

employee share option plans 225

Shares in issue 225

Special purpose entities 209

Spread 15

Staff numbers 23, 42, 49, 55, 62, 68, 74

Statement of changes in equity (consolidated) 175

Statement of comprehensive income (consolidated) 172

Stock symbols 230

Strategic direction 8

Commercial Banking 32

Global Banking and Markets 34

Global Private Banking 36

Retail Banking and Wealth Management 30

Stress testing 154

T

Tax expense 24, 185

Telephone and online share-dealing service 230

Total shareholder return 3

Trading

assets 187

derivatives 201

income (net) 17

liabilities 206

portfolios 136, 154

U

Underlying performance 2, 10

US mortgage-related investigations 217

V

Value at risk 136, 153

Values 8

W

Wholesale lending 98

Y

Yield 15

 

 

 

244


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  HSBC Holdings plc  
  By:   /s/ I J Mackay  
  Name: I J Mackay  
  Title: Chief Finance Director  

5 August 2011